Skip to main content

Full text of "Our flag number, with 1197 flags in full colors and 300 additional illustrations in black and white"

See other formats


lV\r  l^^ 


The  NATIONAL 

GEOGRAPHIC 
MAGAZINE 


OCTOBER,  1917 


82311 


OUR  FLAG  NUMBER 


With  1197  Flags  in  Full  Colors  and 
300  Additional  Illustrations  in  Black  and  White 

Byron  ^IcCandless  and  Gilbert  Grosvenor 

Lieutenant-Commander  U.  S.  Navy  Editor  National  Geographic  Magazine 


The  Story  of  the  Stars 
and  Stripes. 

Flags  of  Our  Army,  Navy 
and  Government  De- 
partments. 


Our  State  Flags. 

Famous  Flags  of  American 
History. 


The  Insignia  of  Our  Uni- 
formed Forces. 

The   Correct   Display    of 
the  Stars  and  Stripes. 

The  Flags  of  Europe,  Asia 
Africa  and  Australia. 

The  Heroic  Flags  of  the 
Middle  Ages 

Flags  of  Pan-America. 


L 


PUBLISHED   BY  THE 

NATIONAL  GEOGRAPHIC  SOCIETY 

HUBBARD  MEMORIAL  HALL 
WASHINGTON,  D.C. 


.50  a; 


Cd]^ 


IGHT 


1917 


ncCs...oile^3 


,Wu-i-,!(i£i-re  -rcr-r— ■ 


NATIONAL  GEOGRAPHIC  SOCIETY 

HUBBARD  MEMORIAL  HALL 

SIXTEENTH  AND  M  STREETS.  WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 


O.  H.  TITTMANN  .         •         •  PRESIDENT 

GILBERT  H.GROSVENOR.  DIRECTOR  AND  EDITOR 
JOHN  OLIVER  LA  GORGE     .     ASSOCIATE  EDITOR 

O.    P.   AUSTIN  ...  •       SECRETARY 


JOHN  E.  PILLSBURY  .        VICE-PRESIDENT 

JOHN  JOY  EDSON  ....  TREASURER 
GEORGE  W.  HUTCHISON,  ASSISTANT  SECRETARY 
WILLIAM  J.  SHOWALTER  .  ASSISTANT  EDITOR 
RALPH   A.  GRAVES        .         .  ASSISTANT  EDITOR 


1915-1917 
Charles  J.  Bell 

President  American   Security 
and  Trust  Company 

John  Joy  Edson 

President  Washington  Loan  & 
Trust  Company 

David  Fairchild 

In  Charge  of  Agricultural  Ex- 
plorations. Dept.  of  Agric. 

C.  Hart  Merriam 

Member  National  Academy  of 
Sciences 

O.  P.  Austin 

Statistician 

George  R.  Putnam 

Commissioner  U.  S.  Bureau  of 
Lighthouses 

George  Shiras,  3d 

Formerly  Member  U.  S.  Con- 
gress, Faunal  Naturalist,  and 
Wild-Game  Photographer 

Grant  Squires 

New  York 


BOARD  OF  MANAGERS 

1916-1918 

Franklin  K.  Lane 

Secretary  of  the  Interior 

Henry  F.  Blount 

Vice-President  American  Se- 
curity and  Trust  Company 

C.  M.  Chester 

Rear  Admiral  U.  S.  Navy, 
Formerly  Supt.  U.  S.  Naval 
Observatory 

Frederick  V.  Coville 

Formerly  President  of  Wash- 
ington Academy  of  Sciences 

John  E.  Pillsbury 

Rear  Admiral  U.  S.  Navy. 
Formerly  Chief  Bureau  of 
Navigation 

Rudolph  Kauffmann 

Managing  Editor  The  Evening 
Star 

T.  L.  Macdonald 

M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  S. 

S.  N.  D.  North 

Formerly  Director  U.  S.  Bu- 
reau of  Census 


1917-1919 

AlexanderGrahamBell 

Inventor  of  the  telephone 

J.  Howard  Gore 

Prof.  Emeritus  Mathematics, 
The  Geo.  Washington  Univ. 

A.  W.  Greely 

Arctic  Explorer,  Major  Gen'l 
U.  S.  Army 

Gilbert  H.  Grosvenor 

Editor  of  National  Geographic 
Magazine 

George  Otis  Smith 

Director  of  U.  S.  Geological 
Survey 

O.   H.  TiTTMANN 

Formerly  Superintendent  of 
U.  S.  Coast  and  Geodetic  Sur- 
vey 

Henry  White 

Formerly  U.  S.  Ambassador  to 
France,  Italy,  etc. 

John  M.  Wilson 

Brigadier  General  U.  S.  Army, 
Formerly  Chief  of  Engineers 


To  carry  out  the  purpose  for  which  it  was  founded  twenty-eight  years 
a^onar^eW'Hhe  increase  and  diffusion  of  geographic  knowledge 
the  Nati^naT'Geographic  Society  publishes  this  Magazine.  All  receipts 
rem  the  pubSon  a  e  invested  in  the  Magazine  itself  or  expended 
Sly  toTomote  geographic  knowledge  and  the  study  of  g^^^^^^^^^ 
Articles  or  photographs  from  members  of  the  Society,  or  other  trienas, 
are  desired  ^Fo?  material  that  the  Society  can  use,. adequate  remunera- 
tion is  made.  Contributions  should  be  accompanied  by  an  addressed 
return  envelope  and  postage,  and  be  addressed  : 

GILBERT   H.   GROSVENOR,  EDITOR 


CONTRIBUTING  EDITORS 


A.  W.  Greely 
C.  Hart  Merriam 

O.    H.   TiTTMANN 

Robert  Hollister  Chapman 
Walter  T.  Swingle 


Alexander  Graham  Bell 
David  Fairchild 
Hugh  M.  Smith 
N.  H.  Darton 
Frank  M.  Chapman 


Entered  at  the  Post-Office  atWashington,  D.  C.  as  Second-Class  Mail  Matter 
Copyright,  1917,  by  National  Geographic  Society.  Washington,  D.  C.     All  rights  reservea 


IT'S    CHILD'S    PLAY 

to  raise  or  lower  a  car  with  the 


Weed 


-Jack 


The  Jack  That  Saves  Your  Back 

Simply  a  few  easy  pulls  on  its  chain  lifts  or  lowers  the  heaviest 
car    while    you    stand    erect — clear   from   greasy    springs,  tire 
carriers  and  other  projections.     Up  or  down — there's  no  labor. 
Never  gets  out  of  order.    Gears  and  chain  wheel  protected  by  a  stamped  steel 
housing.  Chain  heavily  plated  to  prevent  rusting.  Has  a  strong  cap,  providing 
the  kind  of  support  from  which  an  axle  will  not  slip,  while  a  broad  base  prevents 
the  jack  from  upsetting  on  uneven  roads.  Every  Weed  Chain-Jack  is  submitted 
to  a  lifting  test  and  will  support  over  twice  the  weight  it  is  ever  required  to  lift. 
The  8  inch  and  10 


inch 

sizes  are  made  with  an 
Auxiliary  Step  as  shown 
in  the  accompanying  il- 
lustration. When  in  op- 
erative position  it  adds 
two  inches  to  the  height 
of  the  jack. 


Made 

in 
Four 
Sizes 


Size 

Height  When 
Lowered 

Height  When 
Raised 

Height  When  Raised 
With  Aux.  Step  Up 

14' 2  inches 

17%  inches 

No  Aux.  Step 

No  Aux.  Step 

Price 

8  inch 

10  inch 

12  inch 

12  in.Truck 

8  inches 
10  inches 
12  inches 
12  inches 

12 '2  inches 
15%  inches 
I8V2  inches 
19Vi  inches 

$  5.00 

5.00 

5.00 

10.00 

1 0   Days'  Trial,   if  your  dealer  does  not  have  them  send  us  $5.00 
for  any  size  for  pleasure  cars  or  $10.00  for  the  Truck  size,  and  we  will  send 
you  one,  all  charges  prepaid.     For  delivery  in  Canada  send  $6.00  for  any 
size  for  pleasure  cars  or  $12.00  for  the  Truck  size.     Try  it  10  days.     It 
not  satisfied,  return  it  to  us  and  we  will  refund  your  money. 


.MERICAN  Chain  Company,  Incorporated  i 

BRIDGEPORT,  CONNECTICUT 

In  Canada:  Dominion  Chain  Companv.  Limited, Niagara  Falls,  Ontario. 
Largest    Chain   Manufacturers  in  the  World 

'>"';j'Wt   U'O.!.  L  •■!' -  aft  l}pp:  0'!  ./f^  f  ^ 


'Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you. 


•■-\    V^■^' 


"A  Military 
Necessity'' 


—  Genej-al  Dodge 


1864  1917 

FROM  its  beginning,  the  Union  Pacific  has 
been  *^'The  National  Railroad,"  a  patriotic 
institution. 

Lincoln  and  other  great  men  urged  its  construc- 
tion for  national  protection  and  development. 


The  prophetic  vision  of  those  who 
founded  this  great  railroad  during  a 
period  of  national  stress  is  now  ap- 
parent in  these  times  of  international 
conflict.  Again  the  Union  needs  its 
Union  Pacific. 

The  Union  Pacific  is  doing  its  ut- 
most to  expedite  the  enormous  war 
shipments  from  the  Treasure  States 
it  serves.  Grain,  cattle,  minerals, 
lumber,  wool,  and  oil  are  needed  as 
never  before. 

For  new  equipment  alone  the  Union 
Pacific  is  spending  over  $16,000,000  to 
give  American  people  and  industries 
still  better  service. 

This  is  aside  from  even  greater 
sums  necessary  for  double-tracking, 
additional   yard   and   engine   facilities. 


and  other  improvements  designed  to 
add  to  the  traffic-carrying  capacity  of 
the  property. 

Just  now  some  of  our  ordered  equip- 
ment is  unobtainable  for  immediate 
delivery  because  our  Allies  must  be 
served  first — so  we  will  win.  The 
Union  Pacific  and  The  Union  Pacific 
States  must  use  available  equipment 
to  its  greatest  efficiency. 

The  41,000  employees  of  the  Union 
Pacific  and  the  11,000,000  people  of 
the  Western  wealth-producing  States 
now  have  an  international  obligation 
to  fulfill. 

Were  Lincoln  to  speak  today  in  be- 
half of  the  Union  Pacific,  as  he  urged 
its  building,  he  would  insist  on  those 
high  serv'ice  standards  for  which  we 
are  striving. 


Union  Pacific  System 

Joins  East  atid  West  with  a  Boulevard  of  Steel 

For  information  write  to 
Gerrit  Fort,  Passenger  Traffic  Manager,  Union  Pacific  System,  Chicaijo 


Cheyenne 


Chicago 


RocKyMl^ 

Nac  Park  -f^ — 'g'p^^^- @ St  Louis 

Kansas  City 

UNION  PACIFIC  SYSTEM -THROUGH  SERVICE  ROUTES 


'Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you." 


The  S7~y  streamline  is 
complete  in  Solid  Gohl 
case  and  individual 
presentation  box.  The 
movement  is  the  famous 
Lord  Elgin  model,  extra 
thin,  ivith  19  Jewels  and 
8  Adjustments  *  *  * 
The  same  ivatch  in  14 
Karat  Gold  Filled,  com- 
plete at  $55    *    *    *    * 


has  brought  the  Elgin  Company  into  the  lime- 
light as  designers  of  co?nplete  watches. 
Lord  Elgin,  the  third  of  the  series,  is  one  of 
the  finest  and  most  distinguished  of  the  Streamline 
models. 

It  is  extra  thin. 
The  "close  up"  view  at  the  left  shows  some- 
what of  its   distinctive  personality  —  every  inch  a 
gentleman's  timepiece. 

Your  Jeweler  will  enjoy  showing  you  this  new 
$75  Streamline,  as  well  as  the  $25  and  $50  Stream- 
lines previously  announced  —  also  Elgin  Bracelet 
Watches  for  women.      Illustrated  folders  on  request. 


ELGIW    W.^T 


U  esiqrn  ers    a 71  d  .Pro du.ce rs 


"Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you." 


MY  GUM   IS  GOOD  FOR  A  HEADACHE 

Indigestion  is  prevalent.  Indigestion  causes 
suffering.  Indigestion  induces  headaches  and 
dizziness.  40%  of  all  ills  can  be  traced  to 
indigestion. 

Thousands  of  physicians  knew  this  years  ago. 
But  I  was  the  first  to  produce  a  chewing  gum 
expressly  to  bring  relief  from  ills  of  the  stomach. 

I  devised  a  scientific  formula  for  gum,  as  a 
food  chemist. 

Multitudes  now  use  my  gum  to  ward  off  head- 
aches and  troubles  of  the  stomach. 


A 

CHICLE 

V 


I      AMERICAN  CHICLE  COMPANY 

lillliilli 


Doctor  E.  E.  Beeman 


llilillilillll 


'Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you. 


Should  5 

Kings  Really 
be  Abolished? 

THE  CZAR  HAS  FALLEN— the  kings  are  trem- 
bling. In  this  country  we  are  pleased  to  look  for- 
ward to  the  day  when  all  kings  shall  be  abolished. 
Yet — there  is  a  serious  second  thought — suppose  Eng- 
land should  lose  her  King,  what  would  become  of 
India?  Would  India  with  a  franchise  make  a  good  citizen?  Would  Canada  and  Australia  be  satisfied 
with  an  English  President?     Or  would  the  whole  English  Empire  fall  to  pieces? 

To  understand  this — which  is  really  one  of  the  most  vital  questions  arising  out  of  this  War — you 
have  to  know  the  map  thoroughly. 


Doubleday,  Page  & 
Company's 


NEW  ATLAS 


The  Story  of  the  World 
in  Maps 


240  pages  of  maps.  Maps  Political,  Economic,  Geo- 
graphic, X'egetation,  Population,  Language,  Racial,  Phys- 
ical, Historical.  Dictionary  of  \'egetable,  Animal,  and 
Mineral  Commodities.  Automobile  maps  of  every  State 
in  the  Union.  Postal  and  Railroad  Guide  for  the  United 
States.      Maps   of  the  Battle   fronts. 

This  is  an  Atlas  with  a  new  idea — it  not  only  gives  the  loca- 
tions and  boundaries — it  sliows  by  colored  picture  maps  the 
story  of  this  world  and  the  standing  today   of  the   nation.^. 

These  are  maps  that  call  forth  for  you  the  imagination — 
the  thrill  of  undiscovered  countries.  They  are  adventure 
for  the  man   who   ^tays  at   home. 


\\'ith  the  help  of  this  ATLAS  you  may  look  back  be- 
neath the  surface  actions  of  this  War  and  realize  the  basic 
racial  antagonisms  that  caused  it.  Vou  can  answer  a  thou- 
sand and  one  questions  that  come  up  as  you  read.  Here 
are  a  few  that  perhaps  you   don't  know: 

IVliat  is  the  hottest  place  in  the  World? 

Where  is  Brzeriim? 

liliat  is  the  Skagerak? 

Where  is  our  new  ally — Siain:^ 

What  is  Russia's  iiezv  port  on  the  White  Sea? 

Where  does  it  rain  every  day" 


After-the-War  Maps  FREE 

To  vou  who  order  this  Atlas— a  complete  set  of  maps  showing  the 
change's  after  this  war  will  be  furnished  free  of  charge  just  as  soon  as 
these  changes  are  made.  There  will  be  a  place  in  the  center  ot  the 
ATLAS  to  which  you  can  fasten  the  new  maps,  so  that,  while  you  have 
a  complete  ATLAS  .A  the  XN'orld  now,  your  ATLAS,  will  stdl  be  com- 
plete and  new  when  the  War  is  over.  It  will  be  very  interestuig  to  com- 
pare vour   old  maps  with  your  new   ones.  ..,,-,     r        ^^       t}„ 

This  Atlas  has  a- most  complete  set  of  war  maps  of  battle  tronts.  Ke- 
member  that  newspapers   sometimes  make   mistakes. 

Special  Low  Price  on  One  Edition  Only 

The  great  men  of  the  world  have  always  studied  maps.  Cecil  Rhodes 
drew  a  red  line  from  the  Suez  Canal  to  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  where 
todav  the  Cape  to  Cairo  Railroad  runs.  Rockefeller  drew  h:s  oil  pipe  lines 
on  tiie  map,  Harriman  dreamed  his  railroad  on  the  map,  and  Lord  btrath- 
cona  built  the  Canadian  Railroad  empire  on  a  map.  All  people  who 
amount  to   anvthing   read   and    study   maps. 

For  one  edition  the  price  is  the  price  of  an  ordinary  book,  yet  this  is 
the  life  of  the  world  in  maps  such  as  you  never  saw  before.  Send  the 
coupon  now.  It  costs  you  nothing  and  brings  this  big,  rich,  complete 
Atlas  free  for  examination.  Look  it  over  and  find  out  the  true  fascina- 
tion of  map  hunting — of  reading  the  news  with  a  map  at  your  side — of 
interpreting  history  with  the  help  of  maps.  Send  the  coupon  for  your 
copy  of  this  sumptuous  .\tlas,   now. 

Send  the  coupon  now,  before  the  edition  is  gone 

DOUBLEDAY,  PAGE  &  COMPANY 

Garden  City,  N.  Y. 


y  N.G 

10-17 


DOUBLEDAY,  PAGE  &  Co. 
■'/         Garden  City,  New  York  : 

lie.  all  chartfes  prepaid, 
Doiibledav,  Page  &  Co.'s  New 
Atlas,  tneasurinjr  10xl3='i  inches- 
' ^      bound  in  fine  red  silk  cloth,  stamped 
!n  gold.     If  it  is  not  satisfactory.  I  will 
.     .  return  it  within  10  days,  at  your  expense. 

/^      Otherwise.  I  will  send  you  95  cents  at  once 
'^       andSl. 00  a  month  for  4  months.     If  you  prefer 
you  may  send  f4.50  with  this  coupon. 


chlimpleath 
instead  of  foi 


r  binding,  change  coupon  to 
r;  $6.50  cash  instead  of  $4.50. 


.■^  . 


■.'«i; 


«^^"' 


'O 


*«'    n\- 


<1 


e 


li 


,r?=TF 


J*^- 


^^^^fnniipliiiiin!^^ 


'r£ 


fff 


.,'/r»v 


s^ 


A  Most  Eloquent  Tribute 

The  Lake  Shore  Drive,  Chicago,  has  Leen  for 
raany  years  THE  fashionable  street  of  the  second 
city  of  the  United  States. 

Its  few  blocks  contain  just  forty-five  fine  resi- 
dences, five  handsome  apartment  buildings  and 
the  very  beautiful  and  fashionable  4th  Presby- 
terian church  and  parish  house.  Of  the  residences, 
twenty,  or  nearly  one-half,  are  built  entirely  of 


i?7fe   ARISTOCRAT  o/"  BUILDING     MATERIALS 

Of  the  remainder,  ei^ht  are  trimmed  with  Indi- 
ana Limestone.  All  five  apartments  are  trimmed 
w^ith  Indiana  Limestone.  The  church  and  parish 
house  are  entirely  of  Indiana  Limestone. 

Total,  thirty-five  out  of  fifty-two  fine  buildings. 

This  is  not  merely  a  greater  showing,  than  that  of 
any  other  material  but  much,  greater  than  that  of  all  othei^s 
combined.  And  an  equivalent  showing  may  be  found 
in  New  York  and  most  other  large  American  cities.     This 

MEANS   MUCH  TO   ALL  WHO  BUILD 

for  Indiana  Limestone  is  not  costly.  It  has  been  selected 
by  those  who  could  easily  pay  more  not  because  of  low 
price,  surely,  but  because  nothing  better  is  to  be  had. 
Indiana  Limestone  is  not  beyond  moderate  means. 

SEND  for  Vol.  1  of  the  Indiana  Limestone  Li- 
brary and  a  sample  of  the  stone.  Also,  several 
sheets  of  suggestion  plans  for  medium  priced 
Indiana  Limestone  residences.     Free. 

INDIANA  LIMESTONE 

QUARRYMEN'S  ASSOCIATION 

Boz  516.  Bedford,  Indiana 


<3«* 


'Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you. 


Sons    and    Fathers    Meet    at    Billiards 

—MAN  TO  MAN! 

Play  Carom  and  Pocket  Billiards  in  ^our  home  and  rear  red-blooded  boys. 

Unite  all  members  of  your  family  in  this  life-long  comradeship.  Homes 
need  the  protection  of  these  fascinating  pastimes  shared  in  common  you 
owe  your  boys  and  girls  your  own  society. 

Parents  who  secured  home  tables  for  their  young  folks  write  us  that 
they  themselves  can  hardly  wait  each  day  for  the  "Billiard  Hour." 


HOME  BILLIARD  TABLES 


Not  toys — but  scientific'Carom  and  Pocket 
Billiard  Tables  with  fast  Monarch  cushions, 
accurate  angles  and  ever-level  playing  beds. 

Handsome  designs  in  oak  and  mahogany. 
Regular  or  folding  styles  in  sizes  to  fit  all 
homes. 

EASY  TERMS -BALLS,  ETC.,  FREE 

Brunswick  prices  range  from  $35  upvi^ard, 
according  to  size  and  design.  Popular  Pur- 
chase Plan  lets  you  play  w^hile  you  pay — 
on  low  monthly  payments. 


Expert  Book  of  33  Carom  and  Pocket 
Games  and  High  Class  Outfit  of  Balls,  Cues, 
etc.,  given  with  every  Brunsv^rick. 

SEND  FOR  BILLIARD  BOOK  FREE 

Learn  how  billiards  exhilarates  mind  and  body, 
aids  digestion  and  -how  it  keeps  boys  off  the  street. 

Seethe  tables  in  attractive  color  reproductions  and 
get  our  low^  price  and  home  trial  offer.  All  contained 
in  our  color  book,  "  Billiards— The  Home  Magnet.  " 
Send  your  address  today  without  fail  for  free  copy. 

THE  gRUNSWICK-gALKE-COLLENDER  £0. 
Dept.  55K-,  623-633  S.  Wabash  Ave.,  Chicago 


"Baby  Grand"       ' 

DEALERS :  Write  for  agency 
proposition  without  delay. 


I  JHE  gRUNSWICK-DALKE-pOLLENDER  QO. 

I  Dept.  55-K.  623-633  S.   Wabash  Ave..  Chicago 

You  may  send  me  free  copy  of  your  color  book,  "  BILLIARDS- 
I   The  Home  Magnet,"  and  tell  about  your  home  trial  offer. 

I   Name — 


I 
I 

I   Address  I 


'Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you.' 


^iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiijiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiJiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii I I I :iii>iii iiiiiiiiiiiiii I iiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiifiiti I inn iiiiii 


Wh-r-r  ! 


Whr-r-r  ? 


Whr-r-r-r-r-r-r  ! 


Spare  your  batteries 

How  winter  starting  is  often  made  easier 
by  a  lower-cold-test  oil 


YOU  press  on  your 
starter  button  in 
summer.  Whr-r-r!  The 
engine  is  under  way. 

But  winter  comes.  Whr-r-r! 
Whr-r-r-r-r!  Whr-r-r-r-r-r — . 
Now  starting  is  difficult. 

Why? 

True,  the  engine  is  colder. 
And  gasoline  vaporizes  less 
readily.  ^Starting  is  helped  it 
you  prime  the  cylinders,  flood 
the  carburetor  or  heat  the  in- 
take manifold. 

But  there  is  one  factor  in  over- 
coming this  trouble  that  many  car 
owners  overlook.      This  is — ^correct 


lubrication.  The  lubricating  re- 
quirements of  your  car  may  demand 
a  different  grade  of  oil   in  winter. 

Winter  lubrication  requires 
special  study.  There  are  many 
factors  to  reckon  with.  The  type 
of  feed  system  is  one.  The  size  ot 
the  oil  drillings  is  another.  Ex- 
posed oil  piping  is  a  possible  third. 
Other  factors  also  enter  in. 

All  these  factors  are  carefully 
considered  by  the  Vacuum  Oil 
Company  engineers  in  making  up 
the  Chart  of  Recommendations. 

Of  the  T917  cars,  i  12  require  a 
different  grade  of  oil  to  meet  win- 
ter conditions. 

The  correct  winter  oil  is  listed 
for  each  make  ofcar  in  our  Complete 


niinnnitMiinninnininiinnniiinnMniiiiiiriiirininiiiiiiiMiniiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiininiiiiniiiiiiriiiiniMniininiiiiiiiniiMninniiiiiniiniiiiiinniinniiiiniiniiiininiriiiinniniMiliiiliniMiiiiiMiiiiiiiniinil^ 


"Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you." 


iiijiiniinNiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiMiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiMiiiiiiMniiiMiiiiiiiiiMiiiiiiiiniiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiuiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiMiiiiiiiiiii^  iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiint: 


Chart    of   Automobile    Recommendations 
shown   in   part  at  the   right. 

Where  no  change  is  indicated  you  may 
be  sure  that  the  grade  of  Gargoyle  Mobil- 
oils  specified  is  correct  for  both  summer 
and  winter.  Where  a  change  is  recom- 
mended, it  is  wise  to  follow  the  Chart's 
advice. 

Write  for  new  ^6  page  booklet  con- 
taining complete  discussion  of  your  lubri- 
cation problems,  list  of  troubles  with 
remedies  and  complete  Charts  of  Recom- 
mendations for  Automobiles,  Motorcycles, 
Tractors  and  Motor  Boat  Engines. 

Mobiloils 

A  grade  for  each  type  of  motor 

The  four  grades  ot  Gargoyle  Mobiloils  for 
gasoline  engine  lubrication,  purified  to  remove 
free  carbon,   are: 

Gargoyle  Mobiloil  "A" 
Gargoyle  Mobiloil  "B" 
Gargoyle  Mobiloil  "E" 
Gargoyle  Mobiloil  "Arctic" 

Electric  Vehicles — For  motor  bearings  and 
enclosed  chains  use  Gargoyle  Mobiloil  "A"  the 
year  'round.  For  open  chains  and  differential 
use  Gargoyle  Mobiloil  "C"  the  year  'round. 
Exception — For  ivinter  luhrication  of  pleasure 
cars  use  Gargoyle  Mobiloil  "Arctic"  for  worm 
drive  and  Gargoyle  Mobiloil  "A"  tor  bevel 
gear  drive. 

In  buying  Gargoyle  Mobiloils  from  your  dealer, 
it  is  safest  to  purchase  in  original  packages. 
Look  for  the  red  Gargoyle  on  the  container. 
If  your  dealer  has  not  the  grade  specified  for 
vour  car,   he  can  easily  secure  it  for  vou. 

VACUUM  OIL  COMPANY 
Rochester,  N.Y.,  U.S.A. 

Specialists   in    the    manufacture    of   high-grade    lubricants    for 
every  class  of  machinery.      Obtainable  everywhere  in  the  world 


r 


Correct  Automobile  Lubrication 

Explanation:  In  the  Chart  below,  the  letter 
opposite  the  car  inJicates  the  grade  of  Gar- 
goyle Mobiloils  that  should  be  used.  For  ex- 
ample, "A"  means  Gargoyle  Mobiloil  "A". 
"Arc"  means  Gargoyle  Mobiloil  "•Arctic," 
etc.  The  recommendations  coverall  models 
of  both  pleasure  and  commercial  vehicles 
unless  otherwise  noted. 

This  Chart  is  compiled  by  the  V'acuum  Oil 
Co.'s  Board  of  Engineers  and  represents  our 
professional  advice  on  Correct  Automobile 
Lubrication. 


Domestic 
Branches: 


Detroit 

KansasCity,Kan. 

Minneapolis 

Boston 

Chicago 

Pittsburgh 

New  Yc 

jrk 

Philadelphia 
Indianapolis 

Des  Moines 

Model  of 

.„H 

.9.6    1 

„.sl 

.9.4     1     .913 

CARS 

E 

i 

E 

1 

E 

1 

£ 

1 

E 

1 

m 

i^ 

A 

== 

5: 

3 

j= 

Abbott-Detroit      . 

Arc 

Arc 

Are 

tc 

Arc 

Arc 

Are 

Arc 

"a" 

Arc 

•■      (8  cyl) 

A 

A 

A 

Allen 

A 

Arc 

A 

Uc 

A 

Arc 

A 

A 

"    (Mod,  33-34-35) 

A 

Arc 

Apporson 

^rc 

Arc 

Arc 

Vrc 

Arc 

Are 

Arc 

Arc 

Are 

Are. 

"      (Scyll 

A 

A 

A 

Auburn  (4  cyll 

A 

Ire 

A 

A 

A 

A 

"        «.  tyll 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

\rc 

Arc 

Are! 

Are 

Arc 

Autocar  (2  cyl) 

Arc 

A 

A 

Arc 

A 

Br.scoc 

A 

Arc 

A 

^A 

A 

Arc! 

A 

Arc. 

Puick           .    - 

Arc  Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

A 

Are 

A 

aVc. 

Arc 

■Arc 

Arc. 

Arc. 

"        (Scyl) 

A 

A 

A 

A 

Are  Are 

. 

Case 

Arc 

A 

A    Are 

Arc. 

Chalmers 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc  Arc 

A 

A 

Arc 

Arc. 

(Mod  6  401 

A 

Arc 

•        (Mod   0  JO) 

A 

A 

A 

Chandler  S,« 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc  Arc 

Arc 

Chevrolet 

A.c 

Arc 

Arc  Arc 

A 

Are 

A 

A 

Cole 

■Arc 

Arc   Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc. 

A 

A 

A 

A      A 

Cunnineham 

Arc   Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

A 

A 

(8  cyl) 

A 

A 

A 

Dart 

A 

Arc   Arc 

A 

A 

A 

Arc 

•    (Mod  Cl     . 

A 

Arc 

A 

A    Arc 

A 

A 

Detroiter 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

"        (Scyl) 

Arc  Are 

Dodge 

A 

Arc 

A 

Arc 

E 

E 

Dort 

A 

Arc 

A 

A 

Arc 

Empire  (4  cyl)             . 

A 

Arc 

A 

Arc 

Arc. 

■Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc. 

"       (6cyl)     ... 

Arc 

Arc 

Federal 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc. 

B 

B 

A 

B 

B 

B 

(-"ord          .. 

E 

E 

E 

E 

E 

E 

E 

E 

E 

Franklin      . 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

Arc. 

Arc 

A 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Hal-Twelve 

A 

A 

. 

llaynes 

"       (iJcyl) 

A 
A 

Arc 

A 

A 

A 

Arc 

A 

Arc 

^ 

Arc. 

Hudson 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Are 

Arc 

A 

Are. 

•*      (Super  Si^) 

A 

A 

A 

Hupmobile     .    . 

A 

A 

A 

Arc 

A 

Arc 

A 

Arc. 

Jeilery     .  .         ... 

Arc 

A 

Arc 

A 

Are 

A 

A 

"       (6  cyl) 

A 

A 

"      Com'l  . 

A 

Arc 

A 

Arc 

Are 

.Arc 

Kearns 

E 

E 

E 

E 

'■       Com"l 

\ 

Arc 

A 

Arc 

A 

Kelly  Springfield. 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

Arc 

Arc. 

Kuig      

A 

A 

E 

■■    (Btyl) 

•    Com'l . 

A 

A 

Arc 

■Are 

Arc.  Arc 

Arc 

Are 

Kissel  Kar 

A 

Arc 

A 

A 

Arc 

A 

Are 

A 

Arc. 

■    Com-I 

A 

Arc 

A 

Arc 

A 

Are 

A 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc. 

■    (Mod  48) 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

»     "  «     .(12  e>l)    . 

A 

A 

Lexington 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Are 

Lippard  Stewart 

Arc 

Are 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Are 

Arc 

.Arc 

Arc. 

■  (Mod     Ml 

A 
A 

Arc 

A 

Ate 

■- 

"^  '      »  Mod  M  W 

Locomobile      

E 

E 

E 

E 

E 

E 

E 

E 

Arc 

Arc. 

McFarlan_ _. 

A 

Arc 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

Arc. 

Marmon 

A 

A 

A 

Arc 

A 

Are 

A 

Arc 

Maxwell     . . 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Are 

Arc 

Are 

Arc 

Arc 

Mercer 

A 

A 

A 

Arc 

A 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Mitchell     . 

A 

Arc 

A 

Arc 

A 

Arc 

Mitchell  (8  cyl)        . 

A 

A 

Mol.ne 

Arc. 

Knight 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

Moon(4cyl)     .      .      , 

Arc 

Arc 

A 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc. 

"     (l>cyl) 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

National 

A 

Arc 

A 

Arc 

A 

A 

A 

A 

(11  cyll 

A 

A 

A 

A 

Oakland 

Arc 

Art  Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

A 

Arc 

"        (Scyl) 

A 

A 

Oldsmobile     ... 

Are 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

(8  cyl) 

A 

A 

A 

A 

Overland 

Arc 

Are 

Arc 

Are 

Arc 

Arc 

Packard. 

"     (ijcvn 

A 

A 

A 

A 

Arc 

A 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

"        Com'l        . 

A 

A 

A 

A 

Arc 

Paige          

A 

Arc 

A 

A 

A 

E 

"     I6.46)  .            . 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc  Are 

Are 

Arc 

"    (6-36  &  38) 

A 

Arc 

A    Arc 

A 

Arc 

Pathlmder 

Arc  Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

A 

Are 

A 

A 

1 

Peerless 

Arc  lArc 

ArclArc 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc. 

"       (Scyl) 

A 

Pierce  Arrow     . . 

A 

A 

A 

Arc 

Arc 

Are 

•     Com-I 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Premier 

A 

A 

A 

Arc 

A 

Arc 

A 

Arc 

A 

Arc! 

Regal 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Are 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc. 

"      (Scyl)        .        . 

A 

A 

Arc 

Renault  (French) 

A 

Arc 

A 

Reo.    .^ . 

A 

Are 

A 

Arc 

A 

Arc 

A 

Arc 

A 

Arc. 

Richmond  ..     

Arc 
E 

E 

Arc 

Arc 

A 

Arc 

A 

Arc 

Arc 

Riker 

Sa»on 

E 

E 

E 

E 

E 

E 

E 

E 

Selden 

Arc 

Are 

Arc 

Are 

Simplex 

A 

A 

A 

A 

Alt 

Arc 

Are 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

SlearnsKnighl     . 

A 

B 

A 

A 

B 

. "-    (8  cy') 

A 

A 

B 

A 

Studefealccr 

A 

Arc 

Arc 

Are 

A 

Arc 

StUt! 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

Are 

Arc 

Velie  (4  cyl)    .        ... 

A 

Arc 

A 

Arc 

A 

Arc 

"    (1.  cyl) 

Ar 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Arc 

Ar 

Arc 

Arc 

A 

Are- 

White       .'I.'.    ..^. 

Art 

Arc 

Art 

Arc 

Are 

Arc 

Arc 

Art. 

-,    (I6valvc) ... 

A 

A 

.^l  .. 

. 

VVillysKnighl 

B 

A 

B 

A 

a' 

A 

Willys  Six  

Ar 

Are 

Winton     

iL 

jArc 

lArc 

Arc 

Are 

Arc 

Are|A,c|Are 

Arc 

Mill I iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiMiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiininiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiMiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiMiiiinMiiiiiiii^ 


'Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you,' 


Bake  and  fi^y  deliciously ! 


It  is  a  delight  to  roll  out  such  afir.e, 
smooth  dough 


Pie  with  crust  like  this  will  make  your 
reputation  as  a  cook! 


When  the  lard  is  piping  hot,  put  them  in. 
Watch  the  delicate  brotrn  crust  Jorm  at  once 


Such  dainty,  tempting  croquettes!    Such  a 
crisp,  broivncrust!  Yotir family  wilt  love  them 


DO  you  make  tender,  flaky  pie-crust?     Do 
you  fry  croquettes  and  potatoes  that  are 
brown-crusted,  yet  soft  and  flavory  inside? 

To  bake  and  fry  most  deliciously,  you  must 
select  your  lard  with  utmost  care.  It  should 
be  of  just  the  right  consistency,  neither  too 
soft  nor  too  stiff.  It  was  with  this  essential 
principle  in  mind  that  Swift's  "Silverleaf* 
Brand  Pure  Lard  was  prepared. 

Makes  delicious  pie-crust! 

Swift's  "Silverleaf"  is  exactly  right  for  short- 
ening. It  works  into  the  flour  with  wonder- 
ful smoothness.  It  makes  a  dough  which 
is  easy  to  handle  with  the  light  touch  that 
insures  a  tender  pie-crust.  When  you  use 
this  lard,  you  will  be  surprised  at  the  new 
delicacy,  the  light,  crisp  flakiness  your  pie- 
crusts w^ill  have. 


Why  it  is  ideal  for  frying,  too! 

You  can  fry  deliciously  with  this  lard 
because  you  can  heat  it  to  an  extremely  high 
degree  without  its  scorching  or  discoloring. 
See  what  a  delicate  brown  crust  immediately 
forms  on  your  croquettes  or  potatoes,  and 
keeps  in  all  the  fragrant,  steaming  aroma,  all 
the  delicious  flavor. 

Your  food  never  gets  grease-soaked.  It 
cooks  quickly,  yet  is  well  done  all  through. 
"When  your  family  tastes  the  croquettes  you 
fry  with  this  lard,  they  will  think  you  have 
discovered  some  piquant  new  way  to  season 
them. 

Get  some  of  Swift's  "Silverleaf"  Brand 
Pure  Lard  today.  Give  your  family  delicious 
croquettes,pie-cruststhat  melt  in  their  mouths. 
Hear  them  say  that  the  things  you  cook  are 
the  best  they  ever  ate. 


Swift's  "Silverleaf"  Brand  Pure  Lard 

Swift  &  Company,  U.  S.  A. 


"Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you." 


TKeWatcK  was  ever  tKeNotle  Gift 

A  ND  here  are  shown  watches  made  by  men  who  preserve  the  ideals, 
£X  traditions  and  atmosphere  of  the  medieval  guilds.  With  them 
watchmaking  is  a  fine  art.  In  picturesque  Madre-Biel,  Switzerland, 
where  men  talk,  think,  and  live  watches,  the  Gruen  movements  are 
made. 

"At  "Time  Hill."  near  Cincinnati, 
Ohio,  in  the  beautiful  American  Serv- 
ice Plant  and  Gold  Case  Shop,  the 
cases  are  made  and  the  movements 
given  their  final  adjustments  in  these 
cases.  There  are  many  ^^  ^„^^  . 

attractive   models,   all  C~^  R|^  I 

in  excellent  taste. 

Only  a  few  persons 
may  own  Gruen 
watches,  for  they  are 
made  Avith  such  care, 
that  only  a  limited 
number  are  made 
each  year.  They  are 
sold  by  1,200  leading 
jewelers  in  the  chief 
cities  of  the  United 
States  and  Canada. 


VeritKirx  WatcK 

The  most  beautiful  watch 
in   America 


GRUEN  ULTRATHIN. 
"The  'hinnest  accurate 
match."  18  kt.  19  rubies. 
Precision  movement. 


Write  for  "A  Worthy  Company  of 
Watchmakers" 

An  interesting  book,  illustrated  by  a 
famous  etcher  has  been  written  about 
.  -=-  js^,  the      Gruen      Watch- 

i  E  iNI  makers,    their    pictur- 

esque workshops  and 
unusual  products.  It 
will  be  sent  free  to 
those  who  are  sincere- 
ly  interested. 


GRUEN  WATCHMAKERS 
GUILD,  Dept.  D-?  '"TIME 
HILL,"  CINCINNATI,  0. 
Workshops:  "Time  Hill," 
U.  S.  A.  and  Madre-Biel, 
Switzerland. 

Canadian  Branch:  Toronto. 
Ont. 


Square  or  octaii,on  shapes. 
14  kt.,  18  kt.  or  plati- 
num, to  order.  $165  and 
up    to    $550. 


How  Che  pat.  Gruen  wheel  train  con- 
struction   made  an,  accurate  watch  thin 


A  well-known  business  man  writes: 


.-^  CZ.:Z:7zJ^^Z^^'^^--^ 


7^^3="^s?:fc^ 


tT--Pl_jZ      <Zj2.--injf 


^tna  (Fire)  Insurance  Company  of  Hartford,  Conn. 


WM.  B.  CLARK,  President 


Losses  Paid 
in  98  Years  Over 


$157,000,000.00 


<;pEAK  A  FOREIGN  LANGUAGE ! 


0  know  Frencli.  Spanish,  Italian,  or  German.     Army,  Navy, 

1  Red  Cross  must  know  French  to  g.iin  promotion. 
Equip  yourself  to  read  foreign  books  and  papers. 
Brush   up  on  the  language  you  studied  at  school  or 

college  and  make  it  of  practical  use.  Acquire  a  new 
language  at  honie  by  tile 

LANGUAGE-PHONE  METHOD 

And  Rosenthal's  Method  o(  Practical  Linguistry 


'•—^m^  \  Highest  Award   Panama-Pacific  Exposition) 

Thisisthe  natural  way  to  learn.  You  hear  the  living  voice  of  a  native 
professor  pronounce  each  word  and  phrase.  He  speaks  as  you  desire- 
slowly  or  quickly,  for  minutes  or  hours  at  a  time.  Itis  a  pleasant,  lasci- 
nating  study;  no  tedious  rules  or  memorizing.  It  is  not  expensive- 
family  and  friends  can  use  it.  You  simply  practice  during  spare 
moments,  and  in  a  surprisingly  short  time  you  speak,  read,  and  under- 
stand a  new  language. 

NOW  READY— F.    M.  C— French  Military  Conversation   and    Military 
Language-Fhone  Method,  a  special  short  course  for  War  Workers. 

Our  records  fit  all  talking  machines.     Write  for  free  Booklet, 
Particulars  of  Trial  Offer-     Easy  Payments. 

The  Language -Phone  Method.  980  Putnam  Bldg..  2  W.  45th  St..  N.Y. 


What  1  Sets.  Br.  You  '^  Nation's  Capital 

'  ttle  matter  of  15c  in  stamps  or  coin  will  bring  you  the  Pathfinder  13  weeks  ■  on  trial.    The 


Washington,  the  home  of  the  Pathfinder,  is  the 
nerve-center  of  civilization  ;  history  is  being 
made  at  this  world  capital.  The  Pathfinder's 
illustrated  weekly  review  gives  you  a  clear,  im- 
partialand  correct  diagnosis  of  public  affairs 
during  these  strenuous,  epoch-making  days. 


.  tli.-1'athtinderf.i 


aderoa  probation  13  weeks.    Tli 


The  little  matter  of  ISc  in  stamps  or  coin  will  bring  yo 

I'atli  tinder  is  an  illustrated  weekly,  published  atthe  Nation's  center,  for  the  Nation  ;  a  paperthat  prints 
all  the  news  of  the  world  and  tells  the  truth  and  only  the  truth ;  now  in  its  24th  year.  This  paper  fills 
the  bill  without  emptying  the  purse;  it  costs  but  $1  a  year.  If  you  want  to  keep  posted  on  whatisg-oinsr 
on  in  the  worldattheleast  expense  of  time  or  money,  this  is  your  means.  If  you  want  a  pa  per  in  your 
home  which  is  sincere,  reliable,  entertaining,  wholesome,  the  Pathfinder  is  yours.  If  you  would  ap- 
preciate a  paper  which  puts  everything  clearly,  fairly,  briefly — here  it  is.  A  dollar  bill  mailed  at  our 
ply  send  ISc  to  showthat  you  mightlikesuch  a  paperand  we     pjJTHFlNDER,  BOX  33,  WaShlngtOR,  D.  C. 


J  net  repay  us.  but  we  are  glad  to  invest  i 


ends 


=  WEBSTER'S  NEW  ^J^a*<i^er  your  question;  —  be  it  the  pronunciation 

1  ._.___..__,_.,  _.  ofanewterm;    the  spelling  of  a  puzzlin6  word; 

I  INTERNATIONAL  the  locotlori    of  Nigeria. the   meaning  of 

g  |>|/»TI/\kl  ADY  [^  tractor,  white  coal  etc.-this  New  Creation 

J  UlwllwNAKT    ffl  contains  a  clear,  accurate, final  answer. 

1  Ple«e  send  me  speci-r^^^g    

^    men  pages  and  S 

P'FREE   POCKET  M APS l ADDRESS - Nat  Geo 


400.000     g 
Words  Def.ned  g 
2700Po|es  1 
6000  Illustrations  = 


^Jo—°»^ 


— ^f*— ty^ 


Send  Candy  to 
Your  Soldier 

^///  /?e   sure    it   is 
fresh  when  he  gets  it 

Express  and  parcel  post  are  likely 
to  cause  damage  and  delay. 


ARMY  DELIVERY  SERVICE 

will  deliver  your  gift  in  perfect 
condition  through  its  represent- 
atives at  practically  every  Train- 
ing Camp,  pejsonally  and  almost 
immediately. 

Ask  about  this  service  at 
any  Huyler  store  or  agency 


"Tj-^ai-^ 


The  "D-D"  KHAKI  WATCH 

Reg.  U.  S.  P.it.  I  Iff. 

For  Officers,  Soldiers,  Aviators  and  for  Sportsmen 

Prestige  WALTHAM  MOVEMENT  Accuracy 


A  Safety 
Test 

from 

actual  ^ 

photographs 


\ 


SAFE! 


DANGEROUS!     '  The  "  Khaki  "  Glass, 

Nilro-Cellul^se  Watch   Glass  Non-Explosive  and  Unbreakable 

"The  Khaki"  Glass  will  not  catch  lire.  Other  unbreakable  watch 
crystals  of  nitro- cellulose  products  are  highly  inflammable.  Our 
"khaki"  Glass  is  NON-EXPLOSIVE  and  UNBRHAKABLI-:— a  pro- 
tection for  both  Watch  and  warer.  This  Glass  cannot  drop  out  or  be- 
come loose  because  held  securely  in  place  by  our  patented  DOUBLE- 
CI^TNCHEU  Bezel.  Dust-proof  and  not  affected  by  climatic  changes. 
( Bezel,  patented  Sept.  11, 1917.)      \.,^^ 


Cravenette    Finished" 
Patented  Clasp  Olive  Drab  Webbing. 

No  buckle,  no  eyelets  Moisture-proof       \ 

Slips  over  hand  as  a  loop      Strongerthan  leather    i\   j^ 
RADIUM  DIAL  k^ 

Sold  by  leading  Walch  Dealers.     If 'rite  us  for         i^'f  a 
full  description  'ItJf 

JACQUES  DEPOLLIER  &  SON     Ifi 

Manufacturers  of  High-class  Specialties  '^ 

for  Waltham  Watches  ^ 

15  Maiden  Lane  New  York  City,  U.  S.  A.         cg^ 


ONE  CAN  LIVE  WITHOUT  ART 
—  BUT   NOT  SO  WELL 


Masterpieces  of  American  Art 

The  Old  Masters  in  Color 

For 

GIFTS 

and  for 

YOUR 
HOME 

Unsurpassed 
forChristmas 

and  otheroccasions. 
Alsof  or  adornment 
of  our  homes, 
schools,  clubs;  ior 
elevation  of  taste  in 
our  children ;  for 
our  own  daily  en, 
joyment:  "  One  can 
live  without  art — 
but  not  so  well.'''' 
LARGEGALLERY  OF  SUBJECTS:We  can  show  here 
but  one  of  the  500  illustrated  in  our  catalogues 
(see  below).  You  will  find  in  them  a  choice  of 
subjects  of  absorbing  interest,  from  the  great 
works  of  the  Old  Masters  to  the  paintings  of  our 
own  day— Corot  and  I  nness  landscapes  ;  Abbey's 
Holy  Grail ;  new  mural  decorations  by  Sargentand 
by  Violet  Oakley ;  inspiring  patriotic  subjects: 
Pictures  appropriate  for  every  occasion  and  for 
every  room  in  the  house,  including  many  for  your 
children. 

AS  TO  QUALITY,  THE  COPLEY  PRINTS  have  been 
for  22  years  a  hall-mark  of  good  taste  in  pictures. 
"  Excellent,"  says  John  S.  Sargent.  "  I  could  not 
MPish  better."  — Edwin  A.  Abbey.  "So  fine  in 
quality."— Augustus  Saint-Gaudens. 

OF  THE  MEDICI  PRINTS  the  London  Times  says  : 
"Their  perfection  is  little  short  of  amazing."  In 
truth  of  color  and  detail  they  are,  for  most  prac- 
tical purposes,  replicas  of  the  original  paintings, 
says  Mr.  Holmes,  Director  of  the  National  Gallery, 
London. 

¥OUR  OLD  FAMILY  PORTRAITS,  reproduced  privately  in  the  COPLEY 
Prints— fioni  old  dauuerreotypes.  faded  photographs,  tmtypes, 
kodaks,  etc.— make  nniqiie  gifts  to  your  relatives.  Particulars  in 
Copley  Catalogue  (see  below ). 

HOW  OBTAINED:  Through  art  stores  or  direct  from  us.  We  send 
on  approval  prepaid  and  with  no  obligation  of  purchase. 

PRICES:  From  only  a  few  dollars  (down  to  25  cents  for  Medici 
Miniatures)  up  to  S2S.00  for  large  sizes.  Special  attention  to 
appropriate  framing,  at  reasonable  prices. 

ILLUSTRATED  CAT  lOGUES:  Send  25  cents  ( stamps  accepted)  for  each 
Catalogue  — 60  cents  for  both.  These  are  not  ordinary  catalogues, 
remember-  they  are  practically  INustrateil  Hand-BOOKS  of  Art.  Re- 
member,too,  thecosti  s  deducted  from  a  IJ.50  purchase  of  the 
Prints.  The  Copley  Catalogue  is  of  American  art  (  prints  in  rich 
sepia  tone,somein  color).  The  Medici  Catalogueis  of  the  Old 
Masters  (prints  allin  color). 

SEND  HOW— to  give  you  ample  time  for  careful  Christmas  selec- 
tions.    Address  cither 

CURTIS  &  CAMERON 

or  the  new  American  Branch  of 

THE  MEDICI  SOCIETY 

Offices:-266  Harcourt  Street,  BOSTON 
Salesroom:  Pierce  Bldg.,  opp.  Public  Library 


"Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you. 


i^AID 


DIOXOGEN  is  an  Essential 
of  any  First  Aid  Equipment 

TTS  high  germicidal  efficiency,  combined  with 
^  entire  harmlessness,  admirably  fits  it  for  emer- 
gency use.  Applied  to  open  hurts  or  wounds, 
DIOXOGEN  gives  as  near  absolute  protection 
against  infection  as  is  to  be  had,  and  its  harmless- 
ness is  a  safeguard  against  mistakes. 

Tl  rHILE  used  largely  in  hospitals  and  by  pro- 
^  ^  fessional  men,  the  absence  of  all  poisonous  or 
dangerous  properties  and  its  simplicity  of  applica- 
tion make  DIOXOGEN  particularly  suitable  for 
general  use. 


The  Oakland  Chemical  Co. 
10  AsTOR  Place 


New  York 


Dioxo 


WHE'bT you.  are  puzzled 
over  the  ri^ht  piece 
of  furniture  for  some  par- 
ticular corner  of  your  liv- 
ing-room or  hall,  visit  the 
dealer  who  sells 

Karpen  Furniture 

He  will  tell  you  that  Karpen 
Furniture  costs  just  what 
any  other  standard  furni- 
ture costs,  but  that  it  offers 
features  which  others  can- 
not duplicate — the  Karpen- 
esque  spring  cushion  up- 
holstery, for  example. 

Send  14c  for  BooTc  1010  of 
Karpen  designs,  victurin^ 
modern  and  period  designs, 
obtainable  sintlly  or  in  com- 
plete suites. 

S.  Karpen  &  Bros, 

900  S.  Michigan  Ave., CHica^o 
37th  St.  and  Broadway 
New  York 


j4  graceful  arm  chair  in 
Chip  pen  da  le  design .  It  has 
cane  panels  in  back  and  arms 
and  is  attractively  upholstered. 
The  framework  is  of  solid 
mahogany. 


Z 


Tyyrs. 


"Good  OAK  FURNITURE  is  more 
nearly  'boy-proof  than  any  other 
equally  fine  cabinet-wood." 

Its  elegance,  dignity  and  artistic 
adaptability — are  backed  by  its  sturdy 
resistance  to  dents  and  scratches. 
(Really  an  important  r^ii^t-) 

"There  is  no  finer  heirloom  than  good 
OAK  furniture."  There  is  no  more 
safe  and  enduring  investment  —  none 
better  worth  insisting  upon. 

AMERICAN  OAK  MFRS.  ASSN., 
answers  all  letters.  Address  1416, 
14   Main   St.,  Memphis,  Tenn. 


-^ 


|■^ 


r'On 


/    ^ 


^^ 


Open  Up  a 
New  World 

See  These  Books!         ~ 

C  REATEST  guide  to  Nature 


ever  written.     Nine  wonderful  vol- 


umes,  which  tell  you  all  about  animals,  b'rds, 

fi^li,  butterflies,  flowers,  trees,  insects.  Richly  bound  in  ficxi! le 
/(•iz/kt  or  incloth.     Now  sent  on  a  very  special  offer.    Read  below. 

The  New  Nature  Library 

Opens  your  eyes  to  the  marvelous  life 
of  all  outdoors.      Identifies,  classifies,  tells  you 

all  about  thousands  of  Nature's  wonderful  creatures.  Edited  by 
eminent  naturalists— men  like  Dr.  David  Starr  Jordan,  of  Leiand 
Stanford  University;  Dr.  Howard,  of  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Acricuiture; 
Dr.Evermann,  of  U.  S.  Fish  Commission;  Dr.  Holland, of  Carnecie 
Museum. 

Size  of  volumes,  1\  inches  x  9i  inches. 
Hundreds  of  illustrations.      Thousands  of  j)ages 

of  fascinating  text  matter. 

Splendid  Pictures! 

A  vast  collection  of  wonderfulcolor  plates, 
made  direct  from  Nature.  Shows  you  just  how- 
birds,  animals,  fish,- trees,  and  flowers  look  in  their  native  haunts. 
Special  Outdoor  Edition — Finest  set  published.  Yours  on 
"^^^^^^^■^■■^^™^^'*'""  this  special ofFer.  Vou  save  if  you 
buy  rK)W.  I-'ulure  editions  will  cost  more,  because  paper,  ink,  and 
leatlier  have  advanced  in  price.  Do  not  postpone  in  sending.  See 
tlie  books  anyway  on  this  special  otTer.  Just  send  coupon  today — 
no  obligations.  ^^  ^^^^  ^^^  ^^^ 

Send  the  Coupon  /       Ooubieday, 

Mail  this  coupon  and  #  Page  &  Company 
we  will  ship  tlie  books.    /  Dept.  1357. 

Read  them  for  7  days.    M  Garden  Cit>  ,  N.  Y. 

If  you  keep  them,  buy   / 


.  ^.    ,'.-»:^ 


on   our    easy    credit  / 
terms  (see  coupon).    / 
Otherwise      send 

them  back.  k 


Doubleday, 
Page  &  Co.,     . 

Dept.  1357,      / 
Garden  • 

City, 
New  York 


Send  me  the  big  nine-vol- 
ume  Nature   Library  (Special  Out- 
door Edition,  in  flexible  leather  bind- 
rig)    for    seven    days'     examination. 
If  I  keep  it,  I  « ill  send  50  cents  down 
and  S+.OO   per   month  until  the  price, 
S+4. 50,   is  paid.     Otherwise  I  will  return 


/the  books  and  be  under  no  obligation 
For   cloi 


oth  binding,  £54.50,  put  X  here  D 


/ 


Furs  of  Superior  Quality 

Exclusive  in  Design 


C.  G.  Gunther's  Sons 

391  Fifth  Avenue        .  .         New  York 


i^'- 


'^i 


Used  in  ihe  Armies  andliavies  of  f he  World 

(5AFETY-SEMLED  ) 

FOUNTAIN  PENS 


"POR  the  boys  at  the 


front,  for  relatives, 

friends  and  sweethearts.    The  enduring 
gift,  always  appreciated,  always  useful. 

Parker  Self-fillers  are  safety-sealed;  the  new  type  "no 
holes  in  the  wall"  fountain  pens. 

Ink  can't  get  out  to  soil  clothes  or  person.  In  event  of  ac- 
cident to  interior  mechanism,  the  pen  automatically  cha,nges  from  a 
Self-filler  to  a  non-Self-filler  without  interruption  of  service.  Because 
of  these  exclusive  features  it's  the  pen  for  the  army  and  navy, 
where  only  dependable  pens  are  wanted. 

Your  search  for  sq^table  gifts  is   at   an  end — decide  on  PARKER 
FOUNTAIN  PENS.     The  name  is  your  guarantee  of  quality, 

PARKER  PEN  CO.,  18  Mill  St..  Janesville,  Wis. 

New  York  Retail  Store,  Woolworth  Bldg. 


No    20      $2.50 
No    21         3.50 


^  m  Dainjy       ^ 
Crtii  Jjoxes     f^ 


"Blest  is  the  Spirit  of  Love  which 
makes  life  worth  while  and  glorifies 
the  memory  of  those  -passed  by" — 

BARRE  GRANITE 

The  Rock  Beautiful  and  Everlasting — typifies  eternity 
more  nearly  than  any  other  material  the  earth  has  pro- 
duced. Whether  for  monument,  mausoleum  or  simple 
memorial,  its  permanence,  freedom  from  flaws  and  un- 
usual beauty,  make  it  the  rock  of  enduring  satisfaction. 
The  Rockefeller,  Heinz,  Schley,  Armour,  Tarking- 
ton,  Potter  Palmer,  Anheuser,  Leland  Stanford,  and 
thousands  of  other  memorials  have  been  cut  from 
Barre  Granite. 

Specify  Barre  Granite.  And  write  for  your  free 
copy  of  "Memorial  Masterpieces." 

Barre  Quarriers  and  Manufacturers  Ass'n 
Department  B  Barre,  Vermont 


AGdirden  Full 

Tulips 


or 


In  anticipation  of  asjain 
_  lacing  before  our  custom- 
ers a  collection  of  Darwin  Tulips 
we  have  had  a  sufficient  quantity 
grown  so  that  we  can  offer 
75  Giant  Darwin  Tulip  Bulbs, 
Finest  Mixed,  for  $1.25 
selected fi'oni  fifteen  named  varieties. 
Few  spring  flowering  plants  rival  the  Darwin  Tulip  for  brilliance 
A  bloom.     With  flowers  as  large  as  the  Oriental  Poppy,  ranging  in 
color   from  white  through  the  lighter  shades  of  pink  to  rich  scarlet, 
from  pale  lavenderto  rich  tonesof  violet,  purple, and  maroon, borne 
on  strong  stems  often    exceeding  three  feet,  they  are  a  wonderful 
addition  to  the  Flower  Garden. 

Plant  any  time  before  the   ground  becomes  f  rozen,  and  they  will  bloom 

.  ram  the  middle  of  May  to  Decoration  Day. 

Cultural  Diy-ections  in  Jiz'ery  Box. 

Mail   this   advertisement    with    check,    money    order,  cash,  or 

stamps,  and  secure  this  exceptional  collection,  sent  prepaid  to  any 

pciiiitin  the  U.  S.  east  of  the  Mississippi.    For  points  west  thereof  and 

Canada,  kindly  Include  an  additional  25c.  to  cover  cost  of  delivery. 

Cofiy  of  our  1917  Fall  Bulb  Catalo^iC  sent  on  request. 


30  and  32  Barclay  Street 


New  York 


niiiiiiiimmiiitinfESTABLiSHEDigiramninnniummi]! 


A   First  Mortgage  6% 
Investment 

Secured  by  Modern  Steel  Plant 


r.-^^'-'"^! 


Borrower — Long-established,  widely 

known  steel  company. 
Assets — Six  to  one. 
Earnings— Nearly  ten  to  one. 
Maturities  and  Denominations— 3  to 

15  years;  $500  and  |1, 000. 

Send  for  Circular  No.  924D 

Peabo^i 
Honghteling  &Go. 

(ESTABLISHED  1865) 
10  South  La  Salle  Street,  Chicago 


iTnmmiiiiimimiif  e^tablshed  lass^ iimnminniB 


"Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you." 


'Voup^  Ne^v  Incotvib 


ifS  soon  as  Congress  passes  the  New  War  Revenue  Bill,  which  em- 
bodies and  greatly  increases  the  Federal  Income  Tax,  we  will  publish  a 
booklet  giving  in  detail  all  provisions  of  this  new  tax. 

In  our  opinion  this  booklet  will  be  of  distinct  value  to  all  who  are 
subject  to  this  income  tax.  We  are  glad  to  assist  the  Government, 
our  patrons  and  friends  by  distributing  this  booklet  with  our  compliments. 

If  you  desire  a  copy,  may  we  suggest  that  you  send  in  your  applica- 
tion now,  so  that  you  will  receive  a  copy  as  soon  as  ready?  (Mention 
edition  N-10.) 

William  R.fompton  (pmpany 

Municipal  Bonds 

"Over  a  Quarter  Century  in  This  Businen" 

NEW  YORK:   14  Wall  Street  ST.  LOUIS:  408  Olive  Street 

CHICAGO:    105  S.  La  Salle  Street  CINCINNATI:   102  Union  Trust  Building 

AMO  PITTSBURGH:   721  Farmers  Bank  Building 


! 

P 

I 


Well  Fortified 
Bonds 


FIRST  mortgage  serial  bonds, 
safeguarded  under  the  Straus 
Plan,are  the  logical  investment  under 
war  time  conditions.  They  are  forti- 
fied against  all  adverse  commercial 
or  economic  conditions.  And  they 
yield  6%,  an  interest  rate  that  helps 
meet  the  burdens  caused  by  the  war 
and  the  high  cost  of  living. 

You  should  investigate  these  sound 
bonds,  which  are  in  $1000  and  $500 
amounts  and  yield  6^o.  Write 
today  for  our  current 

Circular  No.  J-708 

s:w:sTRAus  ^  co. 

Founded  1882  Incorporated  1905 

NEW  YORK  CHICAGO 

150  Broadway  Straus  Building 

Branch  Offices: 

Detroit      Minneapolis      Cincinnati       San  Francisco 

Philadelphia        Kansas  City        Dayton 

35  years  without  loss  to  any  investor 


/F^r  Tax  Analysis 

For  Indi'uiduals,  Partnerships, 
a7id  Corporations 

An  expert  interpretation  of  the 

Income  Tax,  the 
War  Income  Tax, 
and  the  War 
Excess  Profits  Tax 

This  analysis  covers  the  many 
perplexing  problems  confront- 
ing those  subject  to  taxation. 

This  booklet  AN -64  will 
be  sent  upon  request. 

The  National  City 
Company 

National  City  Bank  Building 
New  York 


"Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you. 


IVORY  SOAP  is  as  indispensable  in  the  shower 
bath  as  in  the  tub.  The  flowing  water  cannot  do 
the  work  of  the  cleansing  lather.  To  make  the  skin 
really  clean,  soap  must  be  rubbed  into  the  pores  so  that 
the  excretions  are  absorbed.  Ivory  Soap  can  be  rubbed 
in  as  vigorously  as  desired  because  it  is  free  from  all 
materials  that  irritate  and  inflame. 


IVORY  SOAP. 


.99^0^  PURE 


■'-*'i'wr'i*-iiit]iiiiaw" 


* 'Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you. 


Vol.  XXXII,  No.  4 


WASHINGTON 


October,  1 9 17 


OUR   FLAG 


FLAGS  symbolize  the  noble  aspira- 
tions and  glorious  achievements  of 
the  human  race ;  they  epitomize  the 
romance  of  history;  they  incarnate  the 
chivalry  of  the  ages. 

Their  origin  is  divinity  itself  ;  for  when, 
at  the  beginning  of  recorded  time,  Jeho- 
vah made  a  covenant  with  man,  prom- 
isino-  that  never  again  would  He  send  the 
waters  to  cover  the  face  of  the  earth  and 
destroy  all  flesh,  He  unfurled  the  first 
flag — the  multihued  banner  of  the  rain- 
bow—which he  set  in  the  clouds  as  a 
symbol  of  security  and  an  assurance  to 
all  future  generations  of  His  watchful 
care. 

And  since  that  day  man  has,  m  his 
finite  way,  employed  his  earthly  banners 
as  emblems  of  faith,  of  hope,  and  of  high 
resolve. 

Around  the  bits  of  varicolored  bunt- 
ing which  the  people  of  each  land  nom- 
inate as  a  national  flag,  there  cluster 
thoughts  of  loyalty,  of  patriotism,  and  of 
personal  sacrifice  which  have  enabled  the 
world  to  move  forward,  from  the  days 
when  each  individual  struggled  for  him- 
self alone,  hke  other  wild  animals  of  plain 
and  mountain  side,  until,  through  com- 
munity of  interests  and  unity  of  effort, 
mankind  has  been  enabled  to  rear  the 
splendid  structure  of  twentieth  century 
civilization. 

•^  When  the  savage  began  to  emerge  from 
his  isolation  and" took  the  first  steps  to- 
ward becoming  a  social  creature,  profit- 
ing by  association  and  cooperation  with 
fellow  human  beings,  one  of  his  first 
needs  was  a  sign  or  a  symbol  whereby  he 


ORK 
;,  .'UUliC  library 

ij       8  ^  '^  1  '^ ''' 

NUlMBlLrV       ;       ASTOR  1!enJx  AND 

TILDEN   FOUNDATIONS 
.  i;     .  .       19:8  L 

could  distinguish,  during  prfflTrtiTe-  ha^Us &y^ 

between  creatures  of  his  own  tribe  or 
family  and  those  of  enemy  tribes.  A 
peculiar  type  of  club,  a  splotch  of  colored 
clay  on  the  body  of  the  warrior,  and  later 
some  rude  device  on  his  clumsy  shield 
served  for  a  time  the  purpose  of  insignia. 
Eventually  these  bits  of  wood,  bodily 
ornamentation,  and  shield  signs  were  re- 
placed by  the  skins  of  animals  attached 
to  poles  so  that  they  might  be  held  high 
in  the  air  and  recognized  at  a  distance. 
From  such  crude  (.beginnings  it  is  easy  to 
trace  the  evolution  of  the  flags  of  civil- 
ized man. 

Today,  while  it  is  true  that  we  are 
thinking  of  the  flags  of  our  own  and  of 
other  nations  in  relation  to  sanguinary 
strife,  these  emblems  of  armies  and  na- 
vies have  a  deep  and  noble  significance 
far  removed  from  their  use  in  leading 
men  to  battle.  In  reality  flags  are  the  bul- 
warks of  idealism. 

AN    INSPIRATION    TO   PERSONAL   SACRI^IC^ 

The  flag  epitomizes  for  an  army  the 
high  principles  for  which  it  strives  in 
battle.  Were  it  not  for  the  ideals  which 
it  keeps  ever  before  the  soldier  he  would 
be  bestialized  by  slaughter.  It  keeps 
men's  motives  lofty  even  in  mortal  com- 
bat, making  them  forgetful  of  personal 
gain  and  of  personal  revenge,  but  eager 
for  personal  sacrifice  in  the  cause  of  the 
country  they  serve. 

With  full  realization  of  what  the  stories 
of  the  flags  of  the  world  mean,  each  to 
its  own  people,  and  with  the  belief  that 
Americans    will   be    inspired   by    under- 


f   .'    n, 


■■|^ 


f 


^ 

p   tu 

> 

w 

« 

<u  ^ 

•£  "1 

Iz; 

l^--  ^ 

o 

o.S 

>> 

ti-^ 

£.^ 

rt-— N 

, ;-• — ^ 

03    c 

.^« 

o  '5! 

_r^     C 

-1^   aj 

c  o 

C'Z3 

rt    03 

E  « 

rtH 


^ 
H 


282 


'0» 


^jbi*»  "fsi-*^^^ 


■4 


m 


Photograph  by  Paul  Thompson 
THE  PRESIDENT  OE  THE  UNITED  STATES  ON  BOARD  A  BARGE  WHICH   ELIES  HIS  EEAG 
AT   THE  BOW   WHILE   TAKING   HIM    FROM    THE   ''mAYFLOWER"   TO 
THE  FLAGSHIP    (sEE   ALSO   PAGE   324) 

The  President's  flag  (No.  2,  page  310)  is  one  of  the  most  difficult  flags  to  make,  requir- 
ing the  labor  of  a  skilled  seamstress  for  an  entire  month.  Every  detail  of  the  eagle,  each 
feather  and  each  scale,  must  be  carefully  embroidered.  On  two  days  of  the  year  the  ships  of 
the  American  Navy  are  "full  dressed."  as  are  the  battleships  shown  here.  Those  occasions 
are  the  Fourth  of  July,  the  birthday  of  the  nation  itself,  and  the  Twenty-second  of  February, 
the  birthday  of  him  who  will  ever  remain  first  in  the  hearts  of  his  countrymen.  To  "full- 
dress  ship"  is  also  permissible  as  a  niatter  of  international  courtesy,  when  in  foreign  ports, 
upon  the  occasion  of  the  visited  country's  national  holidays  or  in  honor  of  the  presence  of 
their  men-of-war. 


standing  and  appreciating  the  motives,  the 
traditions,  and  the  sentiments  which  have 
given  birth  to  these  various  symbols  of 
sovereignty,  the  National  Geographic 
Magazine  presents  this  issue,  devoted  to 
the  flags  of  all  countries. 

In  the  present  world  struggle,  in  which 
the  United  States  of  America  is  now  en- 
gaged, we  of  this  land  hold  to  the  ideals 
represented  in  the  history  and  the  promise 
of  the  Stars  and  Stripes — the  ideals  of 
life,  liberty,  and  the  pursuit  of  happiness 
safeguarded  for  all  mankind. 

And  though  many  must  fall  in  the 
achievement  of  those  ideals,  a  noble  and 
imperishable  good  will  endure  as  a  monu- 
ment to  their  sacrifice.  History  can  be- 
stow upon  such  soldiers  no  higher  en- 


comium than  that  of  Defenders  of  the 
Flag. 

In  the  presentation  of  1,197  flags  in 
their  accurate  colors  and  design,  the  Na- 
tional Geographic  Magazine  issues  the 
most  expensive  as  well  as  the  most  in- 
structive and  beautiful  number  in  the 
whole  history  of  periodical  literature. 

the  big  task  of  making  the  flag 
number 

In  assembling  the  flags  of  the  world,  in 
choosing  the  correct  from  the  spurious 
designs,  and  in  mobilizing,  so  to  speak, 
the  flag  lore  of  our  own  America,  as  well 
as  in  the  research  which  has  made  it  pos- 
sible to  present  here  many  flags  pregnant 
with   historic  associations,  the   National 


283 


284 


THE  NATIONAL  GEOGRAPHIC  |>IAGAZINE 


Geographic  Society  has  been  fortunate 
in  having  the  enthusiatic  cooperation  and 
active  professional  services  of  the  fore- 
most flag  expert  of  the  United  States 
Government  and  probably  the  leading  au- 
thority in  the  world  on  flag  usages  among 
maritime  nations  —  Lieut.  Commander 
Byron  McCandless,  of  the  United  States 
Navy. 

Lieut.  Commander  McCandless  was  the 
flag  officer  of  the  American  fleet  at  Vera 
Cruz  in  191 3,  and  in  the  performance  of 
his  duties  there  he  found  that  the  signal 
officers  and  enlisted  men  were  handi- 
capped in  their  work  by  the  non-existence 
of  a  flag  book.  Being  far  removed  from 
a  printing  establishment,  the  ingenious 
officer  met  the  condition  by  chiseling  flag 
plates  from  leaden  sheets  and  printing 
in  color  a  book  of  flags  with  a  hand- 
press  installed  on  the  flagship.  This 
unique  publication  attracted  wide  atten- 
tion among  naval  officers,  and  the  de- 
mand for  copies  of  the  work  became  so 
great  that  the  improvised  flag  plates, 
made  of  soft  metal,  soon  wore  away. 

Lieut.  Commander  McCandless  was  in- 
duced by  the  National  Geographic  Society 
to  undertake,  with  the  consent  of  the  Sec- 
retary of  the  Navy,  the  assembling  of  the 
flags  of  the  world  for  this  issue  of  the 
Geographic.  In  view  of  the  value  of 
this  flag  material  to  the  government,  the 
Society  has  donated  5,000  copies  of  the 
Flag  Number  to  the  United  States  Navy 
and  5,000  copies  to  the  Army. 

In  addition  to  the  expert  services  of 
Lieut.  Commander  McCandless,  the  Ed- 
itor has  had  the  assistance  of  John  Oliver 
La  Gorce,  the  Associate  Editor ;  of  Wil- 
liam Joseph  Showalter,  Ralph  A.  Graves. 
Franklin  L.  Fisher,  and  other  members 
of  the  editorial  staff  in  the  months  of 
research  work  necessary  to  secure  the 
historically  accurate  data  descriptive  of 
the  more  than  1,200  flags  in  colors  and 
in  black  and  white.  Thus,  through  such 
concerted  effort,  it  is  possible  to  present 
in  this  issue  the  most  complete  and  au- 
thoritative work  on  flags  ever  published. 

The  engraving  of  the  coats-of-arms  and 
devices  appearing  on  many  of  the  ban- 
ners and  the  preparation  of  all  the  color 
plates  in  their  accurate  proportions,  as 
well  as  the  notable  achievement  in  rich 


color  printing,  have  been  accomplished 
through  the  mechanical  efficiency  and  ar- 
tistic cooperation  of  the  Beck  Engraving 
Company  of  Philadelphia.  In  the  proc- 
esses of  color  printing  it  was  necessary 
to  operate  the  presses  in  daylight  only, 
in  order  that  the  tints  and  shades  might 
be  kept  true  for  each  of  the  23,000,000 
pages  (32  pages  of  color  in  each  of  more 
than  700,000  copies  of  this  issue  of  the 
magazine). 

The  Flag  Number,  like  all  the  other  is- 
sues since  the  founding  of  the  magazine 
twenty-nine  years  ago,  owes  its  attractive 
typographical  appearance  to  Messrs.  Judd 
&  Detweiler,  Inc.,  of  Washington,  D.  C. 

THE    WORK    OF    PRINTING 

Every  one  will  readily  appreciate  that 
the  cost  of  our  flag  number  far  exceeds 
the  moderate  price  at  which  it  is  dis- 
tributed to  members  of  the  Society  (one- 
twelfth  of  the  annual  membership  fee), 
a  sum  not  sufficient  to  cover  the  bare  cost 
of  the  paper,  engraving,  and  printing. 
This  deficit  is  made  good  from  the  So- 
ciety's educational  fund,  but  for  addi- 
tional copies  the  price  will  necessarily  be 
50  cents  each. 

So  vast  has  grown  the  membership  of 
the  National  Geographic  Society  that  one 
finds  it  hard  to  realize  how  wide-spread 
is  the  geographic  interest  it  has  engen- 
dered or  how  many  magazines  must  be 
printed  before  each  member  can  receive 
his  or  her  copy.  Two  striking  illustra- 
tions of  the  Society's  numerical  strength 
have  come  home  to  the  Editor  in  the  is- 
suance of  the  current  number.  With  one 
of  the  largest  color  printing  plants  in 
America  engaged  in  producing  the  32 
pages  of  flags  in  colors,  it  took  75  work- 
ing days — three  months — to  print  these 
alone. 

The  attention  of  the  reader  is  directed 
to  the  little  vacant  spaces  after  flags  640 
and  666  respectively  (pages  350-351). 
These  blank  intervals  do  not  seem  to  be 
more  than  negligible ;  and  yet,  running 
through  the  entire  edition,  they  occupy 
more  than  700,000  square  inches  of  space, 
or  1,728  pages  the  size  of  the  National 
Geographic  Magazine.  Put  side  by 
side  they  would  form  a  ribbon  of  paper 
twenty  miles  long. 

Gilbert  Grosvenor, 

Editor  and  Director, 
National  Geographic  Society. 


INDEX  TO    FLAGS  AND    INSIGNIA 


Subject  Illustration 

Page 

African    flags 354,  355,  358,  367 

Army    flags   of   United    States 314 

y  Asian    flags     354,  355,  358,  367 

British    Empire    flags 359-366 

Australia     363 

Dominion   of   Canada    362 

Correct  dimensions  of  United   States   flag 312 

Correct   display   of   United   States    flag 

J  European    flags    354,  358,  367 

Flags  famous   in  American   history 338,  339,  342 

Geography  of  middle  ages  told  by  flags 370 

Insignia  of  uniformed  forces  of  United   States 414-419 

Makers   of   the   Flag 

Marine  Corps   flags  of  United   States 315 

National    Geographic    Society    flag 335 

Naval   flags   of   the   world 347,  350,  351 

Navy    flags   of   United    States 315,  318,  319 

I'an- American    flags     343,  346 

Stars  and   Stripes,   History   of 310 

State   flags   of   United   States 323-334 


Text 

Page 
372 

308, 309 
372 
378 
383 
381 
404 
404 

372,  388 
341 
388 
413 
304 

313,  316 
340 
369 

313,  316 
361 
286 
325 


Phutogi  aph  by  Brown  Brothers 


SALUTING  THE  FLAG  IN  SCHOOL 


The  salute  to  the  flag  fosters  a  spirit  of  unity  and  loyalty  among  the  future  citizens  of 
the  land,  regardless  of  the  many  racial  stocks  from  which  these  children  may  have  sprung. 
Happily,  educators  are  rapidly  appreciating  the  importance  of  such  outward  symbols  and 
ceremonies,  and  it  is  hoped  that  the  time  is  at  hand  when  such  patriotic  customs  will  be 
universally  adopted  in  our  public  and  private  schools. 


285 


THE    STORY    OF   THE   AMERICAN    FLAG 

The  text  and  illustrations  of  this  Flag  Number,  in  its  entirety,  are  protected  by 
copyright,  and  all  rights  are  reserved 


AS  IF  in  augury  of  that  perpetual 
/\  peace  for  which  ah  mankind  hopes 
y  V  as  the  outcome  of  the  world  war, 
immediately  following  the  entrance  of 
the  United'  States  of  America  into  the 
great  struggle  to  secure  democracy  for 
all  peoples  and  freedom  from  the  menace 
of  militarism  for  all  nations,  the  Stars 
and  Stripes  were  received  gratefully  and 
reverently  into  that  historic  shrine  of  the 
English-speaking  race — St.  Paul's  Ca- 
thedral, London — there  to  be  preserved 
among  the  hallowed  banners  of  the  hosts 
of  liberty  (see  page  302). 

This  epochal  event  marked  the  alli- 
ance, in  a  sacred  cause,  of  the  two  great 
self-governing  Anglo-Saxon  nations  just 
140  years  after  the  birth  of  that  vStar 
Spangled  Banner  in  the  travail  of  the 
conflict  which  severed  the  American  Re- 
public from  the  British  Empire. 

From  the  embattled  pinnacle  of  high 
resolve  and  lofty  idealism  where  the 
American  flag  has  always  floated,  the 
course  of  its  rise  may  be  surveyed — an 
inspiration  to  the  patriot,  an  enduring 
emblem  of  hope  for  the  oppressed.  The 
story  of  the  Stars  and  Stripes  is  the  story 
of  the  nation  itself ;  the  evolution  of  the 
flag  is  symbolic  of  the  evolution  of  our 
free  institutions ;  its  development  epito- 
mizes the  amazing  expansion  of  our 
boundaries  and  the  development  of  our 
natural  resources ;  its  glorious  history  is 
the  history  of  the  people  whose  sover- 
eignty it  signifie"*;. 

In  the  embryonic  days  of  the  republic, 
when  the  Thirteen  Original  States  were 
still  feeble  British  colonies  bordering  the 
western  shores  of  the  Atlantic,  there  were 
almost  as  many  varieties  of  banners  borne 
by  the  Revolutionary  forces  as  there  are 
today  races  fused  into  one  liberty-loving 
American  people. 

The  local  flags  and  colonial  devices 
(Nos.  361-366,  377-422)  displayed  in  bat- 
tle on  land  and  sea  during  the  first  months 


of  the  American  Revolution  proclaimed 
the  attitude  of  the  people  of  the  several 
colonies  in  their  grievances  against  the 
]\Iother  Country. 

When  Bunker  Hill  and  Lexington  were 
fought,  some  of  the  staunchest  patriots 
were  still  hopeful  that  an  adjustment  of 
the  difficulties  with  the  home  government 
could  be  efifected,  and  although  on  June 
15.  1775.  General  Washington  had  been 
appointed  commander  -  in  -  chief  of  the 
Continental  forces  raised,  or  to  be  raised, 
"for  the  defense  of  American  liberty," 
the  Continental  Congress  nearly  a  month 
later  (July  8)  addressed  an  appeal  to 
King  George  in  which  the  petitioners 
styled  themselves  "Your  Majesty's  faith- 
ful subjects." 

DisixcuxED  TO  se;ver  all  ties 

Disinclined  to  sever  all  ties  with  Eng- 
land, yet  bitterly  resentful' of  the  treat- 
ment accorded  them  and  imyielding  in 
their  determination  to  resist  further  op- 
pression, when  it  became  necessary  to 
adopt  an  ensign  for  their  newly  created 
navy,  in  the  autumn  of  1775,  the  revolt- 
ing colonies  chose  a-  .flag  that  reflected 
their  feeling  of  unity  with  the  ^Mother 
Country,  but  at  the  -same  tim.e  expressed 
their  firm  joint  purpose  to  demand  and 
obtain  justice  and  liberty. 

The  events  which  resulted  in  the  estab- 
lishment of  the  Continental  navy,  and 
thereby  the  birth  of  the  first  flag  repre- 
sentative of  the  thirteen  united  colonies, 
constitute  one  of  the  most  picturesque 
chapters  in  American  history.  At  the  be- 
ginning of  October  the  Continental  Con- 
gress, sitting  in  Philadelphia,  learned  that 
two  unarmed  North  Country-built  brigs 
w^ere  sailing  from  England  loaded  wath 
arms,  powder,  and  other  stores  destined 
for  Quebec.  As  the  colonies  were  in  sore 
need  of  powder  and  possessed  neither 
factories  for  its  manufacture  nor  ships 
for  bringing  it    from   abroad,   Congress 


286 


THE    BANNER    UNDER    WHICH    THEY    EOUGHT    AND    EELL    IS    NOW    THEIR 

MARTIAE     SHROUD 

They  went  forth  to  battle  and  gave  their  lives  to  liberty.^     Theirs  the  hardships,  theirs 
the  sacrifice,  theirs  the  honor,  "nor  shall  their  glory  be  forgot  while  Fame  her  record  keeps." 


instructed  General  Washington  to  apply 
to  the  Conncil  of  Massachusetts  Bay  for 
the  two  armed  vessels  in  its  service,  to 
man  them  and  to  dispatch  them  with  all 
speed  in  the  hope  of  intercepting^  the  mu- 
nitions-laden brigs.  The  aid  of  the  armed 
vessels  of  Rhode  Island  and  Connecticut 
was  also  promised  the  commander-in- 
chief  in  this  important  enterprise. 

General  Washington,  of  his  own  initia- 
tive, had  already  purchased  two  vessels, 
which  he  had  fitted  out,  officered  with 
army  captains,  and  manned  with  soldiers. 
These  ships  were  the  Lynch  and  the 
Pranklin.  By  November  i  four  addi- 
tional cruisers  had  been  added  to  the 
fleet — the  Lee,  the  Harrison,  the  JJuirrcn, 
and  the  Lady  Washington. 

Of  this  little  fleet  only  the  Lcc.  under 
command  of  John  ]\Ianley,  met  with  sig- 
nal success  in  the  bold  undertaking.  On 
November  29  it  captured  the  brig  Nancy, 
with  a  precious  cargo  of  4,000  muskets, 
31  tons  of  musket  shot,  3,000  round  shot, 
several  barrels  of  powder,  and  a  13-inch 


brass  mortar,  subsequently  called  "Con- 
gress," which  was  to  play  an  important 
part  in  forcing  the  evacuation  of  Boston. 
One  of  the  colonial  ships,  the  Lady 
Washington,  was  captured  on  December 
7  by  H.  M.  S.  Fowcy.  and  her  colors,  still 
in  the  Admiralty  Office  in  London,  are 
described  as  bearing  a  pale-green  pine 
tree  on  a  field  of  Avhite  bunting,  with  the 
motto,  "An  Appeal  to  Heaven"  (391). 
This  flag  was  flown  by  all  the  ships  under 
Washington's  command  at  this  time,  the 
design  having  been  suggested  by  the 
commander-in-chief's  military  secretary, 
Colonel  Joseph  Reed,  who  wrote,  on  Oc- 
tober 20,  1775.  that  he  wished  to  "fix 
upon  some  particular  color  for  a  flag  and 
a  signal  by  which  our  vessels  may  know 
one  another." 

THE    EARLY    AMERICAN    NAVY 

Prior  to  the  receipt  of  the  news  of  the 
capture  of  the  Xancy  the  Continental 
Congress  had  appointed  Esek  Hopkins 
commander-in-chief  of  the  navy  built  by 


28; 


r^^g^g?f^F^f^ 


"S^W  l^i!  ■l<i|»«J^~"r~ 


;5_ijaK?5uapsry,3cs»3«Ksa..^{^ 


i^~X 


9«CiP^" 


BxAuriiontvof^.  ong 
at  Hatife?|A-|^ll  2?  1776 


f/^MM/a^-'^   --V^! 


gMriijKri4S>..U 


THE  EARLIEST   PERFECT  REPRESENTATION   OE  THE   GRAND  UNION   ENSIGN 

(SEE  NO.  364) 

The  flag  is  a  part  of  the  decorations  appearing  on  North  Carolina  currency  of  the  issue  of 

April  2,  1776 


Congress  as  distinguished  from  the  sol- 
dier-manned fleet  under  General  Wash- 
ington. Iminediately  following  his  ap- 
pointment Commodore  Hopkins  (the  first 
and  only  commander-in-chief  the  navy 
ever  had)  set  sail  from  Rhode  Island  in 
that  colony's  armed  vessel  Katy  and  ar- 
rived in  the  Delaware  River  on  Deceinber 
3,  1775.  The  same  day  the  commodore 
assumed  the  formal  command  of  the  little 
squadron  which  the  Congress  had  placed 
under  him. 

PAUL  JONES  RAISES  THE  ELAG 

The  manner  in  which  that  command 
was  assumed  is  of  signal  importance,  in 
that  the  ceremon}*  marked  the  hoisting  of 
the  first  truly  American  flag.  And  the 
distinction  of  having  released  the  banner 
to  the  breeze  belongs  to  that  daring  spirit, 
John  Paul  Jones,  one  of  the  chief  among 
heroes  in  the  hearts  of  American  naval 
officers  and  seamen.  Jones,  at  that  time 
senior  lieutenant  (corresponding  to  exec- 
utive officer  in  the  navy  today)  of  Hop- 
kins' flagship,  the  Alfred,  in  a  letter  to 
"the  United  States  Minister  of  Marine, 
Hon.  Robert  IMorris,"  preserved  in  the 


Library  of  Congress,  thus  describes  the 
historic  event : 

"It  was  my  fortune,  as  the  senior  of 
the  first  Lieutenants,  to  hoist  myself  the 
Flag  of  America  (I  chose  to  do  it  with 
my  own  hands)  the  first  time  it  was  dis- 
played. Though  this  was  but  a  slight 
Circumstance,  yet  I  feel  for  its  Honor, 
more  than  I  think  I  should  have  done,  if 
it  had  not  happened."  A  line  is  drawn 
through  the  words  in  parentheses  and  the 
word  "myself"  has  been  inserted. 

This  was  the  flag  (364)  which  after- 
ward figured  so  extensively  in  the  litera- 
ture of  the  day  as  the  Congress  Colors, 
from  the  fact  that  it  first  floated  over  the 
navy  controlled  by  Congress.  Also  known 
as  the  Grand  Union  Flag  and  the  First 
Navy  Ensign,  it  was  the  Colonial  stand- 
ard from  that  day  until  it  was  superseded 
by  the  Stars  and  Stripes,  in  1777.  It 
consisted  of  thirteen  stripes,  alternately 
red  and  white,  typifying  the  thirteen  colo- 
nies, with  a  union  bearing  the  crosses  of 
St.  George  and  St.  Andrew  combined 
(the  national  flag  of  Great  Britain,  361) 
and  signifying  the  Mother  Country. 

There  has  been  much  confusion  about 


288 


THE  STORY  OF  THE  AMERICAN  FLAG 


289 


the  flags  which  were  displayed  on  the 
Alfred  on  that  historic  December  day. 
The  statement  is  often  made,  and  cor- 
rectly, that  Commodore  Hopkins  hoisted 
the  Gadsden  flag  (398) — a  fact  which 
impresses  some  historians  as  a  contradic- 
tion of  John  Paul  Jones'  assertion.  Ref- 
erence to  naval  usage,  both  of  that  day 
and  of  this,  however,  clarifies  the  sup- 
posed discrepancy.  Flagships  display 
three  flags — the  ensign,  flown  at  the 
stern  ;  the  flag  of  the  commanding  officer, 
displayed  at  the  mainmast ;  and  the  jack, 
which  flies  from  the  jackstafif  at  the  bow. 

The  Gadsden  flag  (of  yellow  silk  and 
bearing  a  coiled  rattlesnake  with  the 
motto  "Don't  Tread  on  Me"),  used  on 
the  Alfred  as  the  flag  of  the  commodore 
commanding  the  fleet,  was  presented  Feb- 
ruary 8,  1776,  to  the  Congress  by  Col. 
Christopher  Gadsden,  a  delegate  from 
South  Carolina  to  the  Continental  body 
and  one  of  the  committee  of  three  ap- 
pointed on  October  15,  1775,  to  report  on 
the  fitting  out  of  two  armed  vessels. 
When  that  report  was  made,  two  weeks 
later.  Colonel  Gadsden  was  one  of  a  com- 
mittee of  seven  appointed  to  fit  out  four 
armed  vessels. 

The  jack  displayed  on  the  Alfred  on 
this  occasion  was  a  small,  nearly  square 
flag  of  thirteen  alternate  red  and  white 
stripes,  bearing  a  crawling  rattlesnake 
with  the  legend  "Don't  Tread  on  Me" 
beneath  it  (365). 

CENSORSHIP   IN   REVOLUTIONARY   TIMES 

No  mention  of  the  ceremony  of  Com- 
modore Hopkins'  assumption  of  com- 
mand of  the  little  Continental  fleet  is  to 
be  fovmd  in  the  Philadelphia  newspapers 
of  that  period.  Indeed,  the  silence  of  the 
colonial  press  about  the  eight  vessels 
fitted  out,  officered,  manned,  and  sent  to 
sea  was  as  complete  as  was  that  of  the 
American  press  of  1917,  when  General 
Pershing's  expeditionary  force  embarked 
for  the  fields  of  France. 

The  intelligence  reports  to  the  British 
Admiralty  were  very  explicit  concerning 
the  event,  however.  In  minutest  detail 
these  reports  described  the  ships  of  the 
fleet,  how  they  were  painted,  the  number 
of  guns,  officers,  and  men — all  accurately 
supplied   by   the    enemy's    secret-service 


agents  in  the  colonies.  For  example,  the 
following  report,  under  date  of  January 
4,  1776,  was  sent  from  Philadelphia: 

"This  day,  about  one  o'clock,  sailed  the 
ship  Alfred  and  the  ship  Columbus  with 
two  brigs.  Alfred  carries  36  guns,  9  and 
12  pounders;  60  marines  and  about  200 
sailors.  Colitinbus  about  the  same  num- 
ber of  men  and  32  guns.  The  two  brigs 
carry  16  guns.  They  sailed  with  five  or 
six  merchant  ships  loaded  with  flour  from 
the  Congress.  Hopkins  commands  the 
Alfred.  She  has  yellow  sides,  her  head 
the  figure  of  a  man,  English  colours,  hut 
-more  striped.  The  Columbus  is  all  black, 
except  white  bottom,  with  no  head.  Com- 
manded by  one  Whipple." 

HOISTING    THE    GRAND    UNION    FLAG    AT 
CAMBRIDGE 

One  month  after  its  baptism  in  the 
breezes,  from  the  stern  of  the  Alfred,  the 
Grand  Union  Flag  (364)  was  raised  at 
Cambridge,  Mass.,  on  the  very  day  that 
the  Continental  Army  began  its  official 
existence — January  2,  1776 — and  General 
Washington  is  authority  for  the  explana- 
tion that  it  was  displayed  "out  of  compli- 
ment to  the  United  Colonies."  It  was 
two  days  after  this  event  that  Washing- 
ton wrote  to  his  military  secretary,  Joseph 
Reed,  through  whom  he  kept  in  touch 
with  affairs  at  Philadelphia  : 

"We  are  at  length  favored  with  the 
sight  of  His  Majesty's  most  gracious 
speech,  breathing  sentiments  of  tender- 
ness and  compassion  for  his  deluded 
American  subjects  ;  the  speech  I  send  you 
(a  volume  of  them  was  sent  out  by  the 
Boston  gentry),  and,  farcical  enough,  we 
gave  great  joy  to  them  without  knowing 
or  intending  it,  for  on  that  day  (January 
2)  which  gave  being  to  our  new  army, 
but  before  the  proclamation  came  to 
hand,  we  hoisted  the  union  flag  in  com- 
pliment to  the  United  Colonies.  But  be- 
hold !  it  was  received  at  Boston  as  a  token 
of  the  deep  impression  the  speech  had 
made  upon  us  and  as  a  signal  of  submis- 
sion. By  this  time  I  presume  they  begin 
to  think  it  strange  that  we  have  not  made 
formal  surrender  of  our  lines." 

Although  displayed  on  the  Continental 
Army's  first  birthday,  neither  the  Grand 
Union   Flag    (364)    nor   the    Stars   and 


> 

-a 
@ 

rt  "  O 

'^a.^>-' 

t^     CU 

.>!  F,  o  <u 

^  .w  o3 

d    tiiO  1-      - 

^  a;  "S  g 

<L/  ^    3  ^_, 

fe^^S  = 

O  —  c/i 

>^5^^ 

rt   O       "U 

m  ^  .  8 

-c^-^ 

o  c  o  t-i 

u   <u   «^ 

■u   V-   -,"1i 

rSfe^.^ 

3   (U   rt  >. 

04=  »^ 

H 

x,-^     '^ 

Q 

dJ    O    (U    ^ 

2; 

rS      O      h-TS 

< 

< 

^  V-  o 

^ 

rr. 

•t;  rt  ojO  ^H 

^  ^ 

cfl  -O 

M 

2  <v^  a 

P 

B  ^  2 

^   rt   O   bo 

5  '«  c  c 

b/3  (U-g^ 

^T^          nj         tn 

■^ 

ro^*-    "    nj 

b 

< 

t/i 

-Moon 

"-J  Qj    <U    en 

'd'^  «J  rt 

<-;=   rt   "  ■" 

-I— f  C  rt 

r  -^  rt  17 

^  Be- 

•5  c  ^  c 
fcfl  P  ^  2 


2;§ 


rt 

g 

0 
0 

C    0^ 

c-SW 

t/T 

M-(     3     ^ 

ID 

0  ci  S? 

J^ 

.,  1^'^ 

0 

ii  >-  »-. 

1 — > 

S  I-  bo 

Ph    ^ 


c 

-5 

5  ^ 

0 

r-      V- 

•  S    C 

290 


3  rt. 


bcti.n^ 


•v  i; 


be 


."  13  v^   n!   > 
OS  o  c  c  ^ 


rt 


1^  be  (u  5  "O 


n-  S  c  <" 
+^-c  o  rt  ^ 


2  or;::  tM 


S   cu    tn   oj    ?^-^ 

'-    ^   C 

T   be      Q   c  1^ 

!S-^  o      5  =^ 

■^  =:  S5  oj  t::  J3 
5  S.S^ 


^-1 


(U  "T^  ■ 


o     ;n^ 

t^   .■    "!    br 


a;  1— 1    - 
1-         *" 

^  o  ?i 


t;  ^  --  -o  bo  ^ 


<u 


rt 


!-C  „r 


C  +2   <U    t« 


^^  0^  ?  ^i  -a 


-a    (U    ^^t"    ^ 


■^^•5 
'i  « 


(U    t,    1) 

'  2^ 


be  03 
bo'C.c       t:  c 

4_»    qj     _  t-*^ 

^  ti;  55  o  jj 


291 


THE  Fremont  flag 


©  Hams  S:  Ewing 


When  General  John  Charles  Fremont,  surnamed  "the  Pathfinder,"  made  his  way  across 
the  continent  in  the  '40's,  his  mission  was  one  of  peace,  but  the  arrows  in  his  army  flag  sug- 
gested war  to  the  Indians  of  the  plain.  Therefore  he  inserted  the  calumet,  or  pipe  of  peace, 
crossed  with  the  arrows  in  the  talons  of  the  eagle.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  army  did 
not  carry  the  Stars  and  Stripes  until  the  period  of  the  Mexican  War  (see  pages  307-308  and 
flag  22). 


Stripes  (6),  adopted  by  Congress  a  year 
and  a  half  later,  was  carried  in  the  field 
by  the  land  forces  during  the  Revolu- 
tionary War.  The  army  carried  only  the 
colors  of  the  States  to  which  the  troops 
belonged  (see  flags  394,  396,  403,  409, 
410,  etc.)  and  not  the  national  flag. 

THE    FIRST   VICTORY   OF   THE   AMERICAN 
FEAG 

It  fell  to  the  lot  of  the  newly  created 
Commodore  Manley  (the  officer  who  had 
commanded  the  Lee  and  captured  the 
ordnance  ship  Nancy)  to  carry  the  Grand 
Union  Flag  td  its  first  victory.  Com- 
manding the  Hancock,  Manley  captured 
two  enemy  transports,  placed  prize  crews 
aboard,  and  then,  with  only  16  men  left 
on  his  own  ship,  he  engaged  an  armed 
vessel  in  sight  of  the  enemy  fleet  at  Bos- 
ton and  succeeded  in  bringing  his  prizes 
safely  into  Plymouth.  Following  this 
daring  exploit  Manley  received  a  letter 
written  at  Cambridge,  on  January  28, 
1776,  by  General  Washington,  who  de- 


clared that  the  commodore's  achievement 
merited  "mine  and  the  country's  thanks," 
and  promised  him  a  "stronger  vessel  of 
war." 

On  Major  Samuel  Selden's  powder- 
horn  of  that  period  is  a  carving  showing 
Boston  and  vicinity.  The  British  fleet  is 
depicted  on  one  side  of  Boston  Neck, 
while  ]\Ianley's  symbolical  ship  Aiuaraca, 
flying  at  the  stern  the  Continental  Union 
flag  as  its  ensign,  and  at  the  mainmast 
the  pine-tree  flag  as  the  commodore's 
flag,  is  shown  on  the  other  side.  The 
mortar  carved  on  the  horn  is  the  famous 
"Congress"  gun  captured  by  Manley  on 
the  Nancy. 

The  first  occasion  upon  which  any 
American  flag  floated  over  foreign  terri- 
tory was  on  March  3,  1776.  Commodore 
Hopkins,  of  the  Congress  fleet,  organized 
an  expedition  against  New  Providence, 
in  the  Bahama  Islands,  for  the  purpose 
of  seizing  a  quantity  of  powder  known  to 
be  stored  there  and  of  which  both  Gen- 
eral  Washinsfton  and   the   fleet   were   in 


2^2 


Photograph  from  Central  News  Photo  Service,  official  naval  photograph 

VICE-ADMIRAL    SIMS    WITH    BRITISH    AND    AMERICAN    STAFF   OFFICERS    AT    THE 

HOISTING  OF  THE  AMERICAN  VICE" ADM IRAE'S   FEAG    (65)    AT  ADMIRALTY 

HOUSE  WHEN   HE  TOOK  TEMPORARY  COMMAND  OF 

QUEENSTOWN  AND  DISTRICT 

Vice-Admiral  Bayley's  flag  (606)  is  being  hauled  down 


293 


U.   S.   S.   "SVLPIl"   FLVIXG  THi;   FOUR-STAR  FLAG  OF   ADMIRAL  BENSON,    CHIEF  OF 

NAVAL    OPERATIONS    (64),    ON    THE    MAINMAST.    AND    THE    FLAG 

OF   VICE-ADMIRAL    BROWNING,    OF   THE    BRITISH 

NAVY    (606),  ON  THE  FOREMAST 

Our  naval  jack   (4)   is  flying  at  the  jackstaff,  but  the  motion  of  the   steamer  has  given  the 

stars  a  striped  effect 


great  need.  Two  hundred  marines  were 
landed,  under  the  command  of  Captain 
Nichols,  supported  by  fifty  sailors,  under 
Lieutenant  Weaver,  of  the  Cabot.  The 
Providence  and  the  JJ^asp  covered  the 
landing-  party.  Fort  Nassau  was  taken 
and  a  great  quantity  of  military  stores 
fell  into  the  hands  of  the  expedition. 

A  correspondent  of  the  London  "La- 
dies' ]\Iagazine,"  who  was  in  New  Provi- 
dence at  the  time  of  the  capture  of  the 
fort  by  the  American  forces,  under  date 
of  Alay  13,  1776,  described  the  colors  dis- 
played by  the  marines  and  sailors  as 
"striped  under  the  union  (the  British 
union  of  the  crosses  of  St.  George  and 
St.  Andrew)  with  thirteen  stripes"  (364), 
while  ''the  standard  (the  commodore's 
flag )  bore  a  rattlesnake  and  the  motto 
"Don't  Tread  on  Me"  (398). 

THE  FIRST  FOREIGN  SALUTE  TO  AN  AMERI- 
CAN FLAG 

The  first  salute  ever  fired  in  honor  of 
an  American  flag  (the  Grand  Union  en- 
sign) was  an  eleven-gun  volley  given  by 
the  Fort  of  Orange,  on  the  island  of  St. 
Eustatius,   Dutch   West   Indies,    on    No- 


vember 16,  1776.  The  salute  was  in  ac- 
knowledgment of  a  similar  number  of 
guns  fired  by  the  Andrczv  Doria  (see  also 
page  401),  one  of  the  original  vessels  of 
Commodore  Hopkins'  fleet,  which  had 
been  sent  to  the  ^Vest  Indies,  under  com- 
mand of  Captain  Isaiah  Robinson,  for  a 
cargo  of  military  supplies. 

The  commander  of  the  near-by  British 
island  of  St.  Christopher,  hearing  of  the 
salute,  protested  to  the  Dutch  governor 
of  St.  Eustatius,  Johannes  de  Graef.  who 
promptly  replied  that  "in  regard  to  the 
reception  given  by  the  forts  of  this  island, 
under  my  commandment,  to  the  vessel 
Andrew  Doria,  I  flatter  myself  that  if  my 
masters  exact  it  I  shall  be  able  to  give 
such  an  account  as  will  be  satisfactory." 
AMiereupon  the  British  commander  re- 
sponded that  "the  unpartial  world  will 
judge  between  us  whether  these  honor 
shots,  answered  on  purpose  by  a  Dutch 
fort  to  a  rebellious  brigantine,  with  a  flag 
known  to  the  commander  of  that  fort  as 
the  flag  of  His  ^Majesty's  rebellious  sub- 
jects, is  or  is  not  a  partiality  in  favor  of 
those  rebels." 

The  British   Q"overnor  then  forwarded 


294 


Photograph  by  l>ro\vn  Brothers 

LAUNCHING    THE    U.    S.    S.    "MICHIGAN^ 

In  times  of  peace  the  launching  of  a  battleship  is  a  gala  event,  attended  by  elaborate 
ceremonies  and  witnessed  by  enthusiastic  throngs  proud  of  the  privilege  of  seeing  the  "mar- 
riage to  the  sea"  of  another  man-of-war  destined  to  uphold  the  honor  of  America.  In  times 
of  war,  however,  no  such  crowds  as  attended  the  Michigan's  launching  are  admitted  to  the 
shipyards,  for  an  enemy  might,  with  a  bomb,  undo  the  labor  of  years  and  destroy  a  formidable 
unit  of  our  growing  sea  power. 


to  London  a  report  of  the  affair,  accom- 
panied by  affidavits  that  the  brigantine 
"during  the  time  of  the  salute  and  the 
answer  to  it,  had  the  flag  of  the  Con- 
tinental Congress  flying."  The  British 
Government  protested  sharply  to  the 
States  General  of  the  Republic  of  the 
Netherlands.  The  Dutch  demurred  at 
the  asperity  with  which  England  de- 
manded an  explanation,  but  immediately 
recalled  Commander  de  Graef  from  St. 
Eustatius.  Thus  the  first  salute  to  the 
new  ensign  was  disavowed,  although  the 
Holland  Republic  recognized  American 
independence  shortly  thereafter. 

In  the  literature  of  the  Revolution  fre- 
quent reference  is  found  to  a  "plain 
striped  flag"  (404).  Official  correspond- 
ence shows  that  whenever  this  flag  was 
used  afloat  it  was  as  the  badge  of  mer- 
chant shipping  and  privateers  and  not  as 
the  ensign  of  the  regular  commissioned 
vessels  of  the  navv.     How  long  the  Grand 


Union  Flag  was  in  use  has  never  been 
definitely  established ;  but  official  records 
of  the  navy  fail  to  show  that  any  other 
ensign  was  used  until  after  the  Star 
Spangled  Banner's  adoption  by  Congress. 

TIIRTHDAY   OF   THE   STARS   AND    STRIPES 

It  was  nearly  one  year  after  the  repre- 
sentatives of  the  United  States  of  Arner- 
ica,  in  General  Congress  assembled,  had 
pledged  their  lives,  their  fortunes,  and 
their  sacred  honor  for  the  support  of  the 
Declaration  of  Independence  that  the 
crosses  of  St.  George  and  St.  Andrew, 
emblematic  of  the  Mother  Country,  which 
had  formed  the  union  of  the  Continental 
Union  flag  (364),  were  discarded  and  re- 
placed by  a  union  composed  of  white 
stars  in  a  blue  field,  "representing  a  new 
constellation"  (see  flag  No.  6,  page  310). 

The  date  of  the  birth  of  the  Stars  and 
Stripes  was  June  14,  1777,  and  its  crea- 
tion was  proclaimed  in  a  resolution  of  the 


295 


C  rt  o 


t-  ::  <i> 


ir. 

•^ 

u 

r. 

c 

C 

<u 

I. 

o 

U 

CJ 

j_^ 

T) 

■*-> 

lU 

•  U 

J 

Cfi 

>  c  y 

•  —       u:3 

^.•2  o 

r^    w  ""^ 

P-  b£  « 

•^  ^"d" 

■J--  ^—     CJ 

^ 

P-^^ 

;5 

o 

N 

f^  ■^ 

PS 

< 

£  ^  J 

^ 

!:^   '^   rt 

t/i 

C    rt   "* 

^    C    ca 

t/) 

;=  cc  c 

F/g.S 

li 

rr  S  2 

c          S 

W 

tn   u 

P 

o 

•  ^    '->    tn 

g 

C^    -. 

s 

o 

tn 

tn 

IJ    O 

^   ^ 

s 

§ 

g<1 

o 
o 

'!>:.'§ 

^  ^ 


(n 


^  «   t) 
5  o  S5 


c"=  n  JJ 


!=  £  -^ 


t-  «  =  55 


i--  c 


2g6 


THE  STORY  OF  THE  AMERICAN  FLAG 


29'; 


Continental  Congress.  While  the  resolu- 
tion appears  in  the  records  without  any 
account  of  preliminary  discussion  and 
without  any  designation  of  specific  rec- 
ommendation, the  order  in  which  it  is  in- 
corporated in  the  business  of  the  day 
leads  to  the  assumption  that  it  was  re- 
ported by  the  Marine  Committee,  for  it  is 
sandwiched  in  among  several  naval  mat- 
ters. This  portion  of  the  official  journal 
for  the  day  reads  : 

"Resolved,  That  the  Marine  Commit- 
tee be  empowered  to  give  such  directions 
^  respecting  the  Continental  ships  of  war  in 
the  river  Delaware  as  they  think  proper 
in  case  the  enemy  succeed  in  their  at- 
tempts on  said  river. 

'  Resoli'ed,  That  the  flag  of  the  thirteen 
United  States  be  thirteen  stripes,  alter- 
nate red  and  white ;  that  the  union  be 
thirteen  stars,  white  in  a  blue  field,  rep- 
resenting a  new  constellation. 

"The  Council  of  the  State  of  Massa- 
chusetts Bay  having  represented  by  letter 
to  the  president  of  Congress  that  Captain 
John  Roach,  some  time  since  appointed 
to  command  the  Continental  ship  of  war 
Ranger,  is  a  doubtful  character  and 
ought  not  to  be  entrusted  with  such  a 
command ;  therefore 

"Resolved,  That  Captain  John  Roach 
be  suspended  until  the  Navy  Board  for 
the  eastern  department  shall  have  en- 
quired fully  into  his  character  and  report 
thereon  to  the  IMarine  Committee. 

"Resolved,  That  Captain  John  Paul 
Jones  be  appointed  to  command  the  said 
ship  Ranger." 

Thus  it  would  seem  that  not  only  was 
the  first  flag  of  the  Continental  Congress 
(364)  displayed  for  the  first  time  from  a 
naval  vessel,  the  Alfred  (see  page  288), 
but  that  from  the  navy  (in  the  person  of 
the  Marine  Committee  of  the  Congress 
of  1777)  the  nation  also  received  the 
Stars  and  Stripes. 

MANY  THEORIES  AS  TO  THE  ORIGIN  OE  THE 
STARS  AND   STRIPES 

There  have  been  advanced  almost  as 
many  theories  as  to  the  genesis  of  the 
Stars  and  Stripes  as  there  were  stars  in 
the  original  ensign.  Many  hold  to  the 
view  that  the  new  flag  borrowed  the 
stripes  from  the  ensign   (364)   raised  by 


John  Paul  Jones  on  the  Alfred  on  De- 
cember 3,  1775,  and  the  stars  from  the 
colonial  banner  of  Rhode  Island  (396)  ; 
others  maintain  that  the  idea  for  the  flag 
came  from  Netherlands,  ofifering  in  sup- 
port of  this  claim  the  statements  of  Ben- 
jamin Franklin  and  John  Adams,  who 
went  to  Holland  to  borrow  money  for  the 
struggling  colonies  and  who  told  the 
Dutch  that  America  had  borrowed  much 
from  them,  including  the  ideas  repre- 
sented in  the  flag. 

Whatever  their  origin,  there  is  no  per- 
suasive evidence  in  the  official  records  of 
the  time  which  would  lead  to  the  con- 
clusion that  the  Stars  and  Stripes  were 
in  use  before  the  resolution  of  June  14, 
1777.  It  is  true,  however,  that  the  paint- 
ings of  Trumbull  and  Peale  do  point  to 
its  earlier  use.  But,  as  to  the  flags  ap- 
pearing in  their  paintings,  it  should  be 
recalled  that  an  anachronism  could  be 
readily  excused  in  the  case  of  Trumbull, 
because  he  had  left  the  colonies  while 
Washington  was  before  Boston  and  was 
abroad  for  seven  years.  Peak's  picture 
of  Washington  crossing  the  Delaware, 
with  respect  to  the  colors  carried,  is  be- 
lieved to  be  a  case  of  "artist's  license." 

The  well  known  story  of  Betsy  Ross, 
so-called  maker  of  the  Stars  and  Stripes, 
is  one  of  the  picturesque  legends  which 
has  grown  up  around  the  origin  of  the 
flag,  but  it  is  one  to  which  few  unsenti- 
mental historians  subscribe.  There  was, 
however,  a  Mrs.  Ross,  who  was  a  flag- 
maker  by  trade,  living  in  Philadelphia  at 
the  time  of  the  flag's  adoption. 

BILES  RENDERED  BY  A  EEAG  DESIGNER 

A  more  authentic  individual  connection 
with  the  designing  of  the  flag  is  to  be 
found  in  the  official  records  concerning 
Francis  Hopkinson,  one  of  the  delegates 
to  Congress  from  New  Jersey,  a  signer 
of  the  Declaration  of  Independence  and 
a  member  of  the  Marine  Committee.  In 
November,  1776,  Hopkinson  was  ap- 
pointed one  of  a  committee  of  three  to 
"execute  the  business  of  the  navy  under 
the  direction  of  the  Marine  Committee." 
He  resigned  as  a  member  of  the  Navy 
Board  in  August,  1778,  but  continued  to 
take  an  interest  in  naval  affairs,  as  shown 


Photograph  by  Paul  Thomi'son 

THE  GUIDON,  TROOP  P,   NKW  YORK   NATIONAL  GUARD 

Each  troop  of  cavalry  in  the  American  forces  carries  a  guidon — a  small  flag  cut  ''swallow- 
tail" (23).  It  consists  of  two  stripes  of  equal  width,  the  upper  being  red,  the  cavalry  colors, 
with  the  regimental  designation  in  figures.  The  letter  of  the  troop,  in  red,  appears  on  the 
white  stripe.  Two  guidons  are  supplied  to  each  troop — a  silken  banner  carried  into  battle, 
on  campaigns,  and  upon  occasions  of  ceremony,  and  a  service  flag  of  bunting  to  be  used  at 
all  other  times. 


in  the   following  letter  to  the  Board  of 
Admiralty  more  than  a  year  later : 

"Gentlemen  :  It  is  with  great  pleasure 
I  understand  my  last  device  of  a  seal  for 
the  Board  of  Admiralty  has  met  with 
your  Honours'  approbation.  I  have  with 
great  readiness  upon  several  occasions 
exerted  my  small  abilities  in  this  way  for 
the  public  service,  as  I  flatter  myself,  to 
the  satisfaction  of  those  I  wish  to  please, 
viz., 


The  flag  of  the  United  States  of  America 
4  Devices   for  the  Continental  currency 
A  Seal  for  the  Board  of  Treasury 
Ornaments,  Devices  and  Checks,   for  the  new 

bills  of  exchange  on  Spain  and  Holland. 
A  Seal  for  Ship  Papers  of  the  United  States 
A  Seal  for  the  Board  of  Admiralty 
The    Borders,    Ornaments   &    Checks    for    the 
new  Continental  currency  now  in  the  press, 
a   work   of   considerable   length. 
A  Great  Seal  for  the  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica, with  a  Reverse. 

"For  these  services  I  have  as  yet  made 


298 


THE  STORY  OF  THE  AMERICAN  FLAG 


299 


no  charge,  nor  received  any  recompense. 
I  now  submit  it  to  your  Honours'  con- 
sideration whether  a  quarter  cask  of  the 
pubHc  wine  will  not  be  a  proper  and  a 
reasonable  reward  for  these  labours  of 
fancy  and  a  suitable  encouragement  to 
future  exertions  of  the  like  nature.   .   .   ." 

Subsequently  Hopkinson  rendered  an- 
other account  to  the  government  for  the 
various  designs  mentioned  above, together 
with  numerous  others,  the  first  item  on 
the  list  being  "the  great  naval  flag  of  the 
United  States."  On  this  occasion  he 
asked  for  $2,700  compensation.  Later  he 
rendered  a  third  account,  itemizing  the 
charge  for  each  design,  and  followed  this 
with  an  explanatory  note  which  throws 
an  interesting  light  on  the  financial  status 
of  the  nation  at  that  time,  for  he  says : 
"The  charges  are  made  in  hard  money,  to 
be  computed  at  50  for  one  in  Conti- 
nental." 

This  claim  was  never  paid,  a  board 
which  passed  on  accounts  reporting  that 
it  appeared  that  Hopkinson  "was  not  the 
only  person  consulted  on  those  exhibi- 
tions of  Fancy,  and  therefore  cannot 
claim  the  full  merit  of  them  and  is  not 
entitled  in  this  respect  to  the  full  sum 
charged."  Also  the  board  was  of  the 
opinion  that  "the  public  is  entitled  to 
those  little  assistances  given  by  gentlemen 
who  enjoy  a  very  considerable  salary 
under  Congress  without  fee  or  further 
reward." 

ADMIRAL  Chester's  account  of  a 

COLONIAL   FLAG-LEE 

Rear  Admiral  Colby  M.  Chester,  U.  S. 
Navy,  has  suggested  that  John  Paul  Jones 
may  have  had  a  share  in  the  design.  He 
says : 

"This  young  officer  of  the  Continental 
Navy  had  just  returned  from  a  successful 
cruise  at  sea  in  command  of  war  ships, 
during  which  he  had  captured  a  number 
of  the  enemy's  vessels,  and  was  in  Phila- 
delphia at  the  time  Congress  was  con- 
sidering the  question  of  a  national  flag, 
as  a  member  of  a  Board  of  Advisers  to 
the  Naval  Committee  of  the  House  of 
Delegates  upon  matters  relating  to  the 
country's  sea  forces,  of  which  the  ques- 
tion of  a  suitable  distinguishing  mark  to 


be  worn  by  war  vessels  was  one  of  the 
most  important. 

"Possessing  a  most  attractive  person- 
ality, Paul  Jones  was  lionized  by  the 
ladies  of  the  city  and  patronized  by  some 
of  the  leading  delegates  to  the  Conven- 
tion, who  called  upon  him  to  advise  the 
legislators  regarding  the  design  for  the 
flag ;  he  thus  had  much  to  do  with  secur- 
ing the  passage  of  the  act  of  Congress 
fixing  its  characteristics. 

"Soon  after  this  event  took  place,  Cap- 
tain Jones  received  his  appointment  to 
command  the  Ranger,  one  of  the  Conti- 
nental frigates  about  to  proceed  abroad, 
and  with  the  act  of  Congress  containing 
his  commission  in  his  hands  he  proceeded 
with  all  haste  to  Portsmouth,  New  Plamp- 
shire,  in  which  port  the  Ranger  was  fitted 
out.  Here  he  was  received  with  more 
distinction,  even,  than  at  Philadelphia,  for 
Portsmouth  being  one  of  the  principal 
seaports  of  the  country,  its  inhabitants 
were  more  interested  in  ships  which  Avere 
to  fly  the  flag  and  the  men  who  were  to 
man  them  than  were  those  living  in  the 
capital  of  the  colonies. 

"At  Portsmouth  Paul  Jones  attracted 
about  him  a  bevy  of  girls  who  formed  a 
so-called  "flag-bee,"  who  with  much  pa- 
triotic enthusiasm  and  many  heart  thrills 
wrought  out  of  their  own  and  their 
mothers'  gowns  a  beautiful  Star  Spangled 
Banner,  which  was  thrown  to  the  breeze 
in  Portsmouth  Harbor  on  July  4th,  1777, 
less  than  three  weeks  after  Congress  liad 
so  authorized." 

NEW  ensign's  first  action  at  sea 

The  story  of  the  first  time  in  history 
that  the  Stars  and  Stripes  went  into  ac- 
tion at  sea  is  told  in  the  picturesque  lan- 
guage of  the  American  officer  who  com- 
manded the  ship  which  displayed  the  new 
ensign — Captain  Thomas  Thompson.  Li 
command  of  the  Raleigh  and  the  Alfred, 
Captain  Thompson  sailed  for  France 
from  Portsmouth,  and  on  September  2, 
1777,  captured  the  slow  Nancy  of  the 
Windward  Island  fleet,  which  had  out- 
sailed her.  Having  possessed  himself  of 
the  Nancy's  signal  book,  Thompson,  on 
sighting  the  fleet  two  days  later,  deter- 
mined to  attack  with  the  Alfred,  but  as 


O  ^  O  i  i 


If])  Underwood  &  Underwood 

THE   FRENCH    army's    FIRST    SALUTE   TO    THE    STARS   AND   STRIPES   ON    FRENCH    SOIL, 

Section  V-14  of  the  American  Ambulance  Corps,  a  team  of  Leland  Stanford  Jr.  Uni- 
versity students,  had  the  honor  of  bearing  the  hrst  American  flag  officially  sent  from  the 
United  States  to  the  French  front. 


this  vessel  was  a  poor  sailer  and  the  wind 
had  changed,  the  Raleigh  went  in  alone, 
passing  many  merchant  ships  of  the 
convoy.  When  Vithin  pistol-shot  of  the 
commodore's  ship,  recognized  by  means 
of  the  signal  book,  Thompson  records : 

"We  up  sails,  out  guns,  hoisted  Con- 
tinental colours  and  bid  them  strike  to  the 
Thirteen  United  States.  Sudden  surprise 
threw  them  into  confusion  and  their  sails 
flew  all  aback,  upon  which  we  compli- 
mented them  with  a  gun  for  each  State, 
a  whole  broadside  into  their  hull.  Our 
second  broadside  was  aimed  at  their  rig- 
ging,  which   had   its   desired   effect.      In 


abotit  a  quarter  of  an  hotir  all  hands 
quitted  quarters  on  board  the  British 
man-of-war ;  we  cleared  the  decks  totally. 
.  .  Had  not  the  wind  favored  him 
and  we  drifted  leeward,  he  cottld  not  have 
fetched  us  and  I  should  certainly  have 
sunk  the  ship." 

Thus  occurred  the  baptism  of  fire  at 
sea  of  the  new  flag,  at  the  hour  of  sunset 
on  September  4,   1777. 

THE    IMPROVISED   OLD   GLORY   OF    FORT 
STAXWIX 

Just  one  month  previously  (August  3) 
the  new  flag  had  been  under  fire  on  land, 


300 


THE  STORY  OF  THE  AMERICAN  FLAG 


301 


at  Fort  Schuyler,  which  stood  on  the  site 
of  the  present  city  of  Rome,  N.  Y.  On 
August  2  a  force  composed  of  British  and 
Indians  attacked  the  fort,  which  was  de- 
fended by  Col,  Peter  Gansevoort  with 
some  600  men.  In  the  afternoon  rein- 
forcements— 200  men  of  the  Ninth 
Massachusetts  Regiment  under  Lieuten- 
ant Colonel  Mellon — arrived  by  way  of 
the  Mohawk  River  from  Albany,  bring- 
ing ammunition  and  supplies. 

They  also  brought  with  them  news- 
paper accounts  of  the  newly  enacted  flag 
resolution,  and  immediately  the  fort  was 
ransacked  for  material  with  which  to 
make  the  new  national  emblem.  The  am- 
munition shirts  of  the  soldiers  furnished 
the  white  stripes ;  a  red  petticoat  belong- 
ing to  the  wife  of  one  of  the  men  sup- 
plied the  red  stripes,  and  Captain  Abra- 
ham Swartwout's  blue  cloth  cloak  was 
requisitioned  to  provide  the  blue  field  of 
the  union. 

In  Avery's  History  it  is  set  forth  that 
the  flag  was  made  on  Sunday  morning 
and  was  displayed  the  same  afternoon 
from  a  flagstaff  raised  on  the  bastion 
nearest  the  enemy.  Then  the  drummer 
beat  the  assembly  and  the  adjutant  gen- 
eral read  to  the  defenders  the  congres- 
sional resolution  "particularizing  the  in- 
signia of  the  flag  of  the  new  republic." 

There  are  vouchers  extant  showing  that 
the  Continental  treasury  reimbursed  Cap- 
tain Swartwout  for  the  loss  of  his  cloak, 
but  the  red  petticoat  remained  a  gift  of 
the  humble  soldier's  wife  to  the  first  of 
the  Stars  and  Stripes  to  undergo  fire. 

FIRST   SAI^UTE  TO  THE   STARS  AND   STRIPES 

All  Americans  recall  with  especial 
pleasure  and  pride  that  the  first  official 
salute  to  the  Stars  and  Stripes  was  ac- 
corded by  that  nation  to  which,  more 
than  to  any  other,  the  United  States  owes 
its  existence — France,  the  blood-ally  of 
our  darkest  days,  now,  in  turn,  valiantly 
succored  by  us  in  her  hour  of  sorest  need. 

Again  John  Paul  Jones  figures  as  the 
chief  actor  in  this  flag  episode.  He  sailed 
from  Portsmouth  on  November  i,  1777, 
as  a  bearer  to  France  of  the  glad  tidings 
of  the  surrender  of  Burgoyne.  Here  is 
the  officer's  own  account,  contained  in  a 


report  to  the  Marine  Committee  of  Con- 
gress, of  how  the  salute  was  obtained : 

"I  am  happy  in  having  it  in  my  power 
to  congratulate  you  on  my  having  seen 
the  American  flag  for  the  first  time  recog- 
nized in  the  fullest  and  completest  man- 
ner by  the  flag  of  France.  I  was  off  their 
bay  (Ouiberon)  that  day,  the  13th  (of 
February),  and  sent  my  boat  in  the  next 
day  to  know  if  the  Admiral  (Admiral 
La  Motte  Picquet)  would  return  my  sa- 
lute. He  answered  that  he  would  return 
me,  as  a  senior  American  Continental 
officer  in  Europe,  the  same  salute  which 
he  was  authorized  by  his  court  to  return 
to  an  Admiral  of  Holland,  or  of  any  other 
republic,  which  was  four  guns  less  than 
the  salute  given.  I  hesitated  at  this,  for 
I  had  demanded  gun  for  gun ;  therefore 
I  anchored  in  the  entrance  of  the  bay, 
at  a  distance  from  the  French  fleet,  but 
after  a  very  particular  inquiry  on  the 
14th,  finding  that  he  had  really  told  the 
truth,  I  was  induced  to  accept  his  offer, 
the  more  so  as  it  was  an  acknowledg- 
ment of  American  independence.  The 
wind  being  contrary  and  blowing  hard, 
it  was  after  sunset  before  the  Ranger  got 
near  enough  to  salute  La  Motte  Picquet 
with  thirteen  guns,  which  he  returned 
with  nine.  However,  to  put  the  matter 
beyond  doubt,  I  did  not  suffer  the  Inde- 
pendence to  salute  until  the  next  morn- 
ing, when  I  sent  word  to  the  Admiral 
that  I  should  sail  through  his  fleet  in  the 
brig  and  would  salute  him  in  open  day. 
He  was  exceedingly  pleased  and  returned 
the  compliment  with  nine  guns"  (see  page 
290). 

THE   SIGNIFICANCE  OF  OUR  COLORS 

America's  most  gifted  poets  and  ora- 
tors have  vied  with  one  another  in  setting 
forth  the  significance  of  the  red,  the 
white,  and  the  blue  of  the  Star  Spangled 
Banner.  In  the  words  of  Henry  Ward 
Beecher :  "A  thoughtful  mind,  when  it 
sees  a  nation's  flag,  sees  not  the  flag,  but 
the  nation  itself.  And  whatever  may  be 
its  symbols,  its  insignia,  he  reads  chiefly 
in  the  flag  the  government,  the  principles, 
the  truths,  the  history,  that  belong  to  the 
nation  that  sets  it  forth.  The  American 
flag  has  been  a  symbol  of  Liberty,  and 
men  rejoiced  in  it. 


Photograph  by  Central  News  Photo  Service 
FLAGS  WHICH  SIGNALIZED  AMERICANS  ENTRANCE  INTO  THE  WORLD  CONFLICT  BEING 
BORNE   INTO   ST.    PAUL'S   CATHEDRAL   BY   THE   FIRST   AMERICAN   TROOPS    TO 
REACH  LONDON  AFTER  THE  DECLARATION  OF  WAR  WITH  GERMANY 

These  Stars  and  Stripes  were  blessed  in  the  great  English  shrine  and  are  to  be  preserved 
for  all  time,  together  with  those  of  our  Allies,  whose  national  emblems,  like  our  own,  are 
wavmg  over  the  hosts  lighting  for  the  world's  liberty  (see  page  286). 


"The  stars  upon  it  were  like  the  bright 
morning  stars  of  God,  and  the  stripes 
upon  it  were  beams  of  morning  light. 
As  at  early  dawn  the  stars  shine  forth 
even  while  it  grows  light,  and  then  as  the 
sun  advances  that  light  breaks  into  banks 
and  streaming  lines  of  color,  the  glowing 
red  and  intense  white  striving  together, 
and  ribbing  the  horizon  with  bars  efful- 
gent, so,  on  the  American  flag,  stars  and 
beams  of  manv-colored  light  shine  out  to- 


gether. And  wherever  this  flag  comes 
and  men  behold  it  they  see  in  its  sacred 
emblazonry  no  embattled  castles  or  in- 
signia of  imperial  authority ;  they  see  the 
symbols  of  light.  It  is  the  banner  of 
Dawn." 

BIBLICAL    ORIGIN    OF    THE    RED,    WHITE, 
AND   BLUE 

Charles  W.  Stewart,  superintendent  of 
naval  records  and  librarv  of  the  United 


302 


THE  STORY  OF  THE  AMERICAN  FLAG 


303 


States  Navy  Department,  to  whom  the 
Geographic  is  indebted  for  helpful  ad- 
vice and  criticism  in  the  compilation  of 
the  data  published  in  this  number  of  the 
magazine,  advances  the  following  theory 
of  the  origin  of  the  colors  employed  in 
the  national  ensign : 

"The  flag  may  trace  its  ancestry  back 
to  Alount  Sinai,  whence  the  Lord  gave 
to  Moses  the  Ten  Commandments  and 
the  book  of  the  law,  which  testify  of 
God's  will  and  man's  duty ;  and  were  de- 
posited in  the  Ark  of  the  Covenant  within 
the  Tabernacle,  whose  curtains  were  blue, 
purple,  scarlet,  and  fine-twined  linen. 

''Before  the  ark  stood  the  table  of 
shew-bread.  with  its  cloth  of  blue,  scar- 
let, and  white.  These  colors  of  the  Jew- 
ish Church  were  taken  over  by  the  early 
Western  Church  for  its  own  and  given  to 
all  the  nations  of  western  Europe  for 
their  flags.  When  the  United  States 
chose  their  flag  it  was  of  the  colors  of 
old,  but  new  in  arrangement  and  design, 
and  they  called  it  'The  Stars  and  Stripes.' 

"Our  flag  is  of  the  colors  red,  white, 
and  blue.  Red  is  for  courage,  zeal,  fer- 
vency; white  is  for  purity,  cleanness  of 
life,  and  rectitude  of  conduct ;  blue  is  for 
loyalty,  devotion,  friendship,  justice,  and 
truth.  The  star  is  an  ancient  symbol  of 
India,  Persia,  Egypt,  and  signifies  do- 
minion and  sovereignty." 

THE  CALL  OF  THL  FLAG 

Hon.  Frederick  C.  Hicks,  in  the  House 
of  Representatives  on  Flag  Day,  June  14, 
'  19 1 7,  thus  portrayed  the  meaning  of  the 
national  ensign : 

"The  flag  of  America  does  more  than 
proclaim  mere  power  or  acclaim  a  great 
and  glorious  history.  Its  folds  wave  a 
benediction  to  the  yesterdays  of  accom- 
plishment and  beckon  the  tomorrows  of 
progress  with  hope  and  confidence ;  it 
heralds  the  noble  purposes  of  a  mighty 
people  and  carries  a  message  of  hope  and 
inspiration  to  all  mankind.  Its  glowing 
splendor  appeals  to  us  to  demand  inter- 
national justice  and  arbitration ;  it  com- 
mands us  to  self-sacrifice  and  to  univer- 
sal obligation  of  service,  which  alone  can 
maintain  equality  of  rights  and  fullness 
of  opportunity  in  our  republic. 

"Its  stars  and  its  stripes  voice  the  spirit 


of  America  calling  to  a  nation  of  indom- 
itable courage  and  infinite  possibilities  to 
live  the  tenets  of  Christianity,  to  teach 
the  gospel  of  work  and  usefulness,  to 
advance  education,  to  demand  purity  of 
thought  and  action  in  public  life,  and  to 
protect  the  liberties  of  free  government 
from  the  aggressions  of  despotic  power. 
This  is  the  call  of  the  flag  of  the  Union 
in  this  hour  of  crisis  and  turmoil,  when 
civilization  and  the  laws  of  nations  and 
of  humanity  are  being  engulfed  in  the 
maelstrom  of  death  and  destruction." 

THL  FMBLFM   OF  OUR   UNITY 

President  Wilson  in  a  Flag  Day  ad- 
dress said : 

"This  flag,  which  we  honor  and  under 
which  we  serve,  is  the  emblem  of  our 
tmity,  our  power,  our  thought  and  pur- 
pose as  a  nation.  It  has  no  other  char- 
acter than  that  which  we  give  it  from 
generation  to  generation.  The  choices 
are  ours.  It  floats  in  majestic  silence 
above  the  hosts  that  execute  those  choices, 
whether  in  peace  or  in  war.  And  yet 
though  silent,  it  speaks  to  us — speaks  to 
us  of  the  past,  of  the  men  and  women 
who  went  before  us,  and  of  the  records 
they  wrote  upon  it. 

"We  celebrate  the  day  of  its  birth; 
and  from  its  birth  until  now  it  has  wit- 
nessed a  great  history,  has  floated  on 
high  the  symbol  of  great  events,  of  a 
great  plan  of  life  worked  out  by  a  great 
people.  We  are  about  to  carry  it  into 
battle,  to  lift  it  where  it  will  draw  the 
fire  of  our  enemies.  We  are  about  to 
bid  thousands,  hundreds  of  thousands,  it 
may  be  millions,  of  our  men — the  young, 
the  strong,  the  capable  men  of  the  na- 
tion— to  go  forth  and  die  beneath  it  on 
fields  of  blood  far  away.     .     . 

"Woe  be  to  the  man,  or  group  of  men., 
that  seeks  to  stand  in  our  way  in  this 
day  of  high  resolution,  when  every  prin- 
ciple we  hold  dearest  is  to  be  vindicated 
and  made  secure  for  the  salvation  of  the 
nations.  We  are  ready  to  plead  at  the 
bar  of  history,  and  our  flag  shall  wear 
a  new  luster.  Once  more  we  shall  make 
good  with  our  lives  and  fortunes  the 
great  faith  to  which  we  were  born,  and 
a  new  glory  shall  shine  in  the  face  of 
our  people." 


THE    MAKERS    OF   THE    FLAG* 

By  Franklin  K.   Lane,   Secretary  of  the  Interior 


THIS  morning,  as  I  passed  into  the 
Land  Office,  The  Flag  dropped 
me  a  most  cordial  salutation,  and 
from  its  rippling  folds  I  heard  it  say : 
"Good  morning,  Mr.  Flag  Maker." 

"I  beg  your  pardon.  Old  Glory,"  I  said. 
"aren't  you  mistaken?  I  am  not  the 
President  of  the  United  States,  nor  a 
member  of  Congress,  nor  even  a  general 
in  the  army.  I  am  only  a  government 
clerk." 

"I  greet  you  again,  Mr.  Flag  Alaker," 
replied  the  gay  voice ;  "I  know  you  well. 
You  are  the  man  who  worked  in  the 
swelter  of  yesterday  straightening  out 
the  tangle  of  that  farmer's  homestead  in 
Idaho,  or  perhaps  you  found  the  mistake 
in  that  Indian  contract  in  Oklahoma,  or 
helped  to  clear  that  patent  for  the  hope- 
ful inventor  in  New  York,  or  pushed  the 
opening  of  that  new  ditch  in  Colorado,  or 
made  that  mine  in  Illinois  more  safe,  or 
brought  relief  to  the  old  soldier  in  Wyo- 
,ning.  Xo  matter ;  whichever  one  of 
these  beneficent  individuals  you  may  hap- 
pen to  be,  I  give  you  greeting,  J\Ir.  Flag 
J\laker." 

I  was  about  to  pass  on,  when  The  Flag 
stopped  me  with  these  words : 

"Yesterday  the  President  spoke  a  word 
that  made  happier  the  future  of  ten  mil- 
lion peons  in  JNIexico ;  but  that  act  looms 
no  larger  on  the  flag  than  the  struggle 
which  the  boy  in  Georgia  is  making  to 
win  the  Corn  Club  prize  this  summer. 

"Yesterday  the  Congress  spoke  a  word 
which  will  open  the  door  of  Alaska ;  but 
a  mother  in  Michigan  worked  from  sun- 
rise until  far  into  the  night  to  give  her 
boy  an  education.  She,  too,  is  making 
the  flag. 

"Yesterday  we  made  a  new  law  to  pre- 
vent financial  panics,  and  yesterday,  may- 
be, a  school  teacher  in  Ohio  taught  his 
first  letters  to  a  boy  who  will  one  day 
write  a  song  that  will  give  cheer  to  the 
millions  of  our  race.  We  are  all  making 
the  flag." 

"But,"  I  said  impatiently,  "these  people 
were  only  working!" 

*  Delivered  on  Flag  Day,  1914,  before  the 
employees  of  the  Department  of  the  Interior, 
Washington,  D.  C. 


Then  came  a  great  shout  from  The 
Flag : 

"The  work  that  we  do  is  the  making  of 
the  flag. 

"I  am  not  the  flag ;  not  at  all.  I  am  but 
its  shadow. 

"I  am  whatever  you  make  me  ;  nothing 
more. 

"I  am  your  belief  in  yourself,  your 
dream  of  what  a  people  may  become. 

"I  live  a  changing  life,  a  life  of  moods 
and  passions,  of  heart-breaks  and  tired 
muscles. 

"Sometimes  I  am  strong  with  pride, 
when  men  do  an  honest  work,  fitting  the 
rails  together  truly. 

"Sometimes  I  droop,  for  then  purpose 
has  gone  from  me,  and  cynically  I  play 
the  coward. 

"Sometimes  I  am  loud,  garish,  and  full 
of  that  ego  that  blasts  judgment. 

"But  always  I  am  all  that  you  hope  to 
be  and  have  the  courage  to  try  for. 

"I  am  song  and  fear,  struggle  and 
panic,  and  ennobling  hope. 

"I  am  the  day's  work  of  the  weakest 
man  and  the  largest  dream  of  the  most 
daring. 

"I  am  the  Constitution  and  the  courts, 
statutes  and  the  statute-makers,  soldier 
and  dreadnaught,  drayman  and  street 
sweep,  cook,  counselor,  and  clerk. 

"I  am  the  battle  of  yesterday  and  the 
mistake  of  tomorrow. 

"I  am  the  mystery  of  the  men  who  do 
without  knowing  why. 

"I  am  the  clutch  of  an  idea  and  the 
reasoned  purpose  of  resolution. 

"I  am  no  more  than  what  you  believe 
me  to  be  and  I  am  all  that  you  believe  I 
can  be. 

"I  am  what  you  make  me ;  nothing 
more. 

"I  swing  before  your  eyes  as  a  bright 
gleam  of  color,  a  symbol  of  yourself,  the 
pictured  suggestion  of  that  big  thing 
which  makes  this  nation.  My  stars  andmy 
stripes  are  your  dream  and  your  labors. 
They  are  bright  with  cheer,  brilliant  with 
courage,  firm  with  faith,  because  you 
have  made  them  so  out  of  your  hearts ; 
for  you  are  the  makers  of  the  flag,  and  it 
is  well  that  you  glory  in  the  making." 


304 


THE    FLAGS    OF    OUR   ARMY,  NAVY,  AND 
GOVERNMENT    DEPARTMENTS 

For  illustrations  see  the  corresponding  numbers  on  the  colored  Hags, 

pages  310  and  onward 


1.  Unitkd  States  Flag  and  Ensign. — On 
July  4,  1912,  following  the  admission  of  Ari- 
zona and  New  Mexico  into  the  Union,  two 
stars  were  added  to  the  Stars  and  Stripes,  giv- 
ing the  banner  its  present  composition  of  48 
stars,  representing  the  States  of  the  Union, 
and  13  stripes,  commemorative  of  the  Thir- 
teen Original  Colonies  which  achieved  the  na- 
tion's independence.  (See  pages  286-304  for 
the  history  of  the  American  flag;  pages  303- 
304,  404-413  for  the  uses  of  the  flag,  and  de- 
scriptive text  under  flags  6,  7,  8,  361,  362,  364, 
and  367  for  the  evolution  and  development  of 
the  Star  Spangled  Banner.) 

2.  President's  Flag. — When  the  President 
visits  a  vessel  of  the  United  States,  the  Presi- 
dent's flag  is  broken  at  the  main  the  moment 
he  reaches  the  deck  and  is  kept  flying  as  long 
as  he  is  on  board.  If  the  vessel  can  do  so,  a 
national  salute  of  21  guns  is  fired  as  soon  as 
possible  after  his  arrival  on  board.  Upon  de- 
parture, another  salute  of  21  guns  is  fired,  the 
President's  flag  being  lowered  with  the  last 
gun  of  the  salute.  When  the  President  is  em- 
barked in  a  boat  he  usually  directs  that  his  flag 
be  displayed  from  the  staff  in  the  bow  of  his 
barge  (see  page  283).  When  he  passes  in  a 
boat  flying  his  flag,  vessels  of  the  navy  parade 
the  full  guard,  four  ruffles  are  given  on  the 
drum,  four  flourishes  are  sounded  on  the  bugle, 
the  National  Anthem  is  played  by  the  band, 
and  officers  and  men  salute  (see  page  282). 
When  the  President  is  embarked  in  a  ship  fly- 
ing his  flag,  all  saluting  ships,  on  meeting  her 
at  sea  or  elsewhere,  and  all  naval  batteries, 
fire  a  national  salute  on  passing  (see  page  324). 

Previous  to  the  present  order  there  were 
two  designs  displayed  on  flags  and  on  colors 
to  be  used  in  the  presence  of  the  Commander- 
in-Chief  of  the  army  and  the  navy.  The  navy 
design  was  of  an  earlier  date  than  that  of  the 
army,  and  consisted  of  the  coat-of-arms  of  the 
United  States,  as  shov/n  in  the  Great  Seal  (3), 
upon  a  blue  ground.  This  happened  to  be  al- 
most identical  with  the  infantry  colors  (see 
11).  The  President's  colors  were  designed  to 
be  distinctive  from  the  infantry  colors,  and 
consisted  of  a  blue  ground  with  a  large  crim- 
son star,  outlined  heavily  with  white.  Within 
the  star  was  to  be  seen  the  coat-of-arms  of 
the  United  States,  and  outside  the  star  within 
its  angles  were  powdered  small  stars  to  the 
number  of  the  States  in  the  Union.  The  dou- 
ble display  of  flags  and  colors  at  the  Grand 
Army  Review  in  1915  caused  considerable 
comment,  and  as  a  result  the  suggestion  was 
made  to  the  President  that  the  navy  flag  might 
fittingly  be  made  distinctive  from  the  infantry 
colors  by  the  addition  of  four  stars — one  in 
each  corner.     The  flags  of  an  Admiral  and  of 


a  General  bear  four  stars,  as  a  sign  of  com- 
mand. The  President  approved  of  the  idea, 
but  directed  that  the  coat-of-arms,  as  shown 
on  the  President's  seal  (see  5),  be  used  upon 
the  President's  personal  flag  and  colors. 

3.  The  Great  Seal  of  the  United  States. — 
The  Great  Seal  was  adopted  by  the  Continental 
Congress  June  20,  1782. 

Anns. — Paleways  (perpendicular  stripes  or 
diz'isions)  of  thirteen  pieces,  argent  (white) 
and  gules  (red)  ;  a  chief  (upper  part  of  the 
escutcheon),  occupying  one-third  of  the  whole 
azure  (blue)  ;  the  escutcheon  on  the  breast  of 
the  American  eagle  displayed  proper  (repre- 
sented in  its  natural  colors),  holding  in  his 
dexter  (right)  talon  an  olive  branch,  and  in 
his  sinister  (left)  a  bundle  of  thirteen  arrows, 
all  proper  (natural  colors),  and  in  his  beak  a 
scroll,  inscribed  with  this  motto,  "E  Pluribus 
Ununi"  (Out  of  Many,  One). 

Crest. — Over  the  head  of  the  eagle,  which 
appears  above  the  escutcheon,  a  glory  (circle 
of  light),  or  (gold),  breaking  through  a  cloud, 
proper,  and  surrounding  thirteen  stars  form- 
ing a  constellation,  argent,  on  an  azure  field. 

Reverse. — A  pyramid  vtnfinished.  In  the  ze- 
nith an  eye  in  a  triangle,  surrounded  with  a 
glory,  proper.  Over  the  eye  these  words, 
"Anniiit  Coeptis"  (He  [God]  has  smiled  on 
our  undertakings).  On  the  base  of  the  pyra- 
mid the  numerical  letters  MDCCLXXVI,  and 
underneath  the  following  motto,  "Novus  Ordo 
Scclorum"   (A  Netv  Order  of  Ages). 

Accompanying  the  report,  and  adopted  by 
Congress,  was  the  following: 

The  escutcheon  is  composed  of  the  chief  and 
pale,  the  two  most  honorable  ordinaries  (di- 
visions). The  pieces,  paly  (equal  in  zuidth  and 
of  two  colors,  alternating),  represent  the  sev- 
eral States  all  joined  in  one  solid,  compact 
entire,  supporting  a  chief,  which  imites  the 
whole  and  represents  Congress.  The  motto 
alludes  to  this  union.  The  pales  in  the  arms 
are  kept  closely  united  by  the  chief,  and  the 
chief  depends  on  that  union  and  the  strength 
resulting  from  it  for  its  support,  to  denote  the 
confederacy  of  the  United  States  of  America 
and  the  preservation  of  their  union  through 
Congress. 

The  colors  of  the  pales  are  those  used  in  the 
flag  of  the  United  States  of  America ;  white 
signifies  purity  and  innocence;  red,  hardiness 
and  valor;  and  blue,  the  color  of  the  chief, 
signifies  vigilant  perseverance  and  justice. 

The  olive  branch  and  arrows  denote  the 
power  of  peace  and  war,  which  is  exclusively 
vested  in  Congress.  The  constellation  denotes 
a  new  State  taking  its  place  and  rank  among 
other    sovereign    powers.      The    escutcheon    is 


305 


borne  on  the  breast  of  an  American  eagle 
without  any  other  supporters,  to  denote  that 
the  United  "States  ought  to  rely  on  their  own 
virtue. 

Reverse. — The  pyramid  signifies  strengtu 
and  duration.  The  eye  over  it  and  the  motto 
allude  to  the  many  signal  interpositions  of 
Providence  in  favor  of  the  American  cause. 
The  date  underneath  is  that  of  the  Declara- 
tion of  Independence,  and  the  words  under  it 
signify  the  beginning  of  the  new  American 
era,  which  commences  from  that  date. 

The  reverse  of  the  seal  has  never  been  cut 
and  has  been  allowed  to  go  unused  officially  to 
the  present  day. 

USES  OF   THE  GREAT  SEAL 

When  the  Continental  Congress  made  the 
obverse  of  the  great  seal  of  the  national  arms 
it  intended  that  the  device  should  pass  into 
Common  use  among  the  people,  as  the  flag  has 
done,  and  like  the  flag,  the  arms  at  first  met 
with  general  approval,  which  soon  gave  place 
to  an  acceptance  of  it  as  an  emblem  of  the 
power  and  sovereignty  of  the  United  States. 
•  The  seal  itself  has,  of  course,  a  very  limited 
use,  which  is  strictly  guarded  by  law.  The 
Secretary  of  State  is  its  custodian,  but  even 
he  has  no  authority  to  afiix  it  to  any  paper  that 
does  not  bear  the  President's  signature. 

At  the  present  time  the  seal  of  the  United 
States  is  affixed  to  the  commissions  of  all 
Cabinet  officers  and  diplomatic  and  consular 
officers  who  are  nominated  by  the  President 
and  confirmed  by  the  Senate ;  all  ceremonious 
communications  from  the  President  to  the 
heads  of  foreign  governments ;  all  treaties, 
conventions,  and  formal  agreements  of  the 
President  v^^ith  foreign  powers ;  all  proclama- 
tions by  the  President ;  all  exequaturs  to  for- 
eign consular  officers  in  the  United  States  who 
are  appointed  by  the  heads  of  the  governments 
which  they  represent;  to  warrants  by  the 
President  to  receive  persons  surrendered  by 
foreign  governments  under  extradition  trea- 
ties ;  and  to  all  miscellaneous  commissions  of 
civil  officers  appointed  by  the  President,  by  and 
with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate, 
whose  appointments  are  not  now  especially  di- 
rected by  law  to  be  signed  under  a  different 
seal. 

4.  Jack. — Vessels  at  anchor  fly  the  union 
jack  from  the  jackstaff  (the  staff  at  the  bow) 
from  morning  to  evening  colors.  The  jack 
hoisted  at  the  fore  mast  is  a  signal  for  a  pilot 
(220).  A  gun  may  be  fired  to  call  attention 
to  it.  Hoisted  at  the  mizzen  mast  or  at  a  yard 
arm  it  denotes  thq^t  a  general  court  martial  or 
a  court  of  inquiry  is  in  session. 

When  a  diplomatic  official  of  the  United 
States  of  and  above  the  rank  of  charge  d'af- 
faires pays  an  official  visit  afloat  in  a  boat  of 
the  navy,  a  union  jack  of  a  suitable  size  is  car- 
ried on  a  staff  in  the  bow.  Wlien  the  Naval 
Governor  of  Guam,  Tutuila,  or  the  Virgin 
Islands  of  the  United  States  embarks  in  a  boat, 
within  the  limits  of  his  government,  for  the 
purpose  of  paying  visits  of  ceremony  in  his 
official  capacity  as  Governor,  a  union  jack  of 
suital)le  size  is  carried  on  a  staff  in  the  bow  of 
the  boat.    The  union  jack  at  the  main  was  the 


flag  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Xavy  from  1869 
to  July  4,  1874,  when  the  present  flag  (49) 
came  into  use. 

When  worn  out,  jacks  are  surveyed  and 
burned  in  the  same  manner  as  ensigns.  The 
proper  size  of  jack  to  display  with  an  ensign 
is  that  corresponding  in  dimension  to  the  union 
of  that  ensign  (see  drawing,  page  312).  Yachts 
may  display  the  union  jack  while  at  anchor  at 
the  jackstaff  from  8  a.  m.  to  sunset,  when  wash 
clothes  are  not  triced  up. 

5.  SeaIv  of  the  President. — This  is  the  per- 
sonal seal  of  the  President,  and  the  press  from 
which  it  is  made  has  been  in  use  for  many 
years.  The  device  is  to  be  seen  in  the  Presi- 
dent's flag  (2),  in  bronze,  in  the  floor  of  the 
entrance  corridor  of  the  White  House  and  in 
the  favorite  stick-pin  of  the  President. 

6.  Our  First  Stars  and  Stripes,  adopted  by 
act  of  Congress  June  14,  1777  (see  page  297). 
In  its  resolution  Congress  did  not  direct  a  spe- 
cific arrangement  of  the  thirteen  stars.  In  the 
navy  it  became  customary  to  place  the  stars  so 
as  to  form  the  crosses  of  St.  George  and  St. 
Andrew,  an  arrangement  distinctly  illustrated 
in  Rhode  Island's  banner  (396). 

THE     FLAG     THAT     INSPIRED     THE     "STAR 
SPANGLED    banner" 

7.  The  Flag  with  15  Stripes  and  15 
Stars.  —  When  Vermont  entered  the  Union 
(March  4,  1791),  followed  by  Kentucky  (June 
I,  1792),  it  was  felt  that  the  new  States  should 
have  the  same  representation  in  the  design  of 
the  flag  that  the  original  thirteen  States  pos- 
sessed, and  Congress  accordingly  passed  the 
following  act,  which  was  approved  by  Presi- 
dent Washington  on  January  13,  1794 : 

"Be  it  enacted,  ete..  That  from  and  after  the 
first  day  of  May,  one  thousand  seven  hundred 
and  ninety-five,  the  flag  of  the  United  States 
be  fifteen  stripes,  alternate  red  and  white,  and 
that  the  Union  be  fifteen  stars,  white  in  a  blue 
field." 

In  this  flag  the  stars  were  arranged  in  three 
parallel  rows  of  five  each,  with  the  blue  field 
resting  on  the  fifth  red  stripe.  This  was  the 
national  flag  for  twenty-three  years.  It  was  in 
use  during  the  war  of  1812,  and,  in  September, 
1814,  waving  over  Fort  McHenry,  it  inspired 
Francis  Scott  Key  to  write  the  "Star  Spangled 
Banner."  Key  was  aide  to  General  Smith  at 
Baltimore  and  had  gone  aboard  H.  M.  S.  Min- 
dcn  in  the  harbor  to  arrange  an  exchange  of 
prisoners.  While  being  detained  pending  the 
bombardment  on  the  morning  of  September 
14,  1814,  he  wrote  the  anthem. 

The  arrangement  of  the  stars  in  the  Fort 
McHenry  flag  is  the  navy  arrangement,  that 
particular  flag  of  immense  size  having  been 
specially  made  by  Mrs.  Mary  Pickerskill  under 
the  direction  of  Commodore  Barry  and  Gen- 
eral Striker.  The  flag  is  now  in  the  National 
Museum  at  Washington  (see  page  289).  The 
missing  star  is  said  to  have  been  cut  out  and 
sent  to  President  Lincoln. 

This  is  the  flag  that  encouraged  our  lirave 
lads  in  our  war  against  the  Barbary  pirates. 
It  was  the  first  ensign  to  be  hoisted  over  a  fort 
of  the  Old  World.     On  April  27,  1805,  after  a 


306 


©  Underwood  &  Underwood 


GUARD   TO   THE    STANDARD 


On  silver  bands,  encircling  the  lance  from  which  the  regimental  standard  floats,  are 
engraved  the  names  and  dates  of  the  battles  in  which  that  regiment  has  played  its  heroic 
part.  Each  standard,  therefore,  epitomizes  the'  glorious  past  of  its  command,  and  the  men 
over  whom  it  waves  would  gladly  give  their  lives  rather  than  have  these  shining  symbols  of 
victory  tarnished  by  defeat  (see  page  30S). 


bombardment  of  the  batteries  and  the  town  of 
Dcrne,  Tripoli,  by  the  Hornet,  Nautilus,  and 
Argus,  the  landing  party  of  marines  and  blue- 
jackets stormed  the  principal  works,  and  Lieu- 
tenant O'Bannon  of  the  marines  and  Midship- 
man Mann  hauled  down  the  Tripolitan  flag  and 
hoisted  the  fifteen  stars  and  fifteen  stripes  in 
its  place. 

It  was  our  ensign  in  the  Battle  of  Lake  Erie 
(see  366)  and  was  first  carried  in  a  man-of- 
war  by  Captain  Porter  in  the  Essex,  around 
Cape  of  Good  Hope,  August,  1800,  and  by 
Commodore  Porter  in  the  Essex  around  Cape 
Horn  on  his  famous  cruise  in  1813.  It  was  the 
flag  flown  by  Jackson  at  New  Orleans.  _ 

8.  The  requirement  that  a  new  stripe  be 
added  to  the  flag  for  each  new  State,  however, 
soon  proved  embarrassing,  with  the  result  that 
U.  S.  Congress  on  April  4,  1818,  decided  to 
return  to  the  original  design  of  thirteen  stripes, 
and  passed  the  following  law : 

"Sec.  I.  Be  it  enacted,  etc.,  That   from  and 


after  after  the  fourth  day  of  July  next  the  flag 
of  the  United  States  be  thirteen  horizontal 
stripes,  alternate  red  and  white ;  that  the  union 
have  twenty  stars,  white,  on  a  blue  field. 

"Sec.  2.  And  be  it  further  enacted.  That  on  the 
admission  of  every  new  State  into  the  Union 
one  star  be  added  to  the  union  of  the  flag,  and 
that  such  addition  shall  take  effect  on  the  4th 
of  July  next  succeeding  such  admission." 

Twenty-eight  States  having  been  admitted 
since  the  enactment  of  this  law,  our  flag  now 
contains  48  stars.  There  have  been  numerous 
laws  enacted  concerning  the  flag  since  that 
time,  but  none  of  them  has  departed  from  the 
fundamental  principles  of  the  law  of   1818. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  army  for 
many  decades  did  not  carry  the  Stars  and 
Stripes  in  battle,  though  it  was  used  as  a  gar- 
rison flag.  The  land  forces  carried  what  was 
known  as  national  colors,  or  standards,  of  blue, 
with  the  coat-of-arms  of  the  United  States, 
comprising  an  eagle  surmounted  by  a  number 


3<^7 


of  stars,  emblazoned  thereon,  with  the  desig- 
nation of  the  body  of  troops  (see  22). 

In  1834  War  Department  regulations  gave 
the  artillery  the  right  to  carry  the  Stars  and 
Stripes.  The  infantry  still  used  the  design  of 
22  until  1841,  and  the  cavalry  until  1887,  when 
that  branch  of  the  army  was  ordered  to  carry 
the  Stars  and  Stripes.  The  history  of  the  flag 
indicates  that  the  Stars  and  Stripes  were  not 
officially  carried  by  troops  in  battle  until  the 
period  of  the  :\Iexican  War,  1846-1847. 

THE  ARMY  FLAGS 

The  flags  used  by  the  United  States  Army 
to  designate  its  several  branches  are  divided 
into  two  classes — colors  and  standards.  The 
colors  are  used  by  unmounted  troops  and  the 
standards  by  moiinted  forces.  The  principal 
difference  between  them  is  that  the  standards 
are  smaller  and  have  no  cords  and  tassels,  be- 
cause large  flags  and  cords  and  tassels  would 
hinder  the  movements  of  the  mounted  stand- 
ard-bearer. 

Every  regiment  of  engineers,  artillery,  infan- 
try, cavalry,  etc.,  is  supplied  with  one  silk  na- 
tional standard  or  color  (17)  and  one  silk 
regimental  standard  or  color  (11,  13,  15,  18,  etc.). 
The  silk  national  and  regimental  colors  or 
standards  are  carried  in  battle,  campaign,  and 
on  all  occasions  of  ceremony  at  regimental 
headquarters  in  which  two  or  more  companies 
of  the  regiment  participate. 

The  official  designation  of  the  regiment  is 
engraved  on  a  silver  band  placed  on  the  pike 
or  lance. 

Wlien  not  in  use,  colors  and  standards  are 
kept  in  their  waterproof  cases. 

In  garrison  the  standards  or  colors,  when 
not  in  use,  are  kept  in  the  office  or  quarters  of 
the  colonel  and  are  escorted  thereto  and  there- 
from by  the  color  guard.  In  camp  the  colors 
or  standards,  when  not  in  use,  are  displayed 
in  front  of  the  colonel's  tent,  the  national  color 
or  standard  on  the  right.  From  reveille  to  re- 
treat, when  the  weather  permits,  they  are  un- 
cased; from  retreat  to  reveille  and  during  in- 
clement weather  they  are  cased. 

In  action  the  position  of  the  standards  or 
colors  will  be  indicated  by  the  colonel,  who 
may,  through  their  display,  inspire  enthusiasm 
and  maintain  the  morale.  He  may,  however, 
hold  them  back  when  they  might  indicate  to 
the  enemy  the  direction  of  the  main  attack, 
betray  the  position  of  the  main  body,  or  tend 
to  commit  the  regiment  to  defensive  action. 
In  the  presence  of  the  enemy  and  during  the 
"approach"  the  standards  are  carried  cased, 
ready  to  be  instantly  broken  out  if  their  in- 
spiration is  required. 

In  addition  to  the  handsome  silk  flags,  a 
national  color  or  standard  made  of  bunting  or 
other  suitable  material,  but  in  all  other  re- 
spects similar  to  the  silk  national  color  or 
standard,  is  furnished  to  each  battalion  or 
squadron  of  each  regiment. 

These  colors  and  standards  are  for  use  at 
drills  and  on  marches,  and  on  all  service  other 
than  battles,  campaigns,  and  occasions  of  cere- 
mony. Not  more  than  one  national  color  or 
standard  is  carried  when  the  regiment  or  any 
part  of  it  is  assembled. 


The  colors  of  a  regiment  will  not  be  placed 
in  mourning  or  draped,  except  when  ordered 
from  the  War  Department.  Two  streamers  of 
crape  7  feet  long  and  about  12  inches  wide  at- 
tached to  the  ferrule  below  the  spearhead  will 
be  used  for  the  purpose. 

The  names  and  dates  of  battles  in  which 
regiments  or  separate  battalions  have  partici- 
pated are  engraved  on  silver  bands  and  placed 
on  the  pike  of  the  colors  or  lance  of  the  stand- 
ard of  the  regiment  or  separate  battalion,  as 
the  case  may  be.  For  this  purpose  only  the 
names  of  those  battles  which  conform  to  the 
following  definition  are  considered,  viz :  Bat- 
tles are  important  engagements  between  inde- 
pendent armies  in  their  own  theaters  of  war, 
in  contradistinction  to  conflicts  in  which  but  a 
small  portion  of  the  opposing  forces  are  actu- 
ally engaged,  the  latter  being  called,  according 
to  their  nature,  aftairs,  combats,  skirmishes, 
and  the  like. 

The  names  and  dates  of  battles  which  it  is 
proposed  to  have  engraved  on  the  silver  bands 
are  submitted  to  the  War  Department,  which 
decides  each  case  on  its  merits. 

At  least  two  companies,  troops,  or  batteries 
of  a  regiment  or  separate  battalion  must  have 
participated  in  a  battle  in  order  that  the  name 
of  the  battle  may  be  placed  on  its  colors  or 
standards. 

A  company,  troop,  or  battery  does  not  re- 
ceive credit  for  having  participated  in  a  battle 
unless  at  least  one-half  of  its  actual  strength 
was  engaged. 

The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  furnishes 
each  company,  troop,  and  battery  with  a  suit- 
ably engrossed  certificate  setting  forth  the 
names  of  all  battles,  engagements,  and  minor 
affairs  in  which  said  company,  troop,  or  bat- 
tery participated,  with  the  dates  thereof,  and 
showing,  as  nearly  as  may  be,  the  organiza- 
tions of  the  United  States  troops  engaged 
therein,  and  against  what  enemy.  This  cer- 
tificate states  that  the  names  and  dates  of  these 
battles  are  engraved  on  silver  bands  on  the 
pike  of  the  colors  of  the  regiment  or  battalion, 
or  the  lance  of  the  standard  of  the  regiment 
or  battalion,  as  the  case  may  be,  excepting  in 
the  case  of  companies  which  have  no  regi- 
mental or  battalion  organization. 

This  certificate  is  suitably  framed  and  kept 
posted  in  the  barracks  of  the  company,  troop, 
or  battery. 

Whenever  in  the  opinion  of  a  commanding 
officer  the  condition  of  any  silk  color,  stand- 
ard, or  guidon  in  the  possession  of  his  corn- 
mand  has  become  unserviceable,  the  same  is 
forwarded  to  the  depot  quartermaster,  Phila- 
delphia, Fa.,  for  repair,  if  practicable.  Should 
it  be  found  that  its  condition  does  not  warrant 
the  expenditure  of  funds  that  may  be  involved, 
the  depot  quartermaster  returns  to  the  officer 
from  whom  received  and  furnishes  a  new 
color,  standard,  or  guidon. 

Upon  receipt  of  new  silk  colors,  standards, 
or  guidons,  commanding  officers  cause  those 
replaced  to  be  numbered  and  retained  by  tli  • 
organization  to  which  they  belong  :l-  mcmentot 
of  service,  a  synopsis  of  which,  bearing  the 
same  number,  will  be  filed  with  the  records  of 
the  organization. 


308 


g.  The  President's  colors  in  design  are  sim- 
ilar to  the  President's  flag  afloat  (2),  but  are 
made  of  silk,  with  heavy  silk  embroidery  and 
bordered  with  gold  and  silver  fringe,  with  red, 
white,  and  blue  cord  and  tassels,  and  a  gold 
eagle  on  the  pike.  The  colors  are  displayed 
when  the  President  is  in  the  presence  of  troops 
as  commander-in-chief. 

10.  The  colors  of  the  Secretary  of  War  are 
used  in  the  same  manner  as  the  President's 
colors  when  the  war  minister  is  the  ranking 
official  in  the  presence  of  troops. 

11.  The  infantry  colors  are  carried  by  the 
several  regiments,  each  with  its  own  particular 
designation  on  the  scroll  below  the  eagle. 

12.  The  Assistant  Secretary  of  War's  colors 
are  used  in  the  same  way  as  those  of  the  Sec- 
retary of  War  when  he  is  the  ranking  official 
present. 

13.  The  colors  of  the  coast  artillery  corps 
have  a  red  field,  where  those  of  the  infantry 
have  blue;  otherwise  they  are  the  same  as  the 
infantry  colors,  except  for  the  yellow  scroll 
and  the  crossed  cannon. 

14.  The  Chief  of  Staff  has  colors  with  a 
field  made  up  of  a  red  and  a  white  triangle, 
the  red  triangle  having  its  base  on  the  staff. 
On  the  center  is  the  familiar  spread  eagle  of 
the  national  coat-of-arms  imposed  upon  a  large 
white  star;  a  small  white  star  on  the  red  and 
a  red  star  on  the  white  complete  the  design, 
except  for  golden  fringe,  cord,  and  tassels. 
This  flag  is  flown  when  the  Chief  of  Staff  is 
in  the  presence  of  troops  the  ranking  officer. 

15.  The  engineer  colors  are  red,  the  lettered 
scroll  being  white,  bearing  above  it  the  engi- 
neer device,  a  castellated  fort. 

16.  The  colors  of  the  corps  of  cadets  dis- 
penses with  the  familiar  red  and  blue  for  a 
field,  gray  being  substituted  therefor.  Instead 
of  the  coat-of-arms  there  is  an  escutcheon 
bearing  the  national  colors,  with  a  cap  of  Mars 
on  the  field,  and  surmounted  by  an  eagle.  The 
cadet  colors  are  fringed  with  yellow  and  black 
and  gray. 

17.  The  national  standard  used  by  mounted 
troops  and  thei  national  colors  used  by  un- 
mounted troops  are  exactly  alike,  except  that 
the  colors  are  larger  and  have  cords  and  tas- 
sels, as  on  the  President's  colors. 

18.  The  cavalry  standard  has  a  field  of  yel- 
low and,  except  in  size,  is  otherwise  like  the 
infantry  colors,  without  cords  or  tassels. 

ig.  The  field  artillery  standard  is  like  the 
coast  artillery  colors,  except  that  the  crossed 
cannon  between  the  eagle  and  the  scroll  are 
omitted. 

20.  The  mounted  engineers'  standard  has 
the  castellated  fort  to  distinguish  it. 

21.  The  standard  of  the  United  States  Sig- 
nal Corps  is  distinguished  by  the  wig-wag  flags 
between  the  eagle  and  the  lettered  scroll. 

22.  This  is  the  national  standard  as  used  by 
our  light  artillery  in  the  War  of  1812.  The 
artillery  did  not  carry  the  Stars  and  Stripes 
until  1834,  the  infantry  until  1841,  and  the  cav- 
alry until  1S87. 

23.  This  is  the  guidon  used  by  each  troop 
of  cavalry.  The  figure  shows  the  regiment  and 
the  letter  the  troop. 

24.  The  guidon  of  the  field  artillery  is  dis- 
tinguished by  crossed  cannons. 


25.  The  word  "Mounted"  above  the  castel- 
lated fort  proclaims  the  mounted  engineers' 
guidon. 

26.  The  guidon  of  the  mounted  engineer 
section  does  not  have  the  panel  bearmg  the 
word  "Mounted." 

27.  The  signal  corps  guidon  bears  the  wig- 
wag flags. 

28.  The  aero  squadron's  guidon  duplicates 
that  of  tiie  signal  corps,  except  that  the  flying 
eagle  is  added. 

2g.  Telegraph  company  guidons  show  the 
wig-wag  flags  with  a  thunderbolt. 

30.  This  triangular  pennant  serves  as  the 
guidon  of  the  motor-truck  company. 

31.  The  field  hospital  guidon  bears  the  ca- 
duceus  of  Hermes  given  him  by  Apollo  and 
supposed  to  be  a  magic  wand  which  exercises 
influence  over  living  and  dead.  This  guidon 
IS  lettered  "F.  H." 

32.  Ambulance  companies  have  a  guidon 
like  that  of  the  field  hospital  service,  except 
that  the  lettering  is  different. 

33-  The  field  hospital  flag  is  the  familiar 
red  cross  on  the  white  field.  A  rectangle  be- 
low shows  the  night  signal. 

34.  The  guidon  of  the  cavalry  and  light  ar- 
tillery during  the  Civil  War.  Prior  to  that 
war  the  cavalry  used  2^,  and  on  the  adoption 
of  34  General  Sheridan  made  23  his  personal 
colors.  Upon  becoming  Secretary  of  War  he 
retired  34  from  use  and  restored  23  as  the 
guidon  of  the  cavalry  as  it  had  been  prior  to 
the  great  conflict. 

35.  When  a  lieutenant  general  of  the  army 
is  in  an  automobile  or  aboard  a  boat  officially 
the  three-starred  flag  of  command  is  shown. 

36.  The  auto  and  boat  flag  of  a  major  gen- 
eral is  like  that  of  the  lieutenant  general,  ex- 
cept that  it  has  two  stars  instead  of  three. 

37.  The  brigadier  general's  automobile  and 
boat  flag  bears  the  one  star  of  the  brigadier's 
rank. 

38.  The  chief  umpire  in  military  maneuvers 
in  times  of  peace  bears  a  flag  with  a  saltire 
cross  upon  it,  like  that  of  St.  Andrew. 

3g.  The_  flag  of  an  artillery  district  com- 
mander bears  crossed  cannons  with  a  shell  im- 
posed upon  the  intersection. 

40.  The  flag  of  a  post  commander  carried 
in  the  bow  of  a  boat  in  which  he  is  embarked 
officially  is  a  pennant  with  thirteen  stars  in  the 
blue,  with  a  red  fly. 

41.  The  ambulance  flag  is  a  white  field  and 
a  red  cross.  The  night  signal  is  shown  below 
the  flag. 

42.  The  ammunition  trains  of  the  United 
States  Army  display  a  triangular  pennant, 
which  is  accorded  the  right  of  way  in  time  of 
battle. 

43.  The  camp  colors  of  an  army  are  18  by 
20  inches  and  displayed  on  an  ash  pole  8  feet 
long  and  1%  inches  diameter. 

44.  The  white  field  with  its  centered  cross 
proclaims  the  chaplain.  This  flag  is  used  for 
field  service  only. 

45.  The  transports  under  Quartermaster's 
Corps,  U.  S.  Army,  fly  this  flag. 

46.  This  is  the  distinguishing  flag  of  mine- 
planters  and  submarine  defense  vessels  under 
army   control.      It   consists   of   a   field   bearing 


309 


I  * 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

I^HI^HHH^^^H^H 

;  * 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

J  • 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

^^^^^^^^^1^^^^^^^^ 

i  • 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

^^^^^^^^"^^^^^^^^ 

i  * 

* 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

;  * 

* 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

ii 

ii 

1 

A 

1 

i\ 

iir 

u 

s. 

FLAG    AND    ENSIGN 

FLAG— JULY    4.    1818 


310 


ENGINEER   COLORS 


raxi  Liii  1 1 J  Ls  1 1 1  irixTixoTaTrrrfijl 

CORPS  OF  CADETS   COLORS 


311 


UNITED 

STATES 

ENJ 

5IGN 

«•••••  ••4* 

RED 

1 1 
1 

******  *|* 

WHITE 

BLUE  FIELD                                              / 

RED 

j^ 

■»■»»»'■»■ 

^WHITE 

RED 

1 

WHITE  STARS                               / 

•  ••••*  •!• 

•  **•••  *i* 

1 

WHITE 

^! 

RED 

•5- 

f J 

WHITE 

X; 

RED 

1 

WHITE 

\ll 

RED 

T 
1 

1 
1 

WHITE 

^       -        f< 

1 

RED 

k 

B    (Fly) 


No. 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

G 

H 

1 

J 

K 

FEET 

FEET 

FOOT 

FEET 

FEET 

FEET 

FEET 

FOOT 

FEET 

FEET 

FEET 

1 

20 

38 

.95 

9.23 

10.77 

15.20 

1.90 

.897 

1.79 

L23 

1.54 

2 

19 

36.10 

.903 

8.77 

10.23 

14.4+ 

1.81 

.850 

1.70 

1.17 

1.46 

3 

14.35 

27.27 

.619 

6.62 

7.73 

10.91 

1.24 

.642 

1.28 

.883 

1.103 

4 

12.19 

23.16 

.579 

5.63 

6.56 

9.26 

1.16 

.545 

1.09 

.751 

.938 

5 

10 

19 

.475 

4.62 

5.38 

7.60 

.95 

.449 

.90 

.616 

.769 

6 

8.94 

16.99 

.424 

4.13 

4.81 

6.79- 

.848 

.400 

.798 

.551 

.687 

7 

5.14 

9.77 

.244 

2.37 

2.77 

3.91 

.488 

.230 

.459 

.317 

.395 

8 

5 

9.50 

.237 

2.31 

2.69 

3.80 

.475 

.224 

.449 

.308 

.385 

9 

3.52 

6.69 

.167 

1.62 

1.90 

2.68 

.335 

.158 

.316 

.271 

.271 

10 

2.90 

5.51 

.138 

1.34 

1.56 

2.20 

.275 

.130 

.260 

.208 

.223 

II 

2.37 

4.50 

.1  13 

1.09 

1.28 

1.80 

.225 

.105 

.213 

.167 

.182 

12 

1.31 

2.49 

062 

.60 

.71 

1.00 

.124 

.059 

.118 

.094 

.101 

UNION    JACK 


ARMY  SIZES 

Nos.    I.    5    and   8 

BOAT  FLAG    SIZES 

Nos.   9.  10.  II  and    12 


FOREIGN 

ENSIGNS 

No. 

A 

B 

1 
2 

FEET 
13.12 

8.75 

VARIABLE 
VARIABLE 

**'****  *-1* 

******  *+* 

*****  **4* 

******?  *4* 

******  *-f* 

T*  *°*  ***t* 

UNION 

JACK 

No. 

A 

B 

C 

H 

1 

G 

J 

FEET 

FEET 

FOOT 

FOOT 

FEET 

FEET 

FEET 

2 

10.23 

14.44 

.902 

.850 

1.705 

1.805 

1.170 

3 

7.72 

10.91 

.619 

.642      1.281 

1.238 

.883 

4 

6.56 

9.26 

.579 

.545      1.089 

1.158 

.751 

6 

4.81 

6.73 

.424 

.400       .798 

.848 

.551 

7 

2.77 

3.91 

.244 

.230       .459 

.488 

.317 

SECRETARY 

OF   THE    NAVY 
SEE    FLAGS    49  a  53 

ADMIRAL. 
VICE  ADMIRAL  "c 

SEE     FLAGS   54  TO  66 

SENIOR  OFFICER  1 
PRESENT 

SEE      FLAG    68         1 

No. 

A 

B 

A 

B 

A 

B 

1 

FEET 

10.20 

FEET 

14.40 

FEET 

10.20 

FEET 
14.40 

FEET 

8.00 

FEET 

6.40 

2 

7.73 

10.88 

7.73 

10.88 

6.56 

5.25 

4 

3.60 

5.13 

4.81 

6.7  7 

4.90 

3.90 

6 

3.60 

5.13 

A  DIAGRAM    AND  TABLS  TO   SHOW   THIJ   EXACT   PROPORTION    AND  POSITION   OI'   EACH 
FEATURE  OE  THE  STARS  AND  STRIPES,   ACCORDING  TO  THE   REGULATIONS  ■ 
OE  THE   ARMY  AND   NAVY 


312 


thereon  crossed  cannons  and  a  mine,  with  the 
words  "Submarine  Defense." 

47.  Army  vessels  engaged  in  the  ordnance 
service  fly  this  distinguishing  flag. 

48.  Vessels  in  the  engineer  service  fly  flags 
bearing  as  a  distinguishing  mark  the  castel- 
lated fort  which  is  the  emblem  of  the  Engi- 
neer Corps. 

49.  The  flag  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 
consists  of  a  blue  field  bearing  four  white 
stars,  one  in  each  corner,  and  a  centered  an- 
chor. When  that  official  is  aboard  any  vessel 
of  the  navy  his  flag  is  displayed  at  the  main 
mast  and  when  on  a  boat  it  is  displayed  from 
a  staff^  in  its  bows. 

50.  This  is  the  major  commission  pennant 
of  the  United  States  Navy.  It  is  flown  at  the 
main  mast  of  all  of  the  larger  ships  of  the  navy 
as  long  as  they  are  in  commission,  except  when 
they  have  an  officer  above  the  rank  of  captain 
aboard,  when  the  flag  of  command  takes  its 
place. 

51.  The  seven-star  pennant  is  flown  by  the 
lesser  ships  of  the  navy  when  in  commission, 
such  as  submarines  and  other  small  craft.  It 
is  used  by  captains  of  ships  as  their  pennant, 
and  is  carried  in  the  bows  of  boats  on  which 
they  are  embarked  on  an  official  visit. 

52.  The  national  colors  of  the  United  States 
Marine  Corps  bear  on  the  middle  stripe  of  red 
the  words  "U.  S.  Marine  Corps."  Regiments 
carry  them  together  with  the  regimental  colors. 

53.  The  flag  of  the  Assistant  Secretary  of 
the  Navy  is  white  with  blue  stars  and  blue 
anchor,  an  interchange  of  the  colors  of  the 
Secretary's  flag.  It  is  displayed  at  the  main 
mast  when  the  Assistant  Secretary  is  the  rank- 
ing officer  present. 

54.  This  pennant  is  carried  by  vessels  of 
the  naval  militia  while  in  commission  and  is 
displayed  at  the  main  mast,  unless  the  com- 
manding officer  has  the  rank  of  commodore, 
when  73  replaces  the  pennant. 

55.  The  colors  of  the  United  States  Marine 
Corps  are  kept  at  headquarters  in  Washington. 
Thev  bear  in  Latin  the  motto,  "Always  faith- 
ful." 

56.  The  flag  of  the  United  States  naval  re- 
serve is  displayed  on  vessels  which  have  been 
given  a  certificate  that  they  belong  to  the  re- 
serve forces. 

57.  When  the  navy  lands  its  men  as  infan- 
try for  shore  duty,  they  carry  a  blue  flag  upon 
which  is  centered  a  diamond  of  white,  bearing 
a  blue  anchor. 

58.  When  an  Ambassador  of  the  United 
States  goes  aboard  a  vessel  of  the  navy  on 
official  business  the  boat  upon  which  he  is  em- 
barked bears  in  its  bow  the  navy  jack.  The 
jack  is  also  used  by  the  naval  governors  of 
Guam,  Tutuila,  and  the  Virgin  Islands  of  the 
United  States  when  afloat  within  their  juris- 
diction. The  jack  is  nearly  always  the  canton 
of  a  nation's  ensign  when  the  latter  has  a  can- 
ton as  one  of  its  features. 

59.  The  regimental  colors  of,  the  United 
States  Marine  Corps  has  a  field  of  blue  upon 
which  is  imposed  an  anchor,  and  over  this  the 
Western  Hemisphere  surmounted  by  the  Amer- 
ican spread-eagle.  Scrolls  of  red  above  and 
below  the  design  proclaim  the  number  of  the 
regiment  and  the  name  of  the  corps. 


6d.  Vessels  of  the  naval  nulitia  display  this 
flag  at  the  fore  mast  as  a  distinguishing  mark. 
The  flag  consists  of  a  blue  ground,  a  yellow 
diamond  imposed  thereon,  bearing  the  blue 
anchor  of  the  navy. 

61.  When  the  navy  lands  artillery  battal- 
ions for  shore  duty  the  flag  they  carry  has  a 
red  field,  with  a  centered  diamond  of  white, 
upon  which  appears  a  red  anchor. 

62.  The  colors  of  the  United  States  Naval 
Academy  have  a  blue  field,  gold  fringe,  and  a 
centered  white  diamond,  bearing  an  anchor  in 
white  and  blue.  These  colors  are  carried  witli 
the  national  colors  by  the  regiment  of  mid- 
shipmen. 

63.  The  colors  of  the  United  States  Marine 
Corps  carried  between  1830  and  1850  liad  a 
white  field,  gold  fringe,  and  bore  an  elaborate 
design  in  the  center,  at  the  top  of  which  was 
the  legend,  "From  the  Shores  oe  Tripoli  to 
THE  Halls  oe  Montezuma,"  having  reference 
to  the  engagements  the  marines  participated  in 
from  the  beginning  of  the  Tripolitan  War  and 
the  ending  of  the  War  with  Mexico. 

64.  The  flag  of  the  senior  admiral  of  the 
navy  is  blue  and  bears  four  stars  in  the  form 
of  a  cross.  This  flag  is  displayed  at  the  main 
mast  of  the  admiral's  flagship,  taking  the  place 
of  the  commission  pennant  ( 50)  used  on  ves- 
sels other  than  flagsliips.  It,  along  with  those 
of  the  vice  admiral,  rear  admiral,  and  commo- 
dore, is  called  a  flag  of  command.  The  flags 
used  today  correspond  to  the  Gadsden  flag 
(398)  flown  by  Esek  Hopkins  when  he  took 
command  of  the  navy  at  Philadelphia,  Decem- 
ber 3,  1775. 

65.  The  flag  of  the  vice  admiral  has  three 
stars. 

66.  A  rear  admiral's  flag  has  two  stars. 

67.  The  flag  of  a  commodore  has  one  star 
and  is  a  burgee.  There  are  no  commodores  in 
active  service  in  the  American  navy,  althovigh 
there  are  several  on  the  retired  list.  That  grade 
has  been  abolished  from  the  naval  service. 

68.  When  vessels  of  the  navy  are  together 
and  no  flag  officer  is  present,  the  senior  officer 
hoists  at  the  starboard  main  yard  arm  a  blue 
triangular  pennant  as  a  badge  of  command. 

69.  The  flag  of  the  Major  General  Com- 
mandant of  the  Marine  Corps  has  a  red  field 
with  two  white  stars  in  the  lower  half  and 
above  them  the  eagle-crested  hemisphere  im- 
posed upon  an  anchor  which  is  the  emblem  of 
the  corps. 

70.  A  junior  admiral  in  the  presence  of  a 
senior  flies  a  flag  similar  to  that  of  the  senior 
admiral,  with  the  exception  that  the  field  is 
red  instead  of  blue. 

71.  A  junior  vice  admiral  in  the  presence 
of  a  senior  vice  admiral  flies  a  red  flag  bear- 
ing the  three  stars  of  Iiis  rank. 

72.  Rear  admirals  of  junior  grade  fly  a  red 
flag  bearing  two  stars  while  in  the  presence  of 
rear  admirals  senior  to  them. 

73.  The  commodore  of  the  Naval  Militia 
carries  a  broad  pennant,  the  upper  half  blue 
and  the  lower  half  yellow,  on  the  blue  half  of 
which  appears  a  five-pointed  star. 

74.  When  a  consul  goes  aboard  a  vessel  of 
the  navy  on  official  Inisiness,  a  blue  flag  with  a 
centered  letter  "C"  inclosed  in  a  circle  of  thir- 


313 


U43^ 


RANSPORT  SERVICE        ^        DEFEN  SE   VESSELS 


GINEER    VESSELS 


314 


]64   ADMIRAL 
(SENIOR!' 


SEN  lOR 

, .         . _ OFFICER 

e'SVICE    ADMIRAL    66REAR    ADMIRAL     (57   COMMODORE      63    PRESENl  69   MAJ     GENL 


70     ADMIRAL  yiUviCE    ADMIRAL    72REAR    ADMIRAL    73  COMMODORE        [74  CONSULAR  75    BRIG     G  E  N  L 


NAVAL    MILITIA 


SUBMARINE 
FORCE 
FLOTILLA  ^COMMANDER 

COMDR 


Jdistrict  patrol     79 

FORCE 
MDR 


division 

COMDR 


81 
ST   COMDR 
SMC 
BOAT    FLAG 

WARNING      "-^    QUARTERMAS- 
TER'S 

PPLY 


+ 


)NVOY 
POSITION  86    HOSPITAL 

DIVISION    GUIDE 


ANSWERING 
DIVISIONAL 


DISPATCH 


NEGATIVE  [IBRIG.  PENNANT 


97        CHURCH 

PENNANT  I 


Hi 


U.SM.C. 


iCORNET  [J99     GUIDC 

U     S     M     C 


315 


teen  white  stars  flies  in  the  bows  of  the  boat 
in  which  he  is  embarked. 

75.  The  flag  of  a  brigadier  general  of  the 
United  States  Marine  Corps  is  similar  to  that 
of  a  major  general  (69),  except  that  it  carries 
one  star  instead  of  two. 

76.  The  flag  of  the  commander  of  a  de- 
stroyer flotilla  is  a  swallow-tail  pennant  of 
plain  white  bordered  above  and  below  with 
blue. 

77.  The   commander   of  a   submarine   force  ' 
has  a  triangular  swallow-tail  pennant  bordered 
above  with  blue  and  below  with  red. 

78.  The  commanders  of  district  patrol 
forces  carry  a  swallow-tail  pennant  having  a 
white  field  bordered  by  red  above  and  below. 

79.  Section  commanders  of  the  patrol  force 
carry  a  smaller  duplicate  of  78,  w-ith  the  num- 
ber of  the  section  in  Roman  numerals  thereon. 

795^.  The  division  commander  of  the  patrol 
force  carries  a  red-bordered  white  triangular 
pennant  with  the  number  of  the  division  in 
Arabic  notation. 

80.  When  submarines  are  operating  in  times 
of  peace  a  submarine  warning"  flag  is  flown  on 
their  tenders,  while  the  submarine  itself  bears 
on  one  of  its  periscopes. a  small  metal  flag  of 
the  same  design. 

81.  The  boat  flag  of  a  post  commander  of 
the  United  States  Marine  Corps  is  a  triangular 
pennant  of  blue  and  red,  blue  at  the  hoist  and 
red  in  the  fly,  with  thirteen  white  stars  on  the 
blue  and  the  insignia  of  the  ]\Iarine  Corps  on 
the  red. 

82.  Destro3'er  division  commanders  carry  a 
white  triangular  pennant  bordered  with  blue, 
with  their  numbers  indicated  on  the  white  field. 

83.  The  flag  of  a  division  commander  of 
the  submarine  force  is  a  white  triangle  bor- 
dered with  blue  at  the  top  and  red  below, 
showing  the  number  of  the  division  in  red  on 
the  white. 

84.  The  battle  efficiency  pennant  is  one  of 
the  most  coveted  trophies  of  the  American 
navy.  There  is  one  for  each  class  of  ships, 
such  as  battleships,  destroyers,  and  submarines. 
The  ship  of  a  given  class  which,  during  the 
preceding  year,  has  shown  by  her  practice  and 
performance  the  ability  to  hit  most  often  and 
quickest,  to  steam  the  farthest  with  the  least 
expenditure  of  fuel,  water,  etc.,  to  run  longest 
without  breakdown,  and  which  otherwise  gives 
evidence  that  she  might  be  expected  to  give  a 
better  account  of  herself  in  a  battle  than  any 
other  vessel  of  her  class,  is  awarded  the  privi- 
lege of  flying  the  battle  efficiency  pennant  dur- 
ing the  ensuing  year.  There  is  the  keenest 
rivalry  between  the  competing  vessels  of  a 
class,  and  this  little  red  triangular  flag  with 
the  black  disk  is'^prized  next  to  victorv  in  bat- 
tle itself. 

85.  This  flag  is  flown  by  vessels  engaged  in 
convoy  duty.  When  ships  are  engaged  in  ma- 
neuvers or  are  maneuvering  in  compound  for- 
mation, this  pennant  is  an  indication  to  the 
other  vessels  of  the  division  to  take  bearing 
and  distance  from  the  ship  bearing  it. 

86.  Hospital  ships  fly  the  Red  Cross  flag,  and 
under  international  law  they  are  immune  from 
attack,  unless  it  can  be  shown  that  the  ship 
flying  it  fails  to  respect  all  of  the  provisions 
of  the  international  compact  made  at  Geneva. 


87.  This  is  the  flag  under  which  the  marine 
corps  moves  ciuartermaster's  supplies  for  its 
men. 

88.  The  interrogatory  flag  is  used  in  signal- 
ing when  one  ship  wants  to  make  a  signal  in 
the  interrogator}-  form  or  to  announce  that  it 
does  not  understand  a  signal. 

89.  The  preparatorj-  flag  is  displayed  with 
a  signal  in  order  that  preparations  may  be 
made  to  execute  the  signal  itself  uniformly  and 
simultaneously.  When  the  signal  alone  is 
hauled  down,  the  ships  having  made  ready, 
execute  the  signal.  It  is  also  hoisted  when 
the  ceremony  of  hoisting  the  colors  in  the 
morning  and  taking  it  in  at  sunset  is  the  next 
thing  on  the  program.  It  is  raised  five  min- 
utes before  the  ceremony  begins.  Upon  being 
hauled  down  by  the  flagship,  all  ships  execute 
the  colors  ceremony  simultaneous!}'. 

90.  This  flag  is  displayed  either  to  counter- 
mand the  last  signal  made  or  the  one  then  be- 
ing shown. 

91.  This  pennant  has  two  uses.  Its  first  use 
is  in  answering  a  call  for  a  semaphore  or  wig- 
wag message,  being  hoisted  half  way  when  the 
ship  is  ready  to  receive  the  message,  and  all 
the  way  when  the  message  has  been  completely 
received.  It  is  then  hauled  down.  Used  thus, 
it  might  be  said  to  be  the  "Aye,  aye,  sir"  flag 
of  the  navy.  Its  other  use  is  as  a  decimal  or 
divisional  flag  in  flags  indicating  numerals  and 
quantities. 

92.  This  is  the  "No"  flag  of  the  navy.  It 
is  used  to  negative  a  request,  or  to  say  "No" 
to  a  question. 

93.  The  brigade  pennant  of  the  United 
States  Marine  Corps  has  a  swallow-tailed  blue 
field,  with  the  number  of  the  brigade  and  the 
initials  of  the  corps  in  gold. 

94.  When  a  ship  asks  permission  of  the 
flagship  to  do  this  or  that,  the  force  com- 
mander hoists  this  flag  with  the  number  dis- 
tinguishing the  vessel  making  the  request,  as  a 
sign  that  it  has  been  granted. 

95.  The  yellow  flag,  as  is  well  known,  is 
the  one  which  proclaims  that  there  is  conta- 
gious disease  aboard. 

96.  This  flag  has  two  uses.  Hoisted  at  the 
main  mast,  it  means  that  the  vessel  displaying 
it  is  engaged  on  dispatch  duty.  It  is  always 
carried  in  a  roll  at  the  fore  mast  of  vessels  in 
formation,  so  that  it  can  be  displayed,  or 
"broken  out,"  as  the  sailors  say,  instantly,  to 
indicate  an  accident  or  derangement  on  board 
that  vessel  and  to  warn  other  ships  to  keep 
clear.  Hoisted  half  way,  clear  of  the  smoke- 
stack, it  indicates  a  man  overboard. 

97.  The  church  pennant  is  always  displayed 
when  divine  services  on  board  are  in  progress. 

98.  The  cornet  flag,  displayed  at  the  yard 
arm,  calls  all  vessels  present  to  receive  a  sema- 
phore or  wig-wag  message.  Displayed  at  the 
fore  mast,  it  is  notice  to  all  officers  and  men 
to  come  on  board  at  once. 

99.  The  guidon  of  the  United  States  Marine 
Corps  has  a  blue  field,  is  gold  fringed,  and 
bears  in  gold  on  the  field  the  initials  of  the 
corps. 

100.  This  flag,  displayed  with  loi,  102,  103, 
104,  105,  106,  107,  108,  no,  and  in,  indicates 
that  they  represent  in  value  the  numerals  given 
below  them.     If  those  flags  are  not  displayed 


316 


in  connection  with  loo,  they  have  other  mean- 
ings, both  in  the  navy  code  and  in  the  inter- 
national code. 

109.  Displayed  with  a  numeral  signal,  this 
flag  summons  the  boat  which  has  been  assigned 
that  particular  number  to  return  to  the  ship. 
Displayed  alone,  it  recalls  all  boats  then  absent 
from  the  ship  on  which  it  is  flying. 

112.  These  are  the  semaphore  flags  used  in 
the  navy. 

113.  These  are  the  wig-wag  flags  used  in 
signal  operations  ashore  and  afloat. 

114-115-116.  These  pennants  are  used  to 
repeat  the  first,  second,  and  third  flags  in  the 
hoist. 

117.  This  is  a  pennant  very  much  in  use, 
and  when  a  ship  is  at  anchor  especially  wel- 
come to  the  crew.  It  is  the  meal  signal.  When 
a  ship  is  imder  way  it  indicates  that  the  vessel 
is  making  more  than  standard  speed  for  some 
purpose  or  other.  When  hoisted  below  the 
admiral's  flag  on  his  flagship,  it  indicates  that 
that  officer  is  about  to  leave. 

118.  This  pennant  is  displayed  from  the 
yard  arm  of  a  flag  officer's  ship  when  he  is 
absent. 

119.  The  powder  flag  is  displayed  at  the 
fore  mast  when  a  ship  is  taking  on  board 
powder  or  munitions.  It  is  also  carried  in 
boats  and  lighters  used  in  transporting  ammu- 
nition. 

120-171.  These  flags  are  used  in  designating 
various  divisions  and  ships  of  the  naval  forces. 

INTERNATIONAL    CODE   OF    SIGNALS 

172-197.  The  international  code  of  signals 
is  a  great  universal  dictionary  which  makes 
communication  evervwhere  intelligible,  regard- 
less of  the  tongue  spoken  by  those  using  it.  A 
ship  using  a  signal  book  printed  in  English 
can  communicate  with  a  vessel  using  a  book 
printed  in  French  or  Italian  as  easily  as  if  the 
second  ship  were  using  an  English  book. 

The  international  code  of  signals  consists  of 
twenty-six  flags — one  for  each  letter  of  the 
alphabet — and  a  code  pennant.  By  means  of 
these  flags  375,000  different  signals  can  be 
made.  This  code  was  adopted  by  international 
agreement  in  January,  1901,  and  is  almost  en- 
tirely based  on  a  system  of  signaling  by  flags 
devised  by  the  British  Government  in  1856. 
The  code  consists  of  nineteen  square  flags 
(179-197),  two  burgee  flags  (172-173),  and  five 
pennants  (174-178)  and  the  code  or  answering 
pennant   (213). 

When  hoisted  under  the  ensign  (i  for 
United  States,  829  for  Great  Britain,  743  for 
France,  etc.),  the  code  pennant  (213)  denotes 
a  signal  taken  from  the  international  code. 
When  hoisted  by  itself  at  the  masthead,  or 
where  it  can  best  be  seen,  it  is  the  answering 
pennant. 

One-flag  signals  are  for  use  only  between 
vessels  towing  and  being  towed.  The  flag  is 
then  exhibited  by  being  held  in  the  hand  or  by 
hoisting  at  the  stay  or  fore  shrouds  or  to  the 
gaff,  according  to  circumstances. 

Two-flag  signals  are  urgent  and  important 
signals,  and  are  made  by  the  code  pennant  over 
one  flag,  or  by  combinations  of  any  two  flags 
AB  to  ZY. 


Three-flag  signals  are  general  signals,  in- 
cluding compass  signals  and  signals  designating 
moneys,  measures  and  weights,  decimals  and 
fractions,  auxiliary  phrases,  etc. 

Four-flag  signals  are  geographical,  alpha- 
betical spelling  table,  or  vessels  numbers  sig- 
nals. 

198-205.  These  are  yacht  flags,  indicating 
respectively  the  absence  of  the  owner,  the  pres- 
ence of  guests,  the  owner's  dinner,  the  crew's 
meal,  etc. 

206-209.  These  figures  show  how  the  dots 
and  dashes  of  the  United  States  army  and  navy 
wig- wag  code  are  made  by  flag-wavers  (see 
illustration  on  another  page). 

210-212.  These  are  the  semaphore  flags  of 
the  United  States  army,  the  boy  scouts,  and 
the  British  forces.  The  boy  scouts  of  Amer- 
ica, several  hundred  thousand  strong,  and  tens 
of  thousands  of  boys  who  do  not  belong  to 
that  organization,  are  fast  learning  to  com- 
municate with  one  another  by  means  of  flags. 

213.  A  ship  wishing  to  make  a  signal  hoists 
her  ensign  (i  for  United  States,  829  for  Great 
Britain,  743  for  France,  etc.)  with  this  code 
flag  under  it   (see  note  under  172-197). 

214-217.  These  figures  show  the  numbering 
and  coloring  of  buoys  as  seen  coming  from 
tlie  sea,  and  illustrated  by  the  alliteration  "red, 
right,  returning." 

218-219.  These  figures  represent  respect- 
ively the  masthead  light  required  by  the  inter- 
national rules  of  the  road  for  steam  trawlers 
and  the  area  required  to  be  covered  by  the 
starboard  and  port  running  lights,  the  mast- 
head and  optional  range  lights,  and  the  stern 
lights  of  steam  vessels. 

220-223.  These  are  the  day  signals  for  a 
pilot,  the  first  being  the  jack,  in  this  case  the 
United  States  jack,  at  the  fore,  the  next  two 
flags  showing  the  signal  P.  T.  and  S.  respec- 
tively, and  the  third  the  distance  signal,  con- 
sisting of  balls  and  cone. 

224-229.  Signals  of  distress  include  the  S. 
O.  S.  call — three  dots,  three  dashes,  and  three 
dots — the  inverted  ensign,  etc.  A  continuous 
sounding  with  any  fog  signal  is  also  a  signal 
of  distress. 

230.  Night  pilot  signals  include  flashes  of 
one  minute  duration  at  frequenting  intervals, 
or  a  blue  light  shovv'ing  every  fifteen  minutes. 

231-233.  Night  signals  of  distress  are  made 
through  gun  fire  at  intervals  of  one  minute,  by 
flames  from  a  tar  or  oil  barrel,  rockets,  or 
bombs. 

COAST  GUARD  SIGNALS 

234-238.  All  manned  Coast  Guard  stations 
of  the  United  States  are  equipped  with  inter- 
national code  flags,  and  are  prepared  to  send 
or  receive  signals  in  that  code  or  by  means  of 
the  International  Morse  Code.  Practically  all 
the  stations  are  provided  with  means  of  tele- 
phonic communication  through  which  the  tele- 
graph lines  may  be  reached. 

The  following  signals,  recommended  by  the 
International  Marine  Conference  for  adoption 
by  all  institutions  for  saving  life  from  wrecked 
vessels,  have  been  adopted  by  the  Coast  Guard 
of  the  United  States  : 

Upon  the  discovery  of  a  wreck  by  night,  the 
station  crew  will  burn  a  red  pyrotechnic  light 


i'iJ 


I 


102  103  ^       ■ 


Z  MB^ai 


FORCE   COM'DRS. 


318 


INTER- 
NATIONAL 
CODE 
FLAGS 


AND    HERE 


®.QOO 


FRENCH  241 

U     S     I  N  FANTRY 


□D^BSS^^ 


BRITISH  243 


DON  T 

^^^F244   ■■^■245    I     ^^^     1246   ^^^H 
BELGIUM  RUSSIA  GERMANY  TURKEY 


COMPANY   SIGNAL    FLAGS 


MILITIA    AND   VOLUNTEERS 


i.  i 


FIRST    BATTALION         SECON  D    BATTALION        TH  I R  D    BATTA  LION  F I RST    BATTALl  ON         SECOND  THIRD 

248  .  _  J49_  _  .  . 250,  ^^'  "'^  '  '•  "'^'  '■ 


ARMY    HEADQUARTERS    Dl  STI  N  G  U  I  SH  I  M  G  FL  AGS  A  N  D  LA  NTER  NS  252 


253 


254FIELD   ARMY 


I  N  FA  NTRY 
1255  DIVISION 


RTILLERY 
1256BRIGADE 


N  FANTRY 
I257BRIGADE 

319 


C  A  \/  A  L  R  Y 
258  BRIGADE 


T 


POST 
I2610FFICE 


or  a  red  rocket  to  signify,  "You  are  seen;  as- 
sistance   will    be    given    as    soon    as    possible" 

(234)-  ,       , 

A  red  flag  waved  on  shore  by  day,  or  a  red 
light,  red  rocket,  or  red  roman  candle  displayed 
by  night,  will  signify,  "Haul  away"   (235). 

A  white  flag  waved  on  shore  by  day,  or  a 
white  light  swung  slowly  back  and  forth,  or  a 
white  rocket  or  white  roman  candle  fired  by 
night,  will  signify,  "Slack  away"   (236). 

Two  flags,  a  white  and  a  red,  waved  at  the 
same  time  on  shore  by  day,  or  two  lights,  a 
white  and  a  red,  slowly  swung  at  the  same 
time,  or  a  blue  pyrotechnic  light  burned  by 
night,  will  signify.  "Do  not  attempt  to  land  in 
your  own  boats;  it  is  impossible"   (237). 

A  man  on  shore  beckoning  by  day,  or  two 
torches  burning  near  together  by  night,  will 
signify.  "This  is  the  best  place  to  land"   (238) 

Any  of  these  signals  may  be  answered  from 
the  vessel  as  follows  :  In  the  day-time,  by  wav- 
ing a  flag,  a  handkerchief,  a  hat,  or  even  the 
hand;  at  night,  by  firing  a  rocket,  a  blue  light, 
or  a  gun.  or  by  showing  a  light  over  the  ship's 
gunwale  for  a  short  time  and  then  concealing 
it. 

239-246.  The  insignia  of  the  airplanes  of 
the  various  countries  are  here  shown.  The 
United  States  makes  use  of  the  five-pointed 
star.  Great  Britain  still  retains  her  three  crosses 
of  the  union  jack.  Germany  marks  hers  with 
the  Prussian  black  cross,  and  Turkey  displays 
the  familiar  star  and  crescent. 

248-253.  These  represent  the  company  sig- 
nal flags  of  the  U.  S.  infantry  and  of  the 
militia  and  volunteers. 

254-261.  Distinguishing  flags  and  lanterns 
of  army  headquarters. 

262.  The  flag  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treas- 
ury, who  is  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  Coast 
Guard  and  Public  Health  Service,  has  a  blue 
field  with  crossed  anchors  in  white  centered 
thereon,  the  design  surrounded  by  thirteen 
white  five-pointed  stars.  This  flag  is  flown 
when  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  is  aboard 
vessels  of  the  Treasurv  service. 

263.  The  U.  S.  Coast  Guard  flag  was 
adopted  in  1799  for  the  Revenue  Cutter  Serv- 
ice, now  merged  with  the  Life  Saving  Service 
into  the  Coast  Guard.  The  sixteen  vertical 
stripes  proclaim  the  sixteen  States  that  were 
in  the  Union  at  the  time  the  design  was 
adopted ;  its  red  eagle,  with  the  stars  above 
and  the  escutcheon  on  its  breast,  bespeaks  the 
Federal  service.  The  badge  on  the  seventh  red 
stripe  bears  a  shield  surrounded  by  the  motto, 
"Semper  Paratus  1790"  (Always  prepared).  It 
appears  on  the  flag  to  show  that  it  represents 
the  Coast  Guard.  ^  The  same  flag  without  the 
badge  denotes  the  custom  houses  of  the  United 
States.  In  time  of  war  the  Coast  Guard  oper- 
ates as  a  part  of  the  United  States  Navy  and 
then  uses  the  flags  and  pennants  of  the  naval 
service. 

264-265.  The  design  of  the  arms  on  the 
flags  of  the  Secretary  and  Assistant  Secretary- 
of  Commerce  are  identical,  except  for  the 
transposition  of  colors.  It  is  taken  from  the 
official  seal  of  the  department  and  shows  on 
the  upper  part  of  the  escutcheon  a  ship  at  full 
sail  and  on  the  lower  part  a  lighthouse  illu- 
mined.    The  service  flag  is  hoisted  at  the  fore 


mast  on  holidays,  on  occasions  of  official  cere- 
monies, when  entering  a  port  after  an  extended 
voyage,  and  at  any  other  time  when  the  na- 
tional ensign  is  hoisted.  At  no  time  should  a 
service  flag  be  displayed  without  the  national 
ensign.  These  flags  are  shown  as  follows : 
268.  2-2,  276.  280. 

266.  The  Assistant  Secretarj-  of  the  Treas- 
ury has  the  same  flag  as  the  Secretary  of  the 
Treasury,  except  that  the  colors  are  trans- 
posed. His  flag  is  never  flown  in  the  presence 
of  the  flag  of  his  ranking  officer,  262. 

267.  The  pennant  of  the  U.  S.  Coast  Guard 
has  thirteen  stars  and  vertical  red  and  white 
stripes.  It  was  adopted  in  1799,  and  is  always 
displayed  by  Coast  Guard  cutters  in  commis- 
sion. In  time  of  war  the  Coast  Guard  oper- 
ates as  part  of  the  U.  S.  Navy  and  wears  the 
commission  pennant  of  the  navj'. 

268.  The  service  flag  of  the  Bureau  of 
XaA"igation,  with  its  white  ship  in  a  red  disc 
on  a  blue  ground  is  flown  by  all  vessels  of  the 
Navigation  Service  during  da3-light  hours. 

269.  The  flag  of  the  Commissioner  of  Navi- 
gation is  blue,  bearing  a  full-rigged  ship  in 
white  in  the  center.  It  is  flown  on  Department 
of  Commerce  vessels  when  the  Commissioner 
of  Navigation  is  on  board. 

270.  The  flag  of  the  Customs  Service  is  the 
same  as  that  of  the  Coast  Guard,  except  that 
the  badge  of  the  latter  is  omitted. 

271.  The  jack  of  the  Coast  Guard  Service 
is  a  reproduction  of  the  canton  of  the  ensign 
of  the  same  service.  The  jack  of  the  Coast 
Guard  is  used  only  at  parades  on  shore.  Since 
the  national  ensign  has  been  used  as  the  en- 
sign of  the  Coast  Guard,  the  old  Coast  Guard 
ensign  is  used  only  as  a  distinguishing  flag, 
and  the  only  jack  displayed  on  vessels  of  the 
Coast  Guard  is  4. 

272.  A  white  fish  on  a  red  diamond  im- 
posed upon  a  blue  ground  constitutes  the  flag 
flown  b\-  the  vessels  of  the  Bureau  of  Fish- 
eries.    It  was  adopted  in  1896. 

273.  The  Commissioner  of  Fisheries  has 
one  of  the  newest  flags  in  the  Federal  service. 
It  is  a  blue  banner  with  a  w'hite  fish  in  the 
center  and  was  adopted  July  22,  19 13. 

274.  The  flag  of  the  U.  S.  Public  Health 
Service  was  adopted  in  1894.  It  is  the  inter- 
national yellow-  quarantine  flag  with  the  serv- 
ice shield  thereon.  The  fouled  anchor  stands 
for  the  searnen  in  need  of  assistance,  and  the 
caduceus  represents  the  herald  or  physician 
who  is  to  bring  restored  health. 

275.  This  is  the  flag  of  the  senior  officer 
present,  and  is  flown  in  the  Coast  Guard  to 
indicate  that  the  ship  which  displays  it  bears 
the  force   commander. 

276.  The  flag  of  the  Bureau  of  Lighthouses 
is  a  white  triangular  pennant,  red  bordered, 
and  bearing  in  the  white  field,  parallel  with 
the  stafT  and  next  to  it,  a  blue  lighthouse. 

277.  The  flag  of  the  Commissioner  of 
Lighthouses  has  the  white  field  and  blue  light- 
house of  the  service  flag  placed  upon  a  square 
field  of  blue. 

278.  The  Surgeon  General  of  the  U.  S. 
Public  Health  Service  flies  a  flag  of  blue,  bear- 
ing the  fouled  anchor,  of  the  official  shield  of 
the  service.     The  design  is  white. 


320 


279-  Coast  Guard  cutters  patrolling  the 
anchorage  grounds  of  the  large  harbors  of  the 
United  States  fly  at  their  iackstaff  a  flag  of 
white  upon  which  is  imposed  a  blue  anchor. 

280.  The  service  flag  of  the  Coast  and  Geo- 
detic Survey  consists  of  a  blue  field  upon 
which  is  imposed  a  disc  of  -white,  bearing 
within  its  circumference  a  triangle  of  red. 

281.  The  Superintendent  of  the  Coast  and 
Geodetic  Survey  has  a  flag  with  a  blue  field 
bearing  a  white  triangle  on  the  half  next  to 
the  stafi^.  This  triangle,  which  is  equilateral, 
proclaims  the  great  work  of  fundamental  sur- 
veying in  United  States  waters,  which  is  tlie 
chief  activity  of  this  bureau. 

282.  The  30th  Congress,  August  7,  1848,  au- 
thorized "That  all  svich  licensed  yachts  shall 
use  a  signal  of  the  form,  size,  and  colors  pre- 
scribed by  the  Secretary  of  the  Xavy,  and  the 
owners  thereof  shall  at  all  times  permit  the 
naval  architects  in  the  employ  of  the  United 
States  to  examine  and  copy  the  models  of  said 
yachts." 

283-284.  The  commission  pennants  of  the 
Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey  are  here  shown. 
They  are  flown  at  the  main  mast  while  the 
vessels  are  in  commission. 

285.  The  Secretarj-  of  Labor  has  a  flag  upon 
which  are  the  four  stars  that  the  President  and 
other  members  of  his  official  family  have  on 
their  flags,  together  with  the  seal  of  the  De- 
partment of  Labor.  This  includes  an  escutch- 
eon surmounted  by  a  spread  eagle,  and  bearing 
on  its  field  the  plow  and  other  devices  which 
proclaim  the  dignity  of  labor. 

285.  Vessels  of  the  U.  S.  Immigration  Serv- 
ice display  a  pennant  whose  field  is  of  white, 
bordered  with  blue  and  lettered  with  red.  It 
is  of  a  swallow-tailed,  triangular  design  (or 
burgee)  and  bears,  in  addition  to  the  lettering, 
the  seal  of  the  department  to  which  it  belongs. 

287,  A'essels  belonging  to  the  U.  S.  Postal 
Service  fly  a  red.  swallow-tailed,  triangular 
pennant  (or  burgee),  bordered  with  blue,  bear- 
ing the  American  spread  eagle  and  inscribed 
with  the  words  "L'nited  States  Mail." 

288,  The  L'nited  States  power-boat  squad- 
rons carry  a  flag  like  the  yacht  ensign,  except 
that  it  wears  perpendicular  blue  stripes  where 
tire  yacht  ensign  has  horizontal  red  ones,  and 
has  a  red  canton  where  tlie  yacht  ensign  has 
one  of  blue. 

289-300.      U.    S.    WEATHER    FORECAST    FLAGS    AXD 
STORM    WARNINGS 

289,  white  flag,  indicates  clear  or  fair  weather. 

290,  blue  flag,  indicates  rain  or  snow. 

291,  white  and  blue  flag  (parallel  bars  of 
white  and  blue),  indicates  that  local  rains  or 
showers  will  occur,  and  that  the  rainfall  will 
not  be  general. 


292  always  refers  to  temperature;  when 
placed  above  (289.  290.  291 )  it  indicates  warmer 
weather ;  when  placed  below  it  indicates  colder 
weather;  when  not  displayed,  the  indications 
are  that  the  temperature  will  remain  stationary, 
or  tliat  tlie  change  in  temperature  will  not  vary 
more  than  four  degrees  from  the  temperature 
of  the  same  hour  of  the  preceding  day  from 
!March  to  October,  inclusive,  and  not  more  than 
six  degrees  for  the  remaining  months  of  the 
year. 

293,  white  flag,  with  black  square  in  center, 
indicates  the  approach  of  a  sudden  and  decided 
fall  in  temperature.  When  293  is  displayed. 
292  is  always  omitted. 

When  displayed  on  poles  the  flags  should  be 
arranged  to  read  downward ;  when  displayed 
from  horizontal  supports  a  small  streamer 
should  be  attached  to  indicate  the  point  from 
which  the  flags  are  to  be  read. 

In  the  United  States  the  system  of  weather 
signals  is  very  complete,  information  of  the 
approach  o-f  storms  being  received  from  vari- 
ous stations  in  the  L'nited  States,  and  even 
throughout  the  West  Indies.  These  warnings 
are  published  at  the  various  seaports  by  the 
display  of  flags  by  day  and  b}'  lanterns  at 
night;  also  b}-  bulletins  and  reports  furnished 
to  newspapers.  Every  effort  is  made  by  the 
Weather  Bureau  of  the  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture  to  give  these  warnings  as 
early  as  possible  at  all  points  wiiere  they  may 
be  of  service  to  mariners  and  others. 

Storm  warnings  are  displayed  by  the  United 
States  Weather  Bureau  at  142  stations  on  the 
Atlantic  and  Gulf  coasts  and  at  46  stations  on 
the  Pacific  coast. 

(294)  SmaJl-craft  warnings. — A  red  pennant 
indicates  that  moderately  strong  winds  are  ex- 
pected. 

(295,  296,  298,  299)  Storm  warnings. — A  red 
flag,  with  a  black  center,  indicates  that  a  storm 
of  marked  violence  is  expected. 

The  pennants  displayed  with  the  flags  indi- 
cate the  direction  of  the  wind:  Red,  easterly; 
white,  westerly.  The  pennant  above  the  flag 
indicates  tliat  the  wind  is  expected  to  blow 
from  the  northerly  quadrants ;  below,  from 
southerly  quadrants. 

(297)  By  night  a  red  light  indicates  easterly 
winds,  and  a  white  light  below  a  red  light  west- 
erly winds. 

(300)  Hurricane  warnings. — Two  red  flags, 
witli  black  centers,  displayed  one  above  the 
other,  indicate  the  expected  approach  of  a 
tropical  hurricane,  or  one  of  those  extremely 
severe  and  dangerous  storms  which  occasion- 
ally move  across  the  Lakes  and  northern  At- 
lantic coast. 

Small-eraft  and  hurricane  warnings  are  not 
displayed  at  night. 


321 


278SURGEON    GENL   U     S 
PUBLIC    HEALTH    SERVICE 


279    COAST   GUARD-  I     2iH)  COAST   & 

ANCHORAGE    FLAG  ^'        GEODETIC   SURVEY 


Z81 


SUPT     C     &   G.    SURVEY 
DEPT     AGRICULTURE 


297STOR^'l    WARNINGS 


322 


323 


-    'Ji 


324 


OUR   STATE    FLAGS 


ON  PAGES  323  to  334,  for  the 
first  time  in  the  history  of  the 
United  States,  the  flags  of  our  48 
States  are  reproduced  in  colors  in  one 
pubhcation. 

The  flags  have  been  arranged  in  the 
order  that  the  respective  States  joined  the 
Union.  If  the  first  numeral  of  each  num- 
ber be  omitted,  the  relative  age  of  the 
State  is  at  once  apparent ;  for  instance, 
Michigan,  326,  is  the  twenty-sixth  State  , 
Maine,  323,  the  twenty-third,  and  Okla- 
homa, 346,  the  forty-sixth. 

Unless  otherwise  stated,  both  sides  of 
a  flag  are  the  same  in  design. 

These  flag  emblems  combine  much  that 
is  beautiful,  historic,  and  inspiring,  and 
cannot  fail  to  thrill  the  heart  of  every 
American ;  but  an  observer  may  perhaps 
wish  that  there  was  not  such  a  uniformity 
in  design.     About  one-half  of  the  States 


use  the  same  blue  ground  with  the  State 
seal  inscribed  in  the  center,  with  the  re- 
sult that  these  flags  are  all  so  similar  that 
it  i?  very  difficult  to  distinguish  one  from 
the  other  at  a  short  distance. 

Such  designs  as  Maryland,  307 ;  Ar- 
kansas, 325,  and  Cahfornia,  331,  etc.,  are 
easily  distinguishable  at  considerable  dis- 
tances. 

Many  of  these  flags  are  soon  to  fly  on 
European  battlefields  for  the  first  time  in 
history,  borne  by  the  National  Guard  of 
the  several  States,  now  mustered  into  the 
Federal  service.  Some  of  these  State 
emblems  will  receive  their  baptism  of 
fire,  and  to  the  men  fighting  under  these 
colors  will  be  entrusted  the  proud  dis- 
tinction of  winning  the  first  silver  bands 
which  encircle  the  stafifs  of  their  regi- 
mental standards,  thus  perpetuating  the 
story  of  each  unit's  worthy  achievements. 


301.  Delaware. — A  commission  consisting 
of  the  Secretary  of  State,  the  President  pro 
tempore  of  the  Senate,  and  the  Speaker  of  the 
House  of-  Representatives,  created  under  the 
laws  nf  Delaware,  for  the  purpose  of  selecting 
a  and  colors,  made  a  report  in  1914, 
w                    e  not  adopted  by  the  legislature  it- 

iiAs  ;jeen  accepted  as  official.  It  consists 
hpW!  of  colonial  blue,  upon  which  is  im- 
nnond  of  buff  which  bears  the  coat- 
tiie  vState  of  Delaware.  Underneath 
iiam(jnd  there  appears  the  following  in- 
s-.ription:  '"December  7th,  1787."  A  flag  has 
'oeen  recorded  in  the  office  of  Recorder  of 
Deeds  for  Kent  County  and  a  duplicate  filed 
in  the  office  of  the  Secretary  of  State  at  Dover. 

302.  Pennsylvania. — With  a  field  of  blue 
of  the  same  shade  as  that  of  the  flag  of  the 
United  States,  the  State  flag  of  Pennsylvania, 
officially  described  in  the  law  of  June  13,  1907, 
bears  the  coat-of-arms  of  the  State  in  the  cen- 
ter on  both  sides.  The  length  of  the  staff  is 
nine  feet,  including  the  brass  spearhead  and 
ferrule.  The  fly  of  the  flag  is  six  feet  two 
inches  and  its  width  four  feet  six  inches.  The 
edges  are  trimmed  WMth  knotted  fringe  of  yel- 
low silk,  two  and  one-half  inchc,  wide.  A  cord 
with  tassels  attached  to  the  spearhead  is  eight 
feet  six  inches  long  and  composed  of  white 
and  blue  silk  strands.  The  coat-ot-arms  of  the 
State  consists  of  a  shield  with  a  ship  sailing 
on  an  ocean  in  the  upper  third,  two  plows  in 
the  middle  section,  and  three  sheaves  of  wheat 
in  the  lower  section.  Two  harnessed  horses 
rampant  support  the  shield  ;  an  eagle  with  out- 
stretched wings  forms  its  crest,  and  below  it  is 
a  streamer  carrying  the  motto,  "Virtue,  Liberty 
and  Independence." 


303.  New  Jersey. — Under  a  resolution  ap- 
proved March,  1896,  the  flag  of  the  State  of 
New  Jersey  is  of  buff  color,  having  in  the  cen- 
ter thereof  the  arms  of  the  State  properly  em- 
blazoned. This  flag  is  the  headquarters  flag 
of  the  Governor  as  Commander-in-Chief,  but 
does  not  supersede  the  distinctive  flags  which 
are  or  may  hereafter  be  prescribed  for  differ- 
ent arrns  of  the  military  or  naval  service  of 
the  State.  When  the  measure  was  pending  in 
the  New  Jersey  Legislature,  a  memorandum 
was  submitted  showing  why  buff  was  chosen. 
This  memorandum  states  that  in  1779  the  Con- 
tinental Congress  by  resolution  authorized  and 
directed  the  Commander-in-Chief  to  prescribe 
uniforms  both  as  to  color  and  facings  for  the 
regiments  of  the  New  Jersey  Continental  Line. 
Accordingly,  General  Washington  in  general 
orders  directed  that  the  coat  of  such  regiments 
should  be  dark  blue,  faced  with  buff.  Later  it 
was  ordered  that  the  flag  of  the  State  troops 
should  have  a  ground  to  be  the  color  of  the 
facing.  Thus  the  New  Jersey  flag  became  buff 
under  orders  of  the  Father  of  his  Country. 
The  memorandum  also  states  that  Washington 
elected  buff  facings  for  the  New  York  and 
New  Jersey  troops,  because  New  York  and 
New  Jersey  were  originally  settled  by  the 
Dutch,  and  Jersey  blue  and  buff  figured  in  the 
Netherlands  insignia.  It  was  displayed  in  view 
of  the  combined  French  and  American  armies 
in  the  great  culminating  event  of  the  Revolu- 
tion, the  capitulation  of  the  British  army  under 
Cornwallis  at  Yorktown. 

304.  Georgia  adopted  a  State  flag  in  1879. 
It  has  a  perpendicular  blue  bar  from  top  to 
bottom  next  to  the  staff,  with  three  horizontal 
bars — red,  white,  and  red.     On  the  blue  per- 


32s 


313 


N  EW    YORK 


^        ^ 


iillMt".  ■nllllllliillii' 


RHODE    ISLAND 


■UlH'''l||'!lLi 


TPi^rninfg 


315  K  E  N  T  U  C  K  N'     lUNOFFICIAL 

NO    STATE     F  LAC 


TEN  N  ESSEE 


326 


MISSOU  Rl 

32^ 


327 


pendicular  bar  appears  the  coat-of-arms  of  the 
State.  This  coat-of-arms  has  three  pillars  sup- 
porting an  arch  with  the  word  "Constitution" 
engraved  thereon.  The  three  departments  of 
government  are  supposed  to  be  represented  by 
the  three  pillars.  On  the  pillars  are  engraved 
the  words  "Wisdom,"  "Justice,"  "Moderation," 
these  words  being  supposed  to  typify  the  leg- 
islative, executive,  and  judicial  branches  of  the 
State  government. 

305.  Connecticut's  colors  consist  of  a  dark 
blue  background,  bearing  the  State  seal  in  the 
center.  The  seal  has  three  grape  vines,  repre- 
senting the  three  original  colonies  of  Connecti- 
cut - —  Hartford.  Windsor,  and  Wethersfield. 
Beneath  the  vines  is  the  State  motto,  "Qui 
transtulit  sustinet."  The  Connecticut  State 
flag  was  adopted  by  the  General  Assembly  in 
1897.  Its  dimensions  are  five  feet  six  inches 
by  four  feet  four  inches.  The  Latin  inscrip- 
tion is  a  survival  of  the  Nutmeg  State's  Colo- 
nial banner  and,  freely  translated,  means,  "He 
who  brought  us  over  sustains  us." 

306.  AIassachusetts. — By  a  law  approved 
in  igoS  the  flag  of  the  Commonwealth  bears  on 
one  side  a  representation  of  the  coat-of-arms 
of  the  State,  upon  a  white  field,  and  on  the 
other  side  a  blue  field  bearing  the  representa- 
tion of  a  green  pine  tree  against  a  white  back- 
ground. When  carried  as  colors  by  troops,  or 
otherwise,  the  flag  is  bordered  by  a  fringe  and 
surmounted  by  a  cord  and  tassels,  the  fringe, 
cord,  and  tassels  being  of  golden  yellow.  The 
staffs  is  of  white  ash  or  wood  of  similar  light 
color,  tipped  with  a  spearhead  of  gilt.  The 
coat-of-arms  was  authorized  under  a  law  of 
1885.  It  consists  of  a  shield  having  a  blue  field, 
with  an  Indian  man,  dressed  in  shirt,  hunting 
breeches,  and  moccasins,  holding  in  his  right 
hand  a  bow  and  in  his  left  hand  an  arrow 
pointing  downward,  all  of  gold ;  in  the  upper 
corner  of  the  field  above  his  right  arm  is  a 
silvef  star  with  five  points.  The  crest  is  a 
wreath  of  blue  and  gold,  whereon,  in  gold,  is 
a  right  arm,  bent  at  the  elbow,  clothed  and 
ruffled,  with  the  hand  grasping  a  broad  sword. 
The  motto  is  "Ense  petit  placidam  sub  libertate 
quietem." 

307.  Maryland. — One  of  the  oldest  flags  in 
the  world  at  the  date  of  its  official  adoption, 
the  State  flag  of  Maryland  is  unique  in  design 
and  striking  in  its  history.  Although  it  was 
the  flag  of  the  proprietary  government  of  Mary- 
land generations  before  American  independ- 
ence was  dreamed  of,  and  has  continued  in  use 
from  that  day  to  this,  it  was  not  officially 
adopted  until  1904.  It  represents  the  escutcheon 
of  the  paternal  coat-of-arms  of  Lord  Balti- 
more. After  reciting  that  it  is  eminently  fitting 
that,  by  reason  of  its  historic  interest  and 
meaning,  as  well  as  for  its  beauty  and  harmony 
of  colors,  the  flag  adopted  should  be  one  which 
from  the  earliest  settlement  of  the  province  to 
the  present  time  has  been  known  and  distin- 
guished as  the  flag  of  Maryland,  the  resolutions 
then  provide  that  the  first  and  fourth  quarters 
consist  of  six  vertical  bars,  alternately  gold  and 
black,  with  a  diagonal  band  on  which  the  colors 
are  reversed ;  the  second  and  third  quarters 
consist  of  a  quartered  field  of  red  and  white, 
charged  with  a  Greek  cross,  its  arms  terminat- 
ing in  trefoils,  with  the  colors  transposed,  red 


being  on  the  white  ground  and  white  on  the 
red,  and  all  being  represented  as  on  the  es- 
cutcheon of  the  present  great  seal  of  Maryland. 
The  flag  always  is  to  be  so  arranged  upon  the 
staff  as  to  have  the  black  stripes  on  the  diag- 
onal band  of  the  first  quarter  at  the  top  of  the 
staff.  It  is  to  be  displayed  from  the  State 
House  at  Annapolis  continually  during  the  ses- 
sion of  the  General  Assembly  and  on  such 
other  public  occasions  as  the  Governor  of  the 
State  shall  order  and  direct. 

308.  South  Carolina's  flag  is  reminiscent 
of  secession  times.  Following  that  State's 
withdrawal  from  the  Union,  its  legislature  de- 
cided that  it  was  a  separate  nation  and  should 
have  a  national  banner.  A  resolution  was  there- 
fore adopted  in  1861  providing  that  "the  na- 
tional flag  or  ensign  of  South  Carolina  should 
be  blue,  with  a  golden  palmetto  upright  upon  a 
white  oval  in  the  center  thereof,  and  a  white 
crescent  in  the  upper  flagstaff  corner  of  the 
flag."  Two  days  later  a  resolution  was  adopted 
by  the  two  houses  providing  that  the  white 
medallion  and  golden,  palmetto  be  dispensed 
with  and  in  their  place  a  white  palmetto  in- 
serted. From  that  time  to  this  South  Carolina 
has  had  a  blue  flag,  with  the  white  crescent 
and  the  white  palmetto.  When  the  State  en- 
tered the  Confederate  Union  its  national  flag 
became  the  State  flag,  and  continues  such  to 
this  day.  In  1910  a  law  was  made  providing 
that  State  flags  should  be  manufactured  in  the 
textile  department  of  Clemson  College  and  sold 
at  approximate  cost  to  the  people.  Another 
provision  is  that  the  State  flag  shall  be  dis- 
played daily,  except  in  rainy  weather,  from  the 
staff  of  the  State  House  and  every  court  house, 
one  building  of  the  State  University,  and  of 
each  State  college,  and  upon  every  public- 
school  building  except  during  vacation.  Any 
person  who  maltreats  or  desecrates  a  flag  of 
the  State,  wherever  displa^-ed,  shall  be  guilty 
of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction  pun- 
ished by  a  fine  of  not  more  than  a  hundred 
dollars  or  imprisonment  for  not  more  than 
thirty  days. 

309.  New  Hampshire  had  no  State  flag  au- 
thorized and  described  by  law  until  1909.  .  In 
that  year  an  act  was  adopted  providing  that 
the  flag  should  be  blue,  bearing  upon  its  center 
in  suitable  proportions  and  colors  a  representa- 
tion of  the  State  seal.  The  inscription  is  as 
follows :  "Sigillum  Republicas  Neo  Hantoniesis 
1784"  (Seal  of  the  Commonwealth  of  New 
Hampshire).  The  shield  is  surrounded  by  a 
wreath  of  laurel  leaves  with  nine  stars  inter- 
spersed. When  used  for  raiHtary  purposes,  the 
flag  is  to  conform  to  the  regulations  of  the 
United  States.  Under  this  law  New  Hamp- 
shire's flag  is  to  be  displayed  above  the  State 
House  whenever  the  legislature  is  in  session, 
and  during  meetings  of  the  Governor  and  coun- 
cil when  expedient,  and  upon  such  other  occa- 
sions as  the  Governor  may  designate.  During 
the  Civil  War,  New  Hampshire  regiments  car- 
ried yellow-fringed  white  flags,  with  blue  and 
white  cords  and  tassels,  bearing  on  one  side 
the  State  coat-of-arms  and  on  the  other  that 
of  the  LTnited  States. 

_  310.  Virginia's  flag  is  of  blue  bunting, 
sixteen  by  twenty  feet,  with  a  circular  white 
ground  in  the  center,  in  which  the  seal  of  the 


328 


State  is  placed.  The  State  convention  of  1861 
passed  an  ordinance  providing  that  "the  flag 
of  the  Commonweahli  shall  hereafter  be  made 
of  bunting,  which  shall  be  a  deep  blue  field, 
with  a  circle  of  white  in  the  center,  upon  whicli 
shall  be  painted  or  embroidered,  to  show  on 
both  sides  alike,  the  coat-of-arms  of  the  State 
as  described  by  the  convention  of  1776,  for  one 
side  (obverse)  of  the  seal  of  the  State."  This 
seal  portrays  Virtus,  the  genius  of  the  Com- 
monwealth, dressed  like  an  Amazon,  resting  on 
a  scale  at  one  hand  and  holding  a  sword  in  the 
other,  treading  on  Tyranny,  represented  by  a 
man  prostrate,  a  crown  fallen  from  his  head, 
a  broken  chain  in  his  left  hand,  and  a  scourge 
in  his  right.  In  the  exergue  the  word  "Vir- 
ginia" appears  over  the  head  of  Virtus,  and 
underneath  the  words  "Sic  semper  tyrannis" 
(Thus  ever  to  tyrants).  The  seal  of  Virginia 
Avas  prepared  by  a  committee  of  which  Richard 
Henry  Lee  and  George  Mason  were  members, 
and  was  adopted  on  the  fifth  day  of  July,  1776, 
one  day  after  the  Declaration  of  Independence 
was  proclaimed. 

311.  New  York  adopted  its  present  State 
flag  in  igog.  The  law  provides  that  it  shall  be 
blue,  charged  with  the  arms  of  the  State  in  the 
center.  These  arms,  dating  from  March  16, 
1778,  rival  in  beauty  the  insignia  of  any  other 
State  in  the  Union  (see  also  394).  On  the 
shield  is  the  sun  rising  in  golden  splendor  be- 
hind a  range  of  three  mountains.  At  the  base 
of  the  central  mountain  a  ship  and  sloop  are 
shown  under  sail,  about  to  meet  on  a  river 
bordered  by  a  grassy  shore.  An  American 
eagle  with  outspread  wings,  rising  from  a  globe 
showing  the  north  Atlantic  Ocean  with  outlines 
of  its  shores,  forms  the  crest.  The  shield  is 
supported  on  the  right  by  a  blue-robed  figure 
of  Liberty,  her  hair  flowing  and  decorated  with 
a  coronet  of  pearls.  In  her  right  hand  she 
holds  a  staffs  crowned  with  a  Phrygian  cap  of 
gold.  At  her  feet  a  royal  crown  is  cast.  The 
figure  on  the  left  is  golden  -  robed  Justice, 
crowned  with  pearls,  her  eyes  bound,  and  in 
her  left  hand  the  familiar  scales.  On  a  scroll 
beneath  the  shield  is  the  motto.  "Excelsior." 

No  State  has  been  more  careful  in  guarding 
the  national  flag,  as  well  as  its  own  emblem, 
from  desecration  or  improper  use  than  the  Em- 
pire Commonwealth.  Its  laws  are  most  explicit 
and  far-reaching  in  providing  penalties  for  the 
misuse  of  official  flags  for  advertising  purposes, 
or  for  defacing,  trampling  upon,  or  mutilating 
State  and  national  colors  and  standards.  To 
stimulate  patriotism  and  reverence  for  the  na- 
tional flag,  the  New^  York  legislature  has  di- 
rected that  "it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  school 
authorities  of  every  public  school  in  the  sev- 
eral cities  and  school  districts  of  the  State  to 
purchase  a  United  States  flag,  flagstaff,  and 
necessary  appliances,  and  to  display  such  flag 
upon  or  near  the  public-school  building  during 
school  hours,  and  at  such  other  times  as  school 
authorities  may  direct."  When  the  weather 
does  not  permit  the  flag's  display  in  the  open 
it  is  placed  conspicuously  in  the  principal  room 
in  the  school-house. 

312.  North  CAROtTNA.^The  law  prescrib- 
ing the  present  State  flag  was  enacted  in  1885. 
It  provides  that  the  flag  shall  consist  of  a  blue 
union  containing  in  the  center  a  white  star  with 


the _ letter  "N"  in  gilt  on  the  left  and  the  letter 
"C"  in  gilt  on  the  right  of  the  star,  the  circle 
containing  this  design  being  one-third  of  the 
union.  The  fly  of  the  flag  consists  of  two 
equally  proportioned  bars,  the  upper  red  and 
the  lower  white.  The  length  of  the  bar  hori- 
zontally is  equal  to  the  perpendicular  length  of 
the  union.  The  total  length  of  the  flag  is  one- 
third  more  than  the  width.  A.  law  ena^cted  in 
igo7  provides  that  the  State  flag  shall  b*e  flown 
above  every  State  institution  and  public  build- 
ing except  in  inclement  weather.  It  also  pro- 
vides that  the  several  Boards  of  Supervisors 
of  the  counties  shall  either  display  the  flag  on 
the  court-house  staff'  or  drape  it  behind  the 
judge's  stand.  These  Boards  may  display  the 
flag  on  such  public  occasions  as  they  deem 
proper. 

313.  Rhode  Island. — Although  some  au- 
thorities believe  that  the  stars  of  the  American 
colors  originated  in  Rhode  Island's  colonial 
colors  (see  also  396),  it  was  not  until  1877 
that  this  State  came  to  have  an  official  flag. 
The  flag  law  was  revised  in  1882,  and  again  in 
i8g7,  when  the  existing  banner  was  established. 
It  is  of  white,  five  feet  six  inches  fly,  and  four 
feet  ten  inches  deep,  on  a  pike,  bearing  on  each 
side  in  the  center  a  gold  anchor  twenty-two 
inches  high,  and  underneath  it  a  blue  ribbon 
twenty-four  inches  long  and  five  inches  wide, 
or  in  these  proportions,  with  the  motto, 
"Hope,"  in  gold  letters  thereon,  the  whole  sur- 
rounded by  thirteen  golden  stars  in  a  circle. 
The  flag  is  edged  with  yellow  fringe.  The 
pike  is  surmounted  by  a  spear  head,  its  length 
being  nine  feet,  not  including  the  spear  head. 
The  flag  of  1877  used  blue  for  anchor,  motto, 
and  stars,  red  for  the  scroll,  and  white  for  the 
field.  That  of  1882  had  a  blue  field  in  which  a 
golden  anchor  and  thirteen  golden  stars  were 
centered.  The  flag  of  1877  had  as  many  stars 
as  States,  but  the  later  flags  went  back  to  the 
original  thirteen. 

314.  Vermont's  flag,  adopted  in  1862,  con- 
sists of  thirteen  stripes,  alternately  red  and 
white,  with  a  canton  of  blue,  on  which  rests  a 
single  star  of  white,  with  the  State  coat-of- 
arms  thereon.  The  scene  represented  on  the 
coat-of-arms  is  an  actual  mountain  and  harvest 
landscape  in  Vermont.  The  outlines  of  the 
mountains  are  those  of  Camel's  Hump  and 
Mansfield,  as  seen  from  Lake  Champlain. 
While  the  records  of  Vermont  disclose  no  au- 
thority for  a  coat-of-arms  or  a  flag  prior  to 
the  act  of  September,  1866,  this  device  appears 
on  a  State  seal  procured  in  1821  under  the 
order  of  the  executive  by  Robert  Temple,  Esq., 
then  the  secretary  of  the  Governor  and  Council. 

315.  Kentucky. — So  far  as  a  careful  search 
of  the  records  of  the  State  reveal,  Kentucky 
has  never  by  legislative  action  adopted  an  offi- 
cial flag.  In  1880,  however,  a  Board  was  con- 
vened by  general  order,  under,  the  Adjutant 
General,  to  consider  and  report  a  flag  design 
for  the  use  of  the  State  guard.  Its  report 
was  adopted  with  some  modification,  and  by 
general  order  a  State  flng  was  prescribed  for 
the  guard  and  reserve  militia  when  called  into 
service.  This  consists  of  a  blue  field  with  the 
arms  of  the  State  embroidered  in  the  center. 
On  the  escutcheon  appear  two  men  apparently 
shaking  hands.    The  escutcheon  is  surmounted 


329 


Ikllillllii'- 


..illllP.lliUllll.  ■  ....lllhlllll 


CALIFORNIA  REPUBLIC 


CALIFORNIA 


MINN  ESOTA 


330 


331 


by  an  eagle  bearing  in  its  beak  a  streamer 
carrying  the  legend,  "United  We  Stand,  Di- 
vided We  Fall."  It  is  said  that  the  original 
intention  of  the  seal  was  to  represent  two 
friends  in  hunter's  garb,  their  right  hands 
clasped,  their  left  resting  on  each  other's  shoul- 
ders, their  feet  on  the  verge  of  a  precipice, 
which  gave  significance  to  the  legend.  But  the 
engravers  for  the  State  have  uniformly  dressed 
the  figures  more  to  suit  their  ideals,  with  vary- 
ing heraldic  efiFect.  The  escutcheon  is  sup- 
ported by  four  United  States  flags,  a  drum, 
and  a  cannon. 

316.  Tennessee. —  This  unique  flag  was 
adopted  in  1905.  It  consists  of  a  fly  one  and 
two-thirds  times  as  long  as  it  is  wide.  At  the 
outer  or  free  end  is  a  blue  bar  separated  from 
the  red  field  by  a  thin  white  stripe.  Superim- 
posed upon  the  red  field  is  a  circular  disk  of 
blue  separated  from  the  field  by  a  thin  circle 
of  white,  its  width  the  same  as  the  width  of 
the  white  stripe  separating  the  blue  bar  from 
the  red  field.  Upon  the  blue  of  the  circular 
disk  are  arranged  three  five-pointed  stars  of 
white,  distributed  at  equal  intervals  around  a 
point  which  is  the  center  of  the  blue  field. 
Tennessee  was  the  third  State  to  join  the 
Union  (after  the  original  thirteen),  a  fact 
which  the  three  stars  recall. 

317.  Ohio  has  the  only  pennant-shaped  flag 
among  all  the  States.  The  law  making  it  the 
official  ensign  of  the  "Buckeye  State"  was 
adopted  in  1902.  The  outer  quarter  of  the 
field  is  swallow-tailed,  the  field  itself  consist- 
ing of  five  stripes — three  red  and  two  white — 
red  at  the  bottom  and  top.  At  the  staff  end  of 
the  field  is  a  triangular  blue  canton  with  the 
base  resting  on  the  stafif  and  the  ape.x  reaching 
half  way  across  the  field.  On  this  canton  is  a 
large  circular  "O"  in  white,  inside  of  which  is 
a  red  disk.  Seventeen  stars,  representing  all 
of  the  States  at  the  time  of  Ohio's  entrance 
into  the  Union,  appear  grouped  around  the 
circular  "O."  All  of  these  stars  are  five- 
pointed. 

318.  Louisiana. — Those  who  contend  that 
the  Stars  and  Stripes  were  used  unofficially 
long  before  they  were  adopted  by  the  Conti- 
nental Congress,  en  June  14,  1777,  can  point  to 
the  history  of  the  Louisiana  State  flag  as  show- 
ing that  banners  are  often  used  unofficially 
long  before  being  officially  adopted.  It  is  said 
that  this  flag  is  a  hundred  years  old,  having 
become  the  unofficial  flag  of  Louisiana  about 
the  time  of  the  War  of  1812,  yet  it  was  not 
legally  adopted  until  July  i,  1912.  The  meas- 
ure making  it  the  flag  of  the  State  is  simply  a 
statute  of  ratification,  and  sets  forth  that  it 
shall  consist  of  a  solid  blue  field  with  the  coat- 
of-arms  of  the  State,  a  pelican  feeding  its 
young,  the  ribbon  i)eneath,  also  in  white,  con- 
taining in  blue  the  motto  of  the  State,  "Union, 
Justice.  Confidence."  Tlie  law  provides  that 
the  flag  shall  be  displayed  on  the  State  House 
whenever  the  General  Assembly  is  in  session 
and  on  public  buildings  throughout  the  State 
on  all  regular  holidays  and  whenever  other- 
wise decreed  by  the  Governor  or  the  General 
Assembly. 

319.  Indiana.— .'Mthough  the  legislature  of 
the  State  of  Indiana  declared  in  1901  that  its 
otficial    banner    should    be    no    other    tlian    tlie 


American  flag  itself,  it  reconsidered  this  action 
in  1917  and  adopted  a  State  emblem.  The  field 
of  the  flag  is  blue;  its  dimensions  are  five  feet 
six  inches  fly  by  four  feet  four  inches  on  the 
staff,  and  upon  the  field  is  centered  a  flaming 
torch  in  gold,  or  buff,  with  nineteen  stars. 
Thirteen  stars  are  circled  around  the  torch, 
representing  the  original  thirteen  States.  In- 
side this  circle  is  a  half  circle  of  five  stars 
below  the  torch,  representing  the  five  States 
admitted  to  the  Union  prior  to  Indiana.  The 
outer  circle  of  stars  is  so  arranged  that  one  of 
them  appears  directly  in  the  middle  at  the  top 
of  the  circle.  The  word  "Indiana"  is  placed 
in  a  half  circle  over  a  large  star,  typifying  the 
State,  which  is  situated  just  above  the  flame  of 
the  torch.  Rays  from  the  torch  radiate  to  the 
three  stars  of  the  outer  circle.  This  banner  is 
to  be  carried  in  addition  to  the  American  flag 
by  the  militia  forces  of  Indiana  and  inall  pub- 
lic functions  in  which  the  State  officially  ap- 
pears. 

320.  Mississippi  is  one  of  the  States  that 
have  had  more  than  one  flag.  The  old  flag 
was  white  with  a  blue,  canton  with  a  single 
white  star  thereon.  On  the  body  of  the  white 
was  a  green  tree.  The  flag  was  fringed  with 
red  and  the  pike  was  surmounted  by  a  toma- 
hawk. After  the  Civil  War  the  State  adopted 
a  new  flag.  This  consists  of  a  blue,  white,  and 
red  field,  the  red  at  the  bottom,  with  a  red 
canton  reaching  down  to  the  red  stripe  of  the 
field.  A  St.  Andrew's  cross  with  thirteen  stars 
is  imposed  upon  the  canton.  The  tomahawk 
of  the  old  flagstaff  is  replaced  on  the  new  pike 
by  a  regulation  spear  head. 

321.  Illinois'  State  flag  was  authorized  in 
the  year  1915.  The  law  provides  that  the  re- 
production of  the  emblem  on  the  great  seal  of 
Illinois  be  permitted  when  reproduced  in  black 
or  in  natural  colors  on  a  white  background  for 
use  as  a  State  banner.  The  seal  of  the  State 
of  Illinois  was  adopted  in  1819,  the  3-ear  after 
the  State  was' admitted  to  .the  Union.  In  the 
center  is  an  American  eagle  perched  on  an 
American  shield;  back  of  the  shield  and  help- 
ing to  support  it  is  an  olive  branch.  In  its 
beak  the  eagle  holds  a  scroll  containing  the 
motto,    "State    Sovereignty — National    Union." 

322.  Alabama's  colors  were  adopted  by  the 
act  of  February  16,  1895,  which  provides  tliat 
the  flag  of  the  State  shall  be  a  crimson  cross 
of  St.  Andrew  upon  a  field  of  white ;  the  bars 
forming  the  cross  shall  be  not  less  than  six 
inches  broad,  and  must  extend  diagonally 
across  the  flag  from  side  to  side.  The  flag 
shall  be  hoisted  on  the  dome  of  the  capitol 
when  the  two  houses  of  the  legislature  are  in 
session,  and  shall  be  used  by  the  State  on  all 
occasions  when  it  may  be  necessary  or  con- 
sistent to  display  a  flag,  except  when  in  the 
opinion  of  the  Governor  the  national  flag 
should  be  displayed.  It  is  said  that  the  pur- 
pose of  the  legislature  in  enacting  the  State 
flag  law  was  to  preserve  in  permanent  form 
some  of  the  more  distinctive  features  of  the 
Confederate  battle  flag,  especially  the  St. 
Andrew's  cross  (see  375).  This  being  true, 
the  Alabama  flag  should  be  square  in  all  its 
lines  and  measurements  and  conform  to  the 
well-known  battle  flag  of  the  Confederacy. 


332 


323-  Maine's  present  flag  dates  from  the 
year  1909.  It  consists  of  a  field  of  blue,  the 
same  color  as  the  blue  field  in  the  flag  of  ihe 
United  States,  the  flag  being  hve  feet  six  inches 
long  and  four  feet  four  inches  wide.  In  the 
center  there  is  embroidered  in  silk  on  both 
sides  the  coat-of-arms  of  the  State,  in  propor- 
tionate size.  The  edges  of  the  flag  are  trimmed 
with  modern  fringe  of  yellow  silk  two  and  a 
half  inches  wide.  A  cord  and  tassel,  to  be 
attached  to  the  staff  at  the  spearhead,  is  eight 
feet  six  inches  long  and  composed  of  white 
and  blue  strands.  The  length  of  the  staff  is 
nine  feet,  including  the  brass  spearhead  and 
ferrule.  The  laws  protecting  the  State  flag  are 
the  same  as  those  protecting  the  national  flag. 
Any  one  who  uses  it  for  purposes  of  adver- 
tisement or  who  mutilates,  tramples,  or  other- 
wise defaces  or  defiles  it,  whether  public  or 
private  property,  shall  be  punished  by  a  fine  of 
not  less  than  five  nor  more  than  fifty  dollars. 

324.  Missouri  formally  adopted  an  official 
flag  in  1913.  It  is  rectangular  in  shape,  the 
vertical  width  being  seven-twelfths  the  hori- 
zontal length.  The  field  consists  of  one  red, 
one  white,  and  one  blue  horizontal  stripe  of 
equal  width,  the  red  at  the  top  and  the  blue  at 
the  bottom.  In  the  center  there  is  a  band  of 
blue  in  the  form  of  a  circle  inclosing  the  coat- 
of-arms  in  the  colors  established  by  law.  The 
width  of  the  blue  band  is  one-fourteenth  the 
vertical  width  of  the  flag,  and  the  diameter  of 
the  circle  is  one-third  the  horizontal  length  of 
the  flag.  In  the  blue  band  there  are  set  at 
equal  distances  from  each  other  twenty-four 
five-pointed  stars.  Within  the  circle  on  a  ground 
of  white  is  the  coat-of-arms  of  the  State.  The 
sinister  (left)  half  of  the  circular  shield  shows 
the  American  eagle  as  it  appears  upon  the 
great  seal  of  the  United  States.  The  upper 
dexter  (right)  quarter  is  blue,  with  a  white 
crescent.  The  lower  dexter  quarter  is  red, 
with  a  grizzly  bear.  It  is  supported  by  two 
grizzly  bears. 

325.  Arkansas  as  early  as  1876  used  an  of- 
ficial State  flag  at  the  Centennial  Exposition 
in  Philadelphia.  This  was  a  red  field  bearing 
the  arms  of  the  State.  But  this  design  was 
never  recognized  by  the  legislature.  Instead, 
in  1913,  a  committee,  of  which  the  Secretary 
of  State  was  chairman,  examined  a  number  of 
designs  and  selected  one  for  the  emblem  of  the 
Commonweakh.  This  the  General  Assembly 
adopted  by  concurrent  resolution,  approved 
Februar}-  26,  1913.  It  consists  of  a  red  field 
upon  which  is  imposed  a  blue-bordered  white 
diamond  bearing  the  word  "Arkansas"  and 
three  five-pointed  stars,  in  blue.  On  the  blue 
border  of  the  diamond  are  twenty-five  five- 
pointed  white  stars,  which  proclaim  the  fact 
that  Arkansas  was  the  twentj'-fifth  State  to  be- 
come a  part  of  the  American  Union. 

326.  Michigan's  present  flag  dates  from 
191 1,  when  an  act  was  passed  to  adopt  and  pre- 
scribe the  design  of  the  coat-of-arms  and  a 
State  flag,  and  their  use,  and  also  to  prohibit 
their  desecration  in  any  way.  The  law  pro- 
vides that  the  flag  of  the  State  shall  be  blue, 
with  the  coat  -  of  -  arms  superimposed  on  the 
center.  The  coat-of-arms  consists  of  the  de- 
vice and  inscription  of  the  great  seal  of  the 
State  presented  by  Lewis  Cass  through  the  con- 


stitutional convention  held  preliminary  to  its 
admission  into  the  Union.  Only  the  words 
"The  Great  Seal  of  the  State  of  Michigan, 
A.  D.  1835,"  are  omitted.  The  coat-of-arms 
consists  principally  of  a  shield  with  the  device 
"Tuebor"  (I  will  defend),  supported  by  an  elk 
and  a  moose,  rampant.  x\n  American  eagle 
with  wings  outstretched  forms  the  crest.  On 
the  lower  part  of  the  shield  is  a  rising  sun  and 
a  man,  dressed  in  rustic  garb,  standing  on  a 
peninsula,  his  right  arm  raised  and  his  left 
resting  on  a  gun  stock.  On  an  unending  scroll 
below  appears  the  motto,  "Si  quaeris  peninsu- 
1am,  amoenam,  circumspice"  (If  thou  seekest 
a  beautiful  peninsula,  look  around). 

327.  Florida  has  had  several  State  flags,  but 
the  present  one  dates  from  1899.  In  that  year 
the  Florida  Legislature  adopted  a  joint  reso- 
lution providing  that  the  dimensions  of  the  flag 
should  be  three-fourths  as  wide  as  long,  and 
that  in  the  center  of  the  field  should  be  placed 
the  seal  of  the  State,  its  diameter  to  be  one- 
third  the  length  of  the  flag  and  its  ground  to 
be  white.  Red  bars  with  the  width  one-eighth 
the  length  of  the  flag  extending  from  each 
corner  toward  the  center  to  the  outer  rim  of 
the  seal.  In  the  seal  appears  a  view  of  the 
sun's  rays,  a  highland  in  the  distance,  a  cocoa- 
nut  tree,  a  steamboat  on  water,  and  an  Indian 
woman  scattering  flowers  in  the  foreground. 
The  words  "In  God  We  Trust"  appear  on  the 
inner  rim  of  the  device.  Florida's  seal  was 
adopted  by  the  Constitutional  Convention  of 
1868  and  has  been  ratified  by  succeeding  con- 
ventions. 

328.  Texas. — The  lone  star  flag  of  Texas 
dates  from  the  days  of  the  Republic.  The 
third  Congress  of  the  embryo  nation  fixed^  its 
design,  which  has  never  been  altered.  It  con- 
sists of  a  blue  perpendicular  bar  next  to  the 
staff,  one-third  the  length  of  the  flag,  with  a 
star  of  five  points  in  the  center.  The  other 
two-thirds  of  the  flag  is  made  up  of  two  hori- 
zontal bars,  of  equal  width,  one  white  and  the 
other  red,  the  white  at  the  top.  Some  years 
ago  a  hoodlum  committed  an  act  of  desecration 
against  the  flag,  which  was  roundly  punished 
by  a  native  Texan.  The  State  legislature  was 
so  pleased  with  the  performance  that  it  passed 
a  special  act  commending  the  man  who  had 
thrashed  the  offender. 

329.  Iowa  is  the  latest  recruit  to  the  list  of 
States  having  an  officially  adopted  flag.  On 
May  II.  1917,  the  State  Regent  of  the  Daugh- 
ters of  American  Revolution  submitted  a  de- 
sign to  the  War  Council  of  Iowa,  which 
promptly  approved  it.  The  design  was  copy- 
righted and  the  committee  having  charge  of  its 
preparation  was  extended  a  vote  of  thanks  by 
the  Council.  The  flag  as  adopted  consists  of 
a  field  of  white,  on  the  upper  half  of  which  is 
an  eagle  in  natural  colors  in  flight,  carrying  in 
its  beak  a  long  pennant  upon  which  appear  the 
words  "Our  Liberties  We  Prize  And  Our 
Rights  We  Will  Maintain."  Below  this  pen- 
nant appears  in  large  block  type  the  word 
lotva.  The  national  colors  are  preserved,  the 
field  being  white,  the  lettering  of  the  motto 
blue,  and  the  word  Iowa  red.  The  flag  will  be 
of  regulation  size  and  form,  and  copies  of  it 
arc  to  be  widely  distributed  by  the  Daughters  of 
the  American  Revolution  throughout  the  State. 


3.^3 


f 


WASHINGTON    (UNOFFICIAL) 
342 


WYOMING 

344 


N  EW    M  EXICO 

347 


A  RIZON  A 

348 


334 


PORTO    RICO 

356 


SECRETARY    OF  THE    INTERIOR 
357 


335 


330-  Wisconsin's  State  flag  was  officially 
adopted  in  1913.  The  law  provides  that  it  shall 
be  of  dark  blue  silk,  five  feet  six  inches  fly  and 
four  feet  four  inches  on  the  pike ;  the  State 
coat-of-arms  is  embroidered  on  each  side  in 
silk  of  appropriate  color  and  design,  and  the 
edges  of  the  flag  are  trimmed  with  knotted 
fringe  of  yellow  silk  two  and  one-half  inches 
wide.  The  pike  is  nine  feet  long,  including  the 
spearhead  and  ferrule;  the  cord  eight  feet  six 
inches  long,  with  two  tassels  composed  of  blue 
and  white  silk  strands  intermixed.  Service 
flags  may  be  of  bunting  or  other  material,  of 
such  size'  as  may  be  required,  and  the  coat-of- 
arms  may  be  represented  otherwise  than  by 
embroidery. 

331.  California  in  1911  adopted  what  is 
popularly  known  in  the  State's  history  as  the 
"Bear  Flag,"  as  the  official  ensign  of  the  "Gol- 
den Gate"  Commonwealth.  The  law  provides 
that  the  Bear  Flag  shall  consist  of  a  white 
field,  with  a  red  stripe  at  the  bottom  one-sixth 
as  wide  as  the  field.  In  the  upper  left-hand 
corner  of  the  field  is  a  single  red  star,  and  at 
the  bottom  of  the  white  field  the  words  "Cali- 
fornia Republic."  Above  these  words  appears 
a  California  grizzly  bear  upon  a  grass  plat,  in 
the  position  of  walking  toward  the  left  of  the 
field.  The  bear  is  dark  brown  in  color  and  in 
length  equal  to  one-third  the  length  of  the 
flag.  The  Bear  Flag  dates  from  the  days  of 
the  California  pioneers  and  commemorates  the 
biggest  bear  known  to  science,  the  California 
grizzly,  now  ^xtinct. 

332.  Minnesota  adopted  her  State  flag  at 
the  same  time  that  she  provided  for  a  State 
flower.  The  ground  is  of  white  silk  and  the 
reverse  side  of  blue  silk,  bordered  with  bullion 
fringe.  In  the  center  is  the  State  seal  wreathed 
with  white  moccasin  flowers  and  a  blue  ground. 
The  red  ribbon  of  the  seal,  bearing  the  motto, 
"L'Etoile  du  Nord"  (Star  of  the  North),  is 
continued  through  the  wreath  entwining  the 
blossoms  and  fluttering  over  the  lower  portion 
of  the  flag.  The  seal  liears  in  gold  1819  and 
1893,  the  dates,  respectively,  of  settlement  and 
of  the  adoption  of  the  flag;  also,  in  variegated 
gold,  is  the  date  1858.  the  time  of  the  admis- 
sion of  Minnesota  into  the  Union.  Below,  in 
gold  letters,  is  wrought  "Alinnesota."  Grouped 
around  the  seal  are  nineteen  stars,  so  arranged 
that  they  appear  to  form  the  points  of  a  five- 
pointed  star,  of  which  the  seal  itself  is  the 
central  portion.  Four  of  the  points  are  made 
up  of  four  stars  each  ;  the  fifth  point,  at  the 
top,  is  made  up  of  three  stars,  one  of  them 
larger  than  the  others,  typifying  the  North 
Star  and  representing  the  "North  Star  State." 
The  choice  of  the  number  nineteen  was  made 
because  Minnesota  was  the  nineteenth  State 
after  the  origin'al  thirteen  admitted  to  the 
Union.  The  standard  of  the  flag  is  surmount- 
ed Iw  a  gold  gopher  and  tied  with  a  gold  cord 
and  tassel. 

333.  OriXon  followed  the  example  of  a 
majority  of  her  sister  States  in  devising  her 
flag  by  making  the  field  blue  with  a  fringe  of 
gold.  The  size  of  the  flag  is  five  feet  six  inches 
fly  and  four  feet  four  inches  on  pike.  The 
yellow  fringe  is  four  inches  deep  and  the  cord 
and  tassel  are  blue  and  white  silk  intermixed. 
The  length   of  the   pike  is   ten   feet,   including 


the  spearhead.  The  arms  of  the  State  are  em- 
broidered or  painted  in  the  center  with  the 
number  and  arm  of  the  service  of  the  regiment 
underneath  where  it  is  used  as  a  regimental 
flag.  The  arms  consist  of  an  inscription  sup- 
ported by  32  stars,  the  number  of  States  in 
the  Union  at  the  time  Oregon  was  admitted^ 
and  divided  by  an  ordinary  with  the  inscrip- 
tion, "The  Union."  Above  this  inscription  is 
an  elk  with  branching  antlers,  a  wagon.  Pacific 
Ocean,  a  British  man-of-war  departing,  and  an 
American  steamer  arriving.  Below  the  inscrip- 
tion is  a  sheaf,  a  plow,  and  a  pick-axe.  The 
national  shield  forms  the  crest.  The  figures 
1859  proclaim  the  date  of  the  admission  of 
Oregon  into  the  Union. 

334.  Kansas  is  another  State  which,  ac- 
cording to  the  most  careful  research,  has  not 
officially  adopted  a  flag.  The  military  officials, 
therefore,  have  provided  a  blue  flag  upon  which 
is  centered  the  coat-of-arms  of  the  State.  Ag- 
riculture is  represented  by  the  plowman  in  the 
foreground,  commerce  by  the  river  and  steam- 
boat in  the  background.  Above  the  plowman 
is  a  wagon  train  westward  bound,  following 
the  course  of  empire.  A  herd  of  bufl^alo  is 
seen  retreating,  pursued  by  two  Indians  on 
horseback.  Around  the  top. is  the  motto,  "Ad 
astra  per  aspera  (To  the  stars  through  diffi- 
culties). Underneath  the  motto  is  a  cluster  of 
thirty-four  stars,  representing  the  States  in  the 
Union  at  the  time  of  the  admission  of  Kansas. 

335.  West  Virginia. — The  St.  Louis  World's 
Fair  was  responsible  for  the  adoption  of  West 
Virginia's  State  flag.  The  West  Virginia  State 
Commission  at  that  exposition  found  it  neces- 
sary to  adopt  a  flag  and  special  design  to  dis- 
tinguish West  Virginia  from  other  States  of 
the  Union  represented.  Therefore,  it  under- 
took the  task  of  designing  a  flag  itself.  The 
following  year  the  legislature  ratified  this  de- 
sign, amending  it  only  by  the  addition  of  a 
fringe  or  border  of  gold  or  orange.  The  law 
provides  that  the  proportions  of  the  flag  shall 
be  the  same  as  those  of  the  United  States  ban- 
ner;  that  the  field  shall  be  pure  white,  upon 
the  center  of  which,  on  the  obverse  side,  shall 
be  the  great  seal  or  coat-of-arms  of  the  State, 
with  the  motto,  "Montani  Semper  Liberi" 
(Mountaineers  always  freemen),  and  beneath 
that,  in  a  scroll,  the  legend,  "State  of  West 
Virginia."  On  the  reverse  side  of  the  flag  ap- 
pears a  sprig  or  sprigs  of  rhododendron  maxi- 
mum, or  big  laurel,  the  State  flower,  having  a 
blossom  anxl  leaves.  The  field  of  pure  white 
is  bordered  by  a  strip  of  blue,  and  this  in  turn 
by  a  strip  or  fringe  of  old  gold.  The  flag  of 
the  State  is  to  be  employed  on  all  occasions 
where  a  special  display  of  the  State's  individ- 
uality shall  become  necessary  or  be  regarded  as 
appropriate. 

336.  Nevada  has  had  several  State  flag 
laws,  but  the  one  now  in  force  dates  from 
IQIS-  The  flag  it  authorizes  consists  of  a  blue 
field,  in  the  center  of  which  is  placed  the  great 
seal  of  the  State  of  Nevada  as  designed  in 
1912.  The  seal  is  given  a  scroll  border,  and 
the  words  "The  Great  Seal  of  the  State  of 
Nevada"  are  omitted.  Immediately  above  the 
seal  is  the  word  "Nevada"  in  silver-colored, 
block  Roman  capital  letters.  Immediately  be- 
low the  seal,  and  in  the  form  of  a  scroll,  are 


336 


the  words  '"All  for  Our  Country."  The  scroll 
is  red  and  the  lettering  gold.  Above  the  center 
device  is  a  row  of  eighteen  gold-colored  stars 
arranged  in  an  arc,  and  below  it  a  row  of 
eighteen  silver-colored  stars,  arranged  like 
wise.  Each  star  has  live  points,  one  point  be- 
ing placed  up.  On  the  seal  appear  a  range  of 
inotnitains  with  a  sun  rising  behind  them,  a 
railroad  train  passing  a  l)ridge,  a  cabin  and 
team  of  horses,  a  plow,  and  a  sickle. 

337.  Nebraska's  State  flag  consists  of  the 
coat-of-arms  or  seal  on  a  yellow  field.  The 
present  seal  was  adopted  in  1867  and  is  thus 
described  :  The  eastern  part  of  the  circle  shows 
a  steamboat  ascending  the  Missouri  River;  the 
mechanic  arts  are  represented  by  a  smith  with 
hammer  and  anvil  in  the  foreground;  agricul- 
ture is  pictured  by  a  settler's  cabin  and  sheaves 
of  wheat ;  in  the  background  a  train  of  cars  is 
seen  heading  toward  the  Rocky  Mountains. 
Around  the  top  of  this  circle,  in  capital  letters, 
is  the  motto,  "Equal  Before  the  Law." 

338.  Colorado  has  given  considerable  atten- 
tion to  its  State  flag.  There  was  legislation 
concerning  a  banner  for  the  Centennial  Com- 
monwealth in  1908,  but  the  present  flag  dates 
from  1911.  It  consists  of  one  white  and  two 
blue  stripes  of  equal  width  and  at  right  angles 
to  the  staff.  The  width  of  the  flag  is  two- 
thirds  of  its  length.  At  a  distance  of  1/36  of 
the  total  length  from  the  staff  end  of  the  flag 
there  is  a  circular  red  "C"  of  the  same  color 
as  the  red  in  the  national  flag  of  the  United 
States.  The  diameter  of  the  letter  is  one-sixth 
the  width  of  the  flag;  the  inner  line  of  the 
opening  of  the  letter  "C"  is  three-fourths  the 
width  of  its  body  or  bar,  and  the  outer  line  of 
the  opening  is  double  the  length  of  the  inner 
line.  Completely  filling  the  letter"  "C"  appears 
a  golden  disk.  Attached  to  the  flag  is  a  cord 
of  gold  and  silver  intertwined,  with  tassels, 
one  of  gold  and  one  of  silver.  The  law  creat- 
ing the  flag  provides  that  it  shall  be  used  on 
all  occasions  when  the  State  is  officially  or 
publicly  represented  with  the  privilege  of  use 
by  all  citizens  on  all  such  occasions  as  thej^ 
may  deem  fitting  and  appropriate.  All  pro- 
visions of  the  State  laws  regarding  the  misuse 
of  the  national  flag  are  made  applicable  to  the 
abuse  of  the  State  colors. 

339.  XoRTH  Dakota's  flag  was  adopted  in 
191 1.  Its  origin  is  almost  entirely  unknown. 
The  Blue  Book  of  the  State  says  that  it  was 
the  flag  of  the  territorial  militia,  and  that  it  is 
first  remem'Bered  at  Huron,  South  Dakota, 
when  it  was  im furled  at  an  annual  encamp- 
ment. That  authority  also  states  that  it  is  not 
known  who  designed  the  flag,  nor  is  it  discov- 
erable when  it  was  first  used.  With  its  yellow- 
fringed  blue  fly  charged  with  a  coat-of-arms 
that  borrows  the  eagle  from  the  national  seal. 
North  Dakota  follows  the  example  of  half  of 
the  States  in  the  placing  of  its  arms  on  a  blue, 
gold-fringed  flag. 

340.  South  Dakota's  official  flag  dates 
fiom  1909.  The  law  adopting  it  says  that  the 
State  flag  shall  consist  of  a  field  of  blue  one 
and  two-thirds  as  long  as  it  is  wide,  in  the 
center  of  which  shall  be  a  blazing  sun  in  gold, 
in  diameter  two-fifths  the  width  of  the  flag. 
Above  this  sun  shall  be  arranged  in  an  arc,  in 
gold   letters,   the   words   "South   Dakota,"   and 


below  the  sun  in  the  arc  the  words,  in  gold 
letters,  "The  Sunshine  State."  On  the  reverse 
of  the  blazing  sun  shall  be  printed  the  great 
seal  of  the  State.  The  edges  of  the  flag  shall 
be  trimmed  with  a  fringe  of  gold.  The  staff 
shall  be  surmounted  by  a  spear  head,  to  which 
shall  be  attached  a  cord  and  tassels  of  suitable 
length  and  size.  In  practice  the  seal  of  the 
State  is  placed  on  the  obverse  side  of  the  flag 
and  the  blazing  sun  on  the  reverse,  which, 
while  following  the  general  principle  of  flag 
designing,  seems  to  be  the  opposite  of  the  in- 
tent of  the  law. 

341.  IMoxtana's  flag  was  adopted  in  1905, 
the  law  providing  that  it  shall  be  of  a  blue 
field,  with  a  representation  of  the  great  seal  of 
the  State  in  the  center  and  with  a  gold  fringe 
along  the  upper  and  lower  borders.  This  is  a 
copy  of  the  flag  borne  by  the  First  Montana 
Infantry,  United  States  Volunteers,  in  the 
Spanish-American  War,  except  that  the  device 
"First  Montana  Infantry,  U.  S.  V."  is  omitted. 
The  seal  of  the  State  consists  of  a  brilliant 
sun  setting  behind  a  range  of  mountains;  in 
the  foreground  is  a  plow  and  miner's  pick  and 
spade.  Below  the  pick  and  spade  is  a  scroll 
reading,  "Oro  y  Plata,"  which  means  "Gold  and 
Silver." 

342.  Washington  State  has  never  officially 
adopted  a  flag,  but  the  military  authorities 
have  provided  one  with  a  green  field  upon 
which  is  centered  the  seal  of  the  State.  The 
vignette  of  General  George  Washington  is  the 
central  figure  and  beneath  it  are  the  figures 
"1889."  Around  the  vignette  is  a  yellow  circle 
bearing  the  legend,  "The  Seal  of  the  State  of 
Washington." 

343.  Idaho's  laws  forbid  all  military  or- 
ganizations within  the  State  from  carrying  any 
other  flag  or  device  than  the  national  flag  and 
the  flag  of  the  Commonwealth.  The  latter  was 
authorized  by  the  tenth  legislature  in  1909,  al- 
though the  details  of  the  design  were  left  by 
the  lawmakers  to  the  Adjutant  General,  it 
being  prescribed  only  that  the  banner  should 
have  a  blue  field  charged  with  the  name  of  the 
State.  The  dimensions,  as  well  as  the  addition 
of  the  coat-of-arms  above  the  ribbon  with  its 
legend  "State  of  Idaho,"  have  since  been  de- 
termined upon  by  the  proper  authority.  The 
coat-of-arms  consists  of  a  circular  device 
within  a  yellow  border,  the  main  feature  of 
which  is  a  moose-crested  escutcheon  showing 
a  blazing  sim  rising  above  three  mountain 
peaks  and  a  river  in  the  foreground.  The 
supporters  are  a  miner  with  pick  and  shovel 
and  a  woman  bearing  the  scales  and  the  torch 
of  liberty.  Beneath  the  shield  appear  a  sheaf 
of  wheat  and  two  horns  of  plenty.  Above  the 
crest  is  a  scroll  of  white  with  the  legend  in 
red,  "Esto  Perpetua"  (May  she  be  perpetual). 

344.  Wyoming's  flag  is  one  of  the  new- 
est of  the  State  flags.  It  was  created  under  a 
law  passed  on  the  last  day  of  January,  1917. 
That  law  provides  that  the  width  of  the  flag 
shall  be  seven-tenths  of  its  length ;  the  outside 
border  is  red,  its  width  one-twentieth  the 
length  of  the  flag.  Next  to  this  red  stripe  is 
an  inner  stripe  of  white  whose  width  is  one- 
thirtieth  the  length  of  the  flag.  The  remainder 
of  the  flag  is  a  blue  field,  in  the  center  of  which 
is  a  white  silhouetted  buffalo,   the   length   of 


2?>7 


374  BATTLE    FLAG    1861 

ALSO    NAVY    JACK    AFTER  MAY    I.    1363 


MARCH    S     1865 


FLAGS      FAMOUS      IN      AMERICAN      HISTORY 


338 


WEBB  S    REGT 
420 


^^ffiS<^^' 


FRENCH    FLAG  NAPOLEONS    FLAG      RUSSIAN    AMERICAN 

CHAMPLAIN    &  I  LOUISIANA    1803  0      CO     ALASKA 

DE   GRASSE 


FLAGS      FAMOUS      IN      AMERICAN      HISTORY 

339 


which  is  one-half  that  of  the  blue  field.  On 
the  ribs  of  the  buffalo  appears  the  great  shield 
of  the  State  of  Wyoming  in  blue.  The  diam- 
eter of  the  shield  is  one-hfth  the  length  of  the 
flag.  Attached  to  the  flag  is  a  cord  of  gold 
with  gold  tassels.  All  penalties  provided  by 
the  laws  of  the  State  for  the  misuse  of  a 
national  flag  are  applicable  to  the  State  flag. 

345.  Ut.\h's  flag,  consisting  of  a  blue  field 
with  a  border  of  gold  and  a  design  in  the 
center,  was  adopted  in  191 1.  The  design  was 
revised  in  1913.  It  consists  now  of  a  device 
in  natural  colors,  the  fundamental  portion  of 
which  is  a  shield  surmounted  by  an  eagle  with 
outstretched  wings.  The  shield  bears  a  bee- 
hive, on  each  side  of  which  grow  sego_  lilies 
and  above  which  is  the  word  "Industry."  At 
the  bottom  of  the  shield  is  a  green  field  bear- 
ing the  date  1847.  with  the  word  "Utah"  above 
it.  Two  American  flags  on  flagstaffs,  placed 
crosswise,  are  so  draped  that  they  project  be- 
yond each  side  of  the  shield,  the  head  of  the 
flagstaffs  in  front  of  the  eagle's  wings,  and 
the  bottom  of  each  staff'  appearing  over  the 
face  of  the  draped  flag  below  the  shield.  Be- 
low the  shield  and  flags  and  upon  the  blue  field 
is  the  date  "1896."  the  year  in  which  the  State 
was  admitted  to  the  Union.  Around  the  entire 
design  is  a  narrow  circle  of  gold. 

346.  Oklahoma. — The  law  under  which 
Oklahoma  adopted  an  official  State  flag  was 
enacted  in  191 1.  The  flag  authorized  under  it 
consists  of  a  red  field,  in  the  center  of  which 
is  a  five-pointed  star  of  white  edged  with  blue, 
with  the  figures  "46"  in  blue  in  the  middle  of 
the  star.  This  number  proclaims  the  fact  that 
Oklahoma  was  the  forty-sixth  State  to  become 
a  part  of  the  Union.  The  Oklahoma  flag  de- 
parts from  the  usual  in  its  pike  head.  Instead 
of  the  regulation  spearhead,  an  eagle  at  rest, 
facing  the  direction  of  the  fly,  stands  guard 
over  the  colors. 

347.  New  Mexico.  —  Embodying  elements 
unique  in  flag  design,  the  official  flag  of  the 
State  of  Xew  Mexico  was  adopted  shortly 
after  the  Commonwealth  became  a  member  of 
the  Union.  The  banner  has  a  turquoise  blue 
field,  emblematic  of  the  blue  skies  of  New 
Mexico ;  it  has  a  canton  consisting"  of  the  flag 
of  the  United  States  in  miniature  in  the  upper 
left-hand  corner,  designating  the  loyalty  of  the 
people  of  the  State  to  the  Union ;  in  the  upper 
right-hand  corner  of  the  field  a  figure  47,  the 
fort)-seventh  star  and  State  in  the  American 
Union ;  in  the  lower  right-hand  corner  is  the 
great  seal  of  the  State,  and  upon  the  field  run- 
ning from  the  lower  left  to  the  upper  right- 
hand  corner  are  the  words  "New  Mexico"  in 
white.  When  the  flag  law  was  passed  it  was 
ordered  that  the  embroidered  banner  attached 
to  the  bill  should '*1ie  deposited  with  the  Secre- 
tary of  State  to  be  faithfully  kept  by  him  in 
the  archives  of  the  Commonwealth. 

348.  Arizona. — A  bill  making  tlie  flag  of 
the  battleship  Arizona  the  banner  of  the  Com- 
monwealth for  which  it  is  named  failed  to 
pass  the  State  Senate  in  1915,  but  a  similar 
bill  was  adopted  early  in  1917.  As  finally  de- 
scribed, the  upper  part  of  the  flag  consists  of 
thirteen  segments  or  rays,  alternate  red  and 
yellow ;  the  lower  part  is  a  solid  field  of  blue, 
while  upon  the  center  is  imposed  a  copper  star. 


It  was  objected  at  the  time  of  the  adoption  of 
this  design  that  it  contained  nothing  charac- 
teristic of  Arizona;  that  it  infringed  upon  the 
ensign  of  Japan,  and  that  the  effect  of  a  star 
against  a  rising  sun  was  a  severe  straining  of 
astronomy.  A  substitute  bill  was  prepared  and 
offered  to  the  upper  house  of  the  legislature, 
but  the  original  form  became  a  law.  thus  es- 
tablishing one  of  the  most  striking  of  the  State 
banners. 

349.  The  flag  of  Hawaii  preserves  the 
crosses  of  St.  Andrew,  St.  George,  and  St. 
Patrick,  and  carries  eight  stripes.  Some  of 
the  Southern  States  retain  the  cross  of  St. 
Andrew,  but  Hawaii  is  the  only  American  soil 
over  which  float  the  three  crosses  which  were 
the  cantonal  feature  of  the  first  flag  of  the 
United  Colonies  of  America   (364)- 

350.  The  flag  of  the  National  Guard  of  the 
District  of  Columbia  has  a  rectangular  field, 
the  fly  end  of  which  is  swallow-tailed.  Cen- 
tered thereon  is  a  small  hatchet,  whose  alleged 
manipulation  in  connection  with  an  apocryphal 
cherry  tree  is  reputed  to  have  put  the  Father 
of  His  Country  to  a  very  trying  test  in  the 
matter  of  veracity.  The  designations  of  the 
forces  appear  on  scrolls  above  and  below  the 
hatchet. 

351.  The  banner  of  the  National  Geographic 
Society  is  a  flag  of  adventure  and  conquest ; 
a  flag  of  adventure  because  it  is  ever  carried 
beyond  the  horizon  of  known  scientific  fact,  in 
the  hope  that  there  ma\-  be  found  some  new 
truth  that  will  make  mankind  freer  in  the  solu- 
tion of  the  problems  that  ever  confront  the 
race ;  it  is  the  flag  of  conquest  because  it  has 
gone  to  the  tops  of  high  mountains,  to  the  in- 
most recesses  of  regions  unexplored  by  civil- 
ized man,  to  the  craters  of  volcanoes  whose 
fiery  depths  have  never  been  surveyed  by  the 
human  eye.  Those  who  have  had  its  support 
have  conquered  polar  ice  and  polar  seas,  have 
mastered  many  of  the  secrets  of  glacial  action, 
have  lent  a  hand  to  the  solution  of  the  great 
problem  of  vulcanism,  have  unearthed  the  holy 
city  of  the  Incas,  have  rescued  venerable  trees 
of  California  from  the  onh^  enenij-  the}^  ever 
feared — the  man  with  the  ax  and  the  saw.  Its 
colors,  typifying  earth,  sea,  and  sky,  proclaim 
the  illimitable  reaches  of  the  fields  of  interest 
over  which  it  flies,  and  the  vastness  of  the 
work  of  exploration  and  diffusion  of  knowl- 
edge, in  which  it  has  played  no  small  part,  and 
to  which  its  future  efforts  shall  ever  be  dedi- 
cated. 

352.  The  Governor  of  the  Panama  Canal 
Zone  flies  a  rectangular  flag  upon  which  is 
centered  the  seal  of  the  Canal  Zone.  This 
consists  of  an  escutcheon  which  shows  a  ship 
under  full  sail  passing  through  Gaillard  Cut, 
at  the  point  where  it  divides  Gold  Hill  and 
Contractor's  Hill.  Below  the  escutcheon  is  a 
streamer  bearing  the  now  familiar  words, 
"The  land  divided,  the  world  united."  The 
escutcheon  and  streamer  are  grounded  upon  a 
circle  of  white. 

353.  The  seal  of  the  Territory  of  Alaska  is 
a  circular  field  bearing  in  the  background  a 
sun  rising  over  snow-capped,  embattled  moun- 
tains. In  the  right  foreground  are  the  waters 
that  wash  the  shore  of  the  territory,  bearing 
two    sailing   vessels.      To    the    left    is    a    pier. 


340 


rudely  constructed,  and  an  outpost  of  civiliza- 
tion. In  the  foreground  is  a  team  of  horses 
Around  the  whole  is  inscribed,  "The  Seal  of 
the  Territory  of  Alaska." 

354.  The  coat-of-arms  of  the  Philippine  Is- 
lands was  adopted  in  1905.  Its  principal  fea- 
ture is  an  escutcheon  showing  the  national 
colors  of  the  United  States.  Imposed  upon 
this  escutcheon  are  the  arms  of  Manila  on  a 
shield,  the  upper  half  red  and  the  lower  blue. 
Upon  the  upper  half  of  this  shield,  in  gold,  is 
the  castle  of  Spain,  with  blue  windows,  and 
on  the  lower  half  a  sea-lion  bearing  in  its  right 
paw  a  hilted  sword.  The  crest  is  the  American 
spread  eagle,  and  beneath  is  a  scroll  with  the 
words  "Philippine  Islands." 

355-  The  coat-of-arms  of  Mindanao  and 
Sulu  was  adopted  in  1905,  along  with  those  of 
the  Philippine  Islands  and  Porto  Rico.  It  con- 
sists of  the  escutcheon  of  the  United  States, 
upon  which  is  imposed  a  Moro  war  vinta  sail- 
ing an  Indian  sea.  Above  the  escutcheon  is 
the  American  spread  eagle  mounted  on  a 
wreath,  supported  by  the  crossed  weapons  of 
war  of  the  Indian  seas,  and  below  the  device 
is  a  scroll  bearing  the  words  "Mindanao  and 
Sulu." 

356.  The  present  coat-of-arms  of  the  Island 
of  Porto  Rico,  adopted  in  1905,  is  a  restoration 
of  the  original  arms  of  the  Spanish  colony  of 
"the  rich  port."  Therefore  it  is  in  all  its  parts 
reminiscent  of  Spanish  times.  On  a  green  cir- 
cular field  is  a  lamb  of  silver  on  the  red-bound 
book  and  bearing  the  cross-crowned  banner  of 
Christ.    This  is  the  device  ascribed  to  St.  John. 


Above  the  lamb  are  the  gold-crowned  letters 
F  and  1 — Ferdinand  and  Isabella.  Surround- 
ing the  green  field  is  a  white  border  edged 
with  gold.  Upon  this  border  are  the  castles  of 
Castile,  the  crowned  red  lions  that  proclaim 
Leon,  the  crosses  of  Jerusalem,  and  the  stand- 
ards of  Spain  in  the  days  when  the  star  of  her 
fame  was  at  its  zenith. 

357.  The  flag  of  the  Secretary  of  the  In- 
terior, with  its  light  green  field  bearing  in  the 
center  a  golden  buffalo  and  a  five-pointed  star 
in  each  quarter,  stands  for  many  of  the  na- 
tion's activities  and  much  of  the  world's  prog- 
ress. The  Department  whose  chief  it  pro- 
claims fosters  the  priceless  fruits  of  American 
inventive  genius,  aids  and  safeguards  those 
who  have  made  America  the  foremost  min- 
eral-producing coimtry  of  the  earth,  supervises 
the  pension  system  through  which  is  dis- 
charged the  national  duty  toward  those  who 
have  fought  the  battles  of  the  Republic,  spon- 
sors the  cause  of  justice  to  the  Red  Man,  who 
has  given  a  continent  to  civilization.  This  De- 
partment directs  the  national  aspects  of  Amer- 
ican education,  and  thus  leads  Western  civili- 
zation to  a  new  era;  it  is  saving  to  posterity 
the  inestimable  boon  of  majestic  forests  and 
rmtouched  stretches  of  primeval  nature;  it  is 
reclaiming  millions  of  acres  of  unproductive 
land  and  tapping  the  bare  rocks  of  waste  places 
wnth  the  wand  of  irrigation.  Also  it  has  dis- 
tributed an  empire  to  the  pioneers  of  the  West 
and  transformed  a  million  square  miles  of  idle 
territory  into  a  wealth-  and  strength-produc- 
ing region  of  infinite  national  value. 


FLAGS    FAMOUS    IN    AMERICAN    HISTORY 


358.  The  Raven  of  the  Vikings.  —  Five 
hundred  years  before  the  arrival  of  Columbus 
in  the  New  World,  Eric  the  Red  is  supposed 
to  have  guided  his  ships,  square-sailed,  deco- 
rated with  curiously  carved  figureheads,  and 
manned  by  hardy  Norsemen,  to, the  shores  of 
Vinland  (Labrador,  or  Nova  Scotia,  or  the 
New  England  coast),  and  there  planted  for  a 
brief  period  this  banner  with  the  strange  de- 
vice of  "a  raven,  with  wings  extended  and 
open  bill,  upon  a  white  ground." 

359.  Flag  oe  Columbus,  Standard  of 
Spain. — A  quartered  flag  of  red,  gold  and  sil- 
ver— the  standard  of  Castile  and  Leon — is  gen- 
erally accepted  as  having  been  the  first  Euro- 
pean banner  flown  on  American  soil.  This 
truly  regal  standard  was  planted  on  the  beach 
before  the  startled  gaze  of  the  awe-struck  abo- 
rigines when  Christopher  Columbus,  richly  clad, 
set  foot  on  shore  on  October  12,  1492,  and,  in 
the  name  of  their  Catholic  majesties.  Isabella 
and  Ferdinand,  formally  took  possession  of  the 
island  which  he  called  San  Salvador,  but  which 
is  believed  to  have  been  what  is  now  known  as 
Watling  Island  in  the  Bahamas. 

360.  Flag  oe  Cabot,  England.  —  Giovanni 
Caboto  (John  Cabot),  the  discoverer  of  North 
America,  had  many  points  in  common  with  his 
contemporary,  Columbus.  They  were  both 
Genoese,  both  believed  the  earth  to  be  round, 


and  that  the  east  could  be  reached  by  sailing 
west,  and  both  finally  set  out  on  their  voyages 
of  discovery  under  the  flag  of  a  foreign  mon- 
arch. Cabot's  flag  was  the  royal  standard  of 
England,  the  red  cross  of  St.  George  on  a 
white  ground,  and  his  patron  was  King  Henry 
VII,  whose  enthusiasm  for  the  enterprise  was 
quickened  by  the  news  that  Columbus  had 
found  the  East  in  the  West.  It  was  on  June 
24,  1497,  that  this  flag  of  England  was  planted 
in  the  New  World  (probably  on  the  northern 
extremity  of  Cape  Breton  Island,  Nova  Scotia), 
and  the  explorer  took  possession  of  the  coun- 
try in  the  name  of  England's  king. 

361.  This  was  the  union  flag  which  prob- 
ably was  displayed  from  the  main  mast  of  the 
Mayflower  that  bore  the  Pilgrim  Fathers  to 
Plymouth  in  1620,  and  on  the  ships  which 
brought  the  English  settlers  to  Jamestown  in 
1607.  These  vessels  also  displayed  St.  George's 
cross  (360)  at  the  fore  mast  and  the  red  ensign 
(382).  The  union  flag  had  come  into  existence 
in  1603,  when  James  VI  of  Scotland  ascended 
the  throne  of  England  as  James  I,  thus  uniting 
the  two  countries  under  one  sovereign  after 
centuries  of  warfare.  He  ordered  all  ships  to 
display  this  flag  at  the  main  mast.  They  con- 
tinued to  use  their  own  ensigns  and  jacks,  how- 
ever— English  ships  1123  and  1127,  Scottish 
ships  1 131  and  831    (note   1132  for  Scotch  de- 


341 


ANTA    FE 


44  7  M448 

FLAGS      FAMOUS      IN      AMERICAN      HISTORY. 

342 


I  ECUADOR    ENSIGN 

"  478 


DOMINICAN    REPUBLIC 
COMDG     OFFICERS    PENNANT 


343 


sign  of  union  flag).  After  the  union  of  par- 
liaments in  1707  this  was  the  only  flag  officially 
used  on  land  over  forts  and  public  buildings  in 
the  English  colonies.  With  the  addition  of 
designating  numerals  above  a  small  crown  at 
the  intersection  of  the  crosses,  it  became  the 
"King's  Colors"  for  regimental  troops. 

362-363.  Continental  and  Bunker  Hill.— ^ 
The  illustrations  show  two  replicas  in  Annap- 
olis of  flags  said  to  have  been  carried  at  Bun- 
ker Hill.  The  Trumbull  painting  of  the  battle 
of  Bunker  Hill  shows  362,  while  others  show 
363.  362  was  probably  formed  from  the  Eng- 
lish ensign,  shown  in  1123  (in  use  prior  to 
1705),  by  omitting  St.  George's  cross  and  sub- 
stituting the  pine  tree,  which  was  the  symbol 
of  the  Massachusetts  Bay  Colony  (see  also  391, 
399,  and  401).  363  was  made  by  inserting  a 
pine  tree  in  the  upper  left  quarter  of  the  old 
blue  English  ensign's  canton  (1125). 

364.  This  was  the  flag  hoisted  by  John  Paul 
Jones  on  December  3,  1775,  as  the  navy  ensign 
of  the  thirteen  colonies,  when  Commodore  Esek 
Hopkins  assumed  command  of  the  navy  built 
by  Congress.  It  was  also  hoisted  by  General 
Washington  January  2,  1776,  as  the  standard 
of  the  Continental  Army  and  remained  as  our 
national  flag  until  the  adoption  of  the  Stars 
and  Stripes,  June  14,  1777  (see  history  of 
"Stars  and  Stripes"  elsewhere  in  this  number). 

365.  Our  First  Navy  Jack. — Hoisted  De- 
cember 3,  1775,  the  same  day  that  John  Paul 
Jones  hoisted  364  as  the  ensign  of  our  new 
navy  and  that  398  was  raised  at  the  main  mast 
as  the  flag  of  the  Commander-in-Chief,  Esek 
Hopkins  (see  398  and  400). 

366.  Perry's  Flag,  Lake  Erie. — At  the  bat- 
tle of  Lake  Erie,  September  10,  1813,  Oliver 
Hazard  Perry,  who  was  in  command  of  a  fleet 
which  he  had  been  forced  to  construct  in  fever- 
ish haste  from  virgin  timber,  unfurled  from 
his  masthead  this  challenge  to  sturdy  Ameri- 
canism —  the  dying  words  of  brave  Captain 
Lawrence.  Under  its  inspiration  the  men 
fought  gallantly  through  one  of  the  most  nota- 
ble naval  engagements  of  the  war,  enabling 
Perry  at  its  close  to  send  the  famous  message 
to  General  Harrison,  "We  have  met  the  enemy 
and  they  are  ours — two  ships,  two  brigs,  one 
schooner,  and  one  sloop."  • 

367.  Although  so  distinguished  a  citizen  as 
S.  F.  B.  Morse  proposed  at  the  outbreak  of 
the  Civil  War  that  the  national  flag,  the  Stars 
and  Stripes,  should  be  cut  in  twain,  the  North 
retaining  the  upper  six  and  one-half  stripes 
and  those  stars  above  a  diagonal  line  extend- 
ing from  the  head  of  the  staff  to  the  lower 
corner  of  the  canton,  while  the  South  .should 
be  given  the  lower  six  and  a  half  stripes  and 
the  stars  below  the  diagonal  line  on  the  can- 
ton, the  remainder  of  each  flag  being  white, 
neither  the  North  nor  the  South  saw  fit  to  fol- 
low such  a  suggestion.  The  Stars  and  Stripes 
carried  by  the  armies  of  the  North  during  the 
last  years  of  the  Civil  War  had  thirty-six  stars 
in  the  union,  as  shown  in  367.  When.  Lincoln 
became  President,  however,  there  were  only 
thirty-four  States,  which  were  impersonated 
at  the  inaugural  ceremonies  by  thirty-four  little 
girls,  who  rode  in  a  gaily  decorated  car  in  the 
procession  and  sang  to  the  new  President, 
"Hail,  Columbia." 


368.  The  artillery  during  the  Civil  War  car- 
ried a  standard  with  thirty-six  stars  arranged' 
three  stars  at  the  top,  three  at  the  bottom,  and 
a  lay-out  of  thirty  in  six  horizontal  lines  of 
five  stars  each.  It  will  be  noticed  that  this 
flag,  like  367,  was  adopted  after  West  Virginia 
and  Nevada  had  entered  the  Union. 

369.  The  design  on  the  colors  of  infantry 
regiments  during  the  Civil  War  was  almost  a 
counterpart  of  that  borne  on  the  standard  of 
the  War  of  1812  (see  22).  It  shows  an  eagle 
displayed  and  bearing  upon  its  breast  a  shield, 
with  a  scroll  in  its  beak  and  another  below 
it,  upon  which  appeared  the  designation  of 
each  regiment.  Above  the  eagle  are  thirteen 
golden  stars  arranged  in  two  arcs. 

370.  The  regimental  colors  of  the  United 
States  artillery  during  the  Civil  War  were  yel- 
low. Upon  the  field  were  centered  two  crossed 
cannons  with  a  scroll  above  and  below  bearing 
the  designation  of  the  regiment. 

371.  This  flag  is  the  familiar  "Stars  and 
Bars"  of  the  Southern  Confederacy  and  was 
used  from  March,  1861,  to  May,  1863. 

372.  This  jack  of  the  Confederate  States 
was  made  to  correspond  with  the  provisional 
flag  of  the  Confederacy,  known  as  the  Stars 
and  Bars.  It  probably  was  flown  by  ships  of 
the  seceding  States  until  1863,  when  the  navy 
jack  (374)  was  prescribed  by  the  Secretary  of 
the   Confederate   Navy. 

373.  This  ensign  was  probably  displayed  by 
the  ships  of  the  Confederacy  from  1861  to 
1863. 

374.  The  navy  jack  of  the  Southern  Con- 
federacy, used  after  May  i,  1863,  had  an  ob- 
long red  field,  with  a  blue  St.  Andrew's  cross 
bordered  by  white  and  having  three  stars  on 
each  arm  and  one  at  the  intersection.  It  was 
merely  the  square  canton  of  the  second  flag 
of  the  Confederacy  elongated,  so  that  its 
length  was  one  and  a  half  times  its  width. 
The  battle  flag  of  the  Confederacy  during  the 
same  period  was  like  this  navy  jack,  except 
that  it  was  square,  and  all  four  of  its  sides 
were  bordered  by  a  white  stripe  one  and  a  half 
inches  wide.  The  battle  flag  carried  by  the  in- 
fantry was  forty-eight  inches  square,  that  by 
the  artillery  thirty-six  inches,  and  that  by  the 
cavalry  thirty  inches  square. 

375.  The  national  flag  of  the  Confederacy 
between  May  i,  1863,  and  March  4,  1865,  had  a 
white  field  twice  as  long  as  wide,  with  the 
battle  flag  as  its  union. 

376.  The  Confederacy's  national  flag,  adopt- 
ed March  8,  1865,  was  the  same  as  that  adopted 
Alay  I,  1863  (375),  except  that  one-half  of  the 
field  between  the  union  and  the  end  of  the  fly 
was  occupied  by  a  horizontal  bar  of  red. 

377.  Hudson's  Flag. — When  Henry  Hud- 
son glided  into  the  unsailed  waters  of  New 
York  harbor  in  his  little  Half  Moon,  this  flag 
was  his  ensign  ;  thus  it  is  supposed  to  have  been 
one  of  the  first  European  flags  reflected  in  the 
waters  of  what  is  now  the  busiest  port  on 
earth.  It  was  the  flag  of  the  Netherlands,  with 
the  letters  A.  O.  C.  added  to  the  central  stripe. 
These  were  the  initials  of  the  Dutch  East  India 
Company,  "Algemeene  Oost-Indise  Compagnie," 
under  whose  auspices  Hudson  sailed.  Later  it 
floated  over  the  little  huts  built  by  the  East 
India  Company  on   Manhattan   Island   for  the 


344 


fur  traders.  But  in  1650  the  orange  stripe  on 
the  Netherlands  flag  became  the  red  stripe  of 
today's  banner  (775),  and  with  the  withdrawal 
of  the  East  India  Company's  interests  from 
New  Netherlands  this  flag  disappeared  from 
our  waters  and  shores. 

378.  Dutch  West  India  Company. — In  1621 
the  Dutch  West  India  Company  was  formed 
and,  with  other  valuable  concessions,  was  given 
control  of  the  fur  trade  of  the  New  World  by 
the  States  General  of  Holland.  Thus  this  flag 
became  dominant  in  the  waters  around  New 
York  in  1622,  and  continued  so  for  forty-two 
years.  The  letters  G.  W.  C.  are  the  initials  of 
the  company,  "Geoctroyeerde  West  -  Indische 
Compagnie."  In  1650  the  orange  stripe  was 
changed  to  red  in  accordance  with  a  similar 
change  in  the  national  flag  of  Holland.  It  was 
not  until  the  conquest  of  New  Netherlands  by 
the  English  in  1664  that  this  flag  disappeared 
from  our  northern  shores. 

379.  Endicott's  Flag. — The  red  cross  of 
St.  George  on  the  English  flags  was  a  source 
of  question  to  the  stern  religionists  of  the 
Massachusetts  Colony.  John  Endicott,  with 
Spartan  directness,  attempted  to  settle  the 
matter  by  cutting  out  a  part  of  the  red  cross 
on  the  Salem  ensign  in  1634.  This  led  to  long- 
drawn  litigation.  Fear  of  offending  the  mother 
country  struggled  with  the  seeming  idolatry  of 
a  cross  on  a  flag.  Finally  it  was  decided  to 
"render  unto  Caesar"  his  own,  and  inasmuch 
as  the  fort  of  Castle  Island,  at  Boston,  was 
maintained  in  the  King's  name,  his  colors  were 
allowed  to  fly  there.  It  was  not  until  1651, 
however,  that  the  general  court  of  Massachu- 
setts gave  official  sanction  to  the  use  of  the 
flag  with  its  cross.  This  illvistration  of  the 
Endicott  flag,  with  its  distinguishing  blue  ball 
in  the  .first  quarter  of  the  canton,  shows  it 
before  the  mutilation. 

380.  King's  Standard  in  1635. — The  de- 
signs on  this  royal  flag,  which  was  in  use  dur- 
ing the  early  settlement  of  our  country,  are 
especially  suggestive  and  carry  us  back  to  the 
very  roots  of  English  history.  Each  little 
symbol  found  its  place  on  the  flag  through 
some  noteworthy  event  in  the  ever-changing 
fortunes  of  early  England.  The  harp  on  the 
third  quarter  is  the  ancient  symbol  of  Ireland 
(see  839),  which  Elizabeth,  in  token  of  her 
success  in  dealing  with  the  island,  added  to 
the  royal  ensign.  On  the  second  quarter  ap- 
pears the  lion  of  Scotland  (see  838),  in  token 
of  that  country's  union  with  England.  The 
first  and  fourth  quarters  of  the  shield  alike 
bear  the  three  lions  and  the  three  fleurs-de-lis. 
Two  of  the  lions  were  introduced  by  William 
II  from  the  arms  of  his  native  Normandy. 
Authorities  differ  as  to  the  origin  of  the  third 
lion,  some  maintaining  that  it  was  added  by 
Henry  II  in  honor  of  his  wife,  Eleanor  of 
Aquitaine,  who  brought  him  as  a  dowry  three 
provinces  in  France.  Edward  III,  on  assum- 
ing the  title  "King  of  France,"  in  1340,  quar- 
tered with  the  lions  the  fleurs-de-lis  on  a  blue 
field.  It  remained  for  James  I,  in  1603,  to 
combine  these  various  symbols  into  the  form 
seen  here. 

381.  Three;  County  Troop. — It  was  in  1659 
that  three  counties  of  Massachusetts — Suffolk, 
Middlesex,   and   Essex — raised   a   company   of 


cavalry  called  the  Three  County  Troop,  which 
continued  its  organization  for  twenty  years  or 
more.  Their  standard  is  not  known  to  be  in 
existence  at  present;  but  a  most  interesting 
drawing  of  it  and  the  original  bill  of  cost  for 
it  are  preserved  in  the  British  Museum.  The 
legend^  in  the  drawing  reads :  "Thre  County 
Trom,"  apparently  a  mistake  in  copying  the 
word  troop  from  the  original  banner.  It  prob- 
ably waved  above  the  brave  Colonials  in  King 
Philip's  War  of  1675  and  1676. 

382.  Under  the  red  ensign  many  of  Eng- 
land's greatest  admirals  won  the  victories 
which  made  the  island  kingdom  mistress  of 
the  seas.  This  is  the  famous  "meteor  flag  of 
Old  England,"  and  until  the  union  of  the  king- 
doms of  England  and  Scotland  under  one  par- 
liament, in  1707,  it  was  tlie  ensign  of  the  Eng- 
lish colonies  in  America.  It  was  especially 
dear  to  the  New  England  colonists,  who  cher- 
ished its  brave  traditions  as  their  own. 

383.  A  CoivONiAL  Flag.  384.  Newbury, 
Mass.  388.  New  England,  1737.  390.  Taun- 
ton Flag. — To  one  interested  in  watching  the 
growth  and  development  of  customs  or  in 
tracing  the  symbolic  expressions  of  the  ideas 
of  a  people,  there  is  no  more  fascinating  study 
than  the  growth  of  our  own  flag.  Naturally, 
the  Colonists  used  at  first  the  flags  of  the 
homeland  (such  as  361).  But  slowly  the  en- 
vironment of  this  new,  spacious  country, 
working  in  connection  with  the  deep  religious 
consciousness  of  the  people,  wrought  itself 
into  visible  form  in  the  flags. 

At  Taunton,  Mass.,  was  raised,  in  1774,  flag 
number  390,  the  red  union  English  flag  com- 
mon at  the  time,  with  the  addition  of  the 
watchword  of  America — the  magic  watchword 
that  now,  after  nearly  a  century  and  a  half, 
bids  fair  to  become  the  watchword  of  the 
world. 

In  383  a  stronger  feeling  of  separation  is 
indicated  in  the  plain  red  flag  with  the  pure 
white  canton.  In  384,  the  flag  of  Newbury, 
Mass.,  the  cross  is  retained,  but  the  color  of 
the  field  has  changed  to  the  green  of  the  New 
England  forests. 

Then,  in  place  of  the.  British  cross,  we  see 
coming  into  prominence  the  sturdy  native 
American  emblems.  A  pine  tree  on  a  white 
ground  was  a  symbol  of  many  qualities  con- 
spicuous in  the  lives  of  our  New  England  an- 
cestors. Simple,  austere,  and  bearing  withal  a 
stately  dignity,  it  fittingly  expressed  the  ideas 
of  the  times.  Moreover,  it  proclaimed  the 
patriots'  love  for  this  newest  homeland  with 
its  pine-clad  hills.  And  so  it  was  that  the  pine 
tree  waved  over  many  a  hard-fought  field  in 
those  trying  years.  Joined  with  St.  George's 
cross,  it  appeared  on  the  blue  banner  of  Bun- 
ker Hin   (363). 

Frequently  the  pine  tree  gave  place  to  a 
globe,  as  in  the  New  England  flag  of  1737 
(388).  Again,  the  pine  tree  alone  occupies  the 
white  canton  of  a  red  flag,  best  illustrated  by 
362,  the  Continental  flag  of  1775-1777.  These 
historic  flags  picture  to  us  in  striking  form  the 
feelings  and  the  hopes  as  well  as  the  spirit  of 
'76. 

384.  (See  383-) 

385.  Andros'  Flag. — In  1684  the  charter  of 
Massachusetts    was    annulled    and    the    home 


34S 


HAITI    COAT   ARMS 
486 


GUATEMALA    COAT   ARMS         HONDURAS   COAT   ARMS  MEXICO   COAT    ARMS 

487  Ai 


NICARAGUA   COAT   ARMS  PERU    COAT   ARMS  PARAGUAY   COAT   ARMS       Ij       PARAGUAY    ENSIGN 


498 


l*IO 

] PERU  U  PERU    MERCHANT 


ENSIGN    &    PRESIDENT 
502 


SALVADOR   COAT   ARMS     VENEZUELA    COAT   ARMS 

311 


510 


512 


VENEZUELA    MERCHANT 
513 


346 


government  organized  all  of  Xew  England  as 
a  royal  domain.  In  1686  Edmund  Andros  ar- 
rived as  Governor  of  the  province.  The  flag 
under  his  rule  was  the  red  cross  of  St.  George 
on  a  white  field  with  a  gold  crown  in  the  cen- 
ter. Under  the  crown  appeared  the  letters 
J.  R.,  the  cipher  of  King  James.  But  in  1689, 
with  the  arrival  in  England  of  William  of 
Orange,  the  colonists  deposed  Andros,  and  this 
flag  was  consigned  to  the  oblivion  of  banners 
no  longer  expressive  of  the  feelings  of  a  de- 
veloping people. 

386.  Xov.\  ScoTi.\. — Nova  Scotia  was  the 
New  Scotland,  just  as  the  Massachusetts  group 
of  colonies  was  the  Xew  England,  for  even  in 
the  days  of  King  James  there  w-as  no  Great 
Britain,  but  the  two  separate  countries.  And 
that  is  why  the  vertical  cross  of  St.  George 
appeared  on  the  Andros  and  other  X"ew  Eng- 
land flags,  while  the  diagonal  Scottish  cross  of 
St.  Andrew  marked  those  of  Xova  Scotia. 
The  center  of  the  flag  is  marked  by  the  crown 
and  cipher  of  James  Sixth  of  Scotland  and 
First  of  England.  He  it  was  who  united  the 
two  crosses  into  the  union  flag  of  1606,  the 
ver3'  year  in  which  he  gave  the  first  royal 
grants  of  land  in  X'orth  America,  under  which 
permanent  settlements  grew  up.  It  was  not 
until  1801,  long  after  the  Stars  and  Stripes 
were  known  on  every  sea,  that  the  red  diag- 
onal cross  of  St.  Patrick,  in  recognition  of 
Ireland,  was  added  to  the  combined  crosses, 
thus  making  the  familiar  British  union  jack  of 
today. 

387.  Escutcheon  Exsigx. — Early  in  the  life 
of  the  Xew  England  Colonies  it  was  seen  that 
the  merchant  ships  of  the  mother  country 
needed  a  special  flag  to  distinguish  them  from 
the  King's  ships.  In  1701  we  find  this  order 
from  the  Admiralty  Office  at  Whitehall,  Lon- 
don :  "Merchant  ships  to  wear  no  other  jack 
than  that  worn  by  His  ^Majesty's  ships,  with 
the  distinction  of  a  white  escutcheon  in  the 
middle  thereof."  The  "Governors  of  His  Maj- 
esty's plantations"  were  ordered  to  oblige  the 
commanders  of  their  merchant  ships  to  use 
this  and  no  other.  The  merchant  ships,  how- 
ever, continued  to  fly  the  various  flags  endeared 
to  their  commanders  by  old  associations.  Many 
of  them  seem  to  have  preferred  the  usual  red 
or  blue  A'ew  England  flag  which  had  a  red 
St.  George's  cross  and  a  globe  (388)  or  tree 
(363 )  on  a  white  ground  in  the  upper  left- 
hand  corner. 

388.  (See  383.) 

389.  Coi.oxEL  Moultrie's  Flag.  —  In  Sep- 
temlier,  1775,  Colonel  Moultrie,  having  received 
orders  from  the  Council  of  Safety  to  take  Fort 
Johnson  on  James  Island,  S.  C.  thought  a  flag 
necessary;  so  he  devised  a  large  blue  flag  with 
a  white  crescent  jn  the  upper  corner  next  the 
staff,  this  desi.gn  being  suggested  by  the  blue 

^uniforms  of  the  garrison  and  the  silver  cres- 
cents which  the  men  wore  on  their  caps,  in- 
scribed with  the  words  "Liberty  or  Death." 
Colonel  Moultrie  in  his  memoirs  says  that  "this 
was  the  first  American  flag  displayed  in  the 
Soutli"   Csee  also  406). 

390.  (See  383.) 

391.  Washixgtox's  Xavv.  1775.— This  was 
the  flag  flown  by  Washington's  six  cruisers  in 
1775.     The  Lady  JVasliingtnit,  a  brig  fitted  out 


in  1775.  was  captured  by  H.  M.  S.  Fowey  on 
December  7  of  the  same  year,  and  her  colors 
were  placed  in  the  Admiralty  Office  in  Lon- 
don. They  are  described  as  bearing  a  pale 
green  pine  tree  on  a  field  of  white  bunting, 
with  the  motto,  "Appeal  to  Heaven."  After 
the  Continental  ensign  (364)  came  into  use  by 
Washington's  fleet,  January  i,  1776,  this  white 
flag  and  green  pine  tree,  with  variations  (399), 
was  adopted  April  29,  1776,  as  the  ensign  of 
the  vessels  of  the  Massachusetts  navy  (see  399 
and  401;  see  also  the  history  of  our  Stars  and 
Stripes,  printed  elsewhere  in  this  number). 

392.  Bedford  Flag. — Probably  the  most  in- 
teresting flag  of  all  the  colonial  period  is  this 
standard  of  the  Bedford  Minute  Men,  carried 
b.v  them  at  the  battle  of  Concord.  It  is  small, 
being  only  about  25^  feet  square,  but  carries 
woven  among  its  faded  threads  the  love  and 
veneration  of  a  grateful  America.  Wrought 
in  silver  and  gold  on  a  red  ground  is  an  arm 
appearing  from  a  cloud,  with  the  hand  holding 
a  sword.  The  scroll  is  in  gold  with  the  motto, 
"\'ince  .A.ut  Morire"  (Conquer  or  die).  It  now 
has  an  honored  place  among  the  relics  of  the 
Historical  Society  at  Bedford.  Mass.  It  bears 
a  striking  resemblance  to  the  Ostend  Fight  en- 
sign  (1144). 

393.  Philadelphia  Light  Horse.  —  This 
standard,  presented  to  the  Philadelphia  troop 
of  Light  Horse  by  Capt.  Abraham  Markoe,  and 
still  displayed  at  the  troop's  anniversary  din- 
ners, is  one  of  the  first  American  flags  in 
which  thirteen  stripes  were  used.  This  banner 
was  carried  by  the  Philadelphia  troop  when  it 
acted  as  escort  to  General  Washington  from 
Philadelphia  to  Xew  York  on  his  way  to  Cam- 
bridge, there  to  assume  command  of  the  Con- 
tinental Army.  The  Philadelphia  troop  was 
composed  of  28  men,  who  equipped  themselves 
at  their  own  expense.  Captain  Markoe  re- 
signed his  commission  as  captain  of  this  orga- 
nization late  in  1775,  in  obedience  to  an  edict 
of  King  Christian  VII  of  Denmark,  who  for- 
bade any  of  his  subjects  to  engage  in  the  war 
against  Great  Britain.  Before  tendering  his 
resignation,  however,  the  commander  presented 
this  standard  to  the  troop. 

394.  Xew  York. — The  armed  ships  of  New 
York  are  reported  to  have  used  this  flag  in 
1775-  The  beaver  reminds  us  eloquently  of  the 
prominent  part  the  lucrative  fur  trade  played 
in  the  early  history  of  the  colony.  The  glow- 
ing accounts  brought  back  by  Hudson  of  the 
rich  harvest  of  valuable  furs  to  be  secured  led 
Holland  to  authorize  the  trading  companies 
which  colonized  New  York.  The  beaver  was 
used  on  the  seal  of  New  Xetherlands  and 
found  a  place  on  the  seal  of  New  York  City. 

395.  Bexxixgtox. — At  the  battle  of  Ben- 
nington, \'t.,  August  16,  1777.  2,000  Green 
Mountain  boys,  under  Gen.  John  Stark,  practi- 
cally annihilated  the  forces  under  General 
Baum.  sent  to  capture  stores  and  to  overawe 
the  country.  The  loss  of  these  troops  was 
partly  responsible  for  the  failure  ■  of  Bur- 
goyne's  carefully  planned  campaign  and  was 
one  of  the  events  that  led  to  the  open  recog- 
nition of  our  country  by  France. 

396.  Rhode  Islaxd. — Fashioned  from  white 
silk  with  thirteen  stars  on  a  canton  of  blue 
and  showing  a  blue  anchor  surmounted  bv  the 


348 


motto  of  the  State,  "Hope,"-  on  the  center  of 
the  field,  this  regimental  banner  of  Rhode  Is- 
land easily  takes  high  rank  as  an  attractive 
flag;  nor  is  it  lacking  in  interesting  historic 
associations.  Carried  safely  through  the  in- 
tense struggle  of  Brandywine,  at  Trenton,  and 
at  Yorktovvn,  it  now  rests  in  the  State  House 
at  Providence,  mute  witness  to  the  heroism  of 
those  who  bore  it  to  final  victory  (see  313). 

397.  Linked  Hand. — Thirteen  mailed  hands 
grasping  the  thirteen  links  of  an  endless  chain 
formed  one  of  the  early  representations  of  the 
spirit  of  unity  in  tlie  colonies.  It  recognized 
the  sentiment  of  "United  we  stand,"  and  fore- 
shadowed the  "E  Pluribus  Unum,"  soon  to  ap- 
pear as  our  motto.  The  number  thirteen  was 
prominent  on  many  of  the  early  standards.  A 
common  variation  shows  a  mailed  hand  grasp- 
ing a  bundle  of  thirteen  arrows. 

the  ratti,esnake  ei,ags 

398.  Gadsden  Flag.  400.  South  Carouna 
Navy.  405.  CulpepEr  Minute  Men.— The 
rattlesnake  device  was  seen  again  and  again 
on  our  early  flags.  One  writer  of  the  time 
quaintly  stated  that  as  the  rattlesnake's  eye 
exceeded  in  brightness  that  of  any  other  ani- 
mal, and  she  had  no  eyelids,  she  might  there- 
fore be  esteemed  an  emblem  of  vigilance; 
that  inasmuch  as  she  never  began  an  attack, 
nor,  when  once  engaged,  ever  surrendered, 
she  was  therefore  an  emblem  of  magnanimity 
and  true  courage.  We  are  bound  to  suspect, 
however,  that  it  was  the  deadly  bite  of  the 
rattler  that  was  foremost  in  the  minds  of  the 
revolutionists  who  used  the  banners.  The 
"Don't  tread  on  me,"  seen  on  all  four  of  the 
rattlesnake  flags  (365,  398,  400,  and  405),  lends 
color  to  this  view. 

But  it  was  not  only  the  qualities  of  the 
snake  itself,  but  also  the  ease  with  which 
symbolism  could  be  added,  illustrated  in  the 
use  of  the  distinctive  thirteen  rattles,  that  in- 
creased the  number  and  variety  of  the  rattle- 
snake flags.  "  'Tis  curious  and  amazing,"  in 
the  words  of  the  writer  quoted  above,  "to  ob- 
serve how  distinct  and  independent  of  each 
other  the  rattles  of  this  animal  are,  and  how 
firmly  they  are  imited  together.  One  of  the 
rattles,  singly,  is  incapable  of  producing  a 
sound,  but  the  ringing  of  thirteen  together  is 
sufficient  to  alarm  the  boldest  man  living." 

Flag  398  was  presented  by  Colonel  Gadsden 
to  Commodore  Hopkins  to  serve  as  the  latter's 
flag  as  the  commander-in-chief  of  the  fleet  con- 
structed by  Congress,  and  was  hoisted  at  the 
main  mast  of  the  Alfred  December  3,  1775. 
At  the  same  time  John  Paul  Jones  hoisted  the 
union  striped  flag  (364)  at  the  stern  (see  his- 
tory of  Stars  and  Stripes  elsewhere  in  this 
number).  On  the  same  dav  365  was  hoisted 
as  the  jack  of  the  navy.  Thus  364,  365,  and 
398  are  the  most  historic  flags  of  the  U.  S. 
Navy  prior  to  the  adoption  of  the  Stars  and 
Stripes. 

The  Southern  colonies  seemed  especially 
fond  of  the  device.  South  Carolina  adopted 
for  her  navy  the  red  and  blue  stripes  crossed 
by  the  gliding  snake,  as  seen  in  400. 

Loyal  and  energetic  enthusiasts  in  the  cause 
of  liberty,  the  people  of  the  Piedmont  region 
of  Virginia  rallied  to  tlie  support  of  the  Con- 


tinental Congress.  Culpeper  County  was  a 
center  of  organization  and  her  minute  men 
typified  on  their  spirited  banner  (405)  their 
fearlessness  and  independence. 

the  liberty  and  pine  tree  flags 

399.  Liberty  Tree  Flag  of  1776.  401. 
Massachusetts  Navy. — In  all  early  accounts 
of  colonial  activities,  liberty  poles  and  trees 
bear  an  important  part.  A  wide-spreading  live 
oak  in  Charleston,  near  the  home  of  Christo- 
pher Gadsden,  made  a  shelter  under  which  the 
leading  spirits  of  the  day  often  met  to  discuss 
political  questions,  and  there  the  Declaration 
of  Independence  was  first  read  to  the  people 
of  the  city.  The  Sons  of  Liberty,  meeting 
under  the  fine  old  elm  in  Hanover  Square, 
gave  Boston  her  Liberty  Tree.  Under  its 
shade  a  notable  meeting  was  held  just  previous 
to  the  destruction  of  the  tea,  which  led  Gen- 
eral Gage  to  order  that  it  be  hewn  down.  In- 
asmuch as  the  felling  of  a  venerable  tree  al- 
ways touches  tender  chords  in  the  thoughtful, 
it  is  not  surprising  that  the  loss  of  this  one 
fanned  into  flame  the  very  embers  of  discon- 
tent that  Gage  had  hoped  to  stamp  out  by  its 
destruction. 

On  flag  399  appears  the  well-loved  and  fa- 
mous Liberty  Tree.  This  was  an  emblem  often 
used.  The  solemn  motto,  "An  Appeal  to  God," 
tells  us  of  the  quiet  firmness  with  which  our 
forefathers  "highly  resolved"  to  claim  the 
birthright  of  freedom  for  themselves  and  their 
children.  The  sentiment  first  appeared  in  the 
"Address  of  the  Provincial  Congress  of  Mas- 
sachusetts" to  Great  Britain,  the  closing  sen- 
tence of  which  began,  "Appealing  to  Heaven 
for  the  justice  of  our  cause."  Through  the 
long  years  that  have  passed  since  they  won 
their  victories,  the  greater  task  has  developed 
for  us,  not  only  to  hold  with  equal  steadiness 
and  firmness  the  great  principles  upon  which 
our  nation  stands,  but  also  to  fight  with  equal 
fortitude  and  sacrifice  that  these  gifts  may  be 
extended  to  the  oppressed  of  all  nations. 

When  in  1652  the  colony  of  Massachusetts 
first  established  a  mint,  the  general  court  or- 
dained that  all  pieces  of  money  should  bear 
on  one  side  a  tree,  thus  bringing  into  being  the 
famous  pine-tree  shillings.  In  April,  1776,  the 
Massachusetts  council  passed  a  resolution  as 
follows : 

"Resolved,  That  .  .  .  the  colors  [for  the 
sea  service]  be  a  white  flag  with  a  green  pine 
tree  and  the  inscription,  'An  Appeal  to 
Heaven.'  " 

Flag  391  had  previouslv  become  familiar  on 
the  seas  as  the  ensign  of  Washington's  cruisers. 
The  English  newspapers  of  the  time  contain 
many  references  to  this  striking  ensign. 

Tn  401  an  extra  significance  is  added  bv  the 
coiled  snake  at  the  foot  of  the  tree  and  the 
oft-used  "Don't  tread  on  me." 

400.  (See  398.) 

401.  (See  399.) 

402.  The  Westmoreland  County  Battalion 
of  Pennsylvania  was  raised  in  177^  liy  John 
Proctor  and  is  still  preserved  in  New  Alex- 
andria, Pa.  It  is  a  British  ensign  of  red  silk, 
with  the  addition  of  the  coiled  rattlesnake  and 
the  familiar  legend,  "Don't  Tread  On  Me." 


349 


330 


403.  Connecticut  Flag. — The  activities  of 
1775  and  1776  emphasized  the  need  of  colors 
to  distinguish  the  various  troops.  Soon  after 
the  battle  of  Bunker  Hill  the  States  began  to 
make  colors  for  themselves.  Connecticut, 
with  this  flag,  was  one  of  tlie  first.  Her 
motto,  "Qui  transtulit  sustinet,"  of  which  a 
free  translation  is,  "God,  who  transported  us 
hither,  will  sustain  us,"  was  put  upon  one  side 
of  several  flags  of  the  time,  with  "An  Appeal 
to  Heaven,"  the  Massachusetts  motto,  upon 
the  other.  This  shows  almost  the  identical 
form  of  the  permanent  Connecticut  flag  (305). 

404.  Merchant  and  Priv.\teer  Ensign. — • 
Those  dashing  privateers,  whose  exploits  made 
such  entertaining  reading  in  the  history  books 
of  our  childhood  days,  flew  this  ensign  of  thir- 
teen stripes.  Many  references  and  prints  of 
"striped  flaggs"  in  contemporary  British  litera- 
ture prove  its  prevalence.  The  color  of  the 
stripes  varied  according  to  the  fancy  of  the 
commanding  officer.  Merchant  vessels  nearly 
always  displayed  this  flag. 

405.  (See  398.) 

406.  Fort  Moultrie. — This  flag  flew  from 
the  southeast  bastion  of  Fort  Moultrie  (then 
called  Fort  Sullivan),  in  Charleston  Harbor, 
during  the  famous  Revolutionary  battle  of 
June  28,  1776.  Early  in  the  attack  the  sky- 
colored  emblem  fell  outside  the  parapet.  Ser- 
geant William  Jasper,  crying  out,  "Don't  let  us 
fight  without  a  flag,"  vaulted  over  the  wall 
under  a  rain  of  bullets,  secured  the  flag,  fixed 
it  to  a  staff,  and,  triumphantly  planting  it  firm- 
ly in  place,  leaped  down  within  the  parapet  to 
safety.  Three  ringing  cheers  greeted  his  re- 
turn. After  an  intense  artillery  attack  lasting 
ten  hours,  the  British  forces  were  compelled  to 
withdraw,  and  the  next  day  the  entire  fleet  left 
Charleston  Harbor.  The  name  of  the  fort  was 
changed  to  Moultrie  in  honor  of  the  gallant 
defender.  This  victory  left  the  Southern 
States  secure  from  invasion  for  more  than 
two  years.  This  flag  is  identical  with  Colonel 
Moultrie's  earlier  flag  (389)  first  raised  in 
September,  1775,  with  the  addition  of  the  word 
"Liberty"  in  white  letters. 

407.  Pulaski. — Brave  and  gallant  Count 
Pulaski,  who  gave  his  life  for  our  cause  in 
1779,  fought  beneath  this  banner.  A  Polish 
count  volunteering  as  a  private,  distinguished 
by  his  coolness  and  courage  at  the  battle  of 
Brandywine, — he  was  made  Chief  of  Dra- 
goons, with  the  rank  of  Brigadier-General. 
The  Moravian  Sisters,  of  Bethlehem,  Penn- 
sylvania, embroidered  this  flag  for  him.  One 
side  bears  the  words  "Unitas  Virtus  Forcior" 
(which- last  word,  by  the  way,  should  be  for- 
tior),  "Union  makes  valor  stronger,"  encir- 
cling the  letters  U.  S.  The  other  side  bears 
the  motto,  "Non  Alius  Regit,"  "No  other  gov- 
erns," with  the  all-seeing  eye  in  the  center 
'riangle.     Pnlaski  raised  his  own   independent 

-orps  of  infantry  and  light  cavalry,  and  later 
commanded  the  French  and  American  forces 
at  the  siege  of  Savannah,  where  he  was  mor- 
tally wounded.  Thus  fell,  at  the  early  age  of 
3T,  one  of  the  many  heroic  foreign  brothers 
who  fought  with  us  for  liberty. 

408.  409.  New  Hampshire  Regiment. — 
These  two  New  Hampshire  flags  belonged  to 
the  Second  Regiment  of  the  State.     Thev  were 


taken  at  Fort  Anne  by  the  British  Ninth  Regi- 
ment of  Foot,  commanded  by  Lieutenant  Colo- 
nel Hill,  a  few  weeks  before  the  decisive  battle 
of  Saratoga.  After  the  surrender  of  Bur- 
goyne.  Colonel  Hill  carried  them  to  England, 
where  they  were  treasured  by  his  descendants, 
finally  falling  into  the  hands  of  Col.  George 
W.  Rogers,  of  Wykeham,  Sussex.  From  him 
they  were  purchased  in  1912  by  Mr.  Edward 
Tuck,  and  presented  to  the  New  Hampshire 
Historical  Society.  They  are  of  the  same  size, 
approximately  five  by  five  and  one-half  feet. 

The  buff  flag  (408)  with  a  golden  disk  in 
the  center  bears  the  motto,  "We  are  one." 
From  the  disk  radiate  thirteen  rays  and  thir- 
teen thin  lines,  each  Hne  touching  a  golden 
ring  in  the  outer  circle,  with  each  ring  bearing 
the  name  of  one  of  the  thirteen  States.  In 
the  upper  left  corner  are  eight  red  and  pale 
blue   triangles  which   form  two   crosses 

The  blue  silk  flag  with  the  gold  fringe  (409) 
bears  the  letters  N.  H.,  with  "2nd  Regt."  below 
them  on  the  small  red  shield  in  the  center. 
The  motto  on  the  scroll  is  significant,  "The 
glory,  not  the  prey."  The  two  crosses  com- 
bined in  the  upper  corner  are  of  red  and  gold. 

These  two  New  Hampshire  flags  are  prob- 
ably the  only  ones  now  in  .  existence  which 
were  captured  during  the  Revolutionary  War. 

410.  First  Pennsylvania  Rifles. — "A  deep 
green  ground,  the  device  a  tiger,  partly  en- 
closed by  toils,  attempting  the  pass,  defended 
by  a  hunter  with  a  spear  (in  white)  on  a 
crimson  field" — thus  reads  the  description  of 
the  standard  of  the  First  Pennsylvania  Rifles, 
in  the  words  of  Lieutenant  Colonel  Hand, 
written  March  8,  1776.  During  the  war  this 
regiment  served  in  every  one  of  the  thirteen 
colonies,  and  this  banner  waved  at  many  a 
famous  battle — at  Trenton,  Princeton,  Brandy- 
wine,  Monnioutli,  and  Yorktown,  to  mention 
only  a  few. 

411.  Third  Maryland. — The  existence  of 
this  national  flag,  known  to  have  been  used  as 
a  regimental  flag  in  the  Revolution,  sheds  a  bit 
of  light  on  the  darkness  surrounding  the  ex- 
tent to  which  the  stars  and  stripes  were  used 
at  the  time.  It  is  certain  that  this  identical 
flag  was  carried  by  the  Third  Maryland  Regi- 
ment at  the  battle  of  Cowpens,  in  January, 
1778.  William  Bachelor  was  the  color-bearer. 
It  is  made  of  thin  cotton,  and  is  remarkably 
well  preserved.  It  is  a  little  over  five  feet 
long,  and  almost  a  yard  wide,  and  is  now  in 
the  flag  room  of  the  capitol  at  Annapolis.  It 
is  the  only  instance  of  the  use  of  the  "Stars 
and  Stripes"  as  a  color  {i.  e.,  by  land  troops), 
national  or  regimental,  during  the  Revolution- 
arv  War.  that  of  1812,  and  the  Mexican  War. 
(See  history  of  Stars  and  Stripes  printed  else- 
wliere  in  this  number.) 

412.  EuTAW  Standard. — This  square  of 
brilliant  crimson  formed  the  battle  flag  of  Col. 
William  Washington's  cavalry  troop,  and  led 
the  way  to  victory  at  Cowpens  and  at- the  final 
battle  of  the  Revolution,  Eutaw  Springs,  in 
T781 — two  decisive  battles  of  the  war  in  the 
South.  Tradition  tells  a  quaint  story  of  its 
origin.  It  seems  that  Colonel  Washington,  on 
a  hurried  visit  to  his  fiancee,  Miss  Jane  Elliot, 
of  South  Carolina,  mentioned  that  he  had  no 
flag.     Witli  quick   flaslii^   of  her  scissors,   she 


352 


cut  a  square  of  gay,  red  damask  from  the  back 
of  a  drawing-room  chair,  saying,  "Colonel, 
make  this  your  standard."  It  was  mounted  on 
a  hickory  pole  and  borne  at  the  head  of  his 
troops  till  the  end  of  the  war.  In  1827  it  was 
presented  to  the  Washington  Light  Infantry 
of  Charleston  by  Mrs.  Jane  Elliot  Washington, 
in  person,  and  is  one  of  our  most  treasured 
banners. 

413.  Gatinois  Regiment.  414.  Saintogne 
Regiment.  415.  Royal  Deux  Fonts.— A  nuni- 
ber  of  French  regiments  were  sent  to  America 
during  the  Revolutionary  War.  All  served 
with  gallantry  and  distinction.  Savannah  and 
Yorktown  both  being  honored  by  their  ener- 
getic and  fearless  fighting.  The  flags, of  all 
these  regiments  followed  one  general  pattern, 
the  basic  idea  being  a  white  flag  with  colored 
triangles  making  squares  in  the  corners  and 
leaving  a  white  cross  extending  across  the  cen- 
ter. They  were  about  four  feet  square  and 
the  colors  were  painted  on  them. 

The  Gatinois  regiment  (413)  was  formed  in 
1776  out  of  two  sections  of  a  famous  old 
French  regiment  of  Auvergne,  and  in  honor 
of  its  gallant  conduct  at  Yorktown  was  ever 
after  known  as  the  Royal  Auvergne. 

The  blue,  red,  green,  and  yellow  triangles  of 
the  flag  of  the  Saintogne  regiment  (414)  speak 
eloquently  of  dashing  courage  and  hearty  loy- 
alty at  Yorktown. 

Each  arm  of  the  St.  Andrew's  cross  in  the 
Royal  Deux  Fonts  (415)  bears  the  golden 
fleur-de-lis  of  France,  while  a  crown  holds  the 
center.  Quartered  on  the  flag  are  the  arms  of 
the  Duke  of  Deux  Fonts  over  red  and  blue 
stripes. 

Rochambeau,  a  French  count,  with  the  rank 
of  lieutenant  general,  was  in  command  of  the 
6,000  troops  sent  to  our  aid.  He  displayed  a 
fine  spirit  throughout  the  war,  maintaining  his 
soldiers  as  part  of  the  American  army  and 
holding  himself  as  entirely  under  Washing- 
ton's command.  (See  "Our  First  Alliance,"  by 
J.  J.  Jusserand,  National  Geographic  Maga- 
zine. June,  1917.) 

416.  Ansbach. — Three  Ansbach  Bayreuth 
colors  are  now  in  the  chapel  at  West  Foint. 
They  were  among  the  German  colors  captured 
at  Yorktown.  All  are  similar  in  main  design, 
made  of  heavy  white  damask,  embroidered  in 
colored  silk.  On  one  side  is  the  red  Branden- 
burg eagle,  with  the  words,  "Fro  Frincipeet 
Patria"  on  the  scroll  above.  The  other  side 
shows  the  green  laurel  and  palm,  with  the 
monogrammed  letters  S.  ET  C.  A.,  the  first 
four  letters  of  which  stand  for  "Sinceriter  et 
Constanter"  and  the  last  for  Frince  Alexan- 
der, then  reigning.  It  is  supposed  that  eigh- 
teen German  colors  were  surrendered  at  York- 
town  ;  but  the  others  are  missing. 

417.  New  York  Regiment. — It  is  surprising 
to  note  how  few  regimental  flags  used  in  the 
Revolution  are  in  existence  today.  This  is  the 
most  elaborate  and  detailed  of  any  of  them. 
It  was  made  in  1778  or  1779,  and  is  approxi- 
mately six  feet  square,  of  dark  blue  silk  with 
a  blue  fringe,  and  bears  on  each  side  the  arms 
of  the  State.  These  arms  from  that  far-away 
day  to  this  have  remained  practically  un- 
changed  in   general   design.     The   two   figures 


are  clad  in  costumes  of  the  day.     The  dresses 
are  of  cloth  of  gold,  with  red  mantles. 

This  regimental  color  was  carried  by  Col. 
Feter  Gansevoort  at  Yorktown.  This  is  the 
same  Colonel  Gansevoort  who  was  in  command 
of  Fort  Stanwix,  or  Fort  Schuyler,  when  he 
caused  to  be  hoisted  the  first  Stars  and  Stripes 
over  a  fort  or  garrison  of  the  army,  August  3, 
1777-  (See  History  of  Stars  and  Stripes  in 
this  number.) 

418.  Bucks  oe  America. — John  Hancock, 
whose  presence  in  Lexington  was  an  addi- 
tional cause  of  the  sortie  that  led  to  the  fa- 
mous battle,  and  who,  with  Adams,  was  espe- 
cially excepted  in  the  pardon  issued  on  the 
I2th  of  June,  1775,  by  General  Gage,  as  being 
"of  too  flagitious  a  nature  to  admit  of  any 
other  consideration  than  that  of  condign  pun- 
ishment," yet  lived  to  a  ripe  old  age,  and  be- 
came the  first  Governor  of  the  State  of  Massa- 
chusetts. After  the  close  of  the  Revolution, 
one  of  his  official  acts  as  Governor  was  to  pre- 
sent this  banner  to  the  colored  company,  called 
the  "Bucks  of  America,"  in  acknowledgment 
of  their  valor.  The  flag  is  badly  faded  now, 
yet  shows  unmistakable  signs  of  former  beauty. 
The  stars  in  the  blue  union  were  gilded.  In 
size  it  is  a  little  over  five  feet  long  by  three 
and  one-half  feet  wide.  Notice  the  "Buck" 
under  the  green  tree. 

419.  Tallmadge's  Dragoons. — Many  a  dar- 
ing exploit  of  Major  Tallmadge,  of  Connecti- 
cut, and  his  dragoons  adds  luster  to  this  flag. 
On  September  5,  1779,  without  the  loss  of  a 
man,  Tallmadge  captured  500  Tories  at  Lloyd's 
Neck,  on  Long  Island.  His  men  fought  at 
Brandywine,  Germantown,  and  Monmouth. 
This  pink  flag  of  very  thin  silk  is  about  two 
and  one-half  feet  square.  The  two  wings  on 
the  center  disk  are  of  silver,  while  the  ten  rays 
are  golden.  The  canton  deserves  especial  men- 
tion, as  the  thirteen  stripes  are  made  by  six 
strips  of  white  ribbon  sewed  to  the  silk  of  the 
flag.     It  is  remarkably  well  preserved. 

420.  Webb's  Regiment. — This  little  flag  be- 
longed to  the  troops  under  Colonel  Webb,  un- 
doubtedly the  Third  Connecticut  Regiment, 
which  during  the  course  of  the  war  was  made 
up  from  the  depleted  Second  and  the  Ninth. 
It  is  a  small,  tattered,  yellow  flag.  A  pink  rib- 
bon ties  the  green  wreath,  while  the  sword  is 
painted  the  color  of  steel,  and  the  "I"  is  black. 
An  old  account  of  the  colors  of  the  various 
Connecticut  troops  states  that  the  flag  of  the 
first  regiment  was  yellow ;  so  it  is  possible  that 
originally  this  was  the  banner  of  that  unit. 

421.  The  golden  lilies  of  France  (reduced 
to  three  in  number  by  Charles  V  in  1365)  were 
borne  by  many  intrepid  explorers  anxious  to 
expand  the  dominion  of  the  Bourbons  in  the 
New  World.  Joliet  and  Marquette,  the  pioneer 
missionaries  who  rediscovered  the  Father^  of 
Waters,  and  La  Salle,  Iberville,  and  Bienville, 
who  figured  so  conspicuously  in  the  history  of 
the  exploration  and  colonization  of  Louisiana, 
all  bore  the  fleurs-de-lis  in  the  wilderness. 

422.  French  Flag,  Champlain  and  De 
GrassE. — This  was  the  ensign  of  daring  Sam- 
uel de  Champlain  as  he  sailed  down  the  lake 
that  bears  his  name.  It  was  also  the  flag  of 
Count  De  Grasse,  who,  with  his  fleet  of  twenty- 
four  ships  of  the  line,  sailed   from  the  West 


353 


'  I  729  ■    .     -  ■■  ■  .    •■•  ^     "        ^32  I  733     CHINA  ARMY 

\i  ANDORRA  li 

lEIBB 


34  BELGIUM    ENSIGN  735  BELG  1  U  M    M  ERCH  ANT  ^35     CHINA    NAVAL  737  CM  I  N  A    NATION  AL 


•91    PORTUGAL    ENSIGN 


792        PORTUGAL 
PRESIDENT  S 


793        PORTUGAL 
GOV     GENL     PROVINCE 


355 


Indies  in  the  summer  of  1781,  entered  the 
Chesapeake,  and  met  the  fleet  of  Admiral 
Thomas  Graves,  compelling  him  to  return  to 
New  York  for  refitting  and  repairs.  Then,  by- 
blocking  the  mouths  of  tlie  York  and  James 
rivers,  he  succeeded  in  cutting  oft'  communica- 
tion between  the  British  forces  at  Yorktown 
and  those  at  New  York,  and  thus  assisted  ma- 
terially in  causing  the  famous  surrender  that 
closed  the  war  (see  National  Geographic 
Magazine,  June,  1917,  pages  527-548). 

423.  Napoleon's  Flag,  Louisiana,  1803. — 
Among  the  many  changes  of  flag  that  helped 
to  make  romantic  the  early  history  of  Louisi- 
ana, this  of  Napoleon  stands  out  as  memorable 
because  it  was  hauled  down  to  give  place  for 
"Old  Glory"  on  the  20th  of  December,  1803. 

Each  of  the  colors  of  this  flag  is  woven  into 
the  tissue  of  French  history  by  myriad  threads. 
The  blue  banner  of  St.  Martin  was  first  used 
by  the  kings  of  France  in  the  fourth  century, 
and  for  600  years  was  carried  into  battle  as  a 
sure  omen  of  victory.  Next  came  the  well- 
loved  Auriflamme,  the  gold-broidered  banner 
of  St.  Denis.  This  in  turn  gave  place  to  the 
"cornette  blanche" — a  plain  white  flag  emblem- 
atic of  the  Virgin  Mary,  carried  by  Joan  of 
Arc,  and  later  adopted  by  the  Bourbons. 

So  it  was  not  purely  an  accident  that  the 
choice  of  the  populace  storming  the  Bastille, 
in  1789,  should  have  been  the  tricolor;  and  it 
is  easy  to  see  how  the  historic  associations,  as 
well  as  the  beauty  and  simplicity  of  the  banner 
itself,  made  it  the  permanent  emblem  of 
France. 

It  was  fourteen  years  after  this  tricolor  had 
become  the  national  flag  of  France  that  the 
remarkable  and  startling  chain  of  events,  oc- 
curring a  quarter  of  the  way  around  the  world 
from  our  Father  of  Waters,  made  it  possible 
for  us  to  purchase  the  wonderful  Louisiana 
country. 

424.  Russian-American  Company,  Alas- 
ka.— Although  the  Alaskan  coast  was  explored 
in  1 74 1,  it  was  not  until  1794  that  the  first,  and 
even  then  only  partially  accurate,  chart  of  the 
Alaskan  mainland  was  made.  Kodiak  was  set- 
tled in  1784,  and  in  the  succeeding  years  pri- 
vate traders  raided  and  robbed  the  Indian 
villages,  until  the  reign  of  lawlessness  was 
checked  by  the  formation,  in  1799,  of  the 
Russian-American  Company,  which  remained 
dominant  in  Alaskan  matters  for  sixty  years. 
And  thus  it  was  that  while  the  young  Amer- 
ican Republic  was  getting  on  its  feet  and  meet- 
ing its  first  problems  of  administration  and 
expansion  this  white,  blue,  and  red  standard 
was  flaunting  in  the  sunshine  from  many  a 
ship  through  the  long  days  of  Alaskan  sum- 
mers and  flapping  from  the  flagstaffs  of  many 
a  trading  post  under  the  steely  glitter  of  the 
long  winter  nights.  In  1867  the  Alaska  pur- 
chase placed  our  own  starry  flag  on  those 
valuable  far-northern  shores. 

425.  Aztec  Standarm — Battle  of  Otum- 
EA.— History  says  that  Cortes  and  his  Span- 
iards, with  their  allies,  the  Tlaxcallans,  were 
on  the  verge  of  defeat  at  the  battle  of  Otum- 
ba,  when  the  Spanish  leader,  descrying  the 
gorgeously  decorated  litter  of  the  Aztec  gen- 
eral and  observing  that  he  carried  the  battle 
standard  lashed  to  his  back,  summoned  several 


cavaliers  and,  praying  to  Santiago  (429),  they 
fought  their  way  to  the  Aztec's  side.  Cortes 
overthrew  the  general  and  Salamanca  cut  the 
standard  from  his  back.  The  loss  of  their 
emblem  demoralized  the  Aztec  forces  and 
turned  the  tide  of  the  battle.  Cortes  after- 
ward presented  the  standard  to  the  Tiaxcallan 
chieftain,  Maxixca,  as  a  reward  for  his  aid 
and  friendship,  and  the  Spanish  King  caused 
it  to  be  represented  on  Salamanca's  coat-of- 
arms.  This  illustration  of  the  standard,  which 
was  called  the  Quetzalteopamitl  and  was  com- 
posed of  a  golden  sun  surrounded  by  the  rich- 
est plumes  of  the  quetzal  (see  487),  was  taken 
from  the  picture  w-ritings  of  the  Tlaxcallans, 
shown  in  the  Lienzo  of  Tlaxcalla  (see  426). 

426.  Banners,  AIexican.  —  The  Lienzo  of 
Tlaxcalla  is  a  document  of  great  importance, 
as  it  represents  in  hieroglyphics  the  principal 
events  of  the  conquest  of  Mexico  painted  by 
the  Indians  themselves.  It  is  on  long  bands  of 
linen  and  is  divided  into  86  illustrations  by 
perpendicular  lines.  The  Tlaxcallans  were  a 
fierce  mountain  people,  implacable  foes  of  the 
Aztecs,  and  became  the  staunch  allies  of  Cortes 
after  their  armies  were  decisively  defeated  by 
the  Spaniards  on  their  way  to  Tenochtitlan. 
In  numerous  of  these  illustrations  Cortes  and 
his  cavaliers  are  shown  in  battle,  dressed  in 
their  armor  and  astride  their  prancing  steeds, 
while  by  their  sides  are  shown  their  Tiaxcallan 
allies,  armed  with  their  crude  native  weapons 
and  carrying  their  beautiful  banners  (426) 
cleverly  constructed  of  precious  metals  and 
bright-colored  plumes,  mounted  on  wooden 
staffs  and  lashed  to  their  backs  to  allow  free 
use  of  both  arms. 

427.  Banners — Tncas.  Before  Pizarro.— 
"The  Children  of  the  Sun,"  as  the  Incas  were 
called,  lived  among  the  mountain  fastnesses  of 
Peru  and  were  as  cultured  as  the  Aztecs  of 
Mexico.  Their  country  has  been  called  the 
"Ophir  of  the  Occident,"  and  well  it  deserved 
the  name,  for  its  treasures  of  precious  metals 
exceeded  the  dreams  of  avarice.  Like  the  Az- 
tecs, these  ancient  Peruvians  used  the  gaudy 
plumage  of  tropical  birds  for  decorative  pur- 
poses, and  this  sketch  of  two  old  banners  illus- 
trates the  feathered  halyards  and  trimming. 
These  Sun-worshipers  also  had  great  rever- 
ence for  the  rainbow,  and  used  a  representa- 
tion of  it  in  their  royal  insignia.  An  old  de- 
scription, referring  to  the  ceremony  incident 
to  the  recognition  of  the  heir-apparent,  says: 
"Being  recognized  as  of  age,  he  was  given 
command  of  his  father's  armies  and  was  en- 
titled to  display  the  royal  standard  of  the  rain- 
bow in  his  military  campaigns." 

428.  Cortes  Standard. — "The  hardy  and 
romantic  adventurers  who  followed  in  the 
wake  of  Columbus  were  not  merely  sordid 
gold  hunters;  they  were  the  descendants  of 
soldiers  who  had  for  centuries  fought  in  the 
holy  wars  of  the  Cross  against  the  Crescent, 
and  in  their  veins  flowed  the  blood  of  the 
knight-errant  and  Crusader.  Gold  they  sought 
with  eagerness  and  without  scruple;  but  they 
wanted  glory  almost  as  much  as  they  wanted 
gold,  and  in  the  pursuit  of  both  they  carried 
aloft  the  banner  of  the  Church." 

Around  the  edge  of  this  standard  of  Cortes 
there  appears  in  Spanish:  "This  standard  was 


I 


3S6 


that  carried  by  Hernando  Cortes  in  the  Con- 
quest of  Mexico."  It  now  hangs  in  the  Na- 
tional Museum  at  Mexico  City — a  relic  of  the 
stirring  times  when  the  present  city  was  Te- 
nochtitlan,  the  Aztec  capital  and  the  scene  of 
Montezuma's  grandeur.  Another  standard 
carried  by  Cortes  was,  according  to  Prescott, 
"of  black  velvet,  embroidered  with  gold,  and 
emblazoned  with  a  red  cross  amidst  flames  of 
blue  and  wliite,  with  this  motto  in  Latin  be- 
neath :  'Friends,  let  us  follow  the  Cross ;  and 
under  this  sign,  if  we  have  faith,  we  shall 
conquer.' " 

429.  PizARRO. — This  is  the  banner  of  Pi- 
zarro,  which  the  people  of  Cuzco,  the  royal 
city  of  the  Incas,  presented,  in  1824,  to  Gen- 
eral de  Sucre,  the  trusted  lieutenant  of  the 
liberator  Bolivar  and  the  victor  of  the  battle 
of  Ayacucho,  which  broke  the  power  of  im- 
perial Spain  in  South  America.  De  Sucre,  in 
turn,  presented  it  to  his  commander-in-chief, 
who  gave  it  to  his  native  city  of  Caracas, 
Venezuela,  where  it  is  now  treasured.  This 
standard  is  said  to  have  been  carried  by  Pi- 
zarro  when  he  entered  Cuzco,  a  conqueror,  in 
1533-  It  hung  all  those  intervening  years  in 
the  cathedral  of  the  ancient  Peruvian  city.  In 
a  letter  to  Bolivar,  de  Sucre  said  :  "I  present 
to  you  this  standard  which  Pizarro  bore  to 
Cuzco  300  years  ago ;  a  portion  of  the  ma- 
terial is  in  shreds,  but  it  possesses  the  merit 
of  having  led  the  conquerors  of  Peru." 

Strictly  speaking,  the  flag  is  really  a  banner, 
or  fanion,  such  as  was  generally  used  in  the 
fifteenth  and  sixteenth  centuries.  On  one  of 
its  faces  of  scarlet  damask  the  arms  of  Charles 
V  are  embroidered ;  on  the  other  is  represented 
the  Apostle  St.  James  (Santiago),  in  an  atti- 
tude of  combat,  mounted  on  a  white  horse. 
When  the  standard  was  received  in  Caracas, 
the  reverse  side  consisted  only  of  white  satin, 
and  it  was  not  discovered  until  1872  that  this 
was  not  a  part  of  the  flag,  but  a  covering  to 
protect  its  most  interesting  face,  upon  which 
is  painted  and  embroidered  the  figure  of  the 
mounted  warrior.  The  red  cross  of  Santiago 
appears  on  his  coat-of-mail,  but  the  hilt  is  all 
that  remains  of  the  sword  in  his  hand. 

430.  Pizarro. — General  San  Martin,  "the 
liberator  of  the  South,"  believed  this  flag  to 
be  the  standard  of  Pizarro;  but  old  documents 
relating  to  the  founding  of  Lima  by  the  Span- 
ish conqueror  seem  to  prove  that  it  was  the 
banner  of  that  city.  The  escutcheon  granted 
to  Lima  by  Charles  V,  in  1537,  appears  on  the 
flag. 

The  Municipal  Council  of  Lima  presented 
the  standard  to  San  Martin  in  1821,  after  his 
successful  campaigns  in  Chile,  and  in  his  fare- 
well proclamation  to  the  Peruvians  the  follow- 
ing year,  prior  to  his  departure  for  Europe, 
he  said :  "I  have  in  my  possession  the  standard 
which  Pizarro  bore  to  enslave  the  empire  of 
the  Incas.  I  have  ceased  to  be  a  public  man, 
but  by  this  alone  I  am  rewarded  with  usury 
for  ten  years  of  revolution  and  war."  In  his 
last  testament  he  provided  that  "the  standard 
which  the  Spanish  bandit  Pizarro  waved  in  the 
conquest  of  Peru  be  returned  to  the  said  Re- 
public." 


THE    LIBERATORS    OF    tATIN    AMERICA 

431.     San   Martin.— Flying   this   flag 


Gen- 


eral San  Martin  came  north  into  Peru  with 
his  Ejercito  Libcrtador,  or  liberating  army,  in 
1820,  after  having  effected  the  complete  over- 
throw of  the  royalists  in  Chile.  Forces  sent 
against  the  liberator  joined  his  army,  and  in 
Lima  even  the  Viceroy's  secretaries  were  revo- 
lutionists at  heart.  General  San  Martin  en- 
tered the  capital  on  July  12,  1821,  and  was  pre- 
sented with  the  flag  of  Pizarro  (see  430)  ;  on 
July  28  the  proclamation  of  independence  was 
issued  in  the  Plaza  Major. 

After  laying  the  foundations  of  a  republican 
government,  the  Protector  journeyed  north  to 
Guayaquil,  Ecuador,  to  confer  with  General 
Simon  Bolivar,  who  had  accomplished  inde- 
pendence for  the  Northern  States  of  South 
America.  Then  San  Martin  returned  to  Lima 
and,  after  placing  the  government  in  the  hands 
of  the  first  constituent  congress,  retired  to  Eu- 
rope, the  recipient  of  every  honor  within  the 
gift  of  a  grateful  people. 

432.  Army  of  the  Andes.  —  This  silken 
"Banner  of  the  S"n/'  as  it  was  called,  with  its 
beautiful,  emljroidered  design  ana  edges  deco- 
rated with  precious  stones,  was  made  for  San 
Martin's  Army  of  the  Andes  by  the  women  of 
Mendoza  City,  which  lies  at  the  foot  of  the 
Chilo-Argentine  Cordillera  on  the  Argentine 
side.  The  revolutionary  leader  carried  it  over 
the  snow-covered  mountains  into  Chile,  which 
he  liberated. 

The  flag  was  publicly  consecrated  in  Men- 
doza City  with  elaborate  ceremony  on  January 
5,  1817.  As  it  was  unfurled  a  salute  of  twenty- 
one  guns  was  fired,  the  populace  shouting, 
"Long  live  our  Argentine  country."  General 
San  Martin  then,  holding  aloft  the  banner,  ex- 
claimed in  a  vibrating  voice,  "Soldiers!  Swear 
to  uphold  this  standard  and  die,  if  necessary, 
in  its  defense,  as  I  swear  to  die!"  "We  swear 
to  do  so !"  came  the  response,  amid  a  triple 
discharge  of  musketry,  followed  by  a  salvo  of 
twenty-five  guns. 

The  design  of  the  badge  on  the  field  of  blue 
and  white  is  practically  the  same  as  the  present 
Argentine  coat-of-arms   (see  453). 

433.  Boeivar. — Under  this  flag  Simon  Boli- 
var, the  liberator,  broke  the  hold  of  imperial 
Spain  upon  its  provinces  in  northern  South 
America  early  in  the  19th  century.  Venezuela, 
Colombia,  Bolivia,  and  Peru  owe  their  inde- 
pendence to  him  and  he  is  worshiped  as  a  na- 
tional hero  in  these  countries.  It  is  said  that 
while  visiting  the  United  States  on  his  return 
journey  from  Paris,  where  he  had  been  an  eye- 
witness to  some  of  the  stirring  scenes  of  the 
last  days  of  the  French  revolution,  he  was  first 
impressed  with  the  desirability  of  political  in- 
dependence, and,  returning  to  Venezuela,  he 
began  the  military  operations  which  freed  his 
native  land. 

434.  Banner  oe  Hidaego. — "Viva  America, 
viva  religion,  death  to  bad  government,"  was 
the  war  cry  of  Mexico's  soldier-priest,  Miguel 
Hidalgo,  who,  shortly  after  the  American  col- 
onies had  attained  their  independence,  led  the 
popular  revolt  against  Spanish  rule  in  the 
country  to  the  south  of  us.  His  flag  was  the 
sacred  banner  of  the  Virgin  of  Guadalupe,  the 


357 


828  TUNIS- 

BEYS  STANDARD 


358 


^sIL^ 


849  KINGS  850     TRINITY    HOUSE 

^         HARBOUR   MASTER  "  ENGLISH    LIGHTS 


NORTHERN    LIGHTS 
RISH    LIGHTS    BOARD  V  ESSE  LS   &   LIG  HT  HOUSES 

851  852 


JAVY    DEPT    ORDNANCE 
853 


PILOT   JACK 
857 


858    LLOYDS   SIGNAL 
STATIONS  AND    BOATS 


359 


patron  saint  of  Mexico,  and  was  flown  in  tri- 
umph for  a  time;  but  disaster  overtook  him 
and,  with  several  of  his  generals,  he  was  shot 
to  death  at  Chihuahua  in  1811.  Two  subse- 
quent revolutions  were  also  led  by  priests, 
Padres  Morelos  and  Mier,  and  they,  too,  met 
Hidalgo's  fate.  They  died  upon  the  threshold 
of  success,  however,  for  Mexican  independ- 
ence of  Spain  was  accomplished  in  1821.  The 
banner  of  Hidalgo  is  preserved  in  the  National 
Museum  in  Mexico  City. 

435.  Treaty  of  Tordesillas. — These  flags 
appearing  on  maps  of  the  sixteenth  century  in- 
dicate the  division  of  territory  for  exploration 
and  conquest  by  Spain  and  Portugal  effected 
by  the  Treaty  of  Tordesillas  in  1494.  Pope 
Nicholas  V  had  given  the  Portuguese  exclusive 
right  to  the  "road  to  the  Indies"  in  1454,  but 
he  had  in  mind  only  the  coast  of  Africa.  Com- 
plicating the  situation  came  the  discovery  of 
land  in  the  west  by  Columbus,  who  believed 
that  he  had  found  the  eastern  shores  of  Asia. 
Pope  Alexander  VI,  a  Spaniard,  was  appealed 
to  and  h.e  drew  a  line  north  to  south  a  hundred 
leagues  west  of  the  Azores,  giving  the  Span- 
iards the  right  to  all  that  lay  beyond.  The 
Portuguese  protested  and  the  diplomats  met  at 
Tordesillas,  Spain,  with  the  result  that  the  line 
was  shifted  270  leagues  farther  west,  approxi- 
mating the  50th  meridian  of  longitude  west  of 
Greenwich.  This  line  strikes  South  America 
at  the  mouth  of  the  Amazon,  and  the  Span- 
iards therefore  laid  claim  to  the  greater  part 
of  the  continent  and  soucjht  to  exclude  all 
other  nations.  This  probably  explains  why 
Portugal  secured  only  Brazil  from  all  this  vast 
domain. 

436.  Order  oe  Christ. — This  flag  is  to  be 
found  on  old  maps  of  Brazil,  where  it  indi- 
cates the  control  of  territory  by  the  members 
of  the  Brazilian  section  of  this  ancient  order, 
which  was  instituted  by  Denys,  King  of  Portu- 
gal, in  123T,  to  expel  the  Moors  from  Betica, 
adjoining  Portugal.  According  to  eighteenth 
century  historians,  the  order  "added  many  gal- 
lant Countries  in  Asia,  Africk,  and  Brazil,  to 
the  dom.ains  of  Portugal,  and  so  improved 
their  own  Estates,  that  all  the  Isles  in  the  At- 
lantick  do  belong  to  them ;  besides  the  Rents 
of  the  Mine  of  St.  George  in  Guinea,  amount- 
ing to  100.000  Ducats  of  yearly  Income." 

437.  Brazil  Empire. — Driven  from  their 
kingdom  by  the  invading  armies  of  Napoleon, 
the  royal  family  of  Portugal  in  1808  took  ref- 
uge in  Brazil,  and  for  the  first  time  in  the  his- 
tory of  the  world  a  colony  became  the  seat  of 
government  of  its  mother  country.  The  prince 
regent,  coming  to  the  throne  as  Dom  John  VI, 
raised  this  standard  of  empire.  In  1889  the 
colonists  threw  off  the  imperial  yoke  and  estab- 
lished a  republic, "retaining  in  their  national 
ensign  (see  458)  some  of  the  characteristic 
features  of  the  empire  flag — the  yellow  dia- 
mond and  the  green  field.  The  shield  and  im- 
perial crown  of  the  old  flag,  however,  were 
replaced  by  the  blue  globe  and  the  republican 
motto,  "Ordem  e  Progresso." 

438.  Spanish  Flag  in  Mexico. — The  old 
flag  from  which  this  illustration  has  been  made 
was  carried  by  Spanish  troops  in  the  war  of 
Mexican  independence  and  it  now  reposes, 
among  other  relics  of  that  struggle,  in  the  mu- 


seum at  Mexico  City.  Its  peculiar  design  is 
an  adaptation  of  the  raguled  cross  of  the  Span- 
ish Bourbons,  which  may  also  be  seen  in  the 
earlier  flags  of  Ostend  and  Biscay  (1143  and 
1146),  but  with  an  added  feature  of  crown- 
crested  coats-of-arms  on  the  ends  of  the  cross. 

439.  Mexico  Flag. — Migrating  Aztecs,  suc- 
cessors to  the  Toltecs  in  Mexico,  in  1325  came 
to  the  shores  of  a  lake  in  the  valley  of  Mexico, 
or  Anahuac,  and  there,  as  had  been  foretold  by 
their  oracle,  "thej^  beheld,  perched  on  the  stem 
of  a  prickly  pear,  which  shot  out  from  the 
crevices  of  a  rock  that  was  washed  by  the 
waves,  a  royal  eagle  of  extraordinary  size  and 
beauty,  with  a  serpent  in  his  talons  and  his 
broad  wings  open  to  the  sun."  This  deter- 
mined the  location  of  Tenochtitlan,  now  the 
City  of  Mexico.  From  this  legend  was  devised 
the  coat-of-arms  which  appears  in  the  center 
of  this  flag,  adopted  w^hen  Mexico  became  in- 
dependent, in  1821  (see  new  coat-of-arms  and 
Mexican  flags  489-492-493). 

440.  Alamo  Flag. — This  was  the  flag  that 
floated  in  1S36  over  the  historic  mission  for- 
tress, the  Alamo,  at  San  Antonio,  when  Texas 
was  fighting  for  her  independence.  For  twelve 
days  the  garrison  of  178  Americans  held  out 
under  the  heavy  bombardment  of  a  force  of 
4.000  ]\Iexicans.  On  the  6th  of  Alarch  the  gar- 
rison was  so  weakened  that  the  Mexicans  w^ere 
able  to  make  assaults.  Twice  beaten  back,  the 
invaders  were  successful  at  last  only  through 
sheer  weight  of  numbers.  They  gained  an  en- 
trance to  find  but  five  of  the  brave  defenders 
alive.  These  Santa  Anna  ordered  bayoneted 
in  cold  blood.  The  war  cry,  '"Remember  the 
Alamo,"  echoed  over  many  a  battlefield,  lead- 
ing the  Texans  to  ultimate  victory.  The  date 
indicated  the  adherence  to  the  constitution  of 
1824,  and  for  this  reason  the  numbers  were 
used  in  place  of  the  eagle,  serpent,  and  cactus 
of  tne  ^Mexican  national  flag. 

441.  Texas  Flag  (Naval). — When  Texas 
seceded  from  Mexico  and  became  an  inde- 
pendent republic,  the  first  flag  that  seems  to 
have  been  adopted  was  the  naval  flag,  with  its 
single  star  and  thirteen  stripes,  the  latter  evi- 
dently borrowed  from  her  neighbor  to  the 
north,  the  United  States.  The  date  given  for 
this  is  April  9,  1836,  antedating  by  several 
months  the  adoption  of  the  first  national  stand- 
ard of  Texas,  the  design  of  which  was  "an 
azure  ground  with  a  large  golden  star  central." 

As  to  the  origin  of  the  lone  star  there  are 
several  legends.  One  gives  the  honor  to  Henry 
Smith,  head  of  the  Provisional  Government, 
who  is  said  to  have  sealed  his  State  papers 
with  the  impression  of  a  brass  button  on  his 
coat,  which  had  in  relief  a  single  star  sur- 
rounded by  an  oak  wreath.  Another  story 
gives  the  credit  to  a  ]\Irs.  Venson,  who  pre- 
sented a  flag  with  that  device  to  a  Texas  regi- 
ment in  1836  (see  State  flag  328). 

442-443.  New  Gran.\da  (Colombia). — 
These  were  the  flags  of  New  Granada,  the 
confederation  of  South  American  States  now 
mainly  embraced  in  the  Republic  of  Colombia. 
In  1863  these  States  effected  a  closer  union 
and  changed  their  flag  from  three  broad  verti- 
cal stripes  of  yellow,  blue,  and  red  to  the  pres- 
ent Colombian  flags  (shown  in  462-463).  The 
old  and  new  ensigns   (442  and  462)   are  much 


360 


alike  except  for  the  change  in  stripes,  for  they 
both  have  the  coat-of-arms  and  the  same  col- 
ors. The  eight-pointed  star  is  on  both  mer- 
chant flags  (443  and  463),  but  on  the  latter  it 
is  placed  on  an  oval  shield. 

444.  Ecuador. — This  flag  of  Ecuador  when 
it  was  a  part  of  the  Repulilic  of  Colombia  had 
as  its  coat-of-arms  a  design  which  was  very 
similar  to  that  used  at  present  (see  480).  The 
circle  of  seven  stars  in  the  upper  part  of  the 
blue  stripe  represented  the  seven  provinces  of 
the  republic. 

445.  South  Peru. — The  flag  of  this  coun- 
try was  in  existence  but  a  short  time,  for  the 
Peruvian  -  Bolivian  Confederation,  to  which 
South  Peru  belonged,  only  endured  about  two 
years.  In  the  process  of  evolution  which 
brought  about  the  present  South  American  na- 
tions, stirring  events  occurred  with  great  ra- 
pidity and  States  formed  by  political  factions 
were  dissolved  almost  overnight.  This  par- 
ticular confederation  was  inaugurated  May  i, 
1837,  and  consisted  of  three  States — North 
Peru,  South  Peru,  and  Bolivia — with  a  presi- 
dent for  each  and  with  General  Santa  Cruz  as 
the  supreme  director,  or  dictator,  of  the  whole. 
It  was  dissolved  following  severe  fighting  and 
the  overthrow  of  the  dictator. 

446.  Guatemala. — Conquered  in  1525  by 
the  Spaniards  under  Don   Pedro  de  Alvarado, 

who  became  famous  as  Cortes'  chief  lieutenant 


in  the  conquest  of  Mexico  and  was  dispatched 
by  him  to  eiTect  the  conquest  of  the  lands  to 
the  south,  Guatemala  continued  under  Spanish 
rule  uiltil  1821,  when  independence  was  at- 
tained. The  Guatemala  of  those  days  con- 
sisted of  the  whole  of  Central  America,  and 
It  was  not  until  1839  that  it  broke  up  under 
civil  wars  into  the  five  republics  of  Guatemala, 
Honduras,  San  Salvador,  Nicaragua,  and 
Costa  Rica.  The  flag  shown  in  the  illustration 
was  the  standard  adopted  May  31,  1858,  which 
preceded  the  present  ensign   (see  482). 

447  -  448  -  449.  Entre  Rigs,  Corrientes, 
Santa  Fe. — These  were  the  flags  of  the  Span- 
ish settlements  established  in  what  is  now  Ar- 
gentina. In  the  days  of  the  viceroys  they  were 
under  the  control  of  a  government  located  at 
Buenos  Aires,  which  in  turn  was  under  the 
authority  of  the  vice-royalty  of  Peru.  Later 
Buenos  Aires  became  the  seat  of  its  own 
viceroy,  having  authority  over  the  Argentine 
Confederation,  composed  of  these  three  States 
and  the  territory  now  occupied  by  Uruguay, 
Paraguay,  and  Bolivia.  Entre  Rios,  Corri- 
entes, and  Santa  Fe  are  still  in  existence,  their 
flags  today  having  the  same  relative  impor- 
tance of  our  own  State  flags.  The  golden  sun 
in  the  center  of  the  Entre  Rios  flag  is  still  used 
in  the  same  position  on  the  ensign  of  modern 
Argentina   (see  451). 


THE    FLAGS    OF    PAN-AMERICA 


450.  The  flag  of  the  Pan-American  Union 
is  a  pennant  adopted  in  1907  and  embodies  all 
of  the  colors  of  the  twenty-one  republics  of 
the  Western  Hemisphere. 

451.  The  national  banner  of  the  Argentine 
Republic  was  devised  in  1812.  The  Congress 
of  Tucuman  formally  recognized  it  as  the 
standard  of  the  new  Argentine  Republic,  then 
officially  designated  "The  United  Provinces  of 
the  Rio  de  La  Plata."  The  Argentine  banner 
is  something  more  than  merely  the  national 
flag  of  that  Republic.  It  is  associated  in  a 
large  measure  with  the  glories  of  Latin  Amer- 
ica, for,  under  the  leadership  of  General  de 
San  Martin  (see  also  431)  and  General  Bcl- 
grano,  it  helped  to  free  Bolivia,  Chile,  Peru, 
and  Ecuador.  This  flag  has  three  stripes,  sky- 
blue  at  the  top  and  bottom  and  white  in  the 
middle.  In  the  center  of  the  field  is  a  golden 
representation  of  the  sun. 

452.  The  merchant  flag  of  Argentina,  known 
as  the  "Bandera  Menor,"  or  flag  of  peace,  is 
exactly  like  the  national  ensign,  except  that  the 
blazing  sun  is  omitted. 

453.  The  presidential  flag  of  the  Argentine 
Repulilic  consists  of  a  banner  upon  which  the 
national  coat-of-arms  is  emblazoned.  The  es- 
sential principle  of  the  coat-of-arms  is  that  of 
an  ellipse  divided  by  the  horizontal  diameter, 
the  field  of  the  upper  half  being  sky-blue  and 
that  of  the  lower  half  white.  In  the  center  of 
the  upper  section  is  a  carmine  liberty  cap,  sup- 
ported by  a  vertical  golden  staff,  held  upright 
by  two  clasped  hands.     Around  the  ellipse  is  a 


border  consisting  of  a  wreath  of  two  inter- 
twined laurel  branches.  At  the  apex  there  is 
a  representation  of  a  golden  sun. 

454.  After  Bolivia  was  liberated  by  the 
sword  of  Gen.  Simon  Bolivar  (see  also  433). 
a  national  flag  and  coat-of-arms  were  adopted. 
The  national  ensign  consists  of  three  stripes — 
red  at  the  top,  gold  in  the  middle,  and  green 
at  the  bottom.  The  red  denotes  the  animal 
kingdom,  the  gold  the  mineral  kingdom,  and 
the  green  the  vegetable  kingdom.  In  the  cen- 
ter of  the  field  is  placed  the  national  coat-of- 
arms. 

455.  The  merchant  banner  of  Bolivia  is  a 
duplicate  of  the  national  ensign,  with  the  coat- 
of-arms  omitted. 

456.  Bolivia's  coat-of-arms  is  elliptical  in 
form.  In  the  center  appears  the  mountain 
crest  of  Potosi,  celebrated  for  its  traditional 
mineral  wealth ;  beneath  this  are  an  alpaca,  a 
sheaf  of  wheat,  and  a  breadfruit  tree.  In  the 
upper  part  is  a  rising  sun  with  light  cloud  ef- 
fect. At  the  apex  is  the  inscription,  "Bolivia." 
On  each  side  of  the  oval  are  three  Bolivian 
banners,  a  cannon,  two  rifles  with  fixed  bayo- 
nets pointing  upward  at  an  angle;  on  the  right 
is  an  Inca  battle-axe  and  on  the  left  a  Hberty 
cap ;  above  all,  as  a  crest,  is  the  condor  of  the 
Andes  between  two  branches  of  laurel  and 
olive. 

457.  The  flag  of  the  Argentine  Admiral 
ashore  is  blue,  with  three  stars  next  to  and 
parallel  with  the  staff,  and  an  anchor  in  the 
center  of  the  field. 


361 


ONTARIO  QUEBEC  NOVA   SCOTIA         875    NEW  MANITOBA  877  PRINCE  BRITISH 

872  873  874  BRUNSWICK  876  EDWARD    I.  COLUMBIA 


ggl^^^s^  882  "^^^^^  ^- -^  R84    ■- — -  885' 

879     NEW  BERMUDA  BAHAMA        SOMBRERO    AND  JAMAICA  TURKS  AND  LEEWARD 

FOUNDLAND  880  ISLANDS        BAHAMA    LIGHTS  883  CAICOS   ISLES  ISLES 


893 

TRINIDAD 
&   TOBAGO 


844 

FALKLAND 
ISLES 


896 

COMMISSIONER 
WESTERN    PACIFIC 


898  ^^__1^/  899        

resi'Bent      brit.solomon    BRIT.RESIDENT 

COMMISSIONER        |   -PROTECT.       GILBERTAND 
NEW    HEBRIDES  ELLICE    ISLES 


903        N.    ZEALAND 
RED    ENSIGN 


904 


TONGA— ENSIGN 
005 


TONGA  — STANDARD 
906 


^_^H 

H  M  C 

TONCA- 

i 

-CUSTOMS 
907 

362 


913  ^-^^-^  914"-^^^^  9li^~~:^^^  916^ .^         917\__--^         918" 

QUEENSLAND  NE\A/  VICTORIA  SOUTH  WESTERN  TASMANIA  TERRITORY 

SOUTH    WALES  AUSTRALIA  A'USTRALIA  PAPUA 


NORTH    BORNEO   CO  GOVERNOR   OF   SABAH 


919 


920 


)23 

STRAITS  LABUAN 

SETTLEMENTS  924 


HONG    KONG  WEIHAIWEI  MAURITIUS        SEYCHELLES 

926  927  928  929 


930   ENS     FEDERATED  JACK    MALAY    STATES 

MALAY  STATES  ''  931 


ENSIGN    PAHANG  ENS     N  EG  R|— SEM  Bl  LA  N 

932  "  933 


363 


458.  The  present  flag  of  Brazil  was  largely 
inherited  from  the  extinct  empire.  It  consists 
of  a  green  held,  twice  as  long  as  wide,  on  which 
a  diamond-shaped  hgure  is  inscribed  in  yel- 
low. The  green  represents  the  vegetable  king- 
dom and  the  yellow  the  mineral.  The  blue 
circle  within  the  yellow  diamond,  studded  with 
stars,  is  a  representation  of  the  heavens  at  Rio, 
when  the  constellation  of  the  Southern  Cross 
is  at  the  meridian.  The  words  stamped  in  the 
course  of  the  terrestrial  orbit  mean  "Order 
and  Progress." 

459.  The  President's  flag  of  Brazil  consists 
of  a  blue  held,  with  the  national  coat-of-arms 
in  the  center.  The  large  five-pointed  star  typi- 
fying the  unity  and  territorial  integrity  of  the 
nation  is  bisected  in  such  a  manner  that  one 
of  the  halves  of  each  point  is  green  and  the 
other  yellow,  symbolizing  respectively  the  vege- 
talile  and  mineral  wealth  of  the  country.  The 
blue  circular  band  inscribed  within  the  star 
contains  twenty-one  small  silver  stars,  remind- 
ers of  the'  twenty  States  of  the  Brazihan  Union 
and  the  neutral  city  of  Rio  de  Janeiro.  The 
five  large  stars  in  the  center  of  the  coat-of- 
arms  represent  the  constellation  of  the  South- 
ern Cross.  The  entire  shield  is  upheld  by  a 
vertical  sword,  in  the  center  of  whose  hilt  on 
a  red  field  is  set  a  star.  The  shield  is  encircled 
by  two  branches  of  coffee  and  tobacco  plants 
as  emblems  of  the  country's  agricultural  wealth, 
while  the  straight  golden  rays,  radiating  in  all 
directions  outward  and  upward  beyond  tlje 
shield,  denote  the  rising  of  the  sun — that  is, 
the  glorious  future  and  destiny  of  Brazil.  In- 
scribed below  are  the  words  "Estados  Unidos 
do  Brazil"  (the  United  States  of  Brazil)  and 
the  date  of  the  establishment  of  the  republic, 
November-  15,  1889. 

460.  October  18,  1917,  wijl  be  the  centennial 
of  the  Chilian  flag.  October  18,  181 7.  Gen. 
Bernardo  O'Higgins,  the  supreme  dictator  of 
Chile,  decreed  its  adoption.  It  consists  of  a 
field,  the  lower  half  of  which  is  red  and  the 
upper  white,  with  a  blue  canton  in  the  upper 
left-hand  corner  occupied  by  a  large  five- 
pointed  silver  star. 

461.  The  banner  of  the  President  of  Chile 
consists  of  the  national  ensign  with  the  coat- 
of-arms  of  the  country  thereon.  The  condor 
and  guemul  supporting  the  shield  represent  the 
strongest  and  most  majestic  bird  of  the  Chilian 
Andes  and  the  most  peculiarly  Chilian  quad- 
ruped. The  tuft  of  three  feathers  which 
crowns  the  shield  was  formerly  used  as  a  spe- 
cial mark  of  distinction  on  the  hat  of  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Republic,  as  a  representation  of  the 
supreme  executive  -dignity  of  the  nation.  In 
the  old  days  of  wooden  iships  the  sailor  who 
first  succeeded  in  boarding  a  warship  of  the 
enemy  and  came  ©ut  of  the  action  alive  was 
rewarded  by  being  crowned  with  a  naval  dia- 
dem of  gold.  Copies  of  this  crown  appear  on 
the  head  of  the  condor  and  the  guemul.  The 
inscription  on  the  coat-of-arms  means  "By 
Right  or  Might." 

462.  Colombia  inherited  its  flag  and  coat- 
of-arms  from  the  Republic  of  New  Granada, 
of  which  it  is  the  successor.  Following  the 
death  of  Simon  Bolivar,  the  Colombian  Union, 
set  up  by  him,  which  consisted  of  the  present 
republics    of    Venezuela,    Ecuador,    Colombia. 


and  Panama,  ceased  to  exist,  and  New  Granada, 
one  of  the  succeeding  States,  adopted  what  is 
now  the  coat-of-arms  and  the  flag  of  Colom- 
bia. The  upper  half  of  this  flag  is  yellow,  the 
lower  half  divided  between  light  blue  and 
bright  red,  the  red  strip  being  at  the  bottom. 
On  the  ensign  is  embroidered  the  national  coat- 
of-arms. 

463.  The  merchant  flag  of  Colombia  is  a 
replica  of  the  national  ensign,  except  that  in- 
stead of  the  coat-of-arms  there  appears  a 
bright  red  oval  surrounding  a  small  field  of 
blue,  upon  which  is  imposed  an  eight-pointed 
star. 

464.  Colombia's  coat-of-arms  consists  of  a 
shield  divided  into  three  horizontal  sections, 
the  upper  section  displaying  upon  a  field  of 
blue  a  golden  pomegranate  tinged  with  red, 
with  the  leaves  and  stem  of  the  same  color. 
On  each  side  of  the  pomegranate  is  an  in- 
clined golden  cornucopia,  the  one  on  the  right 
pouring  out  toward  the  center  gold  coins  and 
the  one  on  the  left  overflowing  with  the  fruits 
of  the  tropics.  The  middle  section  of  the 
shield  is  platinum  colored  and  bears  a  red  lib- 
erty cap  supported  upon  a  lance.  The  lower 
section  represents  a  silvery-waved  ocean,  di- 
vided by  the  Isthmus  of  Panama,  with  full- 
rigged  ship  in  both  the  Pacific  Ocean  and 
Caribbean  Sea.  The  shield  is  supported  by 
four  national  banners.  The  crest  shows  the 
condor  of  the  Andes  with  extended  wings, 
from  its  beak  hanging  a  laurel  wreath  to  which 
is  attached  a  streamer  bearing  the  inscription, 
in  Latin,  in  black  letters,  "Liberty  and  Order." 

465.  For  a  description  of  the  coat-of-arms- 
of  Chile,  see  461. 

466.  Costa  Rica's  flag  is  made  up  of  five 
stripes,  blue  at  the  top  and  bottom,  red  in  the 
center,  and  white  between  the  red  and  blue. 
The  red  stripe  is  double  width.  The  national 
coat-of-arms,  in  diameter  equal  to  the  red 
stripe,  is  placed  in  the  center  of  the  field. 

467.  The  merchant  flag  of  Costa  Rica  is  a 
duplicate  of  the  ensign  except  that  the  coat- 
of-arms  is  left  off. 

468.  As  revised  by  the  decree  of  igo6,  the 
coat-of-arms  of  Costa  Rica  represents  three 
volcanoes  and  an  extensive  valley  between  two 
oceans,  with  a  merchant  ship  sailing  on  each 
of  them.  On  the  extreme  left  of  the  li{je  that 
marks  the  horizon  is  a  rising  sun.  On  the 
upper  part  of  the  field  are  two  myrtle  palms, 
half  covered  and  joined  by  a  white  ribbon 
which  contains  the  following  inscription  in  gold 
letters :  "Republica  de  Costa  Rica."  The  field 
between  the  peaks  of  the  volcanoes  and  the 
myrtle  palms  contains  five  stars  of  equal  size 
arranged  in  an  arc.  The  crest  of  the  shield  is 
a  blue  ribbon  interlaced  in  the  shape  of  a  crown 
and  bearing  in  silver  letters  the  inscription, 
"America  Central." 

469.  The  quarantine  flag  of  Cuba  is  yellow, 
with  a  black  anchor  and  Greek  cross  superim- 
posed upon  the  center. 

470.  The  Cuban  patriotically  calls  his  na- 
tional flag  "La  Estrella  Solitaria,"  or  "The 
Lone  Star."  This  banner  became  the  official 
emblem  of  Cuba  on  the  20th  of  May,  igo2.  It 
consists  of  a  field  with  three  blue  and  two 
white  horizontal  stripes,  with  a  solitary  star 
set  in  the  center  of  a  red  equilateral  triangle 


364 


imposed  upon  the  staff  end  of  the  field.  The 
"lone  star"  is  taken  from  the  banner  of  the  old 
Republic  of  Texas,  the  equilateral  triangle 
from  Masonic  symbolism. 

471.  The  flag  of  the  Secretarj-  of  the  Navy 
of  Cuba  has  a  blue  ground  and  an  anchor  in 
white  in  the  center. 

472.  The  national  coat-of-arms  of  Cuba 
was  adopted  during  the  revolutionary  period 
of  the  republic's  history.  It  has  the  form  of 
an  ogive  shield  and  is  divided  into  three  sec- 
tions, two  of  which  are  in  the  lower  two-thirds 
of  the  shield.  In  the  left  half  of  the  lower 
two-thirds  are  three  blue  and  two  white  stripes 
of  the  Cuban  flag.  In  the  right  half  is  depicted 
a  characteristic  landscape  of  rural  Cuba.  The 
upper  third  of  the  shield  shows  a  sea  with  two 
rocky  capes,  between  which  is  a  golden  key 
closing  the  strait  thus  formed,  signifying  that 
Cuba,  with  her  fine  geographical  position,  is 
the  key  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  The  golden 
disk  of  the  sun,  rising  out  of  the  waves  of  the 
sea  and  shedding  its  rays  in  all  directions,  rep- 
resents Cuba,  redeemed  by  the  blood  of  mar- 
tyrs and  heroes,  with  a  bright  and  glorious 
future  before  her.  The  shield  is  supported  by 
fasces  surmounted  by  a  crimson  Hberty  cap  on 
which  appears  a  five-pointed  star.  Two  inter- 
twined branches,  the  one  of  evergreen  oak  and 
the  other  of  laurel,  denoting  respectively  en- 
during strength  and  vitality  and  victory,  en- 
circle the  right  and  left  sides  of  the  shield. 

473.  The  flag  of  the  Captain  of  the  fleet  of 
Cuba  is  a  blue  triangular  pennant  with  an 
anchor  in  white  imposed  on  it. 

474.  When  the  people  of  the  eastern  part 
of  the  island  of  Haiti  threw  off  the  yoke  of 
the  Haitian  Government  and  established  the 
Dominican  Republic,  they  designed  a  flag 
which  consists  of  a  field  crossed  in  both  direc- 
tions with  white.  The  upper  quarter  next  the 
flagstaff  and  the  lower  quarter  at  the  free  end 
are  blue,  while  the  lower  quarter  next  the 
staff  and  the  upper  quarter  at  the  free  end  are 
red.  In  the  national  ensign  the  coat-of-arms 
of  the  Dominican  Republic  appears  on  the 
white  cross. 

475.  The  merchant  flag  of  the  Dominican 
Republic  is  like  the  national  ensign  except  that 
the  coat-of-arms  is  omitted. 

476.  On  the  shield  of  the  coat-of-arms  of 
the  Dominican  Republic  appear  the  Cross,  the 
Bible,  and  the  colors  of  the  country.  Below 
floats  a  streamer  with  the  inscription,  "Dios, 
Patria,  Libertad" — "God,  Country,  Liberty." 
These  words  were  the  secret  password  of  "La 
Trinitaria,"  the  patriotic  society  which  inau- 
gurated the  revolution  that  resulted  in  the 
freedom  of  the  republic. 

477.  The  admiral's  flag  of  the  Dommican 
Republic  is  like  the  national  ensign  (474)  ex- 
cept that  the  outward  third  of  the  fly  is  swal- 
low-tailed. 

478.  Under  a  legislative  decree  entered  in 
iQoo  the  national  flag  of  Ecuador  is  the  old 
Venezuelan  flag  of  181 1.  The  only  difference 
between  it  and  the  Colombian  flag  (462)  is 
that  the  Ecuadorean  coat-of-arms  appears  in- 
stead of  the  Colombian.  The  law  provides 
that  the  flag  raised  over  the  national  buildings, 
warships,  fortresses,  and  those  hoisted  by  the 
diplomatic  and  consular  agents  of  the  republic 


in  foreign  countries,  shall  bear  the  coat-of- 
arms  of  the  nation  in  the  center  on  the  yellow 
and  blue  stripes. 

479.  The  Ecuadorean  law  of  1900  provides 
that  the  flag  used  by  individuals  and  merchant 
shipping  shall  be  the  national  colors  without 
any  insignia.  The  flags  flown  over  municipal 
buildings  have,  under  that  law,  a  circle  of 
white  stars  on  the  blue  stripe,  of  a  number 
equal  to  that  of  the  provinces  which  compose 
the  republic. 

4.80.  The  coat-of-arms  of  Ecuador  consists 
of  an  oval  shield,  supported  by  the  colors  of 
the  republic,  in  the  upper  part  of  which  is  a 
representation  of  the  sun,  with  that  part  of  the 
zodiac  in  which  are  found  the  signs  corre- 
sponding to  the  months  of  March,  April,  May, 
and  June.  At  the  left  of  the  shield  is  a  repre- 
sentation of  Mount  Chimborazo,  washed  by  a 
river  on  which  floats  a  steamship.  The  shield 
rests  on  consular  fasces,  the  emblem  of  repub- 
lican dignity,  and  is  crowned  by  a  condor  with 
outstretched  wings. 

481.  The  commanding  officer's  pennant  of 
the  Dominican  Republic  is  triangular,  with  the 
representation  of  the  national  colors  still  pre- 
served. 

482.  The  present  national  flag  of  Guate- 
mala is  one  which  was  provided  imder  a  de- 
cree of  1871,  restoring  the  colors  fixed  by  the 
National  Assembly  in  1823.  It  consists  of  three 
vertical  stripes  of  equal  dimensions,  blue  and 
white,  the  latter  in  the  center.  The  national 
ensign  bears  the  coat-of-arms  of  the  country 
on  the  white  stripe. 

483.  The  merchant  flag  of  Guatemala  is 
like  the  national  ensign  except  that  the  coat- 
of-arms  is  omitted. 

484.  The  National  Congress  of  Honduras 
in  1866  made  the  flag  of  the  republic  that  of 
the  old  Central  American  Federation — two  blue 
stripes  and  one  white  stripe  between,  placed 
horizontally,  and  in  addition  a  group  of  five 
stars,  five-pointed,  in  the  center  of  the  white 
field.  In  the  national  ensign  these  stars  are 
replaced  by  the  coat-of-arms  and  regrouped  so 
as  to  form  a  curved  row  of  five  stars  below 
the  escutcheon. 

485.  The  Honduras  merchant  flag,  which 
the  law  says  is  the  national  flag,  as  distin- 
guished from  the  war  flag,  has  the  five  stars 
so  grouped  in  the  center  of  the  white  stripe  as 
to  form  an  "X." 

486.  The  coat-of-arms  of  the  Republic  of 
Haiti  was  established  under  the  constitution 
of  1843.  It  consists  of  a  palm  surmounted  by 
the  cap  of  Liberty  and  ornamented  with  a 
trophy  of  arms,  with  the  motto,  "L'Union  fait 
la  force"  (In  union  there  is  strength).  When 
President  Soulouque  established  himself  as 
Emperor  Faustin  I,  he  modified  the  coat-of- 
arms,  but  it  was  restored  in  1861  and  has  since 
remained  unchanged. 

487.  Guatemala's  coat-of-arms  dates  from 
1871.  It  consists  of  a  shield  with  two  rifles 
and  two  swords  of  gold  entwined  by  laurel 
branches.  On  the  scroll  are  the  words  "Liber- 
tad, 15  de  Setiembne  de  1821"  (Liberty,  15th 
of  September,  1821).  Above  the  scroll  is  a 
quetzal,  the  national  bird  of  Guatemala,  corre- 
sponding to  the  American  eagle.  It  is  said  that 
this  bird   never   survives   captivity,   even  when 


365 


;^#^ 


)V     GENERAL    INDIA 
946 


947 

INDIA  — BADGE 


948    INDIAN    MARINE  ||    JACK    INDIAN    MARINE 

949 


P^^oTe^cV^O^rTtE    ;^"^xI^C^/oTaTE    PR^^^^^^^  ^^^--  SIERRA  LEONE      GOLD  COAST        "sTHELEN^ 


CAPEGOODHOPE         NATAL  ORANGE    RIVER        TRANSVAAL  RHODESIA      HIGH    0^^;^;;,  SS  IO^N^'e  I 


SOUTH    AFRICA 


MILlTARy  ^^^  978'         _ 

°XfTo"a"t^  '?s"H%"R^Er  ^°C"TH^0°R"i?r        ''nUr^TBER        ^.^  ^l^.^eg^^B^I      "°R^^;^0^-^^      COMMS.PORT 

CONSERVANCY  ^^°'^    ^^  RANGOON  CALCUTTA 


ROYAL    MAIL    VESSELS 
983 


PORT    LONDON 

AUTHORITY 

984 


THAMES  CONSERVANCY       i* 
985 


CUSTOMS 

COMMISSIONER 

986 


366 


'JhukLkimam 


1001 


GERMANY 
LAGS    MARITIME   STATES  IMPERIAL    MARINE 

^BADGES     BELOW  1,^    PLACE.,--:t--^BADGE   ABOVE 


OFFICE 
&   VESSELS 


MERCHANT  VESSELS 
OTHER    DEPTS    POST   OFFICE         1012  N  AVA  L  R  ESERVE 


1023 


1021    TURKEY 


VIPERIAL   STANDARD    AFLOAT  RELIGIOUS     FLAG 


1015 


367 


taken  in  earl}'  life.  In  the  ancient  daiS  of  the 
Indians  none  but  the  royal  family  could  wear 
its  beautiful  feathers.  The  tail  feathers  of  the 
male,  which  sometimes  reach  a  length  of  three 
feet,  are  of  a  peacock  green  ranging  to  indigo, 
and  contrast  with  the  scarlet  breast  of  this 
proud  and  unconquerable  bird. 

488.  The  coat-of-arms  of  Honduras  is  an 
elaborate  affair,  with  a  shield  supported  on  the 
mountains  of  the  republic,  and  surmounted  by 
two  horns  of  plenty,  out  of  which  all  good 
things  in  tropical  fruits  and  flowers  are  flow- 
ing. On  the  shield  is  a  pyramid,  with  a  blazing 
sun  rising  out  of  the  green  waters  of  the  sea. 
Around  the  shield  is  an  inscription  which 
reads,  "Republic  of  Honduras — Free,  Sover- 
eign, Independent — 15  Sept.,   1821." 

489.  Mexico  Coat-of-Arms.  —  The  design 
for  the  coat-of-arms  of  Mexico  has  been 
changed  very  recently  from  that  shown  on  the 
flag  pictured  in  439  to  this  arrangement,  which 
shows  a  side  view  of  the  eagle.  It  is,  of  course, 
based  upon  the  legend  relating  to  the  founding 
of  Mexico  City.  It  has  the  same  fundamen- 
tals— the  eagle,  the  serpent,  the  nopal  cactus, 
and  the  branches  of  laurel  and  evergreen  oak — ■ 
but,  in  addition,  has  the  words  "Estados- 
Uiiidos-Mexicaiws"  (United  States  of  Mexico) 
to  rovmd  out  the  circle  and  further  to  identify 
the  seal.  The  change  was  made  in  January, 
1917,  under  the  direction  of  President  Car- 
ranza,  the  explanation  given  being  that  it  con- 
forms more  closely  to  the  ancient  Aztec  picto- 
graphs  of  the  event. 

490.  The  national  flag  of  Haiti  consists  of 
a  field,  the  upper  part  of  which  is  blue  and  the 
lower  red,  with  the  coat-of-arms  of  the  coun- 
trv  in  the  center.  The  flag  was  adopted  in 
1843. 

491.  The  merchant  flag  of  Haiti  is  blue  and 
red,  exactly  like  the  national  ensign,  except  for 
the  absence  of  the  coat-of-arms. 

492.  Dating  from  1823,  the  national  flag  of 
Mexico  consists  of  three  parallel,  vertical  bars, 
the  one  next  the  flagstaff  being  green,  the  mid- 
dle one  white,  and  the  outer  one  red.  The 
three  guarantees  of  the  republic,  which  date 
from  that  time,  are  sj'mbolized  in  the  flag. 
The  green  denotes  independence,  the  white  the 
purity  of  religion,  and  the  red  the  union  of  the 
Spanish  element  with  the  Mexican  nation.  On 
the  white  bar  is  placed  the  national  coat-of- 
arms  (see  also  439-489). 

493.  Mexico's  merchant  flag  is  exactly  like 
the  national  ensign,  except  that  the  coat-of- 
arms  is  absent. 

494.  The  ensign  of  Nicaragua  consists  of  a 
field  .of  three  horizontal  bars,  the  upper  and 
lower  blue  and  the  middle  one  white,  with  the 
coat-of-arms  of  the  country  on  the  white  bar. 
This  flag  dates  irom  1823.  although  in  1854  it 
was  superseded  by  another  banner,  which,  in 
its  turn,  gave  place  to  the  old  one  again.  The 
coat-of-arms  consists  of  a  triangular  shield 
(No.  498). 

495-  According  to  the  law  cited  by  the  Pan- 
.A.merican  Union  respecting  the  merchant  flag 
of  Nicaragua,  merchant  vessels  shall  not  bear 
the  coat-of-arms  on  the  flag. 

496.  The  present  escutcheon  of  the  Repub- 
lic of  Panama  is  described  in  the  Constitution. 
It  rests  upon  a  field  of  green,  symbolical  of 


vegetation.  It  is  ogival  in  form  and  divided 
into  three  parts.  The  center  of  the  shield 
shows  the  Isthmus  with  its  two  seas  and  the 
sky,  wherein  is  depicted  the  moon  rising  over 
the  waves,  with  the  sun  setting  behind  the 
mountains,  thus  marking  the  solemn  hour  of 
Panama's  declaration  of  independence.  The 
upper  part  is  subdivided  into  two  sections.  In 
the  right-hand  section,  on  a  silver  field,  appear 
a  sword  and  gun,  so  placed  as  to  suggest 
abandonment,  signifying  an  eternal  farewell  to 
the  civil  wars  that  have  heretofore  been  the 
cause  of  the  country's  ruin.  In  the  section  to 
the  left,  on  a  field  of  red,  appear  a  spade  and 
hoe,  crossed,  to  symbolize  labor.  The  lower 
part  of  the  shield  is  also  subdivided  into  two 
sections.  The  right-hand  section  shows,  on  a 
field  of  azure,  a  cornucopia,  the  emblem  of 
plenty,  and  in  the  left-hand  section,  on  a  field 
of  silver,.is  a'winged  wheel,  symbolizing  prog- 
ress. Surmounting  the  shield  and  covering  it 
with  outstretched  wings  is  poised  an  eagle,  the 
emblem  of  sovereignty,  its  head  turned  to  the 
left  and  holding  in  its  beak  a  silver  streamer 
with  ends  flying  to  right  and'  left.  On  the 
streamer  is  the  following  motto:  "Pro  mundi 
beneficio"  (For  the  benefit  of  the  world). 
Above  the  eagle  seven  golden  stars  are  grouped 
in  the  form  of  an  arch,  representing  .the  prov- 
inces into  which  the  republic  is  divided.  As 
decorative  accessories  two  national  flags,  gath- 
ered at  the  lower  extremity  of  the  staff,  are 
stacked  on  either  side  of  the  shield. 

497.  The  field  of  the  flag  of  Panama  is  di- 
vided into  four  quarters.  The  upper  quarter 
next  to  the  flagstaff  is  white  and  the  lower  one 
farthest  away  from  the  staff  is  also  white. 
The  lower  quarter  next  the  flagstaff  is  blue 
and  the  upper  quarter  farthest  away  is  red.  In 
the  upper  white  quarter  appears  a  blue  star  and 
in  the  lower  white  quarter  a  red  star.  Both 
the  flag  and  coat-of-arms  of  the  republic  are 
only  provisional,  the  constitution  authorizing 
a  contest  for  the  adoption  of  a  permanent  de- 
sign. 

498.  The  present  escutcheon  of  Nicaragua 
was  borrowed  from  the  old  "United  Provinces 
of  the  Center  of  America,"  of  which  it  was  a 
member.  On  the  base  appears  a  range  of  vol- 
canoes, located  upon  a  strip  of  land  washed  by 
both  oceans;  surmounting  these  and  in  the 
upper  part  of  the  triangle  appears  a  rainbow, 
below  this  a  liberty  cap  radiating  light.  Around 
the  escutcheon  appears  the  legend  in  gold,  "Re- 
publica  de  Nicaragua  America  Central." 

499.  The  law  prescribing  the  coat-of-arms 
of  Peru  says  :  "The  coat-of-arms  of  the  Peru- 
vian Republic  shall  consist  of  a  shield  divided 
into  three  fields,  to  wit :  one  of  sky  blue,  to  the 
right,  on  which  shall  be  a  llama  looking  toward 
the  left ;  another  of  white,  to  the  left,  with  a 
cinchona  tree;  in  the  base  a  field  of  red  with 
a  cornucopia,  from  which  flow  coins  of  gold. 
These  emblems  s.vmbolize  the  riches  of  Peru 
in  the  three  natural  kingdoms.  The  shield  shall 
bear  as  a  crest  a  civic  crown  (laurel  wreath), 
and  on  either  side  a  flag  and  a  standard  with 
the  national  colors." 

500.  Paraguay's  coat-of-arms  consists  of 
palm  and  olive  branches  interlaced  at  the  ver- 
tex with  a  circular  space  between  :  in  the  cen- 
ter of  this  space  is  the  morning  star,   and   in 


368 


the  outer  border  the  inscription,  "Republica  de 
Paraguay." 

501.  The  ensign  of  Paraguay  is  composed 
of  three  bars — the  upper  red,  the  middle  while, 
the  lower  blue — running  horizontally.  In  the 
center  on  the  obverse  side  appears  the  national 
coat-of-arms.  On  the  reverse  side,  also  in  the 
center,  is  the  seal  of  the  Hacienda  (Treasury), 
a  circle  bearing  the  inscription,  "Paz  y  Jus- 
ticia"  (Peace  and  Justice),  in  the  center  of 
which  is  depicted  a  lion  in  a  vigilant  attitude, 
defending  the  Phrygian  cap — the  symbol  of 
liberty — above  him  on  a  pike. 

502.  The  national  standard  and  flag  of  Peru 
is  composed  of  three  vertical  stripes,  the  end 
ones  red  and  the  middle  one  white.  On  the 
latter  appears  the  coat-of-arms  with  its  crest, 
and  surrounded  at  its  base  by  a  laurel  branch 
to  the  left  and  a  palm  to  the  right,  both  tied 
together  at  their  lower  ends.  This  flag  vvas 
established  by  the  Peruvian  Congress  which 
met  in  1825  and  has  never  been  changed. 

503.  The  merchant  flag  of  Peru  is  the  same 
as  the  national  ensign,  except  that  the  coat-of- 
arms  is  omitted. 

504.  The  merchant  flag  of  Paraguay  has  the 
same  colors  as  the  national  ensign,  the  coat- 
of-arms  being  omitted;  in  its  place  appears  at 
the  end  of  the  white  stripe  next  to  the  flag- 
staff the  seal  of  the  department  having  to  do 
with  merchant  marine  matters. 

505.  The  flag  of  the  admiral  of  the  Para- 
guayan navy  is  a  swallow-tailed  banner  in  the 
national  colors,  with  a  yellow  half  moon  on 
the  end  of  the  white  bar  nearest  the  swallow 
tail. 

506.  In  1912  the  Congress  of  Salvador  or- 
dered a  return  to  the  original  coat-of-arms 
and  flag  of  Central  America  as  they  existed 
in  the  days  of  the  "United  Provinces  of  the 
Center  of  America."  The  flag  consists  of  the 
familiar  three  horizontal  bars,  the  upper  and 
lower  blue  and  the  central  one  white,  with  the 
coat-of-arms  of  the  country  in  the  middle  of 
the  white  bar.  This  is  the  flag  for  ports  and 
vessels  and  for  government  envoys  to  foreign 
countries. 

507.  The  merchant  flag  does  not  bear  the 
coat-of-arms,  but  on  the  middle  stripe  is  in- 
scribed in  silver  letters,  "Dios,  Union  y  Lib- 
ertad." 

508.  Uruguay  has  but  one  flag  for  its  na- 
tional banner  and  the  emblem  of  its  merchant 
marine.  This  consists  of  nine  stripes,  five 
white  and  four  blue,  white  at  the  top  and  bot- 
tom. In  the  upper  corner  next  to  the  staff  is 
a  white  canton  on  which  appears  a  blazing  sun. 
This  is  known  as  "El  Sol  de  Mayo"  (The  Sun 
of  May),  symbolizing  the  awakening  of  the 
colony  into  independent  national  life. 

509.  The  escutcheon  of  Uruguay  is  an  oval 
crowned    with    a    sun    and    divided    into    four 


quarters.  In  the  upper  right-hand  division  is 
depicted,  on  a  lield  of  blue,  a  pair  of  scales, 
symbolizing  equality  and  justice;  in  the  upper 
left-hand  division,  on  a  field  of  silver,  the 
Cerro  of  Montevideo,  as  a  symbol  of  power ; 
in  the  lower  right-hand  division,  on  a  field  of 
silver,  a  horse  running  loose,  symbolizing  lib- 
erty; and  in  the  left-hand  lower  quarter,  on  a 
blue  field,  an  ox,  as  a  symbol  of  abundance. 
The  field  is  inclosed  within  two  branches  of 
olive  and  laurel  joined  at  the  bottom  by  a  bow 
of  azure. 

510.  The  law  establishing  the  coat-of-arms 
of  Salvador  says  :  "The  escutcheon  of  El  Sal- 
vador shall  be  an  equilateral  triangle.  At  its 
base  shall  appear  a  cordillera  of  five  volcanoes 
located  on  a  strip  of  land  appearing  to  be  ' 
washed  by  both  seas;  in  the  upper  part  a  rain- 
bow curved  above;  beneath  an  arc,  a. liberty 
cap  radiating  light,  and  in  the  form  of  a  semi- 
circle an  inscription,  "15  de  Setiembre  1821." 
Surrounding  the  triangle  and  in  the  form  of  a 
circle  shall  be  inscribed  in  letters  of  gold, 
"Republica  de  El  Salvador  en  la  America 
Central,"  and  at  the  base  of  the  triangle,  "Dios, 
Union  y  Libertad."  The  great  seal  of  the  na- 
tion, that  of  the  Secretary  of  the  National 
Assembly,  and  that  of  government  representa- 
tives and  tribunals  of  justice  bear  the  same 
coat-of-arms. 

511.  The  coat-of-arms  of  Venezuela  was 
established  under  a  decree  of  1905.  It  consists 
of  a  shield  divided  into  three  parts,  the  one  at 
the  right  yellow,  with  a  sheaf  of  seven  heads 
of  wheat.  The  second  section  is  red,  bearing 
arms  and  two  national  flags  bound  together 
with  a  wreath  of  laurel.  The  third  section 
occupies  the  entire  lower  portion  of  the  shield, 
is  blue,  and  bears  an  untamed  white  horse. 
The  crest  of  the  shield  is  an  emblem  of  plenty, 
two  cornucopias  flowing  with  fruit.  At  the 
lower  edge  of  the  shield  is  a  branch  of  laurel 
and  palm  tied  together  by  a  ribbon,  bearing  in 
gold  letters  the  following  inscription :  "Inde- 
pendencia— Libertad — 5  de  Julio  de  iSii — 24 
de  Marzo  de  1854 — Dios  y  Federacion"  (Inde- 
pendence— Liberty — God  and  the  Federation). 
July  5,  181 1,  was  the  date  of  the  republic's 
declaration  of  independence,  and  March  24, 
1854,  the  date  of  the  abolition  of  slavery. 

THE  NAVAL  FLAGS  OF  THE  WORLD 

514-727.  These  flags  and  pennants,  showing 
all  of  the  flags  of  command,  commission  pen- 
nants, jacks,  and  pilot  flags  of  the  navies  of 
the  world,  are  used  in  the  same  manner  as 
the  corresponding  ones  of  the  United  States, 
and  the  reader  is  directed  to  descriptions  49, 
50,  51,  53,  54,  58,  and  64-68,  inclusive,  for  in- 
formation as  to  the  time,  occasion,  and  manner 
of  their  respective  use. 


369 


370 


ALGIER 

COLOURS 

1192 


TITUAN 

COLOURS 

1193 


SALLEY 

COLOURS 

1194 


SALLEY 

(MOROCCO) 

1195 


CONSTANTI- 
NOPLE 
1107 


THE     FLAGS    OF    THE    WORLD    TWO    HUNDRED    YEARS    ACQ,     IN     1705 

371 


THE  FLAGS  OF  EUROPE,  ASIA,  AND  AFRICA 


728.  The  flag  of  Abyssinia  consists  of  three 
horizontal  stripes,  the  uppermost  green,  the 
middle  yellow,  and  the  bottom  red.  This  ban- 
ner flies  over  that  part  of  Africa  which  was 
known  in  Bible  times  as  Ethiopia.  It  is  the 
emblem  of  authority  of  a  government  which 
has  been  called  a  sort  of  feudal  monarchy. 
The  Emperor's  title  is  "King  of  Kings."  Cer- 
tain parts  of  the  country  are  ruled  by  princes, 
some  of  them  appointed  by  the  Emperor  and 
others  self-constituted.  Some  of  these  princes 
have  retinues  of  supporters  who  are  perpetual 
warriors  and  whose  usefulness  lasts  as  long  as 
there  are  any  insubordinate  tribes  to  pacify. 
The  Abyssinian  army,  numbering  about  150,000, 
is  largely  composed  of  cavalry  and  is  well 
adapted  for  swift  movement,  as  it  is  not  in- 
cumbered by  any  commissariat,  its  maintenance 
being  obtained  from  the  inhabitants  of  regions 
through  which  it  passes. 

729.  The  flag  of  Albania  has  a  red  field, 
upon  which  is  imposed  a  black  double-headed 
spread  eagle.  This  flag  dates  from  1913,  in 
which  year  a  council  of  six  members,  chosen 
by  the  powers  of  Europe,  set  up  the  principal- 
ity as  an  offset  to  Serbia's  desire  to  possess  a 
port  on  the  Adriatic  Sea.  Austria  resented 
Serbia's  designs  on  the  ground  that  the  small 
nation  would  cut  off  the  dual  monarchy  from 
an  outlet  to  the  Mediterranean  in  a  way  as 
prejudicial  to  her  interests  as  the  closed  Dar- 
danelles were  prejudicial  to  the  interests  of 
Russia. 

730.  The  coat-of-arms  of  Andorra,  one  of 
the  four  vest-pocket  nations  of  the  world,  has 
a  quartered  shield  bearing  thereon  the  episco- 
pal miter,  the  crozier  of  Urgel,  the  red  and 
yellow  pales  of  Aragon,  and  two  belled  cows. 
Andorra  is  under  the  joint  sovereignty  of 
France  and  the  Spanish  Bishop  of  Urgel.  It 
is  governed  b}'  a  council  of  twenty-four  mem- 
bers elected  for  four  years  by  the  heads  of 
families  in  each  parish.  The  council  elects  a 
first  and  second  syndic  to  preside;  the  execu- 
tive power  is  vested  in  the  first  syndic,  while 
the  judicial  power  is  exercised  by  a  civil  judge 
and  two  magistrates.  France  and  the  Bishop 
of  Urgel  each  appoint  a  magistrate  and  a  civil 
judge  alternately.  The  permanent  delegate  of 
the  prefect  of  the  Pyrenees-Orientales  has 
charge  of  the  interests  of  France  in  the  re- 
public. 

731.  A  century  ago  Napoleon  declared,  "I 
recall  a  miniatur*  republic  lost  in  a  corner  of 
the  Pyrenees."  Today  the  hero,  the  conqueror, 
and  the  soldier,  merely  a  handful  of  dust,  is 
often  recalled  by  Andorra.  But  in  its  mild- 
ness, its  weakness,  its  isolation,  the  republic 
has  found  strength,  and  its  colors  float  upon 
the  breeze  as  independent  as  they  were  a  cen- 
tury ago,  when  they  waved  over  an  island  of 
peace  in  the  great  sea  of  human  carnage  dur- 
ing the  Napoleonic  wars.  For  nearly  six  cen- 
turies it  has  been  thus.  The  war  between 
France  and  England,  begun  at  Crecy  and  Poi- 


tiers, did  not  move  the  tiny  country.  Queen 
Isabella  and  Ferdinand  left  it  unmolested. 
Charles  V,  dreaming  dreams  of  empire  as  great 
as  those  of  Charlemagne,  did  not  crush  it  upon 
his  way  to  the  Netherlands  or  to  Italy..  Philip 
II,  weaving  his  web  of  expanding  power 
around  so  many  principalities,  cast  110  entang- 
ling thread  about  it.  Cynical  Louis  XI  did 
not  deign  to  harm  it,  and  Louis  XIV,  although 
he  ordered  that  there  should  be  no  more  Pyre- 
nees, left  it  undisturbed.  It  was  a  spectator  of 
the  Carlist  War  in  Spain  in  1833  and  of  the 
contest  between  France  and  Germany  in  1870. 

732.  Built  upon  a  rampart  of  rocks  and  hid- 
den upon  the  southern  slope  of  the  Pyrenees, 
liberty  has  found  a  home  in  Andorra  for  a 
thousand  years.  Appreciating  the  services  ren- 
dered by  the  Andorrans  in  his  campaign 
against  the  Moors,  Charlemagne  gave  them  a 
charter  of  freedom  and  permitted  them  to  gov- 
ern themselves.  Louis  the  Pious  confirmed 
these  rights,  and  from  that  day  to  this  the  tiny 
country  has  been  self-governed  under  its  own 
code  of  laws.  The  Spanish  Bishop  of  Urgel 
holds  spiritual  supremacy  and  looks  after  edu- 
cational matters  and  rehgious  instruction. 
France  exerts  a  temporal  influence  by  appoint- 
ing the  provost  from  the  department  of  Ariege 
to  control  the  military  activities  of  the  repub- 
lic. The  blue,  yellow,  and  red  flag  of  Andorra, 
with  its  coronet  in  the  center,  is  the  youngest 
thing  in  the  nation.  It  is  only  fifty  years  old, 
having  originated  in  the  reform  of  1866  to 
emphasize  the  autonomy  of  the  valley;  but 
neither  of  the  co-suzerains  has  approved  it. 
It  is  displayed  when  the  council  is  in  session. 

733.  The  flag  of  the  Chinese  army  has  a 
red  field  upon  which  is  centered  a  black  star 
bearing  eight  yellow  points,  with  nine  yellow 
disks  on  the  body  of  the  star.  This  is  the  flag 
of  the  republic  and  is  entirely  different  from 
the  one  flown  by  the  Chinese  armies  in  the 
past. 

734.  The  royal  standard  of  Belgium  con- 
sists of  three  vertical  bars — black,  yellow,  and 
red — with  black  next  the  staff.  The  national 
arms  are  imposed  upon  the  middle  or  yellow 
bar.  These  arms  consist  of  a  golden  lion  on 
a  black  ground.  Its  tongue  and  jaws  are  red. 
The  shield  is  ensigned  with  the  royal  crown  of 
Belgium  and  the  supporters  are  two  golden 
lions.  The  motto  of  Belgium  is  "L'Union  fait 
la  force"  (Union  makes  strength).  The  black, 
yellow,  and  red  of  the  Belgian  flag  are  the 
colors  of  the  Duchy  of  Brabant,  and  were 
adopted  in  183 1,  when  the  monarchy  was 
founded. 

735.  Belgium's  merchant  flag  is  a  duplicate 
of  the  royal  standard,  except  that  the  coat-of- 
arms  is  omitted. 

736.  The  flag  of  the  Chinese  navy  under  the 
republic  is  red,  with  a  blue  canton  in  the  upper 
corner  next  the  staff,  upon  which  is  a  large 
white  sun  with  ravs  emanating  in  the  form  of 
small  triangles.    This  flag  succeeds  the  one  in 


372 


which  the  dragon,  on  a  yellow  field,  was  shown 
in  the  act  of  devouring  a  red  sun. 

737.  China's  national  flag,  which  is  also 
used  in  the  merchant  service,  consists  of  five 
broad  horizontal  stripes,  the  uppermost  red, 
the  next  yellow,  the  next  blue,  the  next  white, 
and  the  one  at  the  bottom  black.  These  colors 
stand  respectively  for  China,  Manchuria,  Mon- 
golia, Tibet,  and  Turkestan. 

738.  The  royal  standard  of  Denmark  con- 
sists of  a  swallow-tail  red  fly  with  the  daiiuc- 
brog,  or  silver  cross,  upon  it.  The  origin  of 
this  cress  is  said  to  date  from  1219,  when  King 
Waldemar,  at  a  critical  moment  in  his  career, 
averred  that  he  had  seen  this  cross  in  the 
heavens.  He  asserted  that  it  became  strength 
for  him  and  saved  Denmark.  At  the  intersec- 
tion of  the  daiincbrog  is  the  coat-of-arms.  The 
first  cjuarter  of  the  shield  represents  Denmark, 
with  three  blue  lions,  crowned,  on  a  golden 
ground  powdered  with  red  hearts.  The  second 
quarter  represents  Schleswig,  with  two  blue 
lions  on  a  golden  ground.  The  third  quarter 
stands  for  modern  Sweden  and  shows  three 
golden  crowns  on  a  blue  field;  Iceland  is  rep- 
resented by  a  silver  hawk  on  a  red  ground ; 
the  Faroe  Islands  by  a  silver  goat  walking  on 
a  blue  ground,  and  Greenland  by  a  silver  polar 
bear  on  a  blue  ground.  The  fourth  quarter 
proclaims  Jutland,  a  blue  lion  at  the  top  on  a 
golden  ground  with  ten  red  hearts  below ;  Van- 
dalia  has  a  golden  dragon  on  a  red  ground,  and 
Holstein  is  represented  by  three  leaves  of 
nettle  and  the  three  nails  of  the  Passion  of 
Christ.  The  supporters  are  two  savage  men 
wearing  green  wreaths  and  holding  wooden 
clubs  (see  also  1172). 

739.  Denmark's  ensign  is  the  same  as  the 
royal  standard  (738),  except  that  the  national 
coat-of-arms  is  omitted.  It  is  the  oldest  na- 
tional ensign  in  existence. 

740.  The  merchant  flag  of  Denmark  has  a 
red  field  with  a  white  cross  upon  it,  and  omits 
the  swallow-tail   feature  of  the  ensign. 

741.  The  flag  of  Iceland  is  of  the  same  di- 
mensions as  the  Danish  merchant  flag,  the  field 
being  blue  and  the  cross  red,  with  thin  white 
stripes  separating  the  red  of  the  cross  from 
the  blue  of  the  field. 

THi;   REPUBLIC   OF   FRANCE 

•  742.  The  flag  of  the  President  of  France 
consists  of  the  French  tricolor,  with  the  initials 
of  the  President  in  gold  on  the  white  stripe. 

743.  The  familiar  and  inspiring  tricolor  of 
France  dates  from  the  year  that  gave  the 
United  States  its  Constitution — 1789.  The  best 
authorities  are  doubtful  as  to  the  true  story  of 
its  origin,  but  there  are  three  principal  theories 
as  to  the  derivation  of  its  combination  of 
colors.  The  first  of  these,  and  the  most  au- 
thentic, is  that  after  the  taking  of  the  Bastille, 
when  Lafayette  had  been  appointed  by  accla- 
mation commander-in-chief  of  the  National 
Guard,  he  devised  for  the  Guard  a  new  cock- 
ade made  of  the  white  of  the  royal  family  and 
of  the  colors  of  Paris  time  out  of  mind,  which 
were  and  continue  to  be  red  and  blue.  From 
this  cockade,  most  historians  believe,  came  the 
French  national  flag.  Another  version  links 
the    tricolor    with    the   three    historic    flags    of 


France — the  blue  of  the  Chape  de  Martin,  the 
red  of  the  oriflamme,  and  the  white  of  the 
Bourbons.  It  will  be  recalled  that  the  Chape 
de  Martin  was  supposed  to  be  the  original 
cloak  which  St.  Martin  divided  with  a  beggar 
at  Amiens,  which  act  was  followed  by  a  vision 
of  Christ  making  known  to  the  angels  this  deed 
of  charity.  The  chape  was  in  the  keeping  of 
the  monks  of  Marmoutier,  and  Clovis  carried  it 
when  he  conquered  Alaric,  while  Charlemagne 
bore  it  at  Narbonne.  When  the  kings  of 
France  transferred  the  seat  of  government  to 
Paris,  the  local  saint,  St.  Denis,  was  held  in 
high  honor,  and  gradually  the  plain  scarlet 
banner,  known  as  the  oriflamme,  and  kept  in 
the  abbey  church,  supplanted  the  blue  of  St. 
INIartin  as  the  national  colors.  The  oriflamme 
appeared  for  the  last  time  at  the  battle  of 
Agincourt,  in  1415.  The  Huguenot  party  in 
France  adopted  the  white  flag,  and  when  Henry 
III,  himself  a  Protestant,  came  to  the  throne 
he  made  it  the  royal  ensign.  His  successor, 
Henry  IV,  the  first  king  of  the  Bourbons, 
adopted  it  as  the  national  flag.  The  third  ac- 
count of  the  tricolor's  origin  is  that  it  is  copied 
from  the  shield  of  the  Orleans  familv,  as  it 
appeared  after  Philippe  figalite  knocked  off^  the 
fleur  de  lis.  During  the  first  and  second  em- 
pires, the  tricolor  became  the  imperial  stand- 
ard, but  in  the  center  of  the  white  stripe  was 
placed  the  eagle,  while  all  three  stripes  were' 
richly  powdered  with  the  golden  bees  of  the 
Napoleon  family.  The  flag  of  France  today 
waves  over  territory  nearly  one  and  a  half 
times  as  large  as  that  covered  by  the  United 
States.  French  colonies  have  a  total  of  ap- 
proximately 4,500,000  square  miles.  Among 
the  flags  of  the  earth,  only  the  Union  Jack  and 
the  banner  of  Russia  float  over  more  territory. 

744.  The  flag  of  the  French  Governors  of 
Colonies  consists  of  a  blue  field  with  a  canton 
of  white  and  red  in  the  quarter  next  to  the 
flagstaff,  a  blue  stripe  as  wide  as  the  white 
and  the  red  stripe  separating  the  canton  from 
the  staff.  This  flag  is  to  be  flown  below  the 
national  ensign. 

745.  The  flag  of  French  Indo-China  and  of 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  of  Senegal  is  a  dupli- 
cate of  the  flag  of  the  French  Governors  of 
Colonies,   except  that  it  is   swallow-tailed. 

746.  The  flag  of  Greece  consists  of  nine 
alternate  stripes  of  blue  and  white,  four_  white 
and  five  blue,  with  a  canton  of  blue  in  the 
upper  comer  next  the  staff,  upon  which  is  im- 
posed a  white  cross  bearing  at  its  point  of  in- 
tersection a  Greek  crown.  The  colors  of  the 
flag,  white  and  blue,  were  derived  from  the 
arms  of  Otto  of  Bavaria,  who  was  called  to 
the  throne  of  Greece  in  1833.  The  motto  of 
the  nation  reads,  "My  strength  is  my  people's 
love." 

747.  The  merchant  flag  of  Greece  is  a  dupli- 
cate of  the  ensign,  with  the  exception  that  the 
crown  is  omitted  from  tlie  cross  in  the  canton. 

748.  The  ambassadorial  flag  of  Italy  con- 
sists of  a  white  fly,  upon  which  is  superim- 
posed, in  a  line  descending  from  the  upper 
corner  next  the  staff  to  the  lower  corner  of 
the  fly,  three  blue  six-pointed  stars. 

749.  When  a  merchant  ship  is  taken  over 
by  the  Italian  navy,  it  flies  a  triangular  pen- 
nant, the  base  half  of  which  next  the  staff  is 


2>73 


blue  and  the  apex  half  white.  Upon  the  blue 
is  placed  a  crowned  anchor,  proclaiming  the 
government  and  the  navy. 

750.  Italy's  royal  standard  consists  of  a 
square  blue  field  on  which  is  centered  the  na- 
tional coat-of-arms.  A  crown  appears  in  each 
corner  of  the  flag  outside  the  encircling  collar 
of  the  Annunciation.  Within  this  collar  is_  a 
crowned  black  spread-eagle  on  blue.  On  its 
breast  is  an  oval  shield  bearing  a  silver  cross 
on  a  red  ground,  the  arms  of  Savoy  (see  also 
1 181).  The  collar  itself  is  composed  of  a  se- 
ries of  red  and  white  roses  and  the  letters 
F.  E.  R.  T.,  meaning  "Fortitudo  ejus  Rhodum 
tenuit"  (His  firmness  held  Rhodes),  this  being 
a  tribute  to  Amadeus  the  Great  from  the 
Knights  of  St.  John  of  Jerusalem,  in  1310,  for 
his  help  against  tlie  Saracens  at  the  siege  of 
Rhodes.  The  pendant  of  the  collar  of  the  An- 
nunciation bears  a  design  representing  that 
holy  event. 

751.  When  Napoleon  made  the  northern 
provinces  of  Italy  into  a  kingdom,  in  1805,  he 
gave  it  a  flag  of  three  colors — green  next  to 
the  flagstaff,  white  in  the  middle,  and  red  at 
the  fly  end.  This  flag  disappeared  when  Na- 
poleon was  overthrown,  but  was  revived  when 
Victor  Emmanuel.  King  of  Sardinia  and  a 
representative  of  the  house  of  Savoy,  became 
king.  Today  Italy's  ensign  consists  of  the 
Savoy  arms,  surmounted  by  a  crown,  on  the 
central  white  vertical  stripe  of  Napoleon's 
green,  white,  and  red. 

752.  The  Italian  merchant  flag  is  an  exact 
duplicate  of  the  ensign,  with  the  exception  that 
the  crown  is  omitted  above  the  arms. 

753.  The  flag  of  the  Governor  of  Eritrea, 
the  Italian  colony  in  Africa,  consists  of  a  white 
field  upon  which  are  imposed  the  arms  and 
crown  of  Italy. 

754.  The  flag  of  the  Emperor  of  Japan  con- 
sists of  a  red  field  upon  which  is  centered  a 
golden  representation  of  the  yellow  chrysan- 
tiicmum.  It  is  essential  that  the  flower  should 
invariably  have  sixteen  petals.  While  the  use 
of  this  flower  as  a  badge  is  not  necessarily 
confined  to  the  imperial  family,  its  members 
alone  have  the  right  to  use  the  sixteen-petalled 
form.  If  used  by  any  other  family,  society, 
or  corporation,  it  must  be  with  a  number  of 
petals  less  or  more  than  sixteen. 

755.  The  flag  of  the  Japanese  crown  prince 
is  like  that  of  the  emperor,  except  that  the 
chrysanthemum  is  centered  in  a  rectangle 
formed  by  a  line  of  white  on  the  red  field  of 
the  flag. 

756.  The  Japanese  ensign  consists  of  a  ris- 
ing sun,  slightly  to  the  left  of  the  center  of  a 
white  field,  with  rays  radiating  to  all  points  of 
the  compass.  Both  the  sun  and  the  rays  are 
red,  and  the  devi>ce  is  generally  known  as  the 
sunburst. 

757.  The  Japanese  merchant  flag  is  white, 
of  rectangular  form,  with  a  rayless  red  sun  in 
the  center,  its  diameter  approximately  half  the 
width  of  the  field. 

758.  The  Japanese  guard  flag  is  of  white, 
with  two  horizontal  parallel  dancetty  lines  in 
red  across  it.  A  '"dancetty'  line  is  zigzag,  re- 
sembling the  "worm"  of  a  rail  fence,  with  deep 
indentations. 

759.  The  Japanese  transport  flag  is  identical 
with  the  Japanese  guard  flag,  with  the  excep- 


tion that  the  dancetty  lines  are  blue  instead  of 
red. 

760.  The  Japanese  commanding  officer's  flag 
is  a  swallow-tail  white,  with  the  red  sun  and 
four  rays,  two  vertical  and  two  horizontal. 

761.  This  flag,  flown  by  all  ships  under 
Japanese  registry  carrying  mail,  consists  of  a 
white  field  with  two  horizontal  red  stripes, 
separated  by  a  narrower  white  stripe  occupy- 
ing the  upper  half.  The  lower  half  is  quar- 
tered by  a  red  stripe,  which,  with  the  lower  of 
the  two  horizontal  red  stripes,  forms  a  T- 
square. 

762.  The  flag  which  distinguishes  a  Japa- 
nese repair  ship  is  the  same  as  that  displayed 
by  a  transport,  with  the  exception  that  the  bot- 
tom and  top  of  the  white  field  are  bordered 
with  red  stripes. 

763.  In  1910  the  Kingdom  of  Korea  was 
abolished  by  Japan,  whose  influence  in  this  ter- 
ritory had  been  recognized  as  paramount  by 
the  treaty  which  ended  the  Russo-Japanese 
War.  Tile  name  of  Chosen  was  given  the 
State,  and  the  red  and  white  of  the  Japanese 
ensign  were  utilized  in  the  flag  adopted. 

764.  The  national  ensign  of  Liberia,  which 
is  also  the  merchant  flag,  has  eleven  horizontal 
stripes  of  red  and  white,  red  at  the  top  and 
bottom,  with  the  blue  canton  in  the  upper  cor- 
ner next  to  the  flagstaff,  on  which  is  super- 
imposed a  large  white  star.  This  flag  was 
adopted  at  the  time  the  Republic  of  Liberia 
was  established,  in  1847,  by  colonists  from 
America. 

765.  The  flag  of  the  Presiden-t  of  Liberia 
consists  of  a  square  blue  standard  upon  which 
is  imposed  a  shield  containing  the  red  and 
white  stripes  of  the  national  colors,  and  above 
it  the  five-pointed  star  of  the  republic. 

766.  The  coat-of-arms  of  Liechtenstein  (see 
767)  consists  of  a  shield  imposed  upon  the 
mantle  of  the  Prince  of  the  Holy  Roman 
Empire,  with  his  crown  forming  the  crest.  On 
the  escutcheon,  which  is  quartered,  are  the 
arms  of  Silesia  for  Ritberg;  the  second  quar- 
ter of  the  shield,  with  its  six  stripes  of  red 
and  gold,  and  green  crown  of  rue  cutting  them 
diagonally,  represents  Khuenring;  the  third 
quarter,  half  red  and  half  silver,  is  for  Trop- 
pau;  the  fourth  quarter,  of  gold,  with  its  black 
harpy  crowned,  represents  East  Frisia.  At  the 
point  of  the  shield  in  blue  is  a  golden  hunting 
horn,  representing  Jagerndorf;  the  small  red 
and  gold  shield  in  the  center,  imposed  upon  all 
four  quarters,  represents  Liechtenstein  itself. 

767.  With  its  field  shared  by  yellow  and 
red,  the  latter  occupying  the  lower  half,  the 
national  banner  of  the  principality  of  Liechten- 
stein flies  over  a  nation  having  an  area  of  65 
square  miles.  This  miniature  principality  lies 
between  Austria  and  Switzerland.  It  consists 
of  Schellenberg  and  Vaduz,  formerly  fiefs  of 
the  Roman  Empire.  Schellenberg  in  1699  and 
Vaduz  in  1712  came  into  the  possession  of  the 
House  of  Liechtenstein  and  were  set  up  as  a 
principality  by  Emperor  Carl  VI  in  1719.  After 
the  break-up  of  the  empire  in  1S06,  the  princi- 
pality was  incorporated  in  the  Rhine  Confed- 
eration. When  the  map  of  Europe  was  remade 
after  the  Napoleonic  wars,  it  became  a  part  of 
the  German  Confederation  and  remained  so 
from  that  time  until  1866,  when  the  Confedera- 
tion broke  up.     Since  then   it   has   not  joined 


374 


itself  witli  any  other  nation.  There  is  no  pvib- 
lic  debt  and  the  inhabitants  have  not  been 
lialjle  to  military  service  since  1867. 

768.  With  its  tricolor  of  red,  white,  and 
blue  in  three  horizontal  bars,  red  at  the  top 
and  blue  at  the  bottom,  the  flag  of  Luxemburg 
flies  over  a  country  that  did  not  raise  a  hand 
to  check  the  invader  in  1914.  An  alien  army 
now  passes  over  its  soil  at  will  and  unresented. 
The  population  of  Luxemburg  is  approximately 
260,000,  and  it  is  governed  by  a  reigning  Grand 
Duchess  and  a  Chamber  of  Deputies.  The 
Grand  Duchy  was  included  from  1815  to  1866 
in  the  Germanic  Confederation.  By  the  treaty 
of  London  in  1867  it  was  declared  neutral  ter- 
ritory and  its  integrity  and  independence  were 
guaranteed. 

769.  The  Prince  of  Monaco  flies  a  flag  con- 
sisting of  a  white  field  upon  which  is  a  crowned 
shield,  covered  with  lozenge-shaped  figures  nf 
red  and  silver,  surrounded  by  the  collar  of  the 
order  of  St.  Charles,  instituted  in  1863.  The 
shield  bears  as  a  pendant  a  Maltese  cross.  The 
supporters  are  two  monks  with  swords.  Tiie 
motto  placed  over  the  shield  is  "Deo  Juvante" 
(God  Helping). 

MONACO— SMALLEST    NATION    ON    EARTH 

770.  The  red  and  white  flag  of  Monaco 
floats  over  the  smallest  nation  on  earth.  The 
entire  area  of  the  territory,  whose  symbol  of 
authority  it  is,  is  only  eight  square  miles.  Al- 
though it  is  smallest  in  area,  there  are  three 
smaller  in  population.  It  has  23,000  inhabit- 
ants, as  compared  with  5,231  for  Andorra, 
10,716  for  Liechtenstein,  and  11,513  for  San 
Marino.  Monaco  is  a  small  principality  on  the 
Mediterranean,  surrounded  by  the  French  de- 
partment of  Alpes-Maritime,  except  on  the  side 
toward  the  sea.  After  968  A.  D.  it  belonged 
to  the  house  of  Grimaldi.  The  reigning  prince 
was  dispossessed  during  the  French  Revolu- 
tion, in  1792,  and  died  in  1795.  In  1S14  the 
principality  was  reestablished,  but  placed  under 
the  protection  of  the  Kingdom  of  Sardinia  by 
the  treaty  of  Vienna  in  1815.  In  1848  the  towns 
of  Mentone  and  Roccabruna  (now  known  as 
Roquebrune)  revolted  and  declared  themselves 
free.  The  prince  thereupon  ceded  his  rights 
over  them  to  France  and  the  principality  thus 
became  geographically  an  enclave  of  France, 
when  the  vSardinian  garrison  was  withdrawn 
and  the  protectorate  established  in  1815  ended. 
The  prince  was  an  absolute  ruler  until  191 1, 
when  a  representative  government  was  set  up. 

771.  The  State  flag  of  Montenegro  has  a 
red  field  bordered  with  white.  In  the  center 
is  the  royal  coat-of-arms,  with  its  double- 
headed  spread-eagle  in  silver  and  holding  in 
its  talons  a  scepter  and  an  orb.  A  small  shield 
on  the  breast  of  the  bird  contains  the  letters 
"H  I,"  and  underneath  the  eagle  is  a  golden 
lion  passant.  The  initial  H  is  the  Montene- 
grin N  and  refers  to  Nicholas,  the  King.  "I" 
is  the  Roman  numeral,  the  letters  together 
standing  for  Nicholas  I. 

772.  The  military  standard  of  Montenegro 
consists  of  a  square  field  of  red  bordered  with 
white,  a  Greek  cross  centered  upon  the  red. 
The  cross  bears  at  its  intersection  the  "H  I" 
of  the  Montenegrin  coat-of-arms. 


773.  The  naval  flag  of  Montenegro  is  a  tri- 
color with  red  at  the  top,  blue  in  the  middle, 
and  white  at  the  bottom  in  horizontal  stripes. 
On  the  blue  is  a  gold  crown,  below  which  are 
the  letters  "H  I."  The  merchant  flag  is  the 
same  as  the  naval  ensign,  except  that  the  letters 
and  crown  are  omitted. 

774.  Morocco's  flag  now  consists  of  a  red 
field  upon  which  is  imposed  a  five-pointed  star 
of  striking  design.  This  star  proclaims  the 
passing  of  Turkish  influence  in  Morocco. 
Under  the  old  regime  the  familiar  crescent  of 
the  Mohammedan  world  was  borne  on  the  Mo- 
roccan flag  where  the  star  is  now  imposed. 
The  old  flag  of  Morocco  was  red,  bearing  what 
appeared  to  be  scissors,  but  which  were  in 
reality  crossed  yataghans. 

775.  The  national  flag  of  the  Netherlands 
consists  of  three  horizontal  bars,  red  at  the 
top.  blue  at  the  bottom,  and  white  between.  It 
is  national  flag,  ensign,  and  merchant  flag — all 
in  one.  In  the  sixteenth  century  it  was  orange, 
white,  and  blue,  the  orange  being  in  honor  of 
William  the  Silent,  Prince  of  Orange.  Both 
the  victories  of  Van  Tromp  and  De  Renter 
were  gained  under  the  present  colors  (see  377). 

776.  The  royal  standard  of  the  Netherlands 
is  buff  quartered  by  a  cross  of  blue.  In  each 
buff  quarter  there  is  placed  a  hunter's  horn  in 
blue,  and  upon  the  intersection  of  the  cross  is 
the  royal  coat-of-arms,  consisting  of  a  blue 
ground  dotted  with  golden  billets  and  bearing 
a  crowned  golden  lion  rampant.  The  lion 
grasps  in  one  paw  a  naked  sword  and  in  the 
other  a  cluster  of  arrows.  The  shield  has  for 
its  crest  a  crown. 

777.  The  standard  of  the  Prince  of  Nether- 
lands is  the  reverse  of  the  royal  standard 
(  1776)  in  its  coloring.  The  cross  is  buff  and 
the  quarters  are  blue.  Instead  of  the  hunter's 
horns  of  the  royal  standard  there  are  golden 
lions  like  the  lion  of  the  coat-of-arms,  which 
appears  in  the  center  of  the  cross  in  both 
standards. 

778.  The  flag  of  the  Arabians,  also  typical 
of  Muscat  and  Zanzibar,  is  scarlet.  Elsewhere 
the  red  flag  is  the  emblem  of  mutiny  and  dis- 
order, and  was  carried  recently  by  the  Revo- 
lutionists of  Russia  during  the  eventful  days 
which  marked  the  overthrow  of  the  Romanoff 
dynasty  and  the  establishment  of  a  republican 
form  of  government.  The  red  flag  was  a 
widely  used  national  emblem  two  centuries 
ago,  Spain,  Venice,  Genoa,  Tetuan,  Salley,  and 
Camphen  being  partial  to  it  (see  1141,  1 188, 
1 193,  and  1194). 

779.  The  Governors  of  Surinam  and  Cura- 
cao bear  a  flag  which  has  the  national  colors 
of  the  Netherlands,  with  the  addition  of  two 
white  disks  in  the  red  stripe  near  the  staff. 

780.  The  merchant  reserve  of  the  Nether- 
lands bears  a  flag  which  is  like  the  national 
ensign,  except  that  an  anclior  and  a  crown  are 
imposed  upon  the  middle  of  the  white  bar.  In 
order  to  make  room  for  these,  an  arc  is  cut  out 
of  the  blue  stripe  at  the  bottom  and  the  red 
stripe  at  the  top  and  the  white  stripe  enlarged 
accordingly. 

781.  The  ensign  of  the  Governor  General 
of  the  Dutch  East  Indies  is  a  triangular  swal- 
low-tail pennant  showing  the  national  colors 
of  the  Netherlands  and  attached  to  the  flag- 
staff by  the  means  of  a  toggle. 


375 


782.  Repair  ships  of  the  Netherlands  fly  a 
flag  with  the  regulation  red,  white,  and  blue 
bars,  the  staff  end  of  the  red  bar  giving  way 
to  white  and  forming  a  canton  upon  which  is 
placed  a  red  anchor  capped  b}-  a  crown. 

783.  The  royal  standard  of  Norway  has  a 
red  field  upon  which  is  centered  a  golden  lion 
rampant  holding  a  battle-ax. 

784.  Norway's  ensign  is  red  and  three- 
tailed,  a  blue  cross  edged  with  white  extending 
to  a  point  between  the  swallow-tail.  It  thus 
preserves  the  shape  of  the  Swedish  ensign, 
from  which  it  was  fashioned,  that  ensign  hav- 
ing a  yellow  cross  on  a  blue  field  (see  826). 

785.  The  merchant  flag  of  Norway  is  like 
the  ensign  (7S4),  except  that  the  swallow-tail 
effect  is  omitted. 

786.  The  senior  admiral's  flag  of  Norway 
consists  of  the  ensign  with  the  addition  of  a 
saltire  cross  of  white  in  the  upper  quarter  next 
to  flagstaff. 

787.  The  imperial  standard  of  Persia  con- 
sists of  a  blue  square  field  with  the  national 
colors  in  a  small  canton  in  the  upper  corner 
next  to  the  staff.  In  the  center  is  a  white 
circle  on  which  the  Persian  coat-of-arms  ap- 
pears, showing  a  lion  holding  a  sword,  a  rising 
sun  in  the  background,  and  the  crown  of  the 
empire  above  the  lion.  The  lower  half  of  the 
circle  is  bordered  by  a  wreath. 

7S3.  The  military  flag  of  Persia  is  unique 
in  that  it  embodies  a  very  pale  shade  of  green 
and  a  delicate  shade  of  pink  as  the  upper  and 
lower  hues  of  its  tricolor.  The  middle  stripe 
is  white  and  bears  the  Persian  sword-carrying 
lion  with  the  sun  peeping  over  his  back.  The 
crown  of  the  empire  is  imposed  upon  the  green 
stripe.     The  wreath  rests  upon  the  pink. 

789.  The  ensign  of  Persia  is  like  the  mili- 
tar}'  flag,  except  that  the  crown  and  wreath 
above  and  below  the  lion  are  omitted. 

790.  The  merchant  flag  of  Persia  is  the 
same  green,  white,  and  pink  arrangement  ac 
seen  in  the  ensign  and  military  flag  of  the 
nation,  but  without  the  Persian  lion. 

791.  The  colors  of  the  flag  of  Portugal  are 
green  and  red,  the  third  of  the  field  next  the 
staff  green,  and  the  two-thirds  at  the  fly  end 
red.  The  arms  of  the  country  are  centered  on 
the  dividing  line  between  the  two  colors.  These 
arms  consist  of  a  large  silver  shield  upon 
which  are  five  small  blue  ones  arranged  in  the 
form  of  a  cross,  each  of  them  bearing  five 
plates  of  silver.  Around  the  shield  is  a  red 
border  upon  which  are  placed  seven  golden 
castles.  Alfonso  I  defeated  five  Moorish 
princes  in  the  historic  battle  of  Ottrique  and 
adopted  the  five  small  blue  shields  to  com- 
memorate his  triumph.  The  five  white  spots 
on  the  small  shields  represent  the  five  wounds 
of  Christ,  in  whose  strength  Alfonso  believed 
he  had  defeated  the  infidels.  The  red  border 
of  the  shield  was  added  by  Alphonse  III  in  1252, 
after  his  marriage  to  a  daughter  of  the  King 
of  Castile.  The  circle  of  gold  upon  which  the 
shield  and  its  border  are  imposed,  together 
with  the  green  of  the  flas.  which  is  that  of  the 
cross  and  ribbon  of  the  Knights  of  St.  Benedict 
of  Aviz,  commemorate  the  fame  of  Prince 
Henry  the  Navigator. 

792.  The  flag  of  the  President  of  Portugal 
is  solid  green,  with  the  Portuguese  coat-of- 
arms  in  the  center. 


793.  The  flag  of  the  Governor  General  of 
the  provinces  of  Portugal  is  white,  with  a  strip 
of  green  placed  horizontally  across  the  field 
and  the  coat-of-arms  centered  on  it. 

794.  The  flag  of  the  dependent  Kingdom  of 
Poland  (so  nominated  after  the  Napoleonic 
wars)  has  a  white  field  with  the  blue  cross  of 
St.  Andrew,  which  proclaims  Russian  suzer- 
ainty. Upon  the  red  canton  is  a  crowned 
spread  eagle. 

795.  Roumania's  flag  has  three  vertical 
stripes,  blue  next  the  flagstaff,  yellow  in  the 
middle,  and  red  on  the  fly.  In  the  standard 
the  blue  and  the  red  bars  are  narrow  and  the 
yellow  very  wide.  Upon  the  yellow  is  placed 
the  national  coat-of-arms,  a  canopy  of  ermine 
on  which  is  a  crowned  shield.  On  the  quar- 
tered field  of  the  shield  appear  a  golden  eagle 
displayed  on  blue,  a  lion's  head  in  gold  dis- 
played on  red,  a  golden  demilion  issuing  from 
an  antique  crown  on  red,  and  two  dolphins  in 
gold  displayed  on  blue.  There  is  also  a  small 
shield  of  pretense  quartered  in  white  and  black. 
The  shield  is  supported  by  golden  lions  ram- 
pant. The  motto,  '"Nihil  sine  Deo"  (Nothing 
without  God),  is  below  the  shield  on  a  ribbon. 
Four  crowns  appear,  one  in  each  corner  of  the 

flag- 

796.  The  Roumanian  ensign  is  like  the 
standard,  except  that  the  three  stripes  are  of 
equal  width,  and  crowns  in  the  four  corners 
of  the  flag  are  omitted. 

797.  Rotnnania's  merchant  flag  is  blue,  yel- 
low, and  red,  like  the  ensign,  except  that  the 
arms  are  omitted. 

798.  The  Roumanian  coast  guard  flag  has 
the  national  colors,  together  with  an  anchor, 
above  which  is  a  crown  on  the  yellow  stripe. 

RUSSIAN    FI,.\GS 

799.  The  ensign  of  the  Russian  navj^  is  a 
blue  cross  of  St.  Andrew  upon  a  field  of  white. 
The  Russians  venerate  St.  Andrew  as  their 
patron  saint,  believing  that  it  was  he  who  se- 
ciu'ed  the  adoption  of  Christianity  by  their  an- 
cestors. It  has  been  asserted  that  he  preached 
in  Scythia.  Peter  the  Great,  under  his  name 
and  protection,  in  the  year  1698,  instituted  St. 
Andrew's  as  the  most  noble  order  of  Knight- 
hood of  the  Empire.  St.  Andrew  is  also  the 
patron  saint  of  Scotland,  but  there  the  cross 
is  white  upon  a  field  of  blue   (see  831). 

800.  The  white,  blue,  and  red  horizontal 
stripes  of  the  Russian  merchant  flag  are  remi- 
niscent of  the  day  when  Peter  the  Great  was 
learning  ship-btiilding  in  Holland.  The  Dutch 
flag  is  a  tricolor  of  red,  white,  and  blue.  Peter, 
in  making  his  flag,  ttirned  these  colors  upside 
down,  but  was  afterward  advised  that  he  was 
flying  the  flag  employed  by  the  Dutch  as  a  sig- 
nal of  distress  and  disaster.  He  thereupon  re- 
vised his  flag,  putting  the  white  at  the  top  and 
the  red  at  the  bottom,  with  the  blue  between. 

801.  The  flag  of  the  volunteer  fleet  of  Rus- 
sia is  the  same  as  the  merchant  flag,  except 
that  there  is  a  trumpet  in  the  center  of  the  blue 
field. 

802.  Russia's  customs  flag  consists  of  a  blue 
field  with  a  canton  in  the  upper  corner  next 
the  staff  showing  the  merchant  flag  in  minia- 
ture, while  in  the  lower  corner  next  the  staff 
are    two    combination    caducei    and    tridents, 

crossed. 


Zl^ 


803.  The  flag  of  the  Russian  admiralty  con- 
sists of  four  anchors  interlocked  and  arranged 
in  the  form  of  a  St.  Andrew's  cross. 

804.  The  flag  of  the  Commander-in-Chief 
of  the  Russian  Navy  is  flown  only  while  the 
country  is  at  war.  It  consists  of  a  white  field 
upon  which  is  imposed  the  blue  cross  of  St. 
Andrew,  the  upper  quarter  nearest  the  staff 
being  occupied  by  a  canton  consisting  of  a 
white-bordered  blue  cross  of  St.  Andrew  and 
a  white  St.  George's  cross  on  a  red  field.  A 
blue  anchor  is  centered  in  a  white  field  im- 
posed upon  the  insection  of  the  crosses. 

805.  The  flag  of  Russia's  Minister  of  War 
consists  of  a  white  field  with  a  red  canton  on 
which  is  imposed  the  blue  cross  of  St.  Andrew 
and  the  white  cross  of  St.  George.  Here  again 
the  Russians  reverse  the  British  in  their  in- 
signia, the  latter  placing  the  scarlet  cross  of 
St.  George  on.  a  field  of  white,  while  the  Rus- 
sians place  a  white  cross  on  a  field  of  scarlet. 
Below  the  canton  appears  the  shield  with 
crossed  muskets  and  cannons. 

806.  The  flag  of  Russia's  aeronautic  service 
is  like  that  of  the  Minister  of  War,  except  that 
the  fly  is  shorter  and  the  shield  in  the  lower 
left-hand  corner  is  omitted,  while  a  red-winged 
anchor  is  added  in  the  lower  right-hand  corner. 

807.  The  ro3'al  standard  of  Serbia  consists 
of  a  field  of  red,  blue,  and  white,  surrounded 
by  an  indented  border  of  the  same  colors. 
Upon  the  field,  which  is  square,  is  centered  the 
coat-of-arms  of  the  country.  This  consists  of 
a  red  shield  within  a  crowned  ermine  canopy. 
The  shield  bears  a  silver  eagle  displayed,  hav- 
ing upon  its  breast  another  shield  with  a  silver 
cross  and  the  date  1804.  The  supports  are  two 
natives  holding  flags  of  the  colors,  while  the 
motto  is  "Spes  mihi  prima  Deus"  (My  hope  is 
God  first  of  all). 

808.  The  Serbian  merchant  flag  is  red,  blue, 
and  white,  like  the  Russian  merchant  flag  in- 
verted. The  latter  flown  as  a  signal  of  distress 
might  be  mistaken  for  the  Serbian  merchant 
emblem  normally  displayed.  As  Servia  has  no 
seaport  and  no  merchant  navy,  808  is  largely  a 
flag  of  hope  for  a  navy. 

809.  Russia's  transport  navy  flies  a  blue  flag 
with  a  white  canton  upon  which  appears  the 
blue  cross  of  St.  Andrew. 

810.  Russian  transports  employing  civilian 
crews  fly  a  blue  flag  with  a  union  next  the 
flagstaff  in  the  upper  cornier,  showing  the 
colors  of  the  country. 

811.  The  flag  of  Siam  consists  of  a  scarlet 
field  on  which  is  a  white  elephant.  The  ele- 
phant is  in  full  trappings  and  harness  and 
stands  on  a  platform.  In  the  upper  corner 
next  the  hoist  appear  a  pagoda-crowned  anchor 
and  a  wheel.  The  elephant  recalls  the  tradi- 
tion of  the  founder  of  the  nation.  Before 
Xacca,  the  reputed  founder,  was  born,  his 
mother  dreamed  that  she  had  given  birth  to  a 
white  elephant.  The  Brahm.ans  afiirmed  that 
Xacca,  after  undergoing  80,000  reincarnations, 
finally  did  actually  become  a  white  elephant, 
and  as  such  was  received  into  the  company  of 
the  celestial  deities.  On  this  account  the  white 
elephant  is  held  a  sacred  beast,  and  the  Siam- 
ese rejoice  to  place  themselves  beneath  so  po- 
tent a  protector. 

812.  The  merchant  flag  of  Siam  now  con- 
sists of  a  field  of  five  stripes — red,  yellow,  red. 


white,  red.  The  central  red  stripe  is  broader 
than  the  other  four  stripes,  wdiich  are  of  equal 
width.  This  flag  replaces  the  old  red  flag  upon 
which  was  imposed  the  white  elephant  of 
Siamese  tradition  without  any  trappings  or 
harness  and  without  the  anchor  and  wheel  of 
the  national  ensign.  The  merchant  flag  is  of 
recent  origin.  The  flag  book  of  the  United 
States  Navy,  published  in  1914,  and  that  of  the 
British  Admiralty,  published  even  more  re- 
cently, show  the  elephant  flag  instead  of  the 
new  striped  one. 

813.  The  Siamese  emblem  of  royal  au- 
thority, the  royal  standard,  has  an  orange-hued 
field  upon  which  is  represented  an  image  of 
the  East,  a  man  eagle.  This  standard  is  of 
comparatively  recent  adoption.  Formerly  there 
was  used  a  blue  flag  having  a  red  border. 
Upon  this  was  imposed  the  royal  coat-of-arms, 
which  consisted  of  an  escutcheon  portraying  a 
three-headed  elephant  in  the  upper  half  and 
the  white  elephant  and  crossed  swords  in  the 
two  quarters  of  the  lower  half. 

814.  This  is  the  coat-of-arms  of  what 
claims  to  be  the  oldest  State  in  Europe — San 
Marino.  Next  to  Monaco,  it  is  in  area  the 
smallest  independent  country  in  the  world.  It 
has  thirty  square  miles  of  territory  and  a  pop- 
ulation of  11,513.  The  coat-of-arms  consists 
of  three  hills  in  gold  upon  a  field  of  blue. 
These  hills  are  Monte  Guiato,  Monte  Cucco, 
and  Monte  Gista,  each  bearing  a  castle  sur- 
mounted by  a  plume.  The  shield  has  a  gold 
crown  as  a  crest  and  is  surrounded  by  branches 
of  laurel  and  oak  imited  by  a  ribbon  inscribed 
with  the  word  "Liberty." 

815.  The  merchant  flag  of  San  Marino, 
which,  though  that  of  a  belligerent,  the  little 
republic  having  dared  to  declare  w'ar  against 
the  Central  Powers,  has  probably  never  yet 
been  encountered  by  a  German  submarine  be- 
cause, as  may  well  be  imagined,  the  merchant 
navy  of  the  mountain  republic  is  not  large. 

816.  The  ensign  of  the  Republic  of  San 
Marino  consists  of  a  field  the  upper  part  of 
which  is  blue  and  the  lower  half  white.  The 
coat-of-arms  is  centered  on  it.  It  is  this  flag 
that  the  soldiers  of  San  Marino  carry  when 
they  march  to  the  aid  of  their  ally,  Italy. 

817.  The  royal  standard  of  Spain  proclaims 
more  of  the  glory  of  the  empire  that  was  than 
of  the  country  which  now  exists.  It  consists 
of  a  purple  field  upon  which  is  imposed  the 
Spanish  coat-of-arms.  This  bears  the  lion  of 
Leon  and  the  castle  of  Castile.  It  also  bears 
the  arms  of  Aragon;  the  device  of  Sicily;  the 
red  and  white  stripes,  which  proclaim  the  arms 
of  Austria;  oblique  stripes  of  yellow  and  blue 
within  a  red  border,  which  tell  of  the  flag  of 
ancient  Burgundy;  the  black  lion  on  the  golden 
ground,  which  is  tlic  heraldic  bearing  of  Flan- 
ders ;  the  red  eagle,  which  is  the  device  of 
Antwerp;  the  golden  l;on  of  Brabant;  the 
fleur-de-lis  and  checkers  of  ancient  Burgundy; 
the  arms  of  Portugal,  and  the  fleur-de-lis  of 
France.  The  whole  is  surrounded  by  the  collar 
of  the  Golden  Fleece. 

818.  The  ensign  of  Spain  is  yellow,  bor- 
dered at  the  top  and  bottom  by  a  stripe  of  red. 
On  the  broad  yellow  stripe  is  an  oval  shield 
bearing  a  crown  and  showing  the  arms  of 
Castile  impaling  Leon. 

819.  The  merchant  flag  of  Spain  consists  of 


zn 


five  stripes,  three  yellow  and  two  red,  yellow 
at  the  top  and  bottom.  The  central  stripe  is 
wider  than  the  others.  The  flag  bears  no  de- 
vice, but  the  colors  are  those  of  Aragon  and 
Castile. 

820.  The  flag  of  Switzerland  consists  of  a 
red  field  with  a  white  cross.  When  the  Red 
Cross  was  recognized  at  the  International  Con- 
ference at  Geneva,  in  1863,  a  distinguishing 
badge  was  devised  for  times  of  war  and  peace. 
It  will  he  noticed  that  the  colors  adopted  are 
those  of  Switzerland  counterchanged,  the  red 
cross  being  in  a  white  ground. 

821.  The  Captain  General  of  the  fleet  of 
Spain  flies  the  familiar  red  and  yellow  colors 
with  an  anchor  placed  horizontally  on  the  yel- 
low bar. 

822.  Spanish  ambassadors  fly  a  swallow-tail 
flag  made  up  of  white,  red,  and  yellow.  The 
third  of  the  flag  next  to  the  staff  is  white  and 
red,  white  at  the  top  and  red  below.  The  mid- 
dle bar  of  the  flag  is  yellow  and  upon  it  two 
crossed  tasseled  pencils  are  imposed.  The  third 
of  the  flag  at  the  fly  end  is  red. 

823.  The  flag  of  a  Spanish  minister  is  like 
that  of  an  ambassador,  except  that  instead  of 
the  pencils  there  are  three  blue  disks  on  the 
yellow  bar. 

824.  The  military  and  naval  service  of 
Tunis  has  a  flag  consisting  of  a  red  field,  upon 
which  is  centered  a  white  disk  having  a  diam- 
eter half  the  vertical  width  of  the  flag.  Upon  this 
disk  a  red  crescent  and  a  red  star  are  imposed. 
The  flag  is  inherited  from  Turkey,  although 
it  is  no  longer  under  Turkish  domination. 


825.  The  royal  standard  of  Sweden  consists 
of  a  blue  flag  bearing  a  yellow  cross.  This 
flag  is  swallowtailed  and  the  horizontal  arm  of 
the  cross  in  the  fly  projects.  Upon  the  inter- 
section, of  the  cross  is  placed  the  coat-of-arms 
of  the  country. 

826.  The  ensign  of  Sweden  is  like  the  royal 
standard,  with  the  exception  that  the  coat-of- 
arms  is  omitted. 

827.  The  merchant  flag  of  Sweden  is  a  rec- 
tangular blue  flag,  bearing  the  yellow  cross. 
The  blue  and  yellow  were  regarded  as  colors 
of  freedom  and  independence  at  the  time  they 
were  incorporated  in  the  Swedish  flag. 

828.  The  standard  of  the  Bey  of  Tunis  is  a 
fearfully  and  wonderfully  made  flag.  It  con- 
sists of  seven  horizontal  stripes — red,  yellow, 
red,  green,  red,  yellow,  red — the  green  stripe 
being  double  the  w-idth  of  the  others.  The 
stripes  do  not  extend  the  full  length  of  the 
flag,  but  join  a  narrow  green  stripe  next  to 
and  parallel  with  the  staff.  Every  red  stripe 
has  four  yellow-centered  green  disks  and  four 
yellow  stars  arranged  alternately.  On  every 
yellow  stripe  are  four  red  stars  and  four  black 
disks  with  red  centers  arranged  in  the  same 
^vay.  On  the  broad  central  green  stripe  is  a 
double-pointed  dagger  with  white  blade  and 
red  handle,  gold  and  red  stars  being  distributed 
about  it.  This  flag  is  a  western  variation  of 
the  old  flag  of  the  days  of  Moslem  authority. 
In  those  days  there  were  thirteen  stripes  in- 
stead of  seven.  Tunis  is  now  under  French 
dominion  and  the  tricolor  is  the  supreme  ban- 
ner of  the  land. 


THE  FLAGS  OF  THE  BRITISH  EMPIRE 


829.  The  national  flag  of  the  British  Empire, 
the  union  jack,  combines  the  crosses  of  St. 
George  (830),  St.  Andrew  (831),  and  St.  Pat- 
rick (832).  When  the  union  of  the  two  crowns 
of  England  and  Scotland  took  place  upon  the 
accession  of  James  VI  of  Scotland  to  the  Eng- 
lish throne  as  James  I,  the  cross  of  St.  An- 
drew, the  patron  saint  of  Scotland,  and  that  of 
St.  George,  the  patron  saint  of  England,  were 
combined,  and  all  ships  were  ordered  to  fly  at 
their  maintop  the  new  flag,  while  at  the  fore- 
top  the  English  were  still  to  fly  the  red  cross 
of  St.  George  and  the  Scots  the  white  cross  of 
St.  Andrew. 

This  w^as  the  first  union  jack  (,361),  as  it  is 
generally  termed,  though,  strictly  speaking,  the 
name  of  the  flag  is  "great  union,"  being  a  jack 
only  when  flown  from  the  jackstaff  of  a  ship 
of  war.  James  I  always  signed  his  name 
'Jacques,"  and  it  is  believed  in  many  quarters 
that  the  jack  and  the  jackstaff^  of  the  navy  de- 
rived their  names  from  that  fact.  Others  con- 
tend that  "jack"  was  used  as  early  as  the  close 
of  the  sixteenth  century.  Lord  Howard's  ships 
in  their  attack  upon  the  Spanish  Armada,  in 
1588,  are  described  as  carrying  a  "jack"  on  the 
jackstaff',  their  jack  being  a  small  edition  of 
the  red  cross  of  St.  George. 

That  St.  George's  cross  was  placed  over  St. 
Andrew's   was   distressing  to   the    Scots,   who 


made  it  the  subject  of  an  appeal  to  the  King 
(see  1132).  But  even  a  king  cannot  solve  all  of 
the  problems  of  heraldry.  That  art  has  no  way 
of  making  two  devices  on  a  flag  of  equal  value. 
If  they  be  put  side  by  side  the  position  next 
the  staff  is  more  honorable  than  the  one  re- 
mote from  it,  just  as  the  upper  portion  of  a 
flag  is  more  honorable  than  the  lower.  After 
the  death  of  Charles  I,  the  union  of  Scotland 
and  England  w^as  dissolved  and  the  ships  of 
parliament  reverted  to  the  use  of  the  simple 
cross  of  St.  George,  while  those  of  Scotland 
took  up  the  cross  of  St.  Andrew  again.  When 
Cromwell  became  protector  he  restored  the 
union  flag,  imposing  the  Irish  harp  upon  its 
center. 

After  the  Restoration,  Charles  IT  removed 
the  harp,  and  so  the  original  union  flag  was 
revived  and  continued  in  that  form  until  1801, 
when,  upon  the  legislative  imion  of  Great  Brit- 
ain and  Ireland,  the  cross  of  St.  Patrick  was 
incorporated.  To  combine  these  crosses  with- 
out losing  the  characteristic  features  of  each 
was  not  easy.  Each  had  to  be  distinct  and  at 
the  same  time  retain  a  border  which  would 
denote  its  original  ground.  To  place  the  red 
cross  of  St.  Patrick  on  the  white  cross  of  St. 
Andrew  would  have  obliterated  the  latter,  and 
vice  7'ersa.  Therefore  it  was  decided  to  make 
the  white  broader  on  one  side  of  the  red  than 


378 


the  otiier.  This  breaks  the  continuity  of  direc- 
tion of  the  arms  of  St.  Patrick's  cross,  but 
permits  the  Irish  and  Scottish  crosses  to  be 
distinguished   from  one  another. 

The  union  jack  flies  from  the  jackstaff  of 
every  man-of  war  in  the  British  navy.  With 
the  Irish  harp  on  a  blue  shield  displayed  in  the 
center,  it  is  flown  by  the  Lord  Lieutenant  of 
Ireland.  The  Governor  General  of  India  adds 
to  it  the  star  and  device  of  the  Order  of  the 
Star  of  India  and  flies  it;  colonial  governors 
add  the  badge  of  their  colony  in  the  center  and 
fly  it ;  diplomatic  representatives  use  it  with 
the  royal  arms  in  the  center.  As  a  military 
flag  it  is  flown  over  fortresses  and  headquar- 
ters, and  on  all  occasions  of  military  cere- 
mony. The  admiral  of  the  fleet  hoists  it  at 
the  mainmast  of  a  man-of-war  as  his  flag. 

830.  The  red  cross  of  St.  George  is  reputed 
to  have  originated  during  the  Crusades.  The 
story  goes  that  while  engaged  in  a  great  battle 
the  soldiers  of  England  were  wearied  and, 
seeing  that  the  number  of  enemies  did  not  de- 
crease, began  to  despair.  At  this  critical  mo- 
ment an  infinite  number  of  heavenly  soldiers, 
all  in  white,  descended  from  the  mountains, 
the  standard  bearers  and  leaders  of  them  being 
St.  George,  St.  Maurice,  and  St.  Demetrius. 
When  the  Bishop  of  Le  Puy  first  beheld  them 
he  cried  aloud  to  his  troops,  "There  are  they, 
the  succours  which  in  the  name  of  God  I 
promised  you."  As  a  result  of  the  miracle  the 
enemies  turned  their  backs  and  lost  the  field, 
there  being  slain  one  hundred  thousand  horse, 
besides  foot  innumerable,  and  in  their  trenches 
such  infinite  store  of  victuals  and  munitions 
were  found  that  the  Christians  were  refreshed 
and  the  enemy  confounded.  This  great  victory 
at  Antioch  led  to  the  recovery  of  Jerusalem, 
and  during  the  Crusades  England,  Aragon, 
and  Portugal  all  assumed  St.  George  as  their 
patron  saint. 

The  cross  of  St.  George  was  worn  as  a 
badge  over  the  armor  by  every  English  soldier 
m  the  fourteenth  century,  if  indeed  not  in 
earlier  times.  It  was  the  flag  under  which  the 
great  seamen  of  Elizabeth's  reign  traded,  ex- 
plored, and  fought;  it  was  the  flag  that  Drake 
bore  around  the  world ;  and  to  this  day  it  is 
the  flag  of  the  British  admiral   (see  605). 

831.  St.  Andrew  has  been  the  patron  saint 
of  Scotland  since  about  740  A.  D.  _  How  lie 
came  to  be  such  has  never  been  satisfactorily 
settled.  When  he  sufifered  martyrdom,  in  the 
year  69  A.  D.  at  Papras,  his  remains  were  care- 
fully preserved ;  but  in  370,  Regulus,  one  of 
the  Greek  monks  to  whom  they  had  been  en- 
trusted, learned  in  a  vision  that  the  Emperor 
Constantine  was  proposing  to  move  them  to 
Constantinople.  In  compliance  with  the  in- 
structions received  in  the  vision,  Regulus  at 
once  visited  the  shrine  and  removed  the  arm 
bones,  three  fingers  of  the  right  hand,  and  a 
tooth,  and,  putting  them  into  a  chest,  set  sail 
with  some  half  dozen  companions.  After  a 
stormy  voyage  the  vessel  was  dashed  upon  a 
rock  and  Regulus  and  his  companions  landed 
on  an  unknown  shore  and  found  themselves  in 
a  gloomy  forest.  The  natives  there  listened  to 
their  story  and  gave  them  land  on  which  to 
build  a  church  for  the  glory  of  God  and  the 
enshrining  of  the  relic.  This  inhospitable  shore 
Droved  to  be  that  of  Caledonia  (Scotland). 


832.  Authorities  agree  that,  devoutly  as  mil- 
lions love  it,  the  use  of  St.  Patrick's  cross  is 
in  defiance  of  all  ecclesiastical  usage  and  cus- 
tom, because  St.  Patrick  never  sufifered  mar- 
tyrdom, but  died  in  his  bed  at  the  ripe  age  of 
ninety.  It  is  said  that  he  was  never  canonized, 
and  that  his  sainthood,  like  his  cross,  is  due  to 
popular  error.  It  has  been  suggested  by  some 
that  the  X-like  form  of  cross,  jjoth  of  the  Irish 
and  of  the  Scots,  is  derived  from  the  sacred 
monogram  of  the  labarum  of  Constantine, 
where  the  X  is  the  first  letter  of  the  Greek 
word  for  Christ.  This  symbolic  meaning  of 
the  form  might  readily  have  been  adopted  in 
the  early  Irish  church  and  thence  carried  by 
missionaries  through  Scotland.  Another  sug- 
gestion is  that  the  red  cross  on  a  white  field 
was  the  heraldic  device  of  the  Geraldines,  dat- 
ing at  least  from  Maurice  Fitzgerald,  the 
grandson  of  Rhys,  the  great  King  of  South 
Wales,  who  landed  in  Ireland  in  1169  on  the 
invitation  of  King  Dermod  of  Leinster,  and 
that  it  is  in  fact  a  banner  not  of  St.  Patrick, 
but  of  tlie  Norman  Invader,  which  was  adroitly 
held  up  to  the  people  of  these  islands  as  dis- 
tinctive of  the  patron  saint. 

St.  Patrick  was  born  in  Scotland,  near  where 
Glasgow  now  stands.  The  date  of  his  birth 
was  about  the  middle  of  the  fifth  century.  His 
father  was  of  good  family,  and  while  the  fu- 
ture saint  was  under  the  paternal  roof  divers 
visions  revealed  to  him  that  he  was  destined 
for  the  great  work  of  the  conversion  of  Ire- 
land, at  that  time  steeped  in  idolatry.  He  re- 
signed his  birthright  and  social  position  and 
took  the  burden  of  the  Irish  upon  him.  Or- 
dained a  deacon  and  priest,  he  was  ultimately 
made  a  bishop,  in  which  capacity  he  traveled 
over  the  whole  island,  founding  monasteries, 
and  filling  the  country  with  churches  and 
schools  and  with  piety  and  learning.  Tradi- 
tion has  it  that  he  found  Ireland  a  land  of 
barbarism  and  left  it  a  seat  of  learning  and 
piety.  It  continued  for  centuries  a  center  of 
mental  and  spiritual  light. 

833.  With  its  three  golden  lions  represent- 
ing England,  its  red  lion  rampant  standing  for 
Scotland,  and  its  golden  harp  for  Ireland,  the 
royal  standard  was  first  hoisted  on  the  Tower 
of  London  on  the  first  day  of  January,  1801. 

How  England  came  to  be  represented  by 
three  lions  is  not  entirely  clear.  Two  lionS 
were  assigned  as  the  arms  of  William  the  Con- 
queror, a  lion  each  for  Normandy  and  Maine, 
but  there  is  no  distinct  evidence  that  he  bore 
them.  As  a  Crusader,  Richard  Coeur  de  Lion's 
banner  bore  two  lions  combatant,  but  on  his 
second  great  shield  three  lions  passant  guard- 
ant  appear.  The  date  of  this  shield  is  1195,  so 
that  for  nearly  seven  and  a  quarter  centuries, 
with  the  exception  of  the  days  of  Cromwell, 
the  three  golden  lions  on  the  red  field  have 
typified  the  power  of  England. 

The  rampant  lion  of  Scotland  dates  from  the 
time  of  William  the  Lion,  about  1165.  It  be- 
came a  part  of  the  royal  standard  in  1603. 
The  Scots  did  not  like  the  idea  of  their  lion 
being  placed  in  the  second  quarter  any  more 
than  they  relished  the  thought  of  St.  Andrew's 
cross  being  placed  under  that  of  St.  George. 
They  claimed  th^t  after  the  death  of  Queen 
Elizabeth    the    Scottish    crown    virtually    an- 


379 


nexed  the  English,  and  felt  so  bitter  about  it 
that  for  many  years  after  the  union  on  all 
shields  devoted  to  Scottish  business,  and  on 
the  flag  displayed  north  of  the  Tweed  the 
arms  of  Scotland  were  placed  in  the  first  quar- 
ter, as  they  are  on  the  monument  to  Queen 
Elizabeth    m    Westminster    Abbey     (see    also 

1132).  .      , 

The  early  standard  of  Ireland  contamed 
three  gold  crowns  on  a  blue  field.  Henry  VIII 
substituted  the  harp,  and  James  I  finally  placed 
it  on  the  third  quarter  of  the  royal  standard. 
Tlie  Earl  of  Northampton,  writing  in  the  reign 
of  King  James  I,  suggested  that  the  best  rea- 
son that  he  could  observe  for  the  use  of  the 
harp  ^vas  that  it  resembled  the  country  it  typi- 
fied in  being  an  instrument  that  cost  more  to 
keep  it  in  tune  than  it  was  worth. 

The  roj-al  standard  is  hoisted  only  when  the 
King  is  actually  within  the  palace  or  castle,  or 
at  the  saluting  point,  or  on  board  the  vessel 
which  flies  it.  The  King's  regulations  say : 
"The  royal  standard,  being  the  personal  flag 
of  a  sovereign,  is  not  to  be  displayed  in  future 
on  board  His  Majesty's  ship  or  on  official 
buildings,  as  has  hitherto  been  customary  on 
His  IMajesty's  birthday  and  other  occasions; 
but  it  shall  only  be  hoisted  on  occasions  when 
the  sovereign  is  actually  present  or  when  any 
member  of  the  royal  family  is  present,  repre- 
senting the  sovereign." 

834.  The  white  ensign,  bearing  the  red  cross 
of  St.  George  with  the  union  flag  of  the  Em- 
pire as  its  canton,  is  the  fighting  flag  of  the 
British  navy.  When  at  anchor  in  home  ports 
the  British  ships  hoist  their  colors  at  8  o'clock 
in  the  morning  in  the  summer-time  and  at  9 
o'clock  in  the  winter,  and  when  abroad  either 
at  8  or  9,  as  the  commander-in-chief  directs. 
On  the  hoisting  of  the  ensign  all  work  stops 
and  all  ranks  must  get  on  deck,  standing  at 
the  salute  as  the  band  plays  the  opening  bars 
of  the  national  anthem,  the  man  at  the  hal- 
yards timing  his  pulls,  so  that  the  ensign 
reaches  the  truck  at  the  last  note  of  the  band, 
just  as  it  reaches  the  deck  in  the  evening, 
when  it  is  played  down.  The  regulations  pro- 
vide that  British  ships  shall  not  on  any  account 
lower  their  flags  to  any  foreign  ships  whatso- 
ever, unless  the  foreign  ships  shall  first  or  at 
the  same  time  lower  their  flags  to  them. 

835.  The  blue  ensign  of  the  British  Empire  is 
now  flown  by  naval  reserve  vessels,  public  offi- 
cers afloat,  the  consular  service,  the  government 
vessels  of  tlie  several  colonies,  by  hired  trans- 
ports, by  hired  surveying  vessels  commanded 
by  ofiicers  of  the  royal  navy,  by  commissioned 
officers  serving  as  mail  agents,  by  the  Fishery 
Board  for  Scotland,  by  the  Pacific  Cable  Board 
ships,  by  Lloyds  (in  boats),  bj-  the  Indian  ]\Ia- 
rine,  and  by  Royal  Naval  Reserve.  The  privi- 
lege of  flying  the  blue  ensign  is  also  allowed 
to  British  merchantmen  commanded  by  ofiicers 
on  the  retired  list  of  the  royal  navy,  or  by 
officers  of  tlie  Royal  X'aval  Reserve,  on  condi- 
tion that  either  officer  connnanding  the  ship  is 
one  of  these,  that  ten  of  the  crew  belong  to 
the  reserve,  or  that  the  ship  is  in  receipt  of 
an  admiralty  warrant.  Yacht  clubs  (except  the 
royal,  which  flies  the  white)  fly  the  blue  ensign. 
When  flown  by  ships  belonging  to  the  British 
public  service,  it  bears  in  the  fly  the  seal  or 


badge  of  the  office  to  which  the  ship  is  ac- 
credited. For  example,  hired  transports  fly 
it  with  a  yellow  anchor  in  the  fly  (see  846)  ; 
the  ordnance  department  of  the  War  Office 
displays  it  with  a  shield  en  the.  fly  bearing  a 
cannon  and  cannon  balls   (see  854). 

836.  No  other  flag  in  the  world  flutters  in 
the  breeze  of  as  many  ports  or  sails  as  far 
and  w-ide  as  the  red  ensign  of  the  British  Mer- 
chant ^larine.  At  the  beginning  of  the  present 
war  nearh-  one-half  of  all  of  the  cargo-  and 
passenger-carrying  ships  of  the  earth  sailed 
under  these  colors.  It  is  not  improbable  that 
more  than  half  of  all  the  passengers  and  car- 
goes sailing  the  seven  seas  were  carried  upon 
them,  for  no  nation's  ships  were  more  effi- 
ciently handled.  At  that  time  the  tonnage  of 
the  British  Merchant  ^larine  was  more  than 
four  times  as  great  as  that  of  Germany. 

837.  Uther  Pendragon,  father  of  King 
Arthur,  had  a  vision  of  a  flaming  dragon  in 
the  sky.  This  his  seers  interpreted  as  mean- 
ing that  he  should  ascend  the  throne.  After 
his  accession  he  had  two  golden  dragons  fash- 
ioned, one  of  which  he  carried  into  battle. 
The  Anglo-Saxon  kings  were  impressed  with 
the  image  and  incorporated  it  into  their  arms. 
Not  until  the  twentieth  century  was  it  officially 
restored,  as  proper  only  to  the  race  of  Uther 
Pendragon.  Under  the  reign  of  Edward  VII 
it  was  incorporated  into  the  armorial  bearings 
of  the  Prince  of  Wales. 

838.  The  lion  rampant  with  the  tressure, 
which  is  the  device  of  Scotland  and  wdiich  is 
seen  in  the  second  quarter  of  the  British  royal 
standard,  first  appeared  on  the  seal  of  King 
Alexander  II  about  1230  A.  D.  Without  modi- 
fication in  color  or  form,  it  was  borne  by  all 
the  sovereigns  of  Scotland,  and  on  the  acces- 
sion of  James  VI  to  the  throne  of  England  as 
James  I,  in  the  year  1603,  it  became  an  integral 
part  of  the  king's  standard,  and  has  so  re- 
mained to  this  da3\ 

839.  The  story  of  the  harp  of  Ireland,  which 
appears  on  the  blue  field  of  the  Irish  standard, 
has  been  told  in  the  account  of  the  history  of 
the  British  royal  standard  (833),  on  which  it 
appears  in  the  third  quarter  (see  also  1133)- 

840.  The  three  golden  lions  of  the  standard 
of  England  are,  as  told  in  833,  of  doubtful 
origin.  Certain  it  is  that,  except  for  the  break 
which  occurred  in  the  years  that  Cromwell  was 
Protector,  they  have  typified  the  might  of  Eng- 
land for  seven  hundred  years. 

841.  The  royal  family's  standard  of  the 
British  Empire  is  the  same  as  the  royal  stand- 
ard (833),  except  that  it  has  a  white  border 
and  bears  as  an  escutcheon  of  pretence  the 
arms  of  Saxony  (998),  proclaiming  the  conti- 
nental origin  of  the  royal  family.  As  the  name 
of  the  reigning  family  has  been  changed  re- 
centl}^  it  is  probable  also  that  its  standard  will 
be  changed  in  this  same  particular. 

842.  The  flag  of  the  Lord  Lieutenant  of 
Ireland  is  the  national  flag  of  the  British  Em- 
pire, with  the  golden  harp  of  the  Irish  on  a  blue 
escutcheon  at  the  intersection  of  the  crosses. 

843.  The  County  Lords  Lieutenant,  when 
on  land,  fly  the  union  with  a  crown  over  a 
sword  borne  horizontally  along  the  middle  arm 
of  St.  George's  cross.  Each  county  of  Great 
Britain  and   Ireland  has  such  a  chief  official, 


380 


who  controls  the  appointment  of  justices  of 
the  peace  and  issues  commissions  in  the  local 
military  organizations,  and  in  earlier  times  was 
charged  with  the  defense  of  his  county  in  case 
of  disturbance. 

844.  The  flag  of  British  diplomatic  func- 
tionaries is  that  of  the  Empire,  bearing  upon 
the  intersection  of  the  crosses  a  white  shield 
surrounded  by  a  garland.  The  shield  is  charged 
with  the  royal  arms— that  is,  the  lions  of  Eng- 
land, the  red  lion  of  Scotland,  and  the  harp  of 
Ireland — in  the  quarters  corresponding  to  those 
of  the  royal  standard  (833),  with  a  lion  and  a 
unicorn,  rampant,  for  supporters. 

845-860.  These  are  the  flags  of  various  de- 
partments of  the  British  Government. 

BRITISH  COLONIAL  FLAGS 

The  union  jack  (829)  is  the  national  flag  of 
the  colonies  as  well  as  of  the  mother  country, 
and,  although  it  is  a  rule  more  honored  in  its 
breach  than  in  its  observance,  no  ether  flag  is 
to  be  flown  ashore.  The  ensigns  are,  strictly 
speaking,  maritime  flags  and  are  not  supposed 
to  be  displayed  ashore.  According  to  British 
flag  law,  the  union  jack,  in  its  plain  condition 
and  without  emblazonment  or  badge,  is  the 
only  flag  an  individual  or  corporation  in  Brit- 
ish realms  may  properly  fly.  However,  since 
the  shipping  of  the  principal  colonies  is  accus- 
tomed to  fly  the  red  ensign  with  the  badge  of 
the  colony  represented  in  the  fly  (see  871,  911, 
968,  etc.),  this  flag  is  frequently,  if  not  indeed 
usually,  displayed  by  the  people  of  the  several 
colonies  as  their  particular  flag.  Vessels  bear- 
ing colonial  governors  or  other  administrative 
ofiicials  of  badge-possessing  rank  fly  the  union 
jack  with  a  badge  of  the  colony  placed  within 
a  wreath  at  the  intersection  of  the  crosses. 
Vessels  of  the  colonial  public  service  display 
the  blue  ensign  with  the  badge  of  the  colony 
from  which  it  hails  in  the  fly. 

861.  The  badge  of  Gibraltar  is  a  castle  and 
key,  appropriate  to  the  strategic  position  of 
this  natural  fortress.  An  inscription  on  a 
scroll  below  represents  Mount  Calpe,  Calpe 
being  the  ancient  name  of  the  European  Pillar 
of  Hercules  as  distinct  from  Ape's  Hill,  the 
African  Pillar. 

862.  The  badge  of  Malta  is  a  gold-bordered 
shield  of  white  and  red,  and  not  the  eight- 
pointed  silver  cross  of  the  Hospitallers  (see 
1 169). 

863.  The  badge  of  Cyprus  has  two  red  lions 
adapted  from  the  antique. 

864.  The  badge  of  the  Isle  of  Man  consists 
of  an  escutcheon  upon  which  are  three  tri- 
corporatc  running  legs.  They  are  joined  at 
the  upper  part  of  the  thighs  and  flexed  in  a 
triangle.  Once  these  legs  were  the  arms  of 
Sicily,  but  they  were  bare ;  when  appropriated 
by  the  Manxmen,  they  were  first  supplied  with 
hose,  later  incased  in  armor,  and  finally 
equipped  with  spurs. 

865.  Alderney's  badge  is  a  green  medallion 
bearing  a  golden  lion  crowned  and  rampant. 

866.  Jersey  contents  herself  with  a  badge 
showing  the  three  lions  of  England. 

867.  The  badge  of  Guernsey  shows  the  three 
lions  of  England  with  the  addition  of  a  sprig 
at  the  top. 


868.  The  flag  of  the  Governor  General  of 
Canada  consists  of  the  national  flag  of  the 
British  Empire  with  the  arms  of  Canada,  sur- 
rounded by  a  wreath  and  crowned,  imposed 
upon  the  intersection  of  the  crosses. 

869.  The  badge  of  Canada  has  a  shield 
quartered.  In  the  first  quarter  is  the  shield  of 
Ontario  (872),  in  the  second  of  Quebec  (Sjs), 
in  tlie  third  that  of  Nova  Scotia   (874),  and  in 

■the  fourth  that  of  New  Brunswick  (875).  The 
provinces  of  Prince  Edward  Island,  Manitoba, 
and  British  Columbia  do  not  appear,  having 
joined  the  Dominion  after  the  arms  were  de- 
vised. Around  the  escutcheon  are  intertwined 
wreaths  and  above  it  the  crown  of  the  Empire. 

870.  The  blue  ensign  of  Canada  is  the  Brit- 
ish blue  ensign  with  the  addition  of  the  es- 
cutcheon of  tlie  Colonial  Gover-ment  imposed 
on  the  fly  end. 

871.  The  merchant  flag  of  Canada  is  the 
red  ensign  of  the  British  merchant  marine, 
with  the  shield  of  the  Canadian  Government 
imposed  on  the  field. 

872.  Ontario's  badge  has  an  escutcheon,  the 
upper  third  of  which  bears  a  cross  of  St. 
George  on  white  and  the  lower  two-thirds 
three  maple  leaves  on  green. 

873.  The  badge  of  Quebec  is  an  escutcheon 
of  gold  with  a  horizontal  bar  of  red  in  the 
center.  At  the  top  of  the  shield  are  the  liHes 
of  France,  which  proclaim  the  old  French  do- 
minion. The  lion  of  England  on  the  red  bar 
proclaims  the  present  rule,  and  the  maple  leaf 
at  the  bottom  is  the  emblem  of  Canada  itself. 

874.  Nova  Scotia's  badge  is  an  escutcheon 
of  gold  with  a  horizontal  bar  of  blue  in  the 
middle.  The  bar  bears  a  silver  salmon.  Above 
and  below  the  blue  stripe  are  thistles,  which 
are  reminiscent  of  Scotland   (see  also  386). 

875.  Bearing  the  golden  lion  of  England  at 
the  top  and  the  ancient  lymphad  or  galley  be- 
low, the  badge  of  New  Brunswick  has  the 
same  colors  in  its  field  as  that  of  Quebec. 

876.  Manitoba's  badge  is  an  escutcheon 
bearing  the  cross  of  St.  George  at  the  top  on 
white  and  a  natural-colored  buffalo  on  green 
below. 

877.  Prince  Edward  Island,  which  joined 
the  Dominion  in  1873,  has  for  its  badge  a 
shield  which  bears  the  British  lion  at  the  top 
on  red  and  two  trees,  one  large  and  one  small, 
on  white.  The  inscription  is  "Parva  sub  in- 
genti"   (The  little  under  the  great). 

878.  British  Columbia's  badge  consists  of  a 
shield  bearing  the  union  jack  at  the  top  and  a 
rising  sun  below,  its  rays  extending  over  five 
blue  and  white  horizontal  stripes  which  occupy 
the  middle  section  of  the  shield. 

879.  Newfoundland  is  Great  Britain's  "senior 
colony,"  being  the  earliest  discovered,  though 
not  continuously  occupied,  of  British  overseas 
dominions.  Its  badge  is  a  Mercury  introduc- 
ing to  Britannia  a  kneeling  sailor  who  has  just 
landed  from  a  boat.  "These  gifts  I  bring  you" 
is  the  inscription.  At  the  top  are  the  words 
"Terra  Nova." 

880.  Bermuda's  badge  is  a  white  shield  on 
which  is  represented  the  wreck  of  the  Sea 
Venture,  under  Sir  George  Somers,  in  1609. 
There  is  shown  a  cliff  loftier  than  the  ship's 
masthead,  and  the  imposed  escutcheon  bearing 
the  scene  is  supported  by  a  red  lion. 


381 


88i.  A  large  and  two  small  ships  within  a 
garter  surmounted  by  a  crown  constitute  the 
principal  device  of  the  badge  of  the- Bahamas. 
On  the  garter  are  words  which  tell  us  that  the 
pirates  have  been  expelled  and  that  business 
has  been  resumed.  This  is  the  badge  of  the 
group  of  islands  which  include  what  is  now 
known  as  Watling's  Island,  believed  to  have 
been  the  first  landing  place  of  Christopher 
Columbus,  who  called  it  San  Salvador. 

882.  The  badge  of  Sombrero  and  Baliama 
Lights  has  a  blue  field  bearing  a  ring  of  red 
inclosing  a  lighthouse  shedding  its  rays.  The 
ring  is  crowned  and  inscribed  "Board  of 
Trade."  Above  the  crown  is  a  scroll  bearing 
the  word  "Bahamas." 

883.  Jamaica's  badge  shows  an  escutcheon 
bearing  St.  George's  cross  and  surmounted  bj' 
a  lizard.  Upon  the  cross  are  distributed,  one 
at  each  arm  and  one  at  the  intersection,  five 
pineapples.  The  escutcheon  is  supported  by 
two  Indians. 

884.  The  Turks  and  Caicos  Islands,  which 
are  close  to  the  Bahamas,  have  an  escutcheon 
which  consists  of  a  full-rigged  sailing  ship  in 
the  background,  a  man  making  salt  in  the  mid- 
dle foreground,  and  the  name  of  the  islands 
below. 

885.  On  the  badge  of  the  Leeward  Islands 
appears  in  the  middle  distance  a  mountainous 
coast,  skirted  by  a  full-rigged  ship ;  in  the 
foreground  is  another  ship ;  on  the  shore  a 
pineapple,  larger  than  either  ship,  and  three 
smaller  ones.  Above  the  whole  appear  the 
British  royal  arms. 

886.  Britannia,  robed  in  blue,  red,  and  er- 
mine, and  ruling  the  waves  from  the  backs  of 
two  sea-horses,  forms  the  principal  scheme  of 
the  badge  of  Barbados.  One  sea-horse  in  this 
badge  has  a  blue  tail. 

887.  The  Windward  Isles  have  a  badge 
which  makes  use  of  a  garter  encircling  a  blue 
field,  upon  which  is  placed  a  quartered  shield — 
red,  yellow,  green,  and  purple.  The  device  is 
crowned.  The  motto  is,  "I  Pede  Fausto," 
"Make  a  propitious  beginning." 

888.  St.  Lucia,  the  chief  coaling  station  of 
the  British  fleet  in  the  West  Indies,  has  for  a 
badge  a  landscape  in  which  appear  the  Pitons, 
twin  mountains  of  the  island,  and  the  ever- 
bubbling  volcano  Soufriere,  with  a  land-locked 
harbor  in  the  foreground.  The  Latin  motto 
below  describes  this  harbor  as  "Hardly  a  faith- 
less guard  for  ships." 

889.  St.  Vincent's  badge  has  a  classical 
group  showing  a  woman  holding  a  branch  and 
another  kneeling  before  the  altar  of  the  law, 
upon  which  she  is  placing  a  wreath.  The  badge 
bears  the  motto,  "Fax  et  Justicia." 

890.  Discovered  by  Columbus  on  his  third 
voyage,  Grenada  seems  to  have  taken  his  ship, 
in  full  sail  and  running  before  a  spanking 
breeze  toward  the  island,  as  its  badge.  The  in- 
scription "Clarior  e  Tenebris"  means  "Brighter 
out  of  the  darkness,"  and  doubtless  refers  to 
the  fact  that  Grenada  is  beyond  the  hurricane 
line. 

891.  The  badge  of  British  Guiana,  the  Brit- 
ish Empire's  continental  holdings  on  the  coast 
of  South  America,  consists  of  a  clipper  in  full 
sail  surrounded  by  a  garter  of  gold. 


892.  The  facts  that  British  Honduras  is  a 
mahogany  colony,  that  it  belongs  to  the  British 
Empire,  and  that  it  is  given  to  trading,  are 
lirought  out  in  the  shield  of  the  colony,  which 
is  circular,  one-third  of  it  being  devoted  to 
the  display  of  the  tools  of  mahogany  logging, 
the  second  third  showing  the  union  jack,  while 
the  remaining  third  bears  a  full-rigged  sailing 
ship. 

893.  Trinidad  and  Tobago  have  a  badge 
which  shows  a  mountain  in  the  background,  a 
frigate  in  the  left  middle  ground,  and  a  blue 
ensign  on  a  jetty  in  the  right  middle  ground. 
A  boat,  a  smaller  ship,  a  house,  and  several 
spars  showing  behind  the  jetty  complete  the 
picture.  Below,  on  white,  is  a  Latin  inscrip- 
tion meaning  "He  approves  of  the  people  unit- 
ing and   entering  into  treaties.'' 

894.  A  wiiite  bull  standing  in  tussac  grass 
and  a  frigate  in  a  river  close  by  form  the 
badge  of  the  Falkland  Islands,  lying  off  South 
America  and  belonging  to  England. 

895.  The  smaller  British  islands  of  the  Pa- 
cific are  under  the  control  of  the  Western 
Pacific  Lligh  Commissioner.  His  badge  is  the 
crown  of  the  Empire  above  the  letters  W  P 
H  C. 

896.  The  main  feature  of  the  badge  of  the 
Fiji  Islands  is  an  escutcheon  bearing  at  the 
top  on  red  the  British  lion.  Below  is  the  red 
cross  of  St.  George  on  white.  The  quarters 
thus  formed  bear  specimens  of  the  vegetable 
and  bird  life  of  the  islands.  The  shield  is 
supported  by  two  Polynesians  wearing  skirts 
of  straw  and  standing  on  a  scroll  upon  which 
is  inscribed  a  motto  in  the  native  language. 
The  crest  is  a  native  catamaran  in  full  sail. 

897.  The  resident  commissioner  of  the  New 
Hebrides  has  as  a  badge  a  disk  of  white  en- 
circled by  a  wreath  of  green  and  red  and  bear- 
ing a  crown  with  the  words  new  Hebrides 
around  it. 

898.  The  Protectorate  of  the  British  Solo- 
mon Islands  has  a  simple  badge,  consisting  of 
the  royal  crown,  surrounded  by  the  three  words 
on  a  white  field,  British  solomon  islands. 

899.  The  British  Resident  of  the  Gilbert 
and  Ellice  Islands,  in  the  southern  Pacific,  has 
a  badge  which  consists  of  a  white  field  bearing 
below  the  letters  B  R,  above  which  is  a  crown. 

900.  The  Governor  of  New  Zealand  flies  a 
flag  which  consists  of  the  national  flag  of  the 
British  Empire,  bearing  at  the  intersection  of 
the  crosses  the  badge  of  the  island   (901). 

901.  New  Zealand's  badge  is  a  wreath-en- 
circled design  of  white,  bearing  four  stars  in 
the  form  of  a  cross,  with  the  letters  N  Z  in 
the  center.  The  stars  are  emblematic  of  the 
southern  cross,  which  appears  in  the  skies  over 
New  Zealand. 

902.  The  blue  ensign  of  New  Zealand  bears 
the  southern  cross  on  the  fly,  the  Stars  being 
red  with  white  borders. 

903.  The  red  ensign  of  New  Zealand  bears 
the  southern  cross  in  white  stars  of  five  points. 

904.  The  ensign  of  Paratonga,  which  flies 
over  sundry  islands  in  the  Pacific,  has  a  field 
consisting  of  three  stripes,  the  upper  and  the 
lower  red  and  the  middle  one  white.  Upon 
the  white  stripe  are  three  five-pointed  blue 
stars. 


382 


905.  Tlie  Friendly  Islands  of  the  Soiitli  Pa- 
cific, constituting  tlie  Protectorate  of  Tonga, 
have  an  ensign  with  a  red  field  and  a  white 
canton  in  which  appears  the  cross  of  St. 
George. 

906.  The  standard  of  the  Protectorate  of 
Tonga  has  a  quartered  field,  the  first  and 
fourth  gold,  the  second  red,  and  the  third  blue. 
The  first  quarter  bears  three  six-pointed  stars. 
The  red  quarter  bears  a  crown.  The  third 
quarter  bears  a  flying  dove.  On  the  fourth 
quarter  are  three  "big  sticks."  Upon  the  center 
is  a  six-pointed  white  star  bearing  a  small  St. 
George's  cross. 

907.  The  customs  flag  of  the  Protectorate 
of  Tonga  consists  of  a  field  the  upper  part  of 
which  is  blue,  the  lower  part  white,  with  a 
white  canton,  upon  which  is  imposed  the  red 
cross  of  St.  George.  On  the  white  part  of  the 
field  are  the  initials  H  M  C,  proclaiming  His 
Majesty's  Customs. 

Australia's  flags 

go8.  The  flag  of  the  Governor  General  of 
Australia  is  the  familiar  union  jack  bearing 
upon  the  intersection  of  the  crosses  a  wreath- 
encircled,  crowned  star,  which  is  the  badge  of 
the  Commonwealth. 

909.  The  star  of  Australia  originally  had  six 
points,  one  for  each  of  the  original  States,  but 
was  altered  to  include  a  point  for  the  Northern 
Territory.  The  present  badge  of  the  Common- 
wealth is  therefore  a  seven-pointed  star,  with 
a  crown  above,  set  within  a  laurel  wreath. 

910.  The  blue  ensign  of  the  Commonwealth 
of  Australia  has  a  large  seven-pointed  star  be- 
low the  union,  and  on  the  fly  end  five  small 
stars  representing  the  Southern  Cross.  The 
Southern  Cross  exercises  a  strong  appeal  to  the 
people  south  of  the  Equator.  Even  Humboldt 
felt  its  influence  and  said  that  in  the  solitude 
of  the  seas  it  was  hailed  as  a  friend  from 
whom  he  and  his  companions  had  long  been 
separated.  This  constellation  never  sets  in 
Australia  (see  also  835). 

911.  By  a  warrant  of  the  Lords  Commis- 
sioners, issued  in  1903,  vessels  registered  in 
Australia  were  authorized  to  fly  the  red  ensign 
or  merchant  flag  of  Great  Britain  "having  in 
the  center  of  the  lower  canton  next  the  staff 
and  pointed  directly  to  the  center  of  the  St. 
George's  Cross  a  white  six-pointed  star,  indi- 
cating the  six  Federated  States  of  Australia," 
and  in  the  fly  the  Southern  Cross,  as  in  the 
blue  ensign.  Tn  1908  the  desirability  of  adding 
a  seventh  point  to  the  star  of  Australia,  for 
the  Northern  Territory,  was  recognized,  and 
merchant  vessels  were  authorized  to  fly  the  red 
ensign  as  pictured  here. 

912.  A  blue  Maltese  Cross  coming  down 
from  the  order  of  St.  John  and  bearing  the 
crown  of  the  Empire  on  the  intersection  forms 
the  badge  of  Queensland. 

913.  New  South  Wales  has  for  its  badge  a 
St.  George's  cross  on  white,  with  the  lion  of 
the  British  Empire  on  the  intersection  and  four 
golden  stars  of  the  southern  cross  on  the  arms. 

914.  The  State  of  Victoria  in  the  Common- 
wealth of  Australia  has  for  its  badge  a  blue 
field  bearing  the  constellation  of  the  southern 


cross,    with    the    royal    crown    of    the    Empire 
above. 

915.  South  Australia  has  made  the  white- 
backed  piping  crow  take  the  place  of  the  Amer- 
ican spread  eagle  on  her  arms.  The  badge  of 
that  State  consists  of  a  yellow  field  bearing  the 
piping  crow  displayed. 

916.  The  celebrated  black  swan,  which  was 
first  discovered  on  western  Australia's  principal 
river,  since  named  the  Swan,  has  served  to 
typify  in  the  popular  mind  the  contrariety  of 
the  southern  continent's  flora  and  fauna  to 
those  of  the  rest  of  the  world.  This  bird  rep- 
resented on  a  circular  gold  field  has  been  ap- 
propriately chosen  as  the  badge  of  western 
Australia. 

917.  A  red  lion  passant  upon  a  circular 
white  field  serves  as  the  design  on  the  badge 
of  Tasmania. 

918.  The  badge  of  the  territory  of  Papua  is 
a  white  disk,  with  the  name  of  the  territory 
below  and  the  crown  of  the  British  Empire 
above. 

919.  The  flag  of  the  North  Borneo  Company 
is  aBritish  union  jack,  bearing  upon  its  inter- 
secting crosses  a  red  lion,  on  a  field  of  gold. 

920.  Sabah,  a  small  settlement  on  the  Ma- 
lacca Strait  side  of  the  Malay  peninsula,  and 
included  within  the  State  of  Selangor,  has  a 
governor  whose  flag  is  yellow,  with  a  red  lion 
centered,  in  what  the  exponents  of  heraldry 
call  a  passant  guardant  attitude. 

921.  Sarawak,  a  territory  of  some  42,000 
square  miles  on  the  coast  of  Borneo,  has  a 
yellow  flag  upon  which  is  imposed  a  cross  of 
St.  George,  the  half  of  which,  next  the  staff, 
is  black  instead  of  the  regulation  red.  Upon 
the  intersection  of  this  cross  is  superimposed  a 
crown. 

922.  The  flag  of  the  Rajah  of  Sarawak  is 
like  that  of  the  country  he  rules,  except  that 
the  arm  of  the  cross  next  the  fly  is  split  apart, 
and  each  section  tapered,  extending  to  a  corner 
of  the  fl}^  In  1842  Sir  James  Brooke  bought  a 
large  territory  from  the  Sultan  of  Brunei.  He 
ruled  this  country  for  a  long  time  as  the  Rajah 
of  Sarawak,  his  nephew  succeeding  to  the  posi- 
tion in  1868.  The  population  of  Sarawak  is 
estimated  at  500,000  Malays,  Dyaks,  Jayans, 
Kenyahs,  Muruts,  with  Chinese  and  other  set- 
tlers. 

923.  The  Straits  Settlements,  a  British  col- 
ony which  comprises  Singapore,  Penang,  and 
Malacca,  on  the  Strait  of  Malacca,  has  for  a 
badge  a  red  diamond  with  three  crowns  on  a 
three-armed  field  of  white. 

924.  Labuan,  which  was  formerly  the  small- 
est colony  in  the  British  Empire,  being  about 
the  size  of  the  Isle  of  Wight,  but  which  has 
since  been  incorporated  in  the  Straits  Settle- 
ments colony,  has  a  badge  which  shows  a 
brigantine  sailing  past  a  very  high  rock,  beyond 
which  is  rising  a  golden  sun. 

925.  The  badge  of  Ceylon,  whose  authentic 
history  goes  back  to  the  5th  century  B.  C, 
when  an  invasion  of  Hindus  from  northern 
India  established  the  Sinhalese  dynasty,  has  a 
pagoda,  in  front  of  which  is  an  elephant.  The 
background  is  blue  and  the  foreground  green, 
surrounded  by  a  diamond-studded  border  of 
red  and  gold. 


383 


926.  Hongkong's  badge  shows  a  harbor 
scene  in  which  appear  a  junk  and  a  tea  cHpper. 
Hongkong  is  a  Chinese  city,  now  under  British 
sovereignty,  and  possessed  of  a  naval  base  of 
first  magnitude. 

927.  Weihaiwei,  a  British  holding  on  the 
Chinese  coast,  is  represented  by  a  badge  upon 
which  appear  two^  mandarin  ducks  on  the  banks 
of  a  stream. 

928.  The  motto  of  Mauritius  proclaims  it, 
"The  star  and  the  key  of  the  Indian  Seas." 
On  its  badge,  which  is  a  quartered  shield,  azure 
and  gold,  appear  the  symbolical  key  and  star 
and  a  galley.  The  supporters  are  a  red  and 
white  dodo  on  the  dexter  side  and  a  red  and 
white  antelope  on  the  sinister.  Each  of  the 
supporters  has  a  stalk  of  sugar  cane  in  front 
of  it.  Mauritius  is  an  island  in  the  Indian 
Ocean,  500  miles  from  Madagascar,  having 
about  720  square  miles  of  territory  and  about 
377,000  inhabitants. 

929.  Seychelles  and  its  dependencies  consist 
of  ninety  islands  and  islets,  with  a  total  esti- 
mated area  of  156  square  miles,  lying  along  the 
coast  of  Africa.  They  are  represented  on  its 
badge  by  a  tall  palm  tree,  with  a  smaller  tree 
near  by  and  a  turtle  at  its  foot,  and  the  motto 
Finis  coronat  opus. 

930.  The  ensign  of  the  Federated  Malay 
States  is  one  of  the  comparatively  few  ensigns 
of  the  world  that  use  black.  The  field  consists 
of  four  horizontal  stripes,  white  at  the  top, 
then  red,  yellow,  and  black  in  order.  Upon  the 
center  is  an  oval  of  white  bearing  a  running 
tiger.  The  Federated  Malay  States  are  Perak, 
Selangor,  Negri-Sembilan,  and  Pahang.  They 
occupy  a  large  portion  of  the  Malay  peninsula 
and  are  under  British  protection. 

931.  The  jack  of  the  Federated  Malay  States 
has  a  unique  design.  It  preserves  the  colors 
of  the  Malay  States  ensign,  but  uses  them  as 
triangles  instead  of  stripes.  The  red  triangle 
has  its  base  on  the  staff;  the  black  triangle,  its 
base  on  the  fly ;  the  base  of  the  white  triangle 
is  at  the  upper  edge,  and  that  of  the  yellow  at 
the  bottom.  The  apexes  of  the  triangles  meet 
in  the  center  of  the  flag. 

932.  The  ensign  of  Pahang,  one  of  the  four 
Federated  Malay  States,  has  a  field  the  upper 
half  of  which  is  white  and  the  lower  half 
black.  Pahang  has  14,000  square  miles  of  terri- 
tory and  a  population  of  118,000. 

933.  The  ensign  of  Negri-Sembilan,  one  of 
the  four  Federated  Malay  States,  consists  of  a 
yellow  field,  with  a  union  bearing  two  triangles, 
one  of  which,  its  base  resting  on  the  staff,  is 
black,  and  the  other,  its  base  resting  on  the 
yellow  field,  is  red. 

934.  Perak,  also  a  Federated  Malay  State, 
has  an  ensign  con'sisting  of  three  horizontal 
stripes,  the  upper  white,  the  lower  black,  and 
the  middle  yellow. 

935.  The  ensign  of  Selangor  is  yellow  and 
red  and  is  quartered.  The  first  quarter  is  red 
and  bears  the  star  and  crescent  of  the  Moham- 
medan world ;  the  second  quarter  is  yellow,  the 
third  yellow,  and  the  fourth  red.  Selangor  is 
aliout  the  size  of  Delaware  and  has  a  popula- 
tion of  300,000. 

936-945  (inclusive).  These  are  the  flags  of 
the  Malay  States  not  included  in  the  Federa- 
tion.    They  are  all  under   British   protection. 


The  relations  of  Johore  with  Great  Britain  are 
defined  by  a  treaty  dated  December  11,  1885, 
amended  by  agreement  on  May  12,  1914,  in 
which  the  Sultan  agreed  to  accept  and  to  act 
upon  the  advice  of  a  British  officer  called  the 
general  adviser.  The  rights  of  suzerainty,  pro- 
tection, administration,  and  control  of  the 
other  four  States  were  transferred  from  Siam 
to  Great  Britain  by  the  Anglo-Siamese  treaty 
of  March  10,  1909.  The  State  of  Kelantan,  on 
the  east  coast  of  the  peninsula,  with  an  area  of 
5,870  square  miles  and  a  population  approxi- 
mating 300,000,  is  represented  by  936  and  937, 
ensign  and  merchant  flags  respectively.  There 
are  only  four  post-offices  in  the  entire  State. 
The  flag  of  Johore  (938)  is  black,  with  a  red 
union  bearing  the  star  and  crescent  of  the  Mo- 
hammedan religion.  The  flag  of  the  Sultan  of 
Johore  (939)  is  white,  bearing  a  crescent  and 
star  in  blue,  the  star  being  nine-pointed.  Perils 
flies  a  yellow  and  black  flag  (940),  the  upper 
half  yellow  and  the  lower  black.  The  Rajah 
of  Perils  flies  a  yellow  flag  (941),  with  a  shield 
inclosed  within  a  wreath.  The  flag  of  Kedah 
(942)  is  red,  with  a  green  crescent  and  a  shield 
half  surrounded  by  a  wreath.  That  of  the 
Sultan  of  Kedah  (943)  is  yellow,  with  a  green 
shield,  a  red  crescent,  and  a  green  wreath. 
The  Regent  of  Kedah  flies  a  green  flag  (944), 
bearing  a  yellow  shield,  crescent,  and  w^reath. 
Trengganu  has  a  flag  (945)  the  staff  third  of 
which  is  white  and  the  remainder  black. 

946.  The  Governor  General  of  India  flies  the 
familiar  union  jack,  with  the  star  of  India, 
crowned,  at  the  intersection  of  the  crosses. 

947.  The  b^dge  of  India  consists  of  a  five- 
pointed  star  inclosed  within  a  garter  and  sur- 
rounded by  golden  rays,  as  a  sunflower.  Above 
is  the  crown  of  the  Empire. 

948.  The  Indian  marine  flies  the  blue  ensign 
of  Great  Britain,  with  the  star  of  India  in  the 

?'y.  .     .    , 

949.  The  jack  of  the  Indian  marine  is  the 
union  jack  on  a  field  of  blue. 

950.  The  flag  of  the  local  Indian  maritime 
government  is  the  blue  ensign  of  Britain,  bear- 
ing on  the  fly  a  golden  lion,  rampant,  carrying 
in  its  forepaws  the  crown  of  Empire. 

951.  The  flag  of  the  Conservators  of  Bom- 
bay has  seven  horizontal  red  stripes  separated 
by  thin  white  stripes.  The  central  red  stripe 
forms  with  a  perpendicular  bar  the  red  cross 
of  St.  George,  on  which  is  centered  the  seal  of 
the  Conservators,  consisting  of  two  small  es- 
cutcheons leaning  together  on  a  field  of  white 
and  having  a  crown  above  them. 

952.  The  flag  of  the  Trustees  of  Bombay, 
a  body  which  has  in  charge  the  light-houses 
and  other  shipping  activities  on  the  Bombay 
coast,  has  a  blue  cross  placed  on  the  field  cor- 
responding to  the  red  cross  of  St.  George. 
This  cross  quarters  the  field,  the  first  quarter 
bearing  a  light-house,  the  light  represented  by 
rays  of  red,  and  the  other  three  quarters  bear 
shipping  scenes  along  the  coast. 

953.  The  Witu  forest  lies  within  the  pro- 
tectorate of  British  East  Africa.  Its  flag  is  a 
red  field  upon  which  is  centered  a  union  jack, 
about  half  as  long  and  half  as  wide  as  the 
field  itself. 

954.  British  ascendency  in  Egypt  dates  from 
the  i8th  of  December,  1914,  when  the  govern- 


ment  of  the  Empire  deposed  the  reigning 
Khedive,  on  the  ground  that  he  had  adhered  to 
the  King's  enemies.  Tlie  British  protectorate 
has  been  recognized  by  France.  The  new- 
Egyptian  flag  of  red  has  three  white  crescents, 
with  the  horns  toward  the  fly,  and  each  con- 
taining a  five-pointed  white  star.  This  flag 
was  the  personal  standard  of  the  Khedive  and 
now  takes  the  place  of  the  former  national 
flag,  which  was  distinguished  from  the  Turkish 
by  having  a  star  of  five  instead  of  six  points. 

955.  The  flag  of  British  East  Africa  is  the 
national  banner  of  the  Empire,  bearing  upon 
the  intersection  of  the  crosses  a  red  lion,  ram- 
pant, or  aggressively  walking  forward  on  his 
hind  legs.  A  passant  lion,  as  shown  in  917,  is 
one  walking  ahead  on  all  fours,  with  right 
paw  uplifted;  encircled  by  a  wreath. 

956.  Armed  vessels  of  the  British  East 
Africa  Company  carry  the  blue  ensign  of 
Britain,  with  the  red  lion  of  East  Africa  on 
the  fly. 

957.  The  East  Africa  merchant  flag  is  of 
the  familiar  red  ensign  type,  with  the  red  lion, 
rampant,  in  a  white  disk  on  the  fly. 

958.  The  Somaliland  Protectorate  in  East 
Africa  has  an  area  of  about  68,000  square 
miles ;  its  population  is  about  300,000,  mostly 
nomadic,  almost  entirely  Mohammedan.  The 
badge  of  the  protectorate  bears  the  head  and 
shoulders  of  a  Kudu,  one  of  the  antelopes  of 
that  region. 

959.  The  Nyassaland  Protectorate,  which 
was  formerly  known  as  British  Central  Africa, 
with  an  area  of  39,000  square  miles  and  a  popu- 
lation of  1,100,000,  has  a  badge  which  shows  a 
tree  on  a  diagonal  yellow,  white,  and  black 
background. 

960.  Nigeria,  with  approximately  336,000 
square  miles,  an  area  as  large  as  New  England 
and  Texas  togfether,  has  a  population  of  about 
17,000,000.  In  1900  a  proclamation  was  issued 
which,  without  abolishing  domestic  slavery,  de- 
clared all  children  born  after  January  i,  1900, 
free;  it  also  forbade  the  removal  of  domestic 
slaves  for  sale  or  transfer.  The  badge  of  this 
protectorate  has  a  red  field,  upon  which  are 
imposed  two  interlocked  triangles  in  the  form 
of  a  six-pointed  star.  In  the  center  is  the 
crown  of  the  British  Empire. 

961.  962,  963.  An  elephant  in  front  of  a 
palm  tree,  with  mountains  in  the  background, 
forms  the  device  of  the  badge  of  West  Africa, 
with  the  initials  "G"  for  Gambia,  "S.  L."  for 
Sierra  Leone,  and  "G.  C."  for  Gold  Coast,  mak- 
ing the  badge  representative  of  each  of  the 
subdivisions  of  West  Africa. 

964.  St.  Helena  has  a  badge  which  shows 
an  Indian  merchantman  on  a  green  sea,  steer- 
ing between  two  high  cliffs.  St.  George's  cross 
on  the  ensign  of  the  ship  is  reminiscent  of 
days  long  ago. 

965.  The  Governor  General  of  the  Union  of 
South  Africa  flies  the  national  flag  of  the  Brit- 
ish Empire,  with  the  coat-of-arms  of  South 
Africa  in  the  center. 

966.  The  badge  of  the  Union  of  South  Af- 
rica consists  of  a  shield  quartered  and  showing 
the  figure  of  Hope  for  Cape  Colony,  two  gnus 


for  Natal,  an  orange  tree  for  the  Orange  Free 
State,  and  a  trek  wagon  for  the  Transvaal. 
The  gnus  and  the  orange  tree  are  on  gold,  and 
Hope  and  the  wagon  on  red  and  green  respect- 
ively. The  crest  is  a  lion  and  the  supporters 
antelopes;  the  motto,  "In  union  there  is 
strength." 

967.  The  Union  of  South  Africa  has  as  its 
official  flag  the  blue  ensign  of  Great  Britain, 
with  the  coat-of-arms,  as  described  in  966,  on 
the  fly. 

968.  The  merchant  flag  of  the  Union  of 
South  Africa,  which  is  made  up  of  Cape  Col- 
ony, Natal,  Transvaal,  and  Orange  Free  State, 
is  the  red  ensign  of  Britain,  bearing  the  Union's 
coat-of-arms  in  a  white  disk  on  the  fly. 

969.  The  badge  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope 
shows  a  shield  bearing  on  red  a  golden  lion, 
rampant,  and  supported  by  a  gnu  and  an  ante- 
lope. On  a  scroll  below  the  shield  is  "Good 
Hope"  in  Latin. 

970.  The  badge  of  Natal  shows  two  gnus, 
the  odd-looking "  z\frican  antelopes,  with  the 
imperial  crown  above.  The  export  of  gnu 
hides  is  an  important  industry  in  Natal,  and 
the  number  of  these  animals  has  been  greatly 
reduced  by  hunting. 

971.  The  Orange  River  Colony,  before  it 
became  the  Orange  Free  State  of  the  Union, 
had  on  its  badge  a  springbok  in  alert  attitude. 

972.  Before  the  formation  of  the  South  Af- 
rican Union  the  badge  of  the  Transvaal  showed 
a  lion,  couchant,  resting  on  the  veldt. 

973.  Rhodesia's  badge  has  a  blue  field,  with 
a  golden  lion  grasping  an  elephant's  tusk  in  its 
right  paw.  The  name  of  this  colony,  as  well 
as  the  letters  B.  S.  A.  C.  appearing  below  its 
device,  recalls  the  means  by  wdiich  this  region 
was  secured  and  developed  for  Great  Britain, 
namely,  Cecil  Rhodes'  British  South  Africa 
Company. 

974.  The  High  Commissioner  of  South  Af- 
rica has  as  his  badge  a  blue  disk  with  the  ini- 
tials S.  A.  H.  C.  and  a  crown  above. 

975.  This  shows  the  wreath  used  around 
the  badges  of  the  colonial  possessions  when 
imposed  upon  the  union  jack,  at  the  intersec- 
tion of  the  crosses,  to  betoken  the  presence  -of 
the  colonial  representative  on  the  ship  flying 
it.  There  are  a  few  notable  exceptions — the 
wreath  around  Canada's  badge  is  not  the  regu- 
lation laurel,  but  is  made  of  maple  leaves  (see 
869)  ;  that  around  New  Zealand's  badge  con- 
sists of  two  fern  leaves  (see  901)  ;  the  Union 
of  South  Africa  has  a  wreath  of  mimosa  (see 
966),  while  India's  star  is  circled  by  the  garter 
which  in  turn  is  surrounded  by  the  blazing  rays 
of  a  sun  (see  947).  When  the  badges  are  used 
on  the  blue  and  red  ensigns  they  are  not  sur- 
rounded by  wreaths,  except  in  the  case  of  the 
blazing  sun  of  India. 

976.  The  badge  of  military  officers  afloat, 
as,  for  instance,  when  crossing  the  English 
Channel,  or  when  going  to  the  Saloniki  front, 
has  a  blue  field,  upon  which  are  inscribed  in 
gold  the  initials  "G.  R."  (George  Rex),  sur- 
mounted by  the  crown  of  the  Empire. 

977-986.  These  flags  are  used  by  the  various 
British  officials. 


38s 


FLAGS    OF  AUSTRIA-HUNGARY,  BULGARIA, 
GERMANY,  AND    TURKEY 


987.  The  ensign  of  Austria-Hungary  has 
three  horizontal  stripes,  red  at  the  top  and 
bottom,  with  wliite  between.  Upon  the  white 
stripe  are  imposed  the  shield  of  Austria  next 
the  staff  and  of  Hungary  next  the  fly.  Above 
each  shield  is  the  crown  of  its  kingdom.  The 
Hungarian  crown  differs  from  the  Austrian, 
being  that  of  St.  Stephen.  The  Austrian  shield 
repeats  the  red,  white,  red-striped  design  of 
the  flag,  and  was  the  device  of  the  ancient 
dukes  of  Austria,  dating  back  to  the  twelfth 
century. 

988."  The  merchant  flag  of  Austria-Hungary 
was  introduced  in  1869  by  a  commission  ap- 
pointed to  blend  the  flags  of  the  two  countries. 
As  the  Hungarian  flag  is  red,  white,  and 
green,  the  blending  was  accomplished  by  mak- 
ing the  bottom  stripe  of  the  Austro-Hungarian 
ensign  one-half  green.  Thus  the  half  of  the 
merchant  flag  containing  the  Hungarian  shield 
preserves  the  distinctive  Hungarian  tricolor. 

989.  The  imperial  standard  of  Austria- 
Hungary  consists  of  a  yellow  field  bordered 
with  small  black,  red,  and  white  triangles  rep- 
resenting flames.  It  is  square  and  in  the  center 
are  placed  the'  arms  of  the  Austrian  monarchy. 
These  consist  of  a  black  double-headed  eagle 
crowned,  the  double  head  indicating  the  former 
Holy  Roman  Empire.  Over  the  eagle  appears 
the  crown  of  Austria.  In  one  claw  the  eagle 
holds  a  sword  and  scepter  and  in  the  other  an 
orb.  On  its  breast  appears  a  shield  divided 
equally  into  three  vertical  portions.  The  red 
lion  rampant  on  a  golden  ground  in  the  first 
section  represents  the  House  of  Hapsburg; 
the  silver  section  on  a  red  ground  stands  for 
Austria ;  the  three  eaglets  in  silver  on  a  red 
band  upon  a  golden  ground  are  reminiscent  of 
Lorraine.  The  shield  is  surrounded  by  the 
colors  of  the  Order  of  the  Golden  Fleece  and 
of  Maria  Theresa.  On  the  wings  of  the  eagle 
are  the  arms  of  the  eleven  provinces.  This 
flag  commands  a  different  salute  from  any 
other  in  the  world,  it  is  believed.  Under  Aus- 
trian naval  usage  the  Emperor  is  saluted  by 
twenty-one  guns  followed  by  fifteen  hurrahs. 
A  minister  of  state  or  field  marshal  gets  nine- 
teen guns  and  eleven  hurrahs ;  a  general  thir- 
teen guns  and  seven  hurrahs;  a  commodore 
eleven  guns  and  three  hurrahs,  while  ambassa- 
dors, arclibishops,  Qpnsids,  and  others  all  have 
their  definite  share  of  gunpowder  and  requi- 
site allotment  of  shouting. 

990.  The  royal  standard  of  Bulgaria  is  a 
square  red  flag  bordered  with  black  and  green 
triangles,  upon  which  is  emblazoned  the  roval 
lion  of  the  coat-of-arms  of  tlie  country.  On 
the  body  of  the  lion  is  a  shield  having  a  blue 
field  bearing  a  series  of  diagonal  and  horizon- 
tal lines. 

991.  The  ensign  of  Bulgaria  is  white  at  the 
top,  red  at  the  bottom,  and  green  between.  In 
a  canton  appears  the  golden   lion   rampant  of 


the    Bulgarian   arms,    upon    red.     The   lion    is 
crowned. 

992.  Bulgaria's  merchant  flag  is  of  white, 
green,  and  red,  white  at  the  top  and  red  at  the 
bottom. 

993.  Germany's  imperial  standard  has  a 
cross,  black  with  white  border,  the  field  being 
yellow,  and  the  intersection  of  the  cross  bear- 
ing a  shield  containing  the  arms  of  Prussia 
surmounted  by  a  crown  and  surrounded  by  the 
collar  of  the  Order  of  the  Black  Eagle.  The 
yellow  field  of  the  flag  is  diapered  over  in 
each  corner  with  three  black  eagles  and  the 
crown.  The  arms  of  the  cross  reach  out  to 
the  four  edges  of  the  flag  and  bear  the  legend, 
"Gott  Mit  Uns,  1870,"  the  date  commemorating 
the  origin  of  this  standard. 

994.  The  standard  of  the  King  of  Prussia 
very  closely  resembles  the  imperial  standard, 
except  that  the  field  of  the  flag  is  red  instead 
of  yellow.  The  cross  which  this  flag  and  the 
preceding  one  bear  is  the  cross  of  the  Teu- 
tonic order  and  dates  from  the  close  of  the 
twelfth  century. 

995.  The  ensign  of  the  German  Empire  has 
a  white  field,  upon  which  is  imposed  a  large 
black  cross,  having  at  its  center  a  circle  in 
black  outlines  containing  the  black  Prussian 
eagle  crowned.  The  arms  of  the  cross  quarter 
the  flag.  In  the  canton  there  is  the  merchant 
flag  in  miniature,  upon  which  is  superimposed 
the  black  cross  of  the  Teutonic  order    (994). 

996.  The  merchant  flag  of  Germany,  con- 
sisting of  three  bars,  black  at  the  top,  white  in 
the  middle,  and  red  at  the  bottom,  dates  from 
1867.  In  that  year  it  was  decreed  that  the  flag 
of  the  North  German  Confederacy  should  be 
black,  white,  and  red,  and  when  the  twelve 
southern  States  joined  the  federation  the  same 
flag  was  continued  as  the  merchant  symbol  of 
the  Empire.  Prior  to  1867  no  German  national' 
flag  had  ever  flown  upon  the  ocean,  each  oi 
the  various  States  and  free  cities  having  it? 
own  special  colors  (see  also  1153,  iiS4,  1166, 
etc.).  In  a  speech  delivered  that  year  the 
Minister  of  the  Crown  stated  that  the  combi- 
nation of  colors  was  emblematic  of  a  junction 
of  the  black  and  white  Prussian  flag  with  the 
red  and  white  ensign  of  the  Hanseatic  League. 

997.  The  standard  of  the  King  of  Bavaria 
has  a  field  of  blue  and  white  lozenges,  upon 
which  is  centered  the  coat-of-arms  of  the 
kingdom.  This  bears  a  quartered  shield  with 
a  golden  lion,  crowned,  on  a  field  of  black, 
representing  the  Rhine  Palatinate  in  the  first 
quarter;  the  second  quarter  is  red  and  silver 
for  the  Duchy  of  Franconia ;  the  third  quarter 
has  eight  stripes  of  silver  and  red  crossed  by 
a  pale  of  gold,  for  the  Margravate  of  Burgau; 
the  fourth  quarter  has  a  blue  lion  rampant 
crowned  with  gold,  for  the  County  of  Vel- 
dentz.  Upon  all  is  a  fusiform  of  striped  silver 
and  blue,  which  represents  Bavaria.    Above  this 


386 


device  is  the  royal  crown,  supported  by  two 
lions  regardant,  each  of  them  gold  crowned. 
The  whole  is  upon  a  royal  mantle,  which,  in 
its  turn,  is  crowned. 

998.  The  standard  of  the  King  of  Saxony 
reproduces  part  of  the  heraldic  device  found 
in  the  arms  of  the  ruling  family,  namely,  a 
green  crown  of  rue  cutting  diagonally  across 
ten  alternate  black  and  gold  bars. 

999.  The  flags  of  the  maritime  States  of 
Germany  are  black,  white,  and  red,  black  at 
the  top  and  red  at  the  bottom,  with  an  anchor 
and  crown  in  the  center,  where  the  white  stripe 
is  swelled  out  to  accommodate  them,  and  with 
the  badge  of  the  respective  States,  1003-1008, 
inclusive,  as  a  canton  in  the  upper  corner  next 
the  staff. 

1000.  The  imperial  marine  flag  is  like  those 
of  the  maritime  States,  except  that  the  badge 
is  omitted. 

looi.  The  standard  of  the  King  of  Wurtt- 
emburg  is  yellow  with  three  half  horns  of  a 
stag  in  black,  antlered.  In  each  of  the  four 
corners  of  the  standard  is  a  crown. 

1002.  The  Grandduchy  of  Hesse  has  a 
standard  consisting  of  three  horizontal  stripes, 
red  at  the  top  and  bottom  and  white  between, 
with  the  white  stripe  larger  than  the  others. 
Upon  the  white  stripe  is  a  blue  shield  charged 
with  a  lion  having  a  forked  tail  and  striped 
with  red  and  white.  The  standard  has  a  crown 
in  each  of  its  four  corners. 

1003.  This  badge,  with  its  black  eagle,  placed 
as  a  canton  on  the  flag  of  the  German  mari- 
time States,  proclaims  that  the  ship  flying  it 
belongs  to   Prussia. 

1004.  The  badge  of  the  free  city  of  Bremen 
is  red  and  bears  an  antique  key  of  silver.  It 
is  crowned  with  gold. 

1005.  Placed  "in  the  canton  of  the  flag  of 
the  maritime  States  of  Germany,  this  badge 
proclaims  the  authority  of  Oldenburg.  On  it 
is  a  shield  the  first  quarter  of  which,  made  up 
of  red  and  yellow  stripes,  represent  Olden- 
burg; the  second  quarter,  a  gold  cross  on  blue, 
represents  Delmenhorst ;  the  third  quarter,  a 
golden  cross  surmounted  by  a  miter  on  blue, 
represents  Lubeck ;  the  fourth  quarter  is 
cheeky,  of  four  rows  of  red  and  white,  and 
proclaims  Birkenfeld.  In  the  point  of  the 
shield  is  a  golden  lion,  representing  Jever. 

1006.  The  badge  of  Hamburg  is  a  red 
square  upon  which  is  placed  a  castle  having 
three  silver  towers,  over  an  anchor. 

1007.  Mecklenburg's  badge  has  a  yellow 
field  upon  which  appears  the  head  of  a  black 
buffalo  with  red  mouth,  white  horns,  and 
golden  crown. 

1008.  The  badge  of  Lubeck  has  a  black 
double  eagle  displayed,  its  tongue,  beak,  and 
claws  red,  and  its  breast  charged  with  an  es- 
cutcheon halved   in  white  and  red. 

1009.  When  the  flag  of  the  imperial  marine 
of  Germany  omits  the  golden  anchor  and 
crown  from  the  middle  stripe  of  white  and 
substitutes  the  crowned  black  eagle  of  the  Em- 
pire, it  proclaims  that  the  building;  or  vessel 
displaying  it  is  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the 
Foreign  Office. 

1010.  When  the  flag  of  the  imperial  marine 
has  this  badge  substituted  for  the  anchor  and 
crown,  it  means  that  the  ship  or  building  dis- 


playing it  is  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  other 
departments  of  the  German  Government. 

loii.  This  badge,  in  place  of  the  anchor 
and  crown  on  the  flag  of  the  imperial  marine 
of  Germany,  transforms  it  into  the  flag  of  the 
postal  service  of  the  Empire. 

1012.  Merchant  vessels  in  the  naval  reserve 
of  Germany  bear  the  black,  white,  and  red  flag 
of  the  German  merchant  marine,  with  the  black 
cross  on  the  end  next  the  staff'. 

1013.  The  landes  flag  of  Prussia  consists  of 
a  white  field  bordered  at  the  top  and  bottom 
with  black  and  bearing  on  the  half  next  the 
staff  the  displayed  black  eagle  of  Prussia. 

1014.  The  flag  of  the  German  Governors  of 
East  Africa  and  Kiao-Chau  was  the  merchant 
flag  with  the  eagle  of  the  Empire  on  the  cen- 
tral white  stripe.  The  former  colony  has  now 
been  practically  conquered  by  British  forces 
and  the  Japanese  have  taken  charge  of  Kiao- 
Chau. 

1015.  Tlie  flag  of  the  commander-in-chief 
of  the  '  aval  forces  of  Germany  has  a  square 
white  held  occupied  by  the  black  cross,  with 
guns  arranged  in  the  form  of  a  saltire  thereon. 

1016.  The  flag  of  the  inspector  general  of 
the  German  navy  has  a  red-bordered  white 
held  with  the  black  cross  quartering  the  white. 

1017.  The  ensign  and  merchant  flag  of 
Turkey  consists  of  a  red  field  upon  which  is 
imposed  a  white  crescent  moon  and  a  five- 
pointed  star.  The  Turks  adopted  this  device 
when  they  captured  Constantinople  in  146,3.  It 
originally  was  the  symbol  of  Diana,  who  was 
the  patroness  of  Byzantium.  When  the  Turks 
adopted  the  crescent  as  a  badge  of  triumph  it 
promptly  fell  into  disuse  in  the  western  world, 
and  they  secured  a  complete  monopoly  upon 
it.  Though  originally  a  pagan  symbol,  it  re- 
mained throughout  the  rise  and  development 
of  the  Greek  Church  a  special  mark  of  Con- 
stantinople. Even  to  this  day  in  Moscow  and 
other  Russian  cities  the  crescent  and  the  cross 
may  be  seen  combined  on  the  churches,  the 
object  being  to  indicate  the  Byzantine  origin 
of  the  Orthodox  Church.  The  origin  of  this 
quarter  moon  dates  from  the  time  of  Emperor 
Philip,  the  father  of  Alexander  the  Great. 
While  he  was  trying  to  take  the  city  he  set  his 
soldiers  to  work  on  a  dark  night  to  undermine 
tiie  walls,  but  the  crescent  moon  appeared  in 
time  to  reveal  the  design  to  the  people  and 
Philip  was  thwarted.  In  acknowledgment  the 
Byzantines  erected  a  statue  to  Diana  and  made 
the  crescent  moon  the  symbol  of  their  city. 

1018.  The  personal  flag  of  the  Sultan  of 
Turkey,  which  corresponds  to  the  royal  stand- 
ards of  other  monarchies,  or  the  President's 
flag  in  our  own  country,  is  scarlet  and  bears 
in  the  center  a  device  which  changes  with  each 
succession  to  the  throne.  This  device,  accord- 
ing to  tradition,  originated  in  the  fourteenth 
century,  when  Sultan  Murad,  being  unable  to 
write  his  name  on  a  treaty,  dipped  his  open 
hand  in  ink  and  pressed  it  on  the  document. 
In  the  spaces  of  the  figure  thus  made  the 
scribes  wrote  his  name,  tlie  title  Khan,  and  the 
epithet  "Ever  Victorious."  Now,  the  name  of 
the  reigning  sovereign,  within  the  same  figure, 
appears  on  the  flag,  surrounded  by  a  rayed 
halo  of  somewhat  starlike  form. 


387 


loig.  The  chief  of  the  stafif  of  the  German 
navy  flies  a  flag  of  white  fully  quartered  by  a 
black  cross,  upon  whose  intersection  is  im- 
posed a  disk  of  white,  a  circle  of  gold  rope, 
and  a  sword. 

1020.  The  flotilla  flag  of  the  German  navy 
consists  of  a  swallow-tailed  pennant,  hung  free 
from  the  flagstaff  and  bearing  the  black  cross. 

1021.  The  Sultan  of  Turkey  flies  a  different 
flag  afloat  from  that  which  is  borne  for  him 
ashore.  As  commander-in-chief  of  the  Turk- 
ish naval  forces  he  has  a  red  banner  upon 
which  is  centered  a  white  anchor  with  a  blaz- 
ing sun  in  the  center  of  each  quarter  of  the 
flag.  „  . 

1022.  The  religious  flag  of  Turkey  is  green 
instead  of  the  familiar  red  of  the  ensign  and 
merchant  banner.  It  bears  the  usual  crescent 
and   star   in   wliite   and   is   the   banner   that   is 


borne  upon  all  religious  occasions.  It  has  been 
under  this  banner  that  untold  thousands  of 
Christians  in  tlie  Mohammedan  world  have 
suffered  at  the  hands  of  the  followers  of 
Islam. 

1023.  The  customs  banner  of  Turkey  is  of 
the  same  general  design  as  the  national  ensign, 
except  that  the  star  and  crescent  are  inclosed 
in  a  rectangle  made  of  a  thin  white  stripe  close 
to  and  parallel  with  the  border. 

1024.  The  flag  of  Crete  is  quartered  by  a 
white  cross.  The  first  quarter  is  red  and  bears 
a  five-pointed  star  in  white,  while  the  other 
three  quarters  are  blue.  This  was  the  flag  of 
the  high  commissioner  appointed  by  Great 
Britain,  Russia,  France,  and  Italy,  and  later 
proposed  by  Greece  with  the  permission  of  the 
Powers,  who  governed  the  island  before  its 
annexation  to  Greece. 


HEROIC  FLAGS  OF  THE  MIDDLE  AGES 

The  Geography  of  the  Earth  as  Known  in  Medieval  7'imcs  Symbolized  in 

g6  Historic  Standards 

(Nos.  1025-1120) 


THE  earliest  representation  of  the 
flags  of  all  nations  is  to  be  found 
in  an  illuminated  manuscript  of  a 
Franciscan  friar,  a  native  of  Spain,  who 
was  born  in  1305  and  who,  according  to 
his  own  claim,  wrote  his  monumental 
"Book  of  the  Knowledge  of  All  the  King- 
doms, Countries,  and  Lordships  that 
there  are  in  the  World  and  of  the  En- 
signs 'and  Arms  of  Each  Country  and 
Lordship ;  also  of  the  Kings  and  Lords 
Who  Govern  Them,"  after  having  visited 
all  the  places  which  he  describes. 

Geographers  and  historians  hesitate  to 
accept  the  friar's  claim  as  literally  true, 
but  it  is  evident  that  he  was  a  great  trav- 
eler and  a  close  observer,  and  though  he 
is  prone  to  weave  legend  and  hearsay  into 
his  narrative,  there  is,  nevertheless,  a  re- 
markable fund  of  information  in  this 
priceless  manuscript,  written  a  century 
and  a  half  before  Columbus  discovered 
America,  and  which  now  reposes  in  the 
Biblioteca  Nacit)nal  at  Madrid. 

"In  the  name  of  God  the  Father  and  Son 
and  Holy  Ghost,  three  individual  persons  in 
one  essence.  I  was  born  in  the  Kingdom  of 
Castile,  in  the  reign  of  the  very  noble  King 
Don  Sancho,  when  the  era  of  the  world,  ac- 
cording to  the  Hebrews,  was  5,065  years,  and 
the  era  of  the  deluge  4,407  years,  and  of  Nebu- 
chadnezzar of  Chaldea  2,502  years,  and  of 
Alexander  the  Great  of  Macedonia  1,617,  and 
of    Cjesar,    Emperor    of    Rome,    1,343,    and    of 


ARTIST  AS  WELL  AS  TRAVELER 

The  manuscript  of  the  anonymous 
Franciscan  whose  travels  extended  as  far 
east  as  Java,  by  way  of  Mecca,  was  edited 
by  the  Spanish  scholar  Marcos  Jimenez 
de  la  Espada,  40  years  ago,  with  the  aid 
of  Don  Francisco  Coello,  the  eminent 
geographer.  It  was  recently  published  in 
English,  together  with  the  flags  (see  page 
371),  by  the  Hakluyt  Society. 

The  devices  are  very  beautiful  and  rich, 
both  in  color  and  in  design,  the  Fran- 
ciscan evincing  great  skill  in  reproducing 
in  some  instances  the  banners  and  in  oth- 
ers the  coats-of-arms  of  the  kingdoms 
and  principalities  which  he  visited. 

The  story  of  these  flags  of  the  world 
570  years  ago  and  of  the  kings  and  coun- 
tries over  which  they  waved  is  best  told 
in  the  words  of  the  Franciscan  himself, 
who  makes  no  attempt  to  dilTerentiate  be- 
tween what  he  actually  saw  and  what  he 
heard  (the  numbers  in  the  text  refer  to 
the  corresponding  flag  on  page  371). 

Christ   1,304  years,   and   of  the  Arabs   706,   on 
the  nth  day  of  the  month  of  September. 

"There  are  in  the  Kingdom  of  Castile  28 
cities  and  many  other  towns,  castles,  and  vil- 
lages. Know  that  this  Kingdom  of  Castile  and 
Leon  has  all  the  seacoast  of  the  west  as  far  as 
Bayona  the  greater,  and  borders  on  Navarre 
and  Aragon  and  Granada.  The  ensigns  of  the 
kings  of  this  kingdom  are  a  flag  with  two 
castles  and  two  lions  quarterly  (1025). 


388 


"I  departed  from  the  Kingdom  of  Castile 
and  went  to  the  Kingdom  of  Portugal,  where 
I  found  four  large  cities,  and  three  great  rivers 
flow  across  it.  This  kingdom  borders  on  the 
western  sea  and  the  Kingdom  of  Castile  and 
Leon.  The  arms  of  this  kingdom  are  castles 
all  round  and  quiiias  (shields  with  five  white 
circles,  representing  the  live  wounds  of  the 
Saviour)   in  the  middle  (1026), 

"I  went  to  Bayona  (Bayonne  the  greater, 
which  is  in  Gascony.  It  is  seated  on  the  west- 
ern sea,  near  the  Pyrenean  Mountains  (Pyre- 
nees). The  Lord  of  this  Bayona  has  for  his 
flag  white  with  a  cross  red"  (1027). 

At  the  time  of  the  Franciscan's  visit  Bayonne 
was  under  tJie  King  of  England,  and  the  flag 
was  therefore  the  St.  George's  cross  (830), 
adopted  by  Richard  Coeur  de  Lion  during  the 
Third  Crusade. 

"I  left  Bayona  and  entered  Navarre,  a  very 
rich  kingdom,  in  which  there  are  three  great 
cities.  Three  great  rivers  flow  through  it.  The 
king  of  it  has  for  a  sign  the  flag  as  follows" 
(1028). 

At  the  battle  of  Las  Navas  de  Tolosa,  in 
1212,  Sancho,  King  of  Navarre,  and  his  knights 
broke  the  chain  which  defended  the  approach 
to  the  tent  of  "En-Nasir,"  the  Almohade  Sul- 
tan. The  victory  which  followed  resulted  in 
laying  all  Mohammedan  Spain  at  the  feet  of 
the  Christians.  From  that  time  the  kings  of 
Navarre  bore  the  chain  on  their  coat-of-arms 
and  on  their  flag. 

"I  departed  from  Navarre  and  crossed  the 
Pyrenees.  On  the  left  side  of  these  mountains 
is  the  nol)le  city  of  Tolosa  (Toulouse),  where 
the  liberal  arts  are  studied,  and  the  lord  of 
this  Tolosa  has  for  his  sign  a  red  flag  with  a 
cross  of  gold  (1029). 

"I  left  Tolosa  and  turned  along  the  coast  of 
the  country  of  Burdeo  (Bordeaux),  and  then 
to  Rochela  (La  Rochelle),  a  rich  city  of 
France,  and  thence  I  went  to  the  point  of 
Sanmae,  which  is  in  the  province  of  Bretanea 
(Brittany)  ;  thence  to  the  Gulf  of  Samalo  (St. 
Malo),  and  thence  to  the  province  of  Nor- 
mandia  (Normandy).  All  these  are  in  the 
Kingdom  of  Francia  (France),  where  there 
are  many  cities,  towns,  and  villages.  Know 
that  the  Kingdom  of  France  borders  on  the 
Mediterranean,  where  there  is  a  city  called 
Narbonne,  and  on  the  Alps  of  Alsace  and  on 
the  coasts  of  Flanders,  and  all  the  coasts  of 
Gascuena  (Gascony)  to  the  Pyrenees.  The 
King  of  France  has  three  fleurs  de  lys  of  gold 
(1030). 

"I  left  Paris  and  went  to  Roan  and  Chalon, 
and  thence  to  a  city  on  the  coast  which  thev 
call  Diepa  (Dieppe),  and  I  left  it  and  reached 
a  rich  city  called  Cales  (Calais),  which  is  in 
the  province  of  Picardy.  Know  that  from  this 
Cales  to  the  island  of  England  is  a  short  cross- 
ing of  eight  miles  (leagues  ?).  I  departed 
from  Cales  and  went  to  the  country  of  Flan- 
ders, to  a  noble  city,  Brujas  (Bruges).  The 
lord  of  that  country  has  a  flag — gold  with  a 
black  lion  (1031). 

"Thence  I  crossed  a  great  river  which  they 
call  Rinus  (the  Rhine),  which  passes  by  Co- 
lona  (Cologne),  a  great  city  of  Germany.  In 
this  city  they  say  that  the  three  Magian  kings 
pre  interred  who  worshiped  Jesus  Christ  in 
Belem    (Bethlehem).     But  when  I  traveled  in 


the  Empire  of  Cataya  (China)  I  was  in  a  city- 
called  Solin  (Saba?),  and  they  showed  me 
three  highly  revered  monuments,  and  they  were 
m  honor  of  the  three  Magian  kings  who  adored 
Jesus  Christ,  and  they  said  that  they  were  na- 
tives of  that  city.  In  this  Germany  there  are 
some  very  high  mountains  which  they  call  the 
German  Alps.  .  .  .  The  Emperor  of  Ger- 
many has  for  his  device  a  flag — yellow  with  a 
black  eagle  crowned  (1032). 

"I  departed  from  Colona  and  went  to  a  city 
called  Colanda  (Holland),  in  the  Kingdom  of 
Frisia.  I  then  passed  over  a  great  river,  Albia 
(Elbe),  rising  in  the  mountains  of  Boemia 
(Bohemia).  Here  the  German  Sea  forms  the 
great  Gulf  of  Frisia,  and  in  that  gulf  there  are 
four  islands.  The  King  of  Frisia's  device  is  a 
flag — gold  with  three  long  black  lions   (1033). 

"In  the  Kingdom  of  Boemia  there  are  seven 
great  cities,  the  largest  called  Praga  (Prague), 
where  they  crown  the  King  of  Boemia.  This 
Praga  is  all  surrounded  by  a  lofty  range  which 
they  call  the  Mountains  of  Boemia.  In  the 
middle  there  is  a  great  plateau  and  in  its  center 
is  the  city,  surrounded  by  a  great  river  called 
Albia.  The  King  of  Boemia  has  for  his  de- 
vice a  flag — white  with  a  red  lion  crowned 
(1034). 

"I  left  Boemia  and  went  to  the  province  of 
Sant  Nurio  (Sandomir),  and  to  another  the 
name  of  which  was  Curconia  (Cracow)  and 
Culman  (Culm),  which  are  great  provinces 
between  Germany  and  the  greater  sea,  and 
though  it  may  be  that  they  are  inhabited  by 
Christians,  still  they  are  schismatics  ;  and  I  ar- 
rived at  two  great  cities  between  the  greater 
sea  and  the  Sea  of  Germany,  called  Litefama 
(Livonia)  and  Catalant  (Courland).  It  is  a 
very  populous  land  and  the  king  of  it  has  for 
a  device  a  white  flag  with  this  sign  (1035). 

THE   VANISHED    KINGDOM 

"I  entered  the  Kingdom  of  Polonia  (Po- 
land), where  there  are  five  great  cities,  the 
largest  being  Santa  ]\Iaria  (Mariempol),  where 
they  crown  the  kings.  The  King  of  Polonia 
has  for  his  design  a  green  flag  with  this  sign 
in  red  (1036). 

"I  left  the  Kingdom  of  Polonia  and  went  to 
the  Kingdom  of  Leon,  which  the  Germans  call 
Lumbrec  (Lemberg),  in  which  there  are  five 
great  cities.  It  must  be  known  that  this  King- 
dom of  Leon  (Galicia)  borders  on  the  prov- 
ince of  Rumenia  (Livonia)  and  with  the  King- 
dom of  Suava  (Swabia).  The  king  has  a 
green  flag  with  a  red  cross  (1037). 

"After  this  I  turned  to  the  other  coast  of 
the  German  Sea  (Baltic),  to  the  part  of  the 
Trasmontana,  being  the  land  of  Europe  I  will 
mention  further  on.  I  entered  a  great  prov- 
ince they  call  Suevia  (Sweden)  and  found  the 
city  of  Roderin  (Roggerwick),  very  rich  and 
populous,  though  the  land  is  verycold.  It  has 
in  it  nine  cities.  The  King  of  this  Suevia  has 
for  his  device  a  yellow  flag  with  two  red  lions 
facing  each  other"  (1038), 

A  few  years  before  the  visit  of  the  Fran- 
ciscan the  first  union  between  Norway  and 
Sweden  had  taken  place  under  the  three-year- 
old  king,  Magnus,  who,  however,  lost  both 
kingdoms  before  his  death. 

"I   left   the   city   of   Roderin   and,   going   on 


389 


board  a  ship,  I  passed  to  an  island  they  called 
Gotlandia,  which  is  in  the  German  Gulf,  and 
on  this  island  there  is  a  great  city  called  Bisuy 
(Wisbv),  in  which  there  are  90  parishes,  and 
the  island  is  well  peopled.  There  is  a  smaller 
island  called  Oxilia.  The  king  of  these  islands 
has  a  flag  of  gold  and  purple  bars"  (1039). 

It  was  in  the  century  preceding  the  Fran- 
ciscan's visit  that  the  wealth  of  the  city  of 
Wisby,  or  Bisuy,  as  he  called  it,  became  pro- 
verbial, and  an  old  ballad  relates  that  '"the  Got- 
landers  weigh  gold  with  20-pound  weights  and 
play  with  the  choicest  gems.  The  pigs  eat  out 
of  "silver  troughs  and  the  women  spin  with 
gold  distaffs.  A  few  years  after  the  friar's 
visit  Wisby  was  attacked  by  the  King  of  Den- 
mark, who  after  a  bloody  battle,  in  which  1,800 
peasants  fell  trying  to  defend  the  gates  of  the 
city,  took  possession  of  the  whole  island. 

"I  ascended  the  lofty  mountains  of  Noruega 
(Norway),  which  is  a  very  strong  kingdom 
containing  three  great  cities.  They  call  the 
largest  Regis  (Bergen),  where  they  crown  the 
kings.  And  be  it  known  that  this  Noruega 
toward  the  north  is  uninhabited,  and  that  the 
year  makes  one  day  for  six  months  and  an- 
other six  months'  night,  and  there  are  men 
who  have  their  heads  fixed  on  their  breasts 
with  no  neck  whatever,  but  I  did  not  see  them. 
The  king  of  this  Noruega  has  for  his  device 
a  flag — gold  with  a  black  lion  (1040). 

"I  departed  from  Noruega  in  a  ship  of  the 
English,  and  we  shaped  a  course  west  and 
came  to  an  island,  very  large,  called  Salanda, 
which  is  at  the  entrance  of  the  Gulf  of  Frisia, 
already  mentioned.  The  island  of  Salanda 
(Zeeland)  is  very  populous  and  has  four  great 
cities,  called  Salandi  (Copenhagen),  Risent 
(Ringsted),  Escondin  (Stor  Hedding).  Alenda 
(Lealand).  The  king  of  this  island  has  for 
his  device  a  flag — gold  with  a  black  lion,  as  in 
Noruega  (1040). 

"I  left  the  island  of  Salanda  (Zeeland)  and 
we  made  a  long  voyage,  arriving  at  another 
island  called  Tille  (Telemarken,  in  the  south 
of  Norway),  and  from  thence  we  came  to  the 
island  of  Escocia  (Scotland)  and  found  in  it 
three  great  cities — one  called  Don f res  (Dum- 
fries"), another  Eneruic  (Edinburgh),  another 
Veruic  (Berwick).  The  king  of  this  Escocia 
has  for  his  device  a  red  flag  with  three  long 
lions  of  gold"  (1041). 

The  explanation  for  the  Franciscan's  con- 
fusion of  the  arms  of  England  with  those  of 
Scotland  is  quite  simple.  His  visit  took  place 
during  the  reign  of  David  Bruce,  who  married 
an  English  princess,  and  he  probably  saw  her 
arms  an  a  flag  in  Scotland  and  assumed  it  to 
be  the  device  of  the  reigning  monarch. 

EXGI.ANn   COXT.\l^-ED    "KLEVKX    GRE.'\T    CITIEs" 

'T  departed  from  the  land  of  Escocia  and 
came  to  th^  Kingdom  of  Inglaterra  (England). 
Know  that  it  is  a  very  well  populated  country 
and  that  it  contains  eleven  great  cities.  The 
largest,  wliere  they  crown  their  king,  is  called 
I^ndres  (London).  The  king  of  those  lands 
has  for  his  arms,  on  a  flag  quarterly,  in  two 
quarters,  fleurs  de  lys,  gold  on  a  held  azure,  be- 
cause the  king  is  of  the  house  of  France,  and 
in  the  other  two  quarters,  in  each  one,  on  a  field 
gules   (red),  three  ounces  gold"   (1042). 


The  "ounces"  which  the  friar  depicts  in  his 
device  for  the  English  king,  it  will  be  ob- 
served, are  almost  identical  with  the  "long 
lions"  which  he  erroneously  credited  to  Scot- 
land (1041). 

"I  left  Inglaterra  in  a  boat  and  reached  the 
island  of  Irlanda  (Ireland),  which  is  a  short 
crossing  of  a  mile  (!).  They  say  that  for- 
merly it  was  called  Ibernia.  In  this  island 
there  is  a  great  lake,  and  they  say  that  the 
lake  brings  good  fortune,  because  many  en- 
chantments were  made  on  its  bank  in  ancient 
times.  The  king  of  this  island  has  the  same 
arms  as  the  King  of  Inglaterra   (1042). 

"Being  in  Irlanda,  I  sailed  in  a  ship  bound 
for  Spain,  and  went  with  those  on  that  ship  on 
the  high  sea  for  so  long  that  we  arrived  at  the 
island  of  Eterns  (Faroe  Islands),  and  another 
called  Artania  (Orkneys),  and  another  called 
Citilant  (Shetland  Islands),  and  another  called 
Ibernia  (Iceland).  All  these  islands  are  in  a 
part  where  the  sun  (never?)  sets  in  the  month 
of  June  and  they  are  all  peopled.  In  Ibernia 
there  are  trees  and  the  fruit  that  they  bear  are 
very  fat  birds.  These  birds  are  very  good  eat- 
ing, whether  boiled  or  roasted.  The  men  in 
this  island  are  very  long  lived,  some  living  200 
years.  They  are  born  and  brought  up  in  a  way 
which  makes  them  unable  to  die  in  the  islands, 
so  that  when  they  become  very  weak  they  are 
taken  away  and  die  presently. 

"In  this  island  there  are  no  snakes  nor 
vipers,  nor  toads,  nor  flies,  nor  spiders,  nor 
any  other  venomous  things,  and  the  women 
are  very  beautiful,  though  very  simple.  It  is 
a  land  where  there  is  not  as  much  bread  as 
you  may  want,  but  a  great  abundance  of  meat 
and  milk.  The  king  of  this  island  has  for  his 
device  the  same  flag  as  the  King  of  Noruega 
(1040). 

"After  this  I  departed  from  the  island  of 
Ibernia  in  a  ship,  and  voyaged  so  far  over  the 
western  sea  that  we  sighted  Cape  Finisterre 
and  arrived  at  Pontevedra,  in  the  province  of 
Galicia  (Spain).  Thence  I  went  to  a  town  in 
the  Kingdom  of  Castile,  as  I  mentioned  be- 
fore, which  they  call  Tarifa.  It  was  founded 
by  a  very  powerful  Arab  named  Tarif.  Near 
this  town  Albuacen,  king  of  all  the  land  of 
the  west,  was  defeated  and  conquered  by  the 
very  noble  king,  Don  Alfonso  of  Castile,  who 
pillaged  all  his  tents  and  took  his  treasures, 
his  women,  and  his  horses."  (This  was  the 
liattle  of  Salado,  in  which  the  King  of  Castile, 
Alfonso  XI,  defeated  Abu-1-hasan  Ali,  King 
of  Morocco,  on  October  28,  1340.) 

"I  departed  from  Tarifa  and  went  to  the 
city  of  Aljezira  (Algeciras),  where  is  the  rock 
of  Gibraltar,  being  places  in  the  dominions  of 
the  King  of  Castile. 

"I  went  to  Malaga,  a  very  luxurious  city  of 
tlie  Kingdom  of  Granada.  In  this  kingdom 
there  are  three  cities.  The  grandest,  where 
they  crown  the  kings,  is  Granada.  This  king- 
dom is  bounded  by  the  Mediterranean  and  the 
Kingdom  of  Castile.  The  device  of  this  king 
is  a  red  flag  with  Arabic  letters  of  gold,  such 
as  Mahomad,  their  prophet,  bore"   (1043). 

The  friar  made  an  altogether  excusable  er- 
ror in  copying  the  Arabic  inscription,  which 
should  read,  "No  conqueror  but  God." 

"I   departed  from  the  Kingdom   of  Granada 


3,90 


and  went  to  the  Kingdom  of  Aragon,  a  very 
rich  and  well  supplied  kingdom.  I  found  five 
great  cities  in  it.  The  chief  one,  where  the 
kings  are  crowned,  is  Zaragosa  (Saragossa). 
It  is  bounded  by  Navarre,  Castile,  France,  and 
the  Pyrenees.  The  king  has  for  his  device 
nine  pales  gules  and  or"  (1044).  (Nine  strokes 
red  and  gold.) 

There  is  a  picturesque  legend  concerning 
the  adoption  of  this  device.  Far  back  in  his- 
tory an  heiress  of  Aragon  married  the  Count 
of  Barcelona,  and  the  gold  shield  of  the  latter 
was  adopted  by  the  kingdom.  After  a  battle, 
however,  Raymond  Berenger,  Count  of  Barce- 
lona, wiped  his  bloody  fingers  down  the  shield 
and  thereafter  it  became  "or  with  live  pales 
gules" — gold  with  five  red  strokes. 

"I  left  Barcelona  and  went  along  the  coast 
to  the  country  of  Ampuria,  and  thence  to  the 
city  of  Narbona  (Narbonne),  which  is  by  the 
shore  of  the  Mediterranean  Sea.  The  lord  of 
it  has  a  white  flag  with  a  red  cross  like  that  of 
Tolosa  (1029),  and  in  each  quarter  a  sign  like 
this  (1045),  for  this  city  belonged  to  Ray- 
mondo  Conde  de  Tolosa.     .     .     . 

"I  ascended  the  mountains  and  down  to 
Genoua  (Genoa),  a  very  rich  city  on  the  shores 
of  the  Mediterranean  Sea.  The  lord  of  it  has 
for  his  device  a  white  flag  with  a  red  cross,  and 
with  the  word  'Justicia'  "   (1046). 

It  was  about  the  time  of  the  Franciscan's 
visit  that  Genoa  elected  its  first  doge,  Simone 
Boccanera,  15  years  after  whose  death,  in  1363, 
the  republic  city  engaged  in  one  of  its  many 
disastrous  wars  with  Venice,  during  which  the 
Genoese  galleys  reached  the  very  threshold  of 
their  rival  in  the  Adriatic  and  could  have  dic- 
tated a  most  advantageous  peace  had  they  not 
boasted  that  they  would  "bit  and  bridle  the 
horses  of  Samt  Mark." 

"I  departed  from  Genoua  and  entered  Lom- 
bardy,  where  there  are  many  great  and  rich 
cities.  I  left  Lombardy  and  came  to  Pisa,  a 
land  very  fertile  with  a  temperate  climate.  It 
has  a  flag  gules   (red)"  (1047). 

Pisa  had  reached  the  zenith  of  its  power 
during  the  century  preceding  the  friar's  visit. 
Its  red  flag  had  been  banished  from  Corsica 
by  the  Genoese  in  1300,  and  23  years  later  the 
kings  of  Aragon  supplanted  it  with  their  own 
over  Sardinia. 

"Leaving  Pisa,  I  came  to  Tuscany,  in  which 
there  is  a  city  called  Florence.  The  lord  of  it 
has  for  his  device  a  white  flag  with  a  red  cross. 
I  went  from  Tuscany  to  the  noble  city  of 
Rome,  which  is  the  head  of  the  empire  of  the 
Romans.  The  devices  of  Rome  are  a  red  flag 
with  a  gold  bar.  on  which  are  letters"  (1048). 
(S.  P.  Q.  R. — Senatus  Populusque  Romanus— 
the  Roman  Senate  and  People.) 

TRANSPI..\XTED    LILIES    OF    FRANCE 

"I  left  Rome  and  arrived  at  Naples,  a  very 
luxurious,  well  supplied,  and  pleasant  land,  in 
which  are  the  provinces  of  Pulla  (ApuHa)  and 
Calabria.  There  are  many  rich  cities.  The 
King  of  Naples  has  for  his  device  a  purple  flag 
with  gold  fleurs  de  lys,  for  he  is  of  the  house 
of  France.  Above  is  a  red  slip  which  they  call 
a  label  (1049). 

"I  departed  from  Naples  and  went  over  to 
the  island  of  Sicily,  a  short  passage.  It  is  very 
luxurious  and  well  supplied.     There  are  in  it 


eight  large  cities.  This  Sicily  has  a  flag  parted 
per  saltire  (the  field  divided  into  four  parts  by 
two  lines),  two  quarters  argent  (silver  or 
white),  with  eagles  sable,  the  other  two  bars 
gules  and  or,  for  the  king  is  of  the  House  of 
Aragon  (1050).     .     .     . 

"I  went  to  the  city  of  Venecia,  which  is  at 
the  head  of  the  gulf  on  the  sea.  The  lord  of 
this  Venice  has  for  his  flag — argent,  a  winged 
lion  gules  like  the  lion  of  St.  Mark"  (1051). 

The  friar  omits  the  words  "Pax  tibi,  Marce. 
Evangelista  mens"  ("Peace  be  with  thee,  Mar- 
cus, my  evangelist"),  which  are  supposed  to  be 
inscribed  on  the  open  book  or  scroll  held  by 
the  lion. 

"I  departed  from  Venecia  in  the  same  galley 
and  coasted  along  the  side  of  Esclavonia 
(Croatia-Slavonia),  passing  by  a  city  called 
Aquylea  (Aquilea),  and  another  called  Triesa 
(Trieste).  The  king  of  this  Esclavonia  has 
for  his  device  a  yellow  flag  in  halves;  tlie  red 
half  near  the  hoist  has  a  white  star  and  the 
other  half  is  yellow  (1052). 

"In  the  Kingdom  of  Esclavonia  there  is  a 
very  high  mountain  called  Boxina  (Bosnia), 
where  four  rivers  rise.  All  these  rivers  enter 
the  Kingdom  of  Ungria  (Hungary)  and  unite 
with  the  great  river  Danube,  which  rises  in  the 
Alps  of  Germany.  Now  this  land  of  Boxina 
(Bosnia)  marches  with  Germany  and  Ungria. 
and  the  mountains  are  in  its  center,  and  they 
are  mountains  well  peopled,  with  a  well  sup- 
plied land ;  but  they  are  not  Catholic  Chris- 
tians, and  the  king  of  these  mountains  has  the 
same  arms  as  those  of  the  King  of  Esclavonia 
(1053). 

"I  departed  from  Boxina  and  went  along  the 

coast   to   the    city   of   Jara    (Zara),   thence   to 

Sinbochon  (Sebenico  in  Dalmatia),  and  thence 

to  Narent  (in  Dalmatia,  at  the  mouth  of  the 

Narenta)   (1054). 

^'With  this  Narent  there  marches  a  city 
called  Dulcecno  (Dulcigno),  which,  with  the 
adjacent  mountainous  country,  is  very  pleasant 
and  well  supplied.  In  these  mountains  two 
very  great  rivers  rise — one  called  Dranoya  (the 
Drave),  the  other  Pirus  (Epirus  or  Drina)  — 
which  flow  into  the  Kingdom  of  Ungria,  fall- 
ing into  the  great  river  Danube  and  forming 
in  Ungria  ten  islands.  They  call  the  first 
Ungria  La  Mayor,  whence  the  Kingdom  of 
Ungria  took  its  name. 

"Know  that  in  this  Ungria  there  are  many 
rich  cities.  The  Kingdom  of  Ungria  (Hun- 
gary) marches  with  Greece  and  Germany, 
Esclavonia,  Bolonia  (Bologna),  and  Burgaria 
(Bulgaria).  The  flag  of  this  kingdom  is  part- 
ed per  fess  (that  is,  in  two  equal  parts),  upper 
half  with  fleurs  de  lys  of  France,  because  the 
king  is  of  the  House  of  France  (Louis  I  of 
Hungary,  1342- 1382,  came,  in  the  male  line, 
from  Charles  of  Anjou,  brother  of  St.  Louis), 
the  lower  half  bars  gules  and  argent  (1055). 

"I  departed  from  the  Kingdom  of  Hungary 
and  went  along  the  coast  to  a  city  called 
Durazo  (Durazzo).  There  I  took  ship  and 
proceeded  to  the  island  of  the  Morea  (the 
Peloponnesus,  the  peninsula  portion  of  the 
mainland  of  Greece).  In  it  there  are  seven 
great  cities  (1056  and  1057). 

"I  left  the  island  of  the  Morea  and  went  to 
the  island  of  Rodas  (Rhodes).  This  island 
belongs  to  the  order  of  St.  John"  (1058). 


391 


The  Knights  of  the  Order  of  the  Hospital 
of  St.  John  of  Jerusalem,  afterward  known  as 
the  Knights  of  Rhodes  and  the  Sovereign  Or- 
der of  the  Knights  of  Malta,  came  into  exist- 
ence in  Jerusalem  during  the  First  Crusade. 
After  its  expulsion  from  the  Holy  Land  at  the 
fall  of  the  Latin  Kingdom,  the  order  was  estab- 
lished in  Rhodes  in  1309,  where  it  was  holding 
sway  at  the  time  of  the  friar's  visit  and  where 
it  remained  vmtil  1522. 

"I  left  the  island  of  Rhodes  and  went  to  the 
island  of  Candia  (Crete),  and  thence  to  an- 
other island  they  call  Negropont  (Euboea), 
which  the  Venetians  conquered.  I  left  the  en- 
trance to  the  greater  sea  and  Constantinople, 
which  I  will  describe  further  on,  to  my  left, 
and  went  to  the  city  they  call  Satalia  (Adalia), 
of  Greek  Christians.  This  Satalia  is  part  of 
the  province  of  Naturi  (Anatolia).  The  King 
of  this  Satalia  has  for  his  device  a  flag  with 
bars  wavy  argent  and  purpure  and  over  all  the 
sign  of  Solomon's  seal"  (1059). 

Adalia,  known  in  ancient  times  as  Attalia, 
played  a  conspicuous  part  in  the  history  of  the 
eastern  Mediterranean  during  the  Middle  Ages. 
It  was  from  this  port  that  Louis  VII  sailed 
for  Syria  in  1148,  and  it  was  the  assembling 
point  "for  Richard  Coeur  de  Lion's  descent  upon 
Cyprus  during  the  Third  Crusade. 

the:  rich  land  of  turkey 

"The  city  of  Satalia  and  others  as  far  as  the 
lesser  Armenia  are  all  in  the  province  of 
Turquia  (Turkey),  which  was  called,  in  an- 
cient times,  Asia  Minor.  In  it  there  are  many 
lordships  and  provinces  which  it  would  be  hard 
to  enumerate,  for  this  Turquia  extends  to  the 
greater  sea,  and  be  it  known  that  it  is  a  very 
rich  land,  well  supplied  with  all  goods.  The 
king  of  this  province  has  this  flag  for  his  de- 
vice (1060). 

"I  went  along  the  coast  of  this  Turquia  to  a 
city  called  Corincho  (Kongos).  The  king  of 
this  land  has  a  lilack  flag  with  five  white 
crosses  (1061). 

"I  departed  from  Corincho  and  went  to  the 
city  they  call  Feradelfla,  or  Feradelfin  (Phila- 
delphia), which  marches  on  that  of  Troy, 
which  in  ancient  times  King  Menelaus  of 
Greece  destroyed.  Troy  was  the  head  of  all 
that  Asia  Minor  which  they  now  call  Turquia, 
and  its  device  is  a  flag  half  white,  with  a  red 
cress,  the  other  half  yellow,  with  a  red  square 
(1063). 

"In  this  Turquia  there  is  another  province 
they  call  Cunio  (Iconium,  modern  Konia),  in 
which  there  is  a  rich  city  called  Cunyo,  with 
much  territory,  and  the  king  has  a  flag  with 
bars  wavy  argent  and  gules"  (1064)  (silver 
and  red). 

Following  its  conquest  by  the  Seljuk  Turks 
in  the  eleventh  century,  Konia  became  one 
of  the  most  brilliant  cities  of  the  medieval 
world.  Many  splendid  mosques,  palaces,  and 
tombs  adorned  the  place,  which  was  sur- 
rounded by  a  wall  two  miles  in  circumference. 
Beyond  the  city  proper  spread  the  gardens  and 
villas  of  a  numerous  suburban  population. 
From  the  splendor  of  the  city  snrang  the 
Turkish  proverb,  "See  all  the  world,  but  see 
Konia." 


"There  is  also  another  province  called  Sau- 
asto  (Sebastia,  or  Siwas),  anciently  Sausco, 
from  a  city  of  that  name  which  was  the  head 
of  all  the  cities.  This  city  of  Sauasco  was  the 
ancient  Samaria,  though  now  it  is  Sauasco, 
head  of  the  kingdom,  with  a  white  flag  having 
five  red  crosses   (1064)." 

In  the  time  of  the  Franciscan  Siwas,  known 
in  ancient  times  as  Megalopolis-Sebastia,  was 
enjoying  its  second  period  of  prosperity,  hav- 
ing been  rebuilt  by  the  great  Sultan  Ala-ed- 
din  Kaikobad  I.  Fifty  years  after  the  friar 
wrote  his  "Knowledge  of  the  World,"  Siwas' 
flag  was  trampled  in  the  dust  by  the  impla- 
cably cruel  Tamerlane,  who  buried  alive  4,000 
of  its  inhabitants. 

"I  entered  Armenia  the  Less,  which  is  all 
surrounded  by  very  high  mountains,  and  within 
the  mountains  there  is  a  plain  country  in  which 
there  are  360  towms  and  villages  and  castles." 

This  reference  should  not  be  confused  with 
the  Armenia  of  today.  The  Franciscan  is  re- 
ferring to  a  small  principality  founded  in  1080, 
which  gradually  grew  until  it  became  the  in- 
dependent kingdom  of  Lesser  Armenia.  It 
was  a  Christian  State  set  in  the  midst  of  Mos- 
lem principalities  and  gave  valuable  assistance 
to  the  Crusaders,  although  it,  was  hostile  to 
the  Byzantine  rulers.  It  had  a  tempestuous 
existence  extending  over  a  period  of  about 
three  centuries. 

"On  the  shores  of  the  Mediterranean  Sea,  in 
the  place  where  it  ends,  you  nuist  know  that 
anciently  this  Armenia  was  called  the  island  of 
Colcos ;  for  in  this  Armenia  an  arm  of  the  sea 
enters  in  which  there  is  a  small  island  called 
Porto  Bonel  (in  the  Gulf  of  Alexandretta,  or 
Iskanderun),  and  here  was  the  temple  to  the 
enchanted  golden  sheep  which  bewitched  Jason 
the  Greek. 

"After  this  Armenia  is  the  island  of  Chipre 
(Cyprus),  and  in  this  Chipre  there  are  four 
great  cities.  The  King  of  Chipre  has  for  his 
design  a  flag  parted  per  pale  argent  five  crosses 
gules  and  purpure  (purple),  two  fleurs  de  lys 
palewise,  because  he  is  of  the  House  of  I'rance" 
(Armenia  the  Less,  1065,  and  Cyprus,  1066). 

At  the  close  of-  the  twelfth  century  the 
reigning  prince  of  Cyprus  provoked  the  wrath 
of  Richard  Cceur  de  Lion  by  ill-treating  the 
Crusaders.  The  English  monarch  thereupon 
captured  the  island  and  sold  it  to  the  Knights 
Templar,  who  in  turn  sold  it  to  the  French 
crusader,  Guy  de  Lusignan,  titular  King  of 
Jerusalem.  It  was  Hugh  IV,  one  of  the  ablest 
of  the  Lusignan  dynasty,  who  was  governing 
Cyprus  at  the  time  of  the  friar's  visit.  This 
was  the  sovereign  to  whom  Boccaccio  dedi- 
cated one  of  his  works  and  who  brought  about 
an  alliance  with  the  Pope,  with  Venice,  and 
the  Hospitallers,  which  resulted  in  the  capture 
of  Smyrna,  in  1344. 

After  visiting  many  of  the  cities  of  Syria 
and  Palestine,  including  JaiTa,  Acre,  Caesarea, 
and  Ascalon,  the  friar  says  of  Jerusalem  : 

"Know  that  in  this  Suria  (Syria)  is  the  city 
of  Iherusalem,  which  was  sanctified  by  the  holy 
temple  of  Salamon  (Solomon),  built  there,  and 
was  consecrated  by  the  blood  of  Ihesu  Christo. 
This  land  was  anciently  called  Cananea  after 
Canaan,  son  of  Noe  (Noah).  Afterward  it  had 
the   name    of   Judea   after   Juda,    son    of   Jaco 


392 


(Jacob).  Know  that  this  province  was  taken 
by  the  French  when  they  made  the  conquests 
beyond  seas.  The  device  of  this  province  is  a 
wihite  flag  with  red  crosses,  like  this"   (1067). 

Sir  Clements  Markham,  vice-president  of 
the  Hakluyt  Society  and  translator  of  the 
Franciscan's  Book  of  Knowledge,  notes  that 
there  was  no  authority  for  these  five  crosses 
gules  in  the  arms  of  Jerusalem.  The  correct 
arms  were  metal  on  metal ;  argent  a  cross  po- 
tent or  (gold)  between  four  lesser  crosses  or. 

"Suria  marches  with  the  land  of  Jafet 
(Japhet),  and  this  Jafet  borders  the  very  rich 
city  of  Damasco  (Damascus),  well  supplied 
with  all  things.  Near  this  Damasco  flows  the 
river  Eufrates.  The  king  has  a  yellow  flag 
with  a  white  moon  (1068). 

"Egipto  (Egypt)  borders  on  Suria.  I  came 
along  the  coast  to  a  port  called  La  Risa  (the 
Port  of  Risa).  And  I  took  the  road  to  the 
west  and  came  to  Damiata  (Damietta),  a  noble 
city  surrounded  by  the  river  Nilus  (Nile). 
Know  that  here  the  King  of  France  was  de- 
feated and  a  prisoner  when  he  went  to  make 
conquest  beyond  sea  (Louis  IX,  defeated  at 
Massura,  near  Damietta,  in  1250).  On  the 
banks  of  this  river  Nilus  is  situated  the  great 
city .  Alcaira  (Cairo),  where  the  kings  of 
Egipto  are  crowned.  The  device  of  this  king- 
dom is  a  white  flag  with  a  blue  moon  (1069). 

THE   HIDING   PLACE  OF  THE  ROSETTA    STONE 

"I  left  Alcaira  and  went  to  the  coast  where 
is  the  city  of  Alexandria,  which  is  noble  and 
rich.  From  this  Alexandria  to  the  isle  of 
Roxeta  the  distance  is  ten  leagues,  all  peopled 
with  villages.  (Rosetta  is  the  Egyptian  town 
made  famous  for  all  time  by  the  discovery 
near  here  of  the  "Rosetta  Stone"  in  1799,  the 
inscribed  block  of  basaltic  rock  which  unlocked 
the  secrets  of  hieroglyphic  writing.)  The  king 
of  this  Alexandria  has  for  his  device  a  yellow 
fiag  and  in  the  middle  a  black  wheel  in  which 
is  a  gray  lion  (1070). 

"I  departed  from  Alexandria  and  went  by 
the  coast  to  a  city  called  Luchon  (Lucha), 
where  the  king  has  a  yellow  flag  with  a  white 
moon  (1071). 

"Leaving  Luchon  I  came  to  Mon  de  Barcas 
(Barca)  and  Bona  Andrea  (Apolonia),  which 
is  in  Berberia  (Barbary),  and  thence  to  Tolo- 
meta  (Ptolemais),  on  the  seashore.  The  king 
has  for  a  device  a  white  flag  with  a  yellow 
sash  on  a  lance  (1072). 

"From  Tolometa  I  came  to  Puerto  Magro 
(the  mouth  of  the  river  Magra,  ahcient  Cyni- 
phus),  and  thence  to  Tripul  (Tripoli),  of  Ber- 
beria. It  is  called  Tripul  because  it  is  bounded 
by  the  Triplicana  Mountains.  This  Tripul  is 
a  rich  city  and  the  king  of  it  has  for  his  de- 
vice a  white  flag  with  a  green  palm  tree  and 
two  red  keys   (1073  and  1074). 

"I  went  from  Tripul  to  Rahasa  (Ras  Maja- 
bes),  Capiz  (Gabes),'and  Faquiz  (Alfaques), 
and  thence  to  Africa  (Mahdia,  in  Tunisia),  a 
rich  city.  Know  that  26  miles  from  this  Africa 
is  a  great  tower  called  Ligem,  and  from  this 
tower  to  Alcairahuan  (Kairowan)  there  are  40 
miles.  At  this  Alcairahuan  the  king  of  all 
Africa  toward  the  west,  named  Albohacem 
(Abu-1-hasan  Ali),  was  defeated  and  all  his 
tents  were  pillaged.     The  King  of  Africa  has 


for  his  device  a  white  flag  with  a  purple  moon" 
(1075). 

The  Franciscan's  mention  of  the  battle  be- 
tween Abu-1-hasan  Ali  and  Ahmed,  near  Kairo- 
wan, which  occurred  in  1348,  is  of  special  in- 
terest, as  it  is  the  latest  date  mentioned  by  the 
chronicler.  The  friar  probably  did  not  visit 
Kairowan,  for  with  the  exception  of  Mecca 
and  Medina  it  is  the  most  sacred  of  cities  in 
the  eyes  of  Mohammedans,  and  up  to  the  time 
of  the  French  occupation,  in  1881,  no  Christian 
was  permitted  to  pass  through  its  gates  with- 
out a  special  permit  from  the  bey.) 

"I  went  thence  to  Cucia  (Susa,  in  Tunisia, 
built  on  the  site  of  the  Roman  Hadrumetum), 
and  thence  to  Tunez  (Tunis),  which  is  a  great 
and  rich  city,  well  supplied  with  all  things,  and 
is  the  head  of  all  Berberia  (Barbary).  The 
flag  of  the  king  is  white  with  a  black  moon 
(1076). 

"I  went  to  Bona  (old  name.  Hippo),  where 
St.  Augustine  was  bishop.  It  is  a  rich  city. 
The  king  of  it  has  a  white  flag  with  a  black 
moon  (like  Tunis — 1076).  I  departed  from 
Bona  and  went  to  the  city  of  Constantma 
(Constantine),  which  is  all  surrounded  by  a 
river.  The  king  has  a  flag  parted  per  fess 
white  and  yellow  (1078). 

"I  left  Constantina  and  arrived  at  Bugia 
(Bougie).  It  is  a  very  strong  and  ancient  city. 
The  king  has  for  his  device  a  red  flag  with  a 
yellow  cross-bow"  (1080). 

AN    EAREY    SIGNALING    DEVICE 

Long  before  the  Franciscan's  visit  to  Bou- 
gie it  had  become  the  greatest  commercial 
center  on  the  North  African  coast  and  had 
attained  a  high  degree  of  civilization.  There 
is  evidence  that  the  heliograph  was  used  here 
for  signaling  from  special  towers  as  early  as 
the  middle  of  the  eleventh  century.  During 
the  century  following  the  visit  of  the  friar  it 
became  the  stronghold  of  the  Barbary  pirates. 

"I  went  from  Bugia  to  Arguer  (Algiers), 
thence  to  Brischan  (Bresia),  a  city  on  the  sea- 
coast.  The  king  of  it  has  a  white  flag  with  a 
sign  like  this  (1082). 

"I  departed  from  Brischan  and  went  to  the 
island  of  Mayorcas  (Majorca),  in  which  there 
is  a  noble,  rich,  and  well  supplied  city.  The 
king  has  for  his  device  a  flag  with  bars  vert 
(green)  and  sable"  (1077). 

The  colors  which  the  Franciscan  ascribes 
to  the  Kingdom  of  Majorca  constitute  internal 
proof  that  he  visited  the  country  prior  to  1375, 
for  in  that  year  the  island  was  annexed  by  the 
King  of  Aragon  and  its  flag,  of  course,  as- 
sumed a  red-and-gold  hue  (see  1044). 

"I  entered  Numedia  as  far  as  the  river  of 
Muluya  until  I  arrived  at  the  strong  city  of 
Cepta  (Ceuta).  Know  that  Cepta  is  opposite 
to  Algezira  (Algeciras)  and  Gibraltar,  places 
of  the  King  of  Spain.  The  gulf  of  the  sea, 
called  the  strait  of  Azocaque  (Strait  of  Gibral- 
tar), passes  between  Cepta  and  Gibraltar.  The 
king  of  this  city  has  for  his  design  a  red  flag 
with  two  white  keys  (1079.) 

"I  departed  from  Cepta  and  went  to  the 
noble  city  of  Fez,  where  the  kings  of  the  Bena 
Marin  (kings  of  the  lineage  of  Beni  Merin) 
always  reside.    At  Fez  their  kings  are  crowned 


393 


and   reside    and   they   have    a    flag   all    white 
(1081). 

"Thence  I  went  to  Nife  (Anafi?)  and  Aza- 
mor.  Know  that  in  this  province  is  the  very 
noble  citv  of  Marruecos,  which  used  to  be 
called  Cartagu  the  Great  (Carthage,  a  mistake 
in  which  the  traveler  confuses  Morocco  with 
Tunis).  A  consul  of  Rome  named  Scipio 
Africanus  conquered  it  in  the  time  of  the  sov- 
ereignty of  the  Romans.  Afterwards  the  Goths. 
who  were  the  lords  of  Spain,  were  the  sover- 
eigns here.  The  King  of  ]\Iarruecos  has  for 
his  device  a  red  flag  with  a  chess-board  black 
and  white  (1083). 

"I  climbed  the  mountains  of  Cucia  La-Alta 
(western  Atlas),  which  is  a  country  well  sup- 
plied with  everything.  These  mountains  are 
very  high  and  it  is  a  most  dangerous  land,  for 
there  are  not  more  than  two  very  perilous 
passes.  The  king  has  for  his  device  a  flag — 
white  with  a  black  lion"  (1084). 

The  friar's  next  objectives  were  various 
points  along  the  West  African  coast  as  far  as 
the  Senegal  River,  traveling  always  in  a  "pan- 
filo" — a  galley  used  in  the  Mediterranean  dur- 
ing the  ^Middle  Ages,  equipped  with  two  masts 
for  sails  and  one  row  of  oars.  He  next  visited 
many  of  the  islands  in  the  Canary  and  Madeira 
groups.  Returning  to  the  mainland,  he  joined 
a  party  of  Moors  who  were  crossing  the  Sa- 
hara with  gold  for  the  King  of  Guinea.  He 
continues  : 

"We  came  to  some  very  great  and  high 
mountains  in  the  middle  of  the  Zahara  (Sa- 
hara), and  afterward  we  traveled  a  very  great 
distance  over  the  desert  until  we  came  to  an- 
other mountain  (oasis?)  called  Infurent  (Ze- 
fran).  Here  I  parted  from  these  ]\Ioors  and 
joined  some  others.  I  then  went  to  Sulgu- 
menca  (the  ancient  town  of  Segelmessa,  now 
Tafilet),  a  rich  city  in  the  Zahara,  near  a  river 
which  comes  from  the  clear  mountains.  The 
king  of  it  has  for  his  device  a  white  flag  with 
the  root  of  a  green  palm  tree,  in  this  manner 
(1085). 

"I  went  with  some  ^Moors  over  the  Zahara 
imtil  we  arrived  at  Tocoron_  (Tamagrut,  on 
the  river  Dra),  which  is  a  city  among  some 
mountains.  The  inhabitants  are  negroes,  and 
the  King  of  Tocoron  has  for  his  device  a  white 
flag  with  a  black  mountain  in  the  middle,  like 
that  of  the  King  of  Guynoa  (Guinea)  (1086). 
"Thence  I  went  to  Tibalbert  (Tibelbelt.  south 
of  the  Atlas),  a  city  on  some  very  high  moun- 
tains ;  thence  to  another  mountain,  which  is 
under  th.e  King  of  Guynoa  (Guinea),  and 
thence  to  Buda,  a  well-supplied  city,  also  on 
the  top  of  a  mountain.  Know  that  the  city 
was  peopled  by  a  king  of  Trcmecen ;  for  he 
was  bad  and  did  evil  things  and  the  people 
wanted  to  kill  him.  So  he  fled,  with  his  treas- 
ure, to  this  place  and  founded  this  city  *of 
Buda  (an  oasis  south  of  Atlas).  Its  flag  is 
white  with  a  red  moon   (1087). 

"Afterwards  1  departed  from  Buda  and  went 
by  the  Zahara  to  another  mountain  called  Ga- 
nahe  (Ghana),  in  which  there  is  a  rich,  well- 
supplied  city  of  the  same  name.  It  is  the  head 
of  the  kingdom,  where  they  crown  the  kings. 
And  the  King  of  Guynoa  (Guinea)  has  a  gold 
flae  with  a  black  mountain  in  tlic  middle 
(1088). 


GOLD-MINING   ANTS   AS   BIG   AS    CATS 

"Of  Guynoa  there  is  much  to  say.  It  con- 
tains seven  mountains  well  peopled  and  land 
yielding  abundantly  as  long  as  there  are  moun- 
tains; elsewhere  it  is  all  Zahara.  Two  ranges 
of  mountains  extend  to  the  Rio  Del  Oro 
(Senegal  River),  and  there  they  collect  the 
ivory  teeth  and  the  gold  in  the  ant-hills  which 
the  ants  make  on  the  river  banks.  The  ants  are 
as  big  as  cats  and  dig  out  much  earth.  This 
kingdom  marches  with  the  Kingdom  of  Or- 
gana  (a  kingdom  on  the  upper  Senegal),  in 
which  also  there  is  much  desert.  Organa  is 
the  head  of  the  kingdom,  where  the  king  is 
crowned.  The  King  of  Organa  has  for  his 
device  a  white  flag  with  a  green  palm  tree  and 
two  keys  (1089). 

"I  traveled  for  a  very  long  distance  on 
camels,  until  I  arrived  at  the  kingdom  they 
call  Tremecen  (Tremizen,  or  Telensin,  which 
extended  along  the  Barbary  coast  between  ^Nle- 
lilla  and  the  present  seaport  of  Bougie),  which 
borders  on  the  river  Nilus  (Nile).  They  live 
always  at  war  with  the  Christians  of  Nubia 
and  Etiopia  (Ethiopia).  There  are  in  this 
kingdom  five  large  places  inhabited  by  negroes. 
Know  that  these  inhabitants  of  this  kingdom 
of  Tremecen  peopled  it  from  Berberia  (Bar- 
liary).  The  king  has  for  his  device  a  purple 
flag  with  a  white  moon   (1090). 

"Thence  I  went  to  another  kingdom  called 
Dongola  (west  of  Nubia),  marching  with  the 
deserts  of  Egipto  (Eg\'pt)  and  tlie  river  Nilus. 
It  is  a  country  well  peopled  with  Christians 
from  Nubia,  but  they  are  negroes.  It  is  a  rich 
land  and  very  well  supplied  and  with  many 
fruit  trees.  The  land  has  a  very  hot  climate. 
The  King  of  Dongola  has  for  his  device  a 
white  flag  with  a  cross  like  this"  (1091). 

After  revisiting  Cairo  in  company  with  some 
Genoese  merchants  whom  he  met  in  Dongola, 
the  Franciscan  journeyed  to  Damieta  (Dami- 
etta),  where  he  embarked  for  Ceuta.  He  dis- 
embarked and  journeyed  through  ^Morocco, 
crossed  the  Atlas  Mountains,  where  he  met 
some  ^loorish  traders  and  embarked  with  them 
on  a  galley  for  another  cruise  down  the  west 
shore  of  Africa.  After  leaving  the  mouth  of 
the  Senegal  River  "we  went  on  for  a  very  long 
distance,"  continues  the  friar,  "always  keeping 
in  sight  of  the  coast,  leaving  behind  us  the 
Islas  Perdidas  (the  Atlantic  Islands),  and 
came  to  an  island  inhabited  by  many  people. 

"They  call  this  island  Gropis  (Galpis.  of  the 
Bissagos  group,  off  the  coast  of  Portuguese 
Guinea).  It  is  a  well-supplied  island,  but  the 
people  are  idolaters.  They  took  us  all  before 
their  king,  and  wondered  much  at  us  and  our 
language  and  customs.  The  merchants  who 
armed  the  galley  made  much  profit.  The 
king's  device  is  a  white  flag  with  the  figure  of 
his  idol"  (1092  and  1093). 

The  Franciscan  now  left  the  Moors  and 
journeyed  to  towns  in  the  Soudan  and  Sene- 
gambia.  He  marvels  at  the  gold,  the_  amber- 
gris, and  the  ivory  which  come  from  this  torrid 
region,  and  declares  that  the  Mountains  of  the 
Aloon.  also  called  the  Mountains  of  Gold,  are 
supposed  to  be  the  highest  in  the  world,  and 
that  the  five  largest  rivers  in  the  world  have 
their  sources  in  these  lofty  regions.     He  gives 


394 


no  picture  of  the  flag  of  this  kingdom,  which 
he  calls  Gotonie,  and  designates  as  "one  of  the 
largest  in  the  world,"  but  describes  the  device 
as  "some  yellow  sashes  on  a  spear."  His  nar- 
rative continues  : 

"I  departed  from  this  Kingdom  of  Gotonie 
(Soudan  and  Senegambia)  and  arrived  at  a 
gulf  connected  with  the  sea,  and  in  the  gulf 
there  are  three  islands.  I  crossed  this  gulf 
until  I  came  to  a  great  city  called  Amenuan 
(Miniana  and  Amina,  regions  north  of  the 
Kong  Mountains).  It  is  a  very  great  and 
populous  kingdom,  with  a  land  supplying  all 
that  is  good,  but  the  people  are  heathens  and 
believe  in  idols.  The  kingdom  contains  eight 
great  cities,  one  of  which  is  Amenuan,  in  which 
the  king  always  resides  and  is  crowned.  The 
king  has  a  white  flag  with  an  idol   (1094). 

"In  this  Kingdom  of  Emenuan  there  enters 
a  branch  of  the  river  Eufrates  ( Niger — the 
friar  does  not  confuse  this  with  the  Mesopo- 
tamian  Euphrates,  but  assumes  two  rivers  with 
the  same  name).  This  river  forms  three 
branches,  one  entering  the  middle  of  the  King- 
dom of  Amenuan  and  the  other  branches  flow- 
ing round  the  whole  kingdom,  the  width  in 
some  places  being  two  days'  journey.  When  I 
crossed  this  great  river  I  first  made  a  long 
journey  along  its  banks,  which  are  very  popu- 
lous (referring  evidently  to  the  river  Benue, 
a  tributary  of  the  Niger). 

A    MYTHICAL    MONARCH 

"I  came  to  a  great  city  called  Graciona, 
which  is  the  head  of  the  Empire  of  Ardeselib, 
a  word  meaning  'Servant  of  the  Cross.'  The 
Ardeselib  is  defender  of  the  Church  of  Nubia 
and  Ethiopia,  and  he  defends  Preste  Juan 
(Prester  John),  who  is  Patriarch  of  Nubia  and 
Abyssinia." 

Prester  John,  to  whom  the  Franciscan  re- 
fers, was  a  mythical  Christian  potentate,  whose 
name  appears  many  times  in  the  chronicles  of 
the  Middle  Ages,  and  he  is  endowed  with  many 
attributes  of  greatness,  wisdom,  and  magic. 
Originally  he  was  supposed  to  be  a  monarch 
of  Asia,  his  capital  being  somewhere  in  India. 
During  the  fourteenth  century,  however,  the 
mythical  Prester  John's  domain  was  trans- 
ferred to  Africa,  and  he  then  became  the  Chris- 
tian king  of  Abyssinia. 

"Preste  Juan  rules  over  very  great  lands  and 
many  cities  of  Christians.  But  they  are  ne- 
groes as  to  their  skins  and  burn  the  sign  of 
the  cross  with  fire  in  recognition  of  baptism. 
But  although  these  men  are  negroes  they  are 
still  men  of  intelligence,  with  good  brains,  and 
they  have  understanding  and  knowledge.  Their 
land  is  well  supplied  with  all  good  things,  and 
excellent  water  of  that  which  comes  from  the 
Antarctic  Pole,  where,  it  is  said,  is  the  earthly 
paradise.  They  told  me  that  the  Genoese 
whose  galley  was  wrecked  at  Amenuan  and 
who  were  saved  were  brought  here.  It  was 
never  known  what  became  of  the  other  galley 
which  escaped.  The  Emperor  of  Abdeselib 
has  for  his  device  a  white  flag  with  a  black 
cross  like  this"   (1095). 

The  friar's  reference  to  the  Genoese  galley 
relates  to  the  voyage  of  Vadino  and  Guido  de 
Vivaldo,  navigators  who  set  sail  in  1821  in  an 
attempt  to  reach  India.     One  of  them  reached 


a  city  in  Ethiopia  called  Menam,  where  the 
crew  was  imprisoned  and  none  ever  returned. 

"I  departed  from  Graciona  and  traveled  over 
many  lands  and  through  many  cities,  arriving 
at  the  city  of  Malsa  (Melee,  or  MelU?),  where 
the  Preste  Johan  (Prester  John)  always  re- 
sides. 

"This  is  a  well-peopled  and  well-supplied 
land.  From  the  time  I  came  to  Malsa  I  heard 
and  saw  marvelous  things  every  day.  I  in- 
quired what  the  terrestrial  paradise  was  like, 
and  wise  men  told  me  that  it  consisted  of 
mountains  so  high  that  they  came  near  to  the 
circuit  of  the  moon.  No  man  has  been  able  to 
see  it  all,  for  of  twenty  men  who  went  not 
more  than  three  ever  saw  it,  and  that  they  had 
never  heard  tell  of  any  man  who  had  ascended 
the  mountains. 

"They  further  told  me  that  these  mountains 
were  surrounded  by  very  deep  seas,  and  that 
from  the  water  of  those  seas  come  four  rivers 
which  are  the  largest  in  the  world." 

Perhaps  this  is  a  vague  reference,  based  on 
hearsay,  to  those  noble  lakes  which  constitute 
the  reservoirs  of  the  Nile  and  Congo  basins — 
Albert  Edward,  Tanganyika,  Nyassa,  and  Vic- 
toria Nyanza.  It  was  not  until  centuries  later 
that  these  lakes  were  definitely  located.  In 
fact,  Victoria  Nyanza,  which,  next  to  Lake  Su- 
perior, is  the  largest  fresh-water  lake  in  the 
world,  was  not  discovered  until  1858,  by  J.  H. 
Speke,  while  seeking  the  source  of  the  Nile. 

"The  waters  which  descend  by  these  rivers 
make  so  great  a  noise  that  it  can  be  heard  at  a 
distance  of  two  days'  journey.  All  the  men 
who  live  near  it  are  deaf  and  cannot  hear  each 
other,  owing  to  the  great  noise  of  the  waters. 

"In  all  time  the  sun  in  those  mountains  is 
there  day  and  night,  either  on  one  side  or  the 
other.  This  is  because  half  those  mountains 
are  over  the  horizon  and  the  other  half  are 
over  the  horizon,  so  that  on  the  top  of  the 
mountains  it  is  never  either  cold  nor  dark,  nor 
hot  nor  dry,  nor  moist,  but  an  equable  tem- 
perature. ^11  things,  whether  animal  or  veg- 
etable, can  never  decay  nor  die. 

"They  told  me  many  other  secrets  of  the 
stars  both  as  regards  judgments  and  magical 
virtues ;  also  concerning  herbs,  plants,  and 
minerals,  and  I  saw  several  marvelous  things. 
The  Greeks  call  this  place  Ortodoxis,  and  the 
Jews  Ganheden,  and  the  Latins  Paraiso  Ter- 
renal,  because  there  is  always  a  good  tempera- 
ture. The  device  of  Preste  Johan  is  a  white 
flag  with  a  black  cross  (1096).  I  departed 
from  Malsa  and  took  an  eastern  route." 

The  Franciscan  was  the  first  writer  to  locate 
the  mysterious  Prester  John  in  Abyssinia. 

"I  went  for  a  very  long  distance,  meeting 
with  people  of  many  beliefs  and  with  strange 
manners  and  customs  which  it  would  take  long 
to  describe,  until  I  came  to  a  gulf  of  the  Sea 
of  India  which  enters  into  the  land  fifty  days' 
joui-ney.  In  this  gulf  there  are  three  very 
large  islands,  called  Zanzibar  (probably  an 
error  of  the  copyist  for  Acibar),  Alcubil  (Ku- 
ria  Muria),  and  Aden  (peninsula),  which  is 
the  largest  and  the  most  populous.  It  lies 
against  Arabia,  and  here  the  Red  Sea  begins, 
and  penetrates  the  land  westward  forty  days* 
journey.  On  its  shores  are  many  cities,  towns, 
and  villages. 


395 


A   RED    RED    SEA 

"When  the  ships  come  from  India  they  ar- 
rive at  Aden  and  pay  a  tithe  of  their  merchan- 
dise, because  between  the  island  Aden  and  the 
point  of  Aden  there  is  a  rich  city.  Then  there 
is  a  very  narrow  place  to  pass,  and  a  ship  then 
enters  the  Red  Sea  and  discharges  its  cargo  at 
a  city  they  call  Sacam  (Suakin),  belonging  to 
the  King  of  Caldea. 

"This  Red  Sea  is  so  called  because  the  bot- 
tom consists  of  red  ochre  which  makes  the 
water  red.  By  this  sea  the  Jews  passed  when 
they  went  forth  from  the  Egyptian  captivity 
of 'Faraon  the  King  (Pharaoh).  Presently  I 
entered  Caldea,  which  is  all  surrounded  by  two 
very  great  rivers,  rising  in  the  mountains  of 
Toro  (Taurus).  One  is  called  Cur  (a  mistake 
for  Tigris)  and  the  other  called  Euf rates,  but 
not  the  one  of  Nubia.  Both  these  rivers  reach 
the  Indian  Sea  in  the  gulf  they  call  the  Black 
Sea  (Persian  Gulf).  This  Caldea  is  a  rich, 
populous,  and  well-supplied  land. 

"Know-  that  in  this  province  is  the  Tower  of 
Babel,  which  the  giants  built  in  the  center  of  a 
great  plain,  the  Agra  de  Senabar  (Shinar), 
and  here  was  the  great  city  of  Bauilonia  (Baby- 
lon), which  is  now  destroyed,  of  which  the 
lord  was  Nabucodonusor   (Nebuchadnezzar). 

"I  crossed  an  arm  of  the  Eufrates  and  en- 
tered the  province  of  Baldaque  (Bagdad),  in 
which  there  is  a  great  city  which  they  call 
Bandacho  (Bagdad),  and  Nabucodonusor 
(Nebuchadnezzar)  was  king  of  these  prov- 
inces. I  departed  from  Bandacho  and  went  to 
Mesopotamia.  I  left  Mesopotamia  and  went 
to  a  city  where  the  river  Cur  (Tigris)  forms 
a  great"  island  called  Ansera,  in  which  island 
there  is  a  great  city.  Beyond  this  river  is  the 
site  of  the  city  of  Niniue  (Nineveh),  which 
was  destroyed  for  its  sins.  Know  that  this  re- 
gion contains  very  extensive  lands,  many  cities 
and  villages,  and  is  all  encircled  by  the  two 
great  rivers  called  Eufrates  and  Cur  (Tigris). 
From  the  borders  of  the  Red  Sea  to  the  shores 
of  the  Persian  Gulf  as  far  as  Aquysio  (Kishm) 
we  cannot  give  different  devices  because  Cal- 
dea and  Baldaque  are  all  in  one  lordship  and 
it  is  all  one  region. 

"I  crossed  the  river  Cur  (Tigris)  and  made 
a  very  long  journey  until  I  came  to  Arabia, 
traversing  a  great  extent  of  land  and  arriving 
at  the  city  of  Al  Medina  (IMedina),  where 
Mahomat  was  born.  Thence  I  went  to  Me- 
chan  (Mecca),  where  is  the  law  and  testament 
of  Mahomat  in  an  iron  chest  and  in  a  house 
of  calamita  stone.  For  this  reason  it  is  in  the 
air,  neither  ascending  nor  descending.  Know 
that  this  Mechan  i&  the  head  of  the  empire  of 
the  Arabs.  Its  device  is  a  red  flag  and  on  it 
Arabic  letters  in  gold   (1097). 

"I  departed  from  Mecha  and  traveled  over 
the  Kingdom  of  Arabia  onwards  until  I  arrived 
at  a  very  large  city  they  called  Fadal  (Fartak), 
on  the  shores  of  the  Sea  of  India.  I  remained 
there  sometime  and  then  went  on  board  a  ship 
and  passed  a  very  large  and  well-peopled 
island  called  Sicocra  (Socotra).  There  is  in 
it  a  very  large  city  also  called  Sicocra,  under 
the  rule  of  the  King  of  Arabia.  This  same 
island  the  ships  touch  coming  from  India  laden 


with  spices.     It  has  a  red  flag  with  Arabic  let 
ters   (1098). 

THE   WEAI,TH   OF   INDIA 

"I  then  traveled  with  some  merchants  for  a 
very  great  distance  and  arrived  at  a  kingdom 
of  Delini  (Delhi),  belonging  to  the  kings  of 
India.  It  contains  extensive  lands,  very  rich 
and  populous.  The  cities  I  came  to  were  nine. 
Know  that  in  this  Kingdom  of  Lini  (Delhi) 
the  pepper  and  ginger  and  aloe  ripen,  and  many 
other  spices,  of  which  there  are  great  harvests, 
which  are  taken  over  all  the  world.  They  call 
this  province  India  the  sandy  (Sind  and  Raj- 
putana),  and  the  color  of  the  people  is  black. 
They  use  Turkish  bows.  They  are  a  wise 
people,  with  good  memories,  and  learned  in  all 
kinds  of  knowledge.  The  device  of  the  king 
is  a  white  flag  with  a  gold  pale  (1099). 

"I  departed  from  the  Kingdom  of  Dilini  and 
entered  that  of  Viguy  (Bijaya-nagar),  which 
is  on  the  other  coast  of  the  Indian  Sea.  Be- 
yond this  kingdom  there  is  an  island  in  the 
Indian  Sea  called  Sagela  (Ceylon),  in  which 
there  is  a  great  and  rich  city.  In  this  island 
there  are  workings  whence  gold,  silver,  and 
other  metals  and  very  large  rubies  come ; 
others  smaller.  This  kingdom  marches  with 
the  Empire  of  Armalec  (Bengal),  with  the 
Kingdom  of  Linj  and  with  the  Indian  Sea. 

"Know  that  this  Indian  Sea  is  a  branch 
which  joins  to  the  great  eastern  sea.  Some 
say  that  it  covers  all  the  world  up  to  the  west- 
ern sea.  Wise  men  say  that  as  far  as  the  Ant- 
arctic Pole  there  is  a  great  land  forming  a 
tentli  part  of  the  whole  earth.  The  learned 
call  this  land  Trapouana  (Sumatra),  marching 
with  the  island  of  Java  and  extending  to  the 
westward  along  an  arm  of  the  great  sea  which 
surrounds  the  whole  earth  and  of  which  the 
Indian  Sea  is  part. 

"Know  that  in  the  islands  of  Java  and  Tra- 
pouana there  are  45  extensive  regions,  the 
greater  part  desolate,  owing  to  the  great  heat 
of  the  sun.  But  in  the  inhabited  parts  they 
gather  much  pepper  and  many  other  spices. 
Here  are  the  great  griffins  and  the  great  cock- 
atrices. The  king  has  for  his  device  a  white 
flag  with  a  gold  wand. 

"Afterwards  I  departed  from  the  Kingdom 
of  Viguy  and  passed  over  a  gulf  of  the  Indian 
Sea,  which  they  call  the  Gulf  of  Bengala  (Ben- 
gal), because  on  its  shore  is  a  great  city  called 
Bengala,  of  the  Empire  of  Armelec,  and  it  is 
the  capital  of  the  kingdom.  I  passed  thence 
to  the  Kingdom  of  Oxanap  (Burm.a?),  which 
is  on  the  shore  of  the  Indian  Sea.  Along  the 
shores  of  Oxanan  the  sea  is  green  :  it  is  an  arm 
of  the  Indian  Sea  between  this  Oxanap  and 
the  island  of  Java.  The  King  of  Oxanap  has 
for  his  device  a  white  flag  with  a  pale  of  gold 
(similar  to  Delhi — logg), 

"I  departed  from  Oxanap,  went  on  board  a 
ship  with  some  merchants,  and  sailed  over  the 
green  sea  until  we  came  to  the  island  of  Java, 
a  very  great  island  in  the  Indian  Sea  about  40 
days'  journey  in  length.  The  island  is  verv 
populous,  but  there  are  no  cities,  because  all 
the  people  live  in  the  country  and  gather  spices, 
pepper,  and  odoriferous  gums.  It  is  a  very 
hot  land.     The  people  are  black  and  thej'  adore 


396 


the  Emperor  of  Cathay  CChina),  whose  image 
they  have  on  their  flags   (iioo). 

"On  leaving  Java  I  returned  to  Oxanap  and 
took  the  way  to  the  Kingdom  of  Armalec,  whose 
device  is  a  white  flag  with  a  pale  of  gold  (simi- 
lar to  Delhi — 1099).  I  departed  from  the  Em- 
pire of  Armalec  and  traveled  by  land  for  a 
great  distance  over  a  well-peopled  country, 
with  flocks,  but  no  cities  nor  towns,  because 
all  the  inhabitants  live  in  the  country. 

TO   THE   END   OE   THE   EARTH 

"At  last  I  arrived  in  the  Empire  of  Catayo 
(China),  where  all  the  cities  are  on  the  shores 
of  the  eastern  sea,  which  joins  with  the  Sea  of 
India.  This  sea  of  the  east  is  full  of  reefs 
and  islands,  and  to  the  eastward  there  is  no 
news  of  any  lands,  only  waters,  as  in  the  west- 
ern sea. 

"Know  that  Catayo  (China)  is  the  end  o£ 
the  earth  in  the  Hne  of  Spain.  This  empire  is 
irrigated  by  three  great  rivers,  which  rise  in 
the  Montes  Caspios  (Himalaya  Mountains) 
and  are  led  off  into  many  parts.  Ihey  call  the 
largest  of  these  rivers  IMagot  (Hoang-Ho), 
for  it  rises  near  the  castle  of  Alagot  (the  Great 
Wall),  which  is  one  of  the  gates  of  encircled 
Tartaria  (Tartary).  They  call  this  emperor 
Gosman  Imperator  Morroy,  and  Grand  Can, 
Lord  of  the  East.  His  device  is  a  gold  flag 
and  in  the  middle  an  emperor  seated,  in  white 
cloths,  with  an  imperial  crown  on  his  head,  in 
one  hand  a  Turkish  bow,  in  the  other  a  golden 
apple  (iioi). 

'T  departed  from  the  Empire  of  Catayo  to- 
ward the  north,  up  the  course  of  the  river 
IMagot  (Hoang-Ho),  and  traveled  for  65  days. 
I  did  not  find  town  nor  city.  The  land  is  en- 
tirely inhabited  by  tribes  with  flocks.  It  is  all 
a  plain  country  and  has  no  stones  nor  trees 
nor  people  who  eat  bread,  but  only  meat  and 
milk.  Thence  I  reached  the  Montes  Caspios 
(Himalayas)   of  Magot. 

"Know  that  these  mountains  are  of  immeas- 
urably height  and  surround  Tartaria  from  sea 
to  sea,  and  there  is  only  one  very  narrow  pass. 
Here  there  is  a  castle  built  of  magnet  iron 
throughout,  for  nature  made  it  in  this  manner 
and  it  reaches  to  the  clouds.  At  its  foot  rises 
the  river  IMagot.  On  the  other  side  there  is 
another  castle  which  is  as  high  and  built  of  the 
same  stone,  called  Got  (Gog  and  Magog,  men- 
tioned in  Ezekiel  xxxviii).  The  castles  are 
very  high  on  the  top,  so  that  ten  thousand  men 
can  reside  in  each  of  them.  Between  the  two 
are  the  Iron  Gates  which  shut  the  entrance  to 
Tartaria. 

"Within  this  Tartaria  there  are  countless 
tribes  who  do  not  observe  any  of  the  corn- 
mandments  of  God,  except  that  they  do  no  evil 
one  to  another.  They  are  very  confident  and 
great  fighters,  both  on  foot  and  on  horseback, 
insomuch  that  Alexander  was  unable  to  con- 
quer them  or  to  enter  their  country  by  the 
mountains,  for  they  shut  and  fastened  those 
iron  gates  by  placing  great  rocks  against  them, 
and  they  were  closed  for  a  long  time.  Even- 
tually they  removed  the  obstruction,  coming 
out  and  conquering  a  great  part  of  the  world 
themselves.  From  that  lineage  came  all  those 
of  the  Empire  of  Catayo. 


"From  that  lineage  also  came  those  of  the 
empires  of  Armalec.  Mesopotamia,  all  the  Per- 
sians, those  of  the  Empire  of  Sara  (Caspian), 
as  well  Turks  and  Tartars,  Saracens  and  Goths. 
Some  of  them  turned  to  the  law  of  Abraham 
and  others  turned  Moors.  The  wise  men  of 
Tartaria  say  that  when  7,000  years  of  the  era 
of  Adam  are  completed  they  will  be  lords  of 
the  whole  face  of  the  earth  and  will  make  all 
peoples  conform  to  their  law  and  their  freedom. 
This  enclosed  Tartaria  forms  a  fourth  part 
of  the   whole   earth. 

"In  the  Empire  of  Catayo  there  is  a  king- 
dom called  Scim  (perhaps  a  kingdom  of  hear- 
say), which  borders  on  the  Kingdom  of  Sar- 
magant  (Samarkand),  Bocarin  (Bokhara),  and 
Trimic  (Tibet).  The  flag  of  its  king  is  white, 
with  a  figure  of  the  sun  in  the  center  (1102). 

Europe's  first  account  oe  Tibet 

"The  Kingdom  of  Trimic  (Tibet)  is  all  sur- 
rounded by  mountains,  which  give  rise  to  many 
fountains  and  rivers.  Those  who  are  born  here 
have  very  long  lives.  They  are  men  of  clear 
understandings  and  good  memories,  learned  in 
the  sciences  and  live  according  to  the  law. 
They  say  that  the  men  who  first  heard  of  sci- 
ence and  learning  were  these,  and  that  the  Per- 
sians heard  of  those  things  from  them.  For 
this  reason  they  deserve  honour  above  all  other 
men ;  for  others  do  not  equal  these  in  learning 
or  science." 

This  is  the  earliest  European  account  of  the 
people  of  Tibet. 

"I  departed  from  Magot,  where  I  had  re- 
sided for  sometime,  and  traveled  with  some 
companions,  25  days'  journey  to  the  westward, 
to  the  city  of  Bocarin  (Bokhara),  where  the 
king  always  resides.  Here  I  met  with  mer- 
chants who  came  from  Catayo  and  traveled 
with  us,  35  days'  journey,  to  another  city,  called 
Cato,  the  head  of  a  kingdom  with  very  exten- 
sive territory  (probably  a  region  bordering  on 
Siberia).  But  all  the  people  live  in  the  coun- 
try, except  the  people  of  one  city  where  the 
king  lives.  These  two  kingdoms  have  for  a 
device  a  yellow  flag  with  many  white  stars 
(1103). 

"We  departed  from  the  Kingdom  of  Cato 
and  traveled  a  great  distance  without  finding 
town  nor  city,  yet  the  country  was  inhabited 
and  with  many  flocks.  We  came  to  a  moun- 
tain which  is  a  spur  from  the  Montes  Caspios 
and  extends  to  the  Sea  of  Sara  (Caspian). 
This  mountain  is  125  days'  journey  long. 

"We  crossed  it  by  a  very  high  pass  and  again 
traveled  a  long  distance  over  a  country  with- 
out cities  or  towns  tmtil  we  came  to  a  great 
city  called  Norgancio  (Khiva),  in  the  Empire 
of  Uxbeco  (Shah  Usbek,  who  reigned  during 
the  first  half  of  the  fourteenth  century  over  a 
vast  region  stretching  from  the  Dnieper  to  the 
Ural  Mountains).  The  King  of  the  Norgan- 
cio has  for  his  device  a  white  flag  with  the 
sign  of  Uxbeco  Emperor  of  Sara  (on  the  Cas- 
pian)   red"   (1104). 

Journeying  westward  by  way  of  the  Caspian 
Sea,  which  he  crossed  in  a  ship  belonging  to 
Christians,  the  friar  visited  Armenia.  His  re- 
cital continues : 

"Then  I  went  to  see  the  mountains  of  Ar- 
menia   the    Greater,    where    the    ark    of    Noe 


2>97 


(Noah)  arrived  when  it  escaped  the  universal 
deluge.  This  mountain  is  of  salt  stone  as  white 
as  cr3Stal.  Know  that  it  is  one  of  the  highest 
mountains  in  the  world.  Xo  man  has  been 
able  to  ascend  it,  though  attempts  have  been 
made  many  times.  These  mountains  are  in  the 
Empire  of  Persia.  All  round  the  country  is 
inhabited  by  Armenian  Christians,  who  are  the 
guards  of  the  emperor,  and  he  places  much 
trust  in  them. 

"I  departed  from  Armenia  and  came  to  tlie 
great  city  of  Toris  (Tabriz),  which  is  the  capi- 
tal of  the  Empire  of  the  Persians.  It  is  one  of 
the  grandest  cities  in  the  world,  well  supplied, 
rich,  and  in  a  good  climate.  For  this  reason 
tlie  Persians  are  wise  and  very  well  versed  in 
all  the  sciences.  The^'  have  learned  men  with 
a  profound  knowledge  of  the  stars.  The  Em- 
peror of  Persia  has  for  his  device  a  yellow 
flag  with  a  red  square  in  the  middle  (1105). 

"I  went  over  a  great  part  of  Persia,  going 
thence  to  the  Kingdom  of  Saldania  and  its  rich 
and  noble  city  (Sultanieh?).  Its  king  has  for 
a  device  a  yellow  flag  with  a  red  square  (sim- 
ilar to  Persia's — 1105). 

"I  departed  from  Saldania  and  went  with 
some  merchants  a  long  distance  until  I  came 
to  the  city  of  Ayras  (Shiraz),  called  by  the 
Tartars  Sarax,  where  the  Empire  of  Persia 
ends.  It  is  a  well  suppHed  city,  rich  and  very 
ancient.  They  say  that  in  this  city  was  lirst 
discovered  the  astronomy  or  law  of  the  stars, 
for  this  city  is  in  the  line  of  the  center  of 
Persia.  The  cities  I  have  visited  in  Persia  are 
Casar  (Kazan),  Serrans,  Thesi,  Spaor  (Ispa- 
han), Jorjaman  (Georgia),  Spalonero  (Raze- 
lain),  Saldania  (Sultanieh),  and  Toris  (Ta- 
briz). 

"In  this  last  town  is  where  Besnacayt,  the 
Emperor  of  Persia,  was  crowned.  Plis  empire 
extends  from  the  Sea  of  Sara  (Caspian)  to 
the  Persian  Gulf,  where  is  the  city  of  Hor- 
mixio  (Ormuz),  and  from  the  Mare  Alayor 
(Black  Sea)  to  Aquisio,  also  on  the  Persian 
Gulf.  Its  length  is  125  days'  journey  and  its 
width  from  the  river  Cur  to  the  city  of  Siras 
(Sari?)  TOO  days'  journey.  Benascayt,  Em- 
peror of  Persia,  assembled  a  very  great  host 
and  went  to  fight  with  Uxbeco,  Emperor  of 
Sara   (the  Caspian). 

"There  arrived  more  than  a  million  and  a 
half  of  cavalry.  Then  Benascayt  promised 
some  Armenian  monks,  whom  he  consulted, 
that  if  he  won  the  battle  he  would  become  a 
Christian.  The  Armenian  Christians  who  came 
with  him  marched  with  a  cross  before  them, 
and,  God  helping,  he  conquered.  Uxbeco  was 
defeated  and  his  cavalry  pillaged  and  their 
women  captured.  The  conqueror  advanced  far 
into  the  enemy's  "country. 

"After  this  I  left  Persia  with  some  mer- 
chants who  came  from  Catavo  (China). 
Thence  we  traveled  for  a  great  distance  with- 
out coming  to  any  city,  for  all  the  inhabitants 
lived  in  the  country. 

"I  came  to  a  city  called  Tripul  of  Suria 
(Syria),  which  is  on  the  shore  of  the  Medi- 
terranean (not  the  Tripoli  of  North  Africa, 
previously  mentioned).  There  T  embarked  in 
a  ship  of  Christians  and  went  to  Chipre  (Cy- 
prus), thence  to  the  Morea,  and  thence  to 
Creta,  Negropont  (Euboea),  and  a  kingdom  of 


Greeks  which  they  call  Salonica,  bordering  on 
Macedonia,  where  the  great  Alexander  reigned. 
The  King  of  Salonica  has  for  his  device  a  red 
flag  with  a  vellow  cross  and  four  chain  links 
(1106). 

GALLIPOLI    IX    AX    EARLY    CAMPAIGN 

"Thence  I  went  to  a  city  called  Galipoli, 
which  is  on  the  shore  of  the  gulf  between  the 
Mediterranean  and  the  greater  sea.  By  this 
way  the  French  passed  when  the\'  conquered 
Suria.  Thence  I  went  along  the  seacoast  to  a 
city  they  call  Recrea  (Heraclea),  and  thence  to 
the  cit}'  of  Constantinople,  a  rich  city,  the  cap- 
ital of  the  empire,  where  they  crown  the  kings. 
Here  there  is  a  church  of  God  called  Santa 
Sofia,  which  is  very  wide,  lofty,  and  beautiful. 

"Before  it  there  is  a  tower  of  stone  which 
has  not  been  ascended.  On  the  summit  of  this 
tower  there  is  placed  a  knight  with  his  horse 
of  metal.  It  is  very  large,  and  he  has  on  his 
head  an  episcopal  cap  (probably  a  nimbus  or 
crown).  It  is  in  honor  of  the  Emperor  Con- 
stantine.  His  right  hand  is  extended  toward 
Turquia,  which  was  formerly  called  Asia 
Minor,  on  the  other  side  of  this  gulf  of  the 
sea.  The  Emperor  of  Constantinople  has  for 
his  device  a  flag  quarterly,  first  and  fourth 
argent  a  cross  gules,  second  and  third  gules  a 
cross,  or  (gold)  between  four  chain  links  or 
(1107  and  1108). 

"I  left  Constantinople  and  entered  the  Mare 
Mayor  (Black  Sea),  proceeding  along  the 
coast  on  the  left  hand  to  a  great  city  called 
Vecina  (Vidin).  Here  nine  rivers  unite  and 
fall  into  the  Mare  Mayor.  These  nine  rivers 
make  a  great  commotion  before  this  city  of 
A'ecina,  which  is  the  capital  of  the  kingdom. 
It  has  a  white  flag  with  four  red  squares 
(1109).     .     .     . 

"I  proceeded  along  the  shores  of  the  eastern 
side  of  the  Mare  flavor  (Black  Sea)  for  a 
ver}'  long  distance  and  arrived  in  the  Kingdom 
of  Sant  Estropoli  (Sebastopol),  which  is  in- 
habited by  Comanes  Christians.  Here  there 
are  many  people  who  have  Jewish  descent,  but 
all  perform  the  works  of  Christians  in  the  sac- 
rifices, more  after  the  Greek  than  the  Latin 
Church.  The  king  hay  for  his  flag — gules  a 
hand  argent  (mo). 

"I  left  Sant  Estropoli  and  went  to  Gorgania 
(Georgia),  which  is  between  the  Mare  Mayor 
(Black  Sea)  and  the  Mar  de  Sara  (Caspian), 
a  very  extensive  land  of  the  Empire  of  Uxleto 
(Uzbeg).  I  then  went  along  the  shore  to  the 
city  of  Trapesonda  (Trebizond),  where  I  re- 
mained for  some  time.  This  empire  borders 
on  Turquia,  but  the  people  are  Greek  Chris- 
tians. The  Emperor  of  Trapesonda  has  for 
his  device  a  red  flag  with  a  golden  two-headed 
eagle. 

"I  departed  from  Trapesonda  and  arrived  at 
the  Kingdom  of  Semiso  (Samsun),  a  large 
and  populous  territory  bordering  on  Turquia 
and  the  Alare  Mayor.  The  king  has  for  his 
device  a  white  flag  with  a  sign  like  this  (11 12). 

"I  came  to  Feradelfia  (Philadelphia)  and 
found  a  rich  and  well  supplied  city.  It  is  in 
Turquia,  anciently  called  Asia  ]Minor.  The 
king  has  for  his  device  a  flag  parted  per  pale, 
argent  and  azure  and  on  a  field  argent  a  cross 
gules  (1113). 


398 


"I  departed  from  the  Kingdom  of  FeradelHa 
and  went  to  another  kingdom,  called  Stologo 
(Hypsili,  in  Asia  Minor),  which  contains  ex- 
tensive territory  near  the  sea.  The  king  has 
for  his  device  a  red  flag  charged  with  a  black 
wheel  (1114). 

"I  left  Stologo,  traveling  by  land  with  some 
merchants ;  went  across  all  Turquia  and  came 
to  the  city  of  Sauasco  (Siwas?).  Leaving  that 
place  I  crossed  a  river,  traveled  over  Jorgania 
(Georgia)  until  I  arrived  at  the  Sea  of  Sara, 
at  a  city  called  Deruent  (Derbent).  I  went 
along  the  shores  of  the  Sea  of  Sara  (Caspian). 

''I  entered  a  great  province  called  Roxia 
(Russia),  in  which  there  is  a  city  called  Xor- 
man(  ?),  the  capital  of  the  kingdom  (1115  and 
1 1 16).  It  is  bounded  by  the  great  lake  of 
Tanay,  which  is  three  days'  journey  in  length 
and  two  broad  (an  imaginary  body  of  water 
in  which  most  medieval  geographers  believed). 
Three  very  great  rivers  flow  from  it.  One  of 
these,  the  Nu  (Dwina),  bounds  a  great  prov- 
ince called  Siccia  (Scythia),  a  very  cold  coun- 
try. In  this  Siccia  there  is  a  great  city,  the 
capital  of  the  kingdom,  called  Nogorado  (Nov- 
gorod). The  king  has  for  his  device  a  red  flag 
with  a  white  castle  (11 17). 

"I  came  to  Maxar,  a  kingdom  in  which  there 
are  three  great  cities — Casama  (Kazan),  Lasac 
(Lechel,  in  the  province  of  Kazan),  and  Mons- 
caor  (Moscow).  This  King  of  Maxar  (Oren- 
burg) has  for  his  device  a  purple  flag  with 
white  stars  (11 18). 

"From  Maxar  I  went  to  the  Kingdom  of 
Siluana,  which  they  call  Septen  Castra,  and  the 
Greeks  call  it  Horgiml  (Transylvania).  It  is 
encircled    by    two    great    rivers  —  the     Turbo 


(Dniester)  and  the  Lusim  (Dnieper).  The 
king  has  for  his  device  a  green  flag  with  a  red 
scimitar    (1119).      The    people    are    schismatic 

Christians. 

THl;    MIDNIGHT    SUN 

■'Ascending  the  river  Tir  (Dniester)  toward 
the  north,  there  are  two  very  large  provinces 
called  Yrcania  and  Gotia  (northern  Russia), 
whence  the  Goths  came  forth  who  entered 
Spain.  It  is  called  the  land  of  Nogulaus.  The 
people  are  strong  and  warlike,  but  their  coun- 
try is  very  cold.  This  Gotia  and  Yrcania 
march  with  the  loftj^  mountains  of  Trasmon- 
tana    (mountains  of   Norway). 

"In  these  mountains  the  north  star  is  seen  in 
the  middle  of  the  heavens,  and  throughout  the 
year  there  is  daylight  for  six  months  and 
night  for  six  months.  It  is  uninhabited,  yet 
they  say  that  men  are  met  with  whose  heads 
come  out  of  their  shoulders,  having  no  necks 
whatever.  Their  beards  are  on  their  breasts, 
and  their  ears  reach  to  the  shoulders.  There 
are  also  found  in  this  land  very  great  bears 
and  wild  beasts,  as  I  have  already  related. 
These  two  provinces  of  Yrcania  and  Gotia 
were  peopled  by  the  Godos,  who  came  from 
the  closed  Tartaria,  from  the  castle  of  Got  and 
Magot  (Gog  and  Magog),  when  they  deliber- 
ated on  the  siege  of  Alexandre  and  the  con- 
quest of  the  greater  part  of  the  world  (device 
of  Yrcania — 1120). 

"I  went  to  Flanders,  and  from  there  to  Se- 
ville, the  city  from  which  I  first  started." 

Thus  ends  the  recital  of  the  Francis- 
can's wanderings. 


PENNANTS  OF  PATRIOTISM  200  YEARS  AGO 


(Nos.  1123-1197) 


PROBABLY  John  Beaumont,  an 
EngUsh  author  who  hved  during 
the  last  half  of  the  seventeenth  cen- 
tury, had  never  heard  of  the  anonymous 
Franciscan  friar  who  wrote  his  "Book  of 
Knowledge" (see  page  388) about  the  year 
1350;  and  yet  Beaumont  has  left  to  pos- 
terity a  work  on  nations  and  their  fiags 
which  strangely  parallels  the  book  of  the 
Spanish  churchman,  save  that  whereas 
the  latter's  volume  is  beautifully  hand 
ilkuiiined  with  the  colored  coats-of-arms 
of  the  nations  of  earth  in  his  day,  the 
Englishman  relies  upon  somewhat  crude 
black  and  white  copper  plates,  with  the 
letters  R  (red),  W  (white),  Y  (yellow), 
etc.,  chiseled  out  to  indicate  the  colors. 

The  flags  reproduced  on  page  371  of 
this  issue  of  the  Geographic  have  been 
prepared  in  colors,  in  large  measure 
from  the  black  and  white  drawings  which 
Beaumont  included  in  the  third  edition  of 


his  book,  published  by  John  Motte  in 
London  in  the  year  1 701.  The  full  title 
of  the  work  is : 

"The  Present  State  of  the  Universe,  or 
an  Account  of  the  Rise,  Birth,  Names, 
^Matches,  Children,  and  near  Allies  of  all 
the  present  Chief  Princes  of  the  World. 
Their  Coats  of  Arms,  Mottos,  Devices, 
Liveries,  Religions,  and  Languages.  The 
Names  of  their  Chief  Towns,  with  some 
Computation  of  the  Houses  and  Lihabit- 
ants.  Their  Chief  Seats  of  Pleasure,  and 
other  Remarkable  things  in  their  Do- 
minions. Their  Revenues,  Power,  and 
Strength.  Their  respective  Styles  and 
Titles,  or  Appellations.  Also  An  Account 
of  Common-Wealths,  relating  to  the  same 
Pleads.  The  Third  edition  continu'd  and 
enlarg'd,  with  the  Effigies  of  all  the 
Crown'd  Heads  of  Europe;  as  also  the 
various  Bearings  of  their  several  Ships 
at  Sea." 


399 


There  are  three  British  ensigns — the  white, 
blue,  and  red. 

To  understand  the  use  of  the  red,  the  white, 
and  the  blue  ensign  in  the  British  navy,  it  is 
necessary  to  know  the  organization  of  the  huge 
fleets  of  that  day.  In  a  fleet  there  were  the 
center,  the  van,  and  the  rear. 

The  admiral  of  the  fleet,  with  the  union  flag 
at  the  mainmast  of  his  flagship,  commanded 
the  vessels  of  the  "center,"  and  they  were  re- 
quired to  display  red  ensigns  (1123),  referred 
to  countless  times  in  history  as  the  famous 
"meteor  flag  of  Old  England"  on  account  of 
its  red  field  and  the  red  cross  of  St.  George. 
The  vice-admiral  of  the  white,  with  his  white 
flag  (1121)  at  the  fore  of  his  flagship,  com- 
manded the  vessels  of  the  van  (fore),  and  they 
displayed  the  white  ensign  (1124).  The  rear- 
admiral  of  the  blue,  with  his  blue  flag  (1122) 
at  the  mizzen  of  his  flagship,  commanJed  the 
vessels  of  the  rear  (mizzen),  and  they  wore 
the  blue  ensign  (1125).  So  that  the  ensigns 
indicated  the  squadrons,  and  the  colors  and  the 
positions  (main,  fore,  and  mizzen)  of  the  ad- 
mirals' flags  the  ranks  of  the  commanding 
admirals.  This  practice  was  of  long  standing, 
and  of  course  came  from  the  English  navy, 
there  being  practically  no  Scottish  navy.  This 
is  all  made  clear  by  examination  of  the  ad- 
mirals' flags,  1121  and  1122,  and  the  ensigns 
1123,  1124,  and  1125  of  the  year  1705  (two 
3'ears  before  the  union  of  the  crosses  of  St. 
George  and  St.  Andrew). 

At  the  time  of  our  Revolution  the  same  flags 
of  rank  and  the  same  ensigns  were  in  use,  but 
with  the  union  flag  of  England  and  Scotland 
in  their  cantons.  These  ensigns  continued  to 
have  this  significance  until  1864,  when  the  red 
ensign  disappeared  from  the  place  of  honor  in 
the  British  navy,  the  white  ensign  (834)  be- 
coming the  exclusive  ensign  of  the  navy,  the 
blue  ensign  (835)  for  public  vessels  (with  a 
badge  in  its  fly)  and  naval  reserve  vessels, 
and  the  red  ensign  (836)  became  the  exclusive 
property  of  the  merchant  marine. 

The  red  flag  of  defiance  (1126)  has  for  cen- 
turies been  the  symbol  of  revolution  and  of 
mutiny. 

Queen  Elizabeth  chartered  the  East  India 
Company  in  1600.  Its  flag  (1129)  has  peculiar 
interest  for  America,  as  some  historians  de- 
clare that  it  was  the  parent  banner  of  our 
Stars  and  Stripes.  Benjamin  Franklin  is  re- 
puted to  have  urged  its  adoption  at  a  dinner 
which  he  and  Washington  attended  on  De- 
cember 13,  1775,  3"cl  at  which  he  is  said  to  have 
declared :  "While  the  field  of  your  flag  must 
be  new  in  the  details  of  its  design,  it  need  not 
be  entirely  new^in  its  elements.  It  is  fortunate 
for  us  that  there  is  already  in  use  a  flag  with 
which  the  English  Government  is  familiar,  and 
which  it  has  not  only  recognized  but  protected. 
I  refer  to  the  flag  of  the  East  India  Company." 

The  East  India  Company's  banner  at  that 
time  was  slightly  different,  however,  from  the 
colors  shown  here  (1129),  for  in  1707  the  imion 
between  England  and  Scotland  took  place  and 
the  St.  George's  cross  was  combined  with  that 
of  St.  Andrew.  The  East  India  Company  flag 
vanished  from  the  seas  in  1858,  when  the 
British  Government  took  over  its  functions. 

The  Guinea  Company  (also  a  chartered  trad- 


ing organization  of  England)  carried  its  check- 
ered red  and  white  ensign  (1130)  up  and  down 
the  West  African  coast  for  many  years.  In 
1663  its  vessels  brought  from  Guinea  the  gold 
from  which  the  first  English  "guineas"  were 
coined. 

The  Scottish  ensign  (1131)  and  Scottish  Un- 
ion flag  (1132)  recall  an  interesting  bit  of  con- 
troversy between  the  subjects  of  "South  Britain 
and  North  Britain,"  as  the  English  and  Scotch 
were  then  designated.  With  the  union  of  the 
two  countries  under  James  I,  it  became  neces- 
sary to  devise  a  new  flag.  A  royal  ordinance 
of  April  12,  1605,  recites  the  following : 

"Whereas  some  difference  hath  arisen  be- 
tween our  subjects  of  South  and  North  Britain, 
traveling  by  seas,  about  the  bearing  of  their 
flags, — for  the  avoiding  of  all  such  contentions 
hereafter,  we  have,  with  the  advice  of  our 
council,  ordered  that  from  henceforth  all  our 
subjects  of  this  isle  and  kingdom  of  Greater 
Britain,  and  the  members  thereof,  shall  bear 
in  their  maintop  the  Red  Cross,  commonly 
called  St.  George's  Cross  (1127),  and  the  White 
Cross,  commonly  called  St.  Andrew's  Cross 
(831),  joined  together,  according  to  a  form 
made  by  our  heralds,  and  sent  by  us  to  our 
admiral  to  be  published  to  our  said  subjects; 
and  in  their  foretop  our  subjects  of  South 
Britain  shall  wear  the  Red  Cross  only,  as  they 
were  wont,  and  our  subjects  of  North  Britain 
in  their  foretop  the  White  Cross  only,  as  they 
were  accustomed"    (see  also  829). 

The  Scottish  Union  flag  (1132)  carries  the 
quarrel  a  step  farther.  The  Scottish  superim- 
posed the  white  cross  on  the  English  red ;  the 
English,  on  their  side,  superimposed  the  red 
cross  on  the  white. 

The  Irish  ensign  at  the  beginning  of  the 
eighteenth  century  (1133)  bore  the  cross  of 
St.  George  in  the  canton  and  a  gold  harp  on 
a  green  field,  thoroughly  appropriate  for  the 
"Emerald  Isle." 

Holland's  Fm;  flags 

In  his  "Book  of  the  Universe,"  Beaumont 
ascribes  five  flags  to  Holland  at  the  dawn  of 
the  eighteenth  century  (ii34»  ii35»  "36,  ii39. 
1 140).  Holland  became  an  independent  State 
in  1579,  and  in  1599  its  flag  was  ofiicially 
designated  as  orange,  white,  and  blue,  in  three 
horizontal  stripes,  these  being  the  colors  of  the 
great  leader,  William,  Prince  of  Orange.  _  In 
some  manner  never  satisfactorily  explained 
(see  Z77  and  775),  the  orange  became  red  early 
in  the  seventeenth  century,  and  it  was  under 
the  tricolor  (red,  white,  and  blue)  that  the 
naval  heroes  Tromp  and  De  Ruyter  fought 
their  many  brilliant  sea  engagements  with  the 
English  between   1652  and   1654. 

Concerning  the  city  of  Amsterdam  (1137) 
two  centuries  ago,  Beaumont  furnishes  the 
following  imique  description:  "Amsterdam  is 
the  most  considerable  city  of  all  Elolland ;  the 
houses  are  generally  built  of  brick,  and  it's 
built  on  piles  like  Venice.  As  to  what  propor- 
tion of  bigness  this  city  bears  to  London  I 
have  no  exact  account.  Amsterdam  for  riches, 
trading,  shipping,  fair  streets,  and  pleasant 
babitafions  scarce  yields  to  any  other  city  of 
the  world.     The  whole  town  being  in  a  low, 


400 


marshy  ground,  the  water  is  let  in  through  all 
tlie  considerable  streets,  and  it's  all  built  upon 
piles,  or  high  fir  trees,  driven  down  perpen- 
dicularly so  close  together  that  nothing  can 
be  forced  betwixt  them." 

With  the  exception  of  Amsterdam,  perhaps 
no  other  town  in  Holland  had  more  right  to 
a  flag  of  its  own  than  Flushing  (1138),  for  it 
was  in  this  seaport  that  the  standard  of  liberty 
was  first  raised  after  the  "Water  Beggars"  had 
taken  Briel  in  1572,  the  first  overt  act  of  the 
Dutch  in  their  war  against  Spanish  supremacy. 

Concerning  Genoa,  whose  red  flag  (1141) 
was  identical  with  that  of  the  scarlet  emblems 
of  Venice  and  Spain,  Beaumont  gives  this 
picturesque  description  at  the  close  of  the 
seventeenth  century : 

"The  State  of  Genoa  is,  like  that  of  Venice, 
govern'd  by  a  Doge  or  Duke,  with  this  Ex- 
ception, that  the  Oflice  of  the  Duke  of  Genoa 
lasts  but  for  three  years,  whereas  the  other  is 
for  life.  He  has  for  his  Ordinary  Guard  five 
hundred  Germans.  Controversies  between 
Citizens  are  adjudg'd  by  a  Court  called  the 
Rota,  consisting  of  Lawyers,  not  Natives  of 
Genoa.  They  are  under  the  Protection  of  the 
King  of  Spain  (hence  the  identity  of  the 
Spanisli  and  Genoese  red  flag).  Genoa  was 
under  the  Government  of  several  Princes  till 
tlie  year  1528,  when  Andrew  Doria  established 
there  the  Form  of  Government  observ'd  to  this 
day,  which  is  Aristocratical.  There  is  seen  in 
the  Town  the  statue  of  Andrew  Doria,  mounted 
on  a  Horse  of  Cast  Copper,  with  this  Inscrip- 
tion on  the  pedestal.  Liberator  Populi."  (It 
was  after  this  liberator  that  the  brig  Aiidreiv 
Doria,  the  first  vessel  to  obtain  a  salute  for 
the  American  flag,  was  named — see  page  295.) 

Tradition  says  that  Russia  derived  its  blue, 
white,  and  red  flag  (1142)  in  the  following 
manner :  Peter  the  Great,  while  learning  ship- 
building in  Holland,  adopted  the  Dutch  ensign 
(1136),  merely  reversing  the  colors.  But  the 
Russians  were  not  flattered  by  this,  for  it  made 
them  appear  like  "Dutchmen  in  distress"  (the 
sign  of  distress  being  an  inverted  flag).  Sub- 
sequently the  order  was  changed  to  white,  blue, 
and  red  (the  present  Russian  merchant  flag — 
800),  but  in  1701  the  Czar  of  Muscovy  (Peter) 
had  only  added  the  blue  cross  in  the  white 
stripe  to  distinguish  his  flag  from  the  Dutch 
distress  signal. 

ostend's  brave  banner 

Ostend,  the  last  stronghold  of  the  Dutch  in 
South  Netherlands  against  the  Spaniards,  well 
deserved  the  distinction  of  a  fight  standard 
(1144)  as  well  as  an  ensign  (1143).  This  little 
fishing  village,  of  scarcely  three  thousand  souls 
at  the  beginning  of  the  seventeenth  century, 
withstood  one  of  the  most  remarkable  sieges 
of  history,  the  chroniclers  of  that  time  being 
amply  justified  in  comparing  it  to  the  siege  of 
Troy. 

It  resisted  the  Spaniards  for  three  years  and 
seventy-seven  days  (July  s,  1601,  to  September 
20,  1604),  and  it  is  computed  that  one  hundred 
thousand  lives  and  four  million  dollars  were 
sacrificed  in  its  reduction.  All  the  engineering 
skill  and  resources  of  the  age  were  employed. 
Targone,  a   famous   Italian  engineer,  invented 


a  great  floating  battery  to  close  the  harbor,  and 
a  fortress  on  wheels  with  a  draw-bridge  to 
span  water  gaps  (forerunner  of  the  twentieth 
century  tank  cars). 

The  defenders  used  great  bonfires  and  hoops 
of  flaming  pitch  to  liglit  the  battleground  dur- 
ing night  attacks.  Earthworks  were  mined  and 
countermined.  Red-hot  shot  were  fired  into 
the  city.  To  prevent  conflagrations,  the  garri- 
son covered  all  the  houses  with  sod.  When 
there  was  no  more  earth  suitable  for  the  con- 
struction of  fortifications,  the  besieged  turned 
to  the  graveyards,  exhuming  their  heroic  dead 
and  using  their  bodies  as  ramparts  for  the 
living. 

When  the  town  finally  hauled  down  its  flag 
it  was  with  the  honors  of  war,  granted  by 
Spinola,  the  chivalrous  Genoese  commander  of 
the  Spanish  forces,  who  gave  a  splendid  ban- 
quet to  the  republican  officers  in  his  pavilion. 

The  Spanish  flag  (1145)  is  of  special  interest 
at  this  period  of  history,  for  it  recalls  the  War 
of  the  Spanish  Succession,  which  followed  the 
death  of  Charles  II,  in  1700,  the  last  of  the 
Austrian  (Hapsburg)  dynasty  to  sit  on  the 
throne  of  Castile  and  Leon.  Beaumont  rec- 
ords : 

"On  the  first  of  November,  1700  N.  S.  (New 
Style),  died  Charles  II  of  Spain,  after  a  long 
illness,  or  ratlicr  after  a  diseased  life  of  almost 
40  years.  In  his  pretended  last  will,  he  is 
said  to  have  left  the  Duke  of  Anjou,  second 
son  of  the  Dauphin  of  France,  his  heir  and 
successor  to  all  his  dominions,  who  immediately 
took  upon  the  title  of  Philip  V,  King  of  Spain, 
etc. 

"But  the  German  Emperor  is  far  from 
acknowledging  him  as  such."     .     .     . 

The  coat-of-arms  which  Beaumont  places  on 
the  Spanish  banner  (1145)  is  far  from  com- 
plete, for  the  King  of  Spain  at  the  beginning 
of  the  eighteenth  century  bore  the  insignia  of 
Castile,  of  Leon,  Aragon,  Sicily,  Granada, 
Portugal,  Algarve,  Austria,  Ancient  Burgundy 
and  I\Iodern  Burgundy,  Brabant,  Flanders,  and 
of  Antwerp,  capital  city  of  the  Holy  Empire. 
Surrounding  the  large  shield  may  ue  seen  the 
collar  of  the  Order  of  the   Golden   Fleece. 

The  King  of  Spain,  as  one  of  his  minor  titles, 
was  known  as  the  Lord  of  Biscay.  The  Bis 
cay  ensign  (1146)  was  a  white  cross  "raguled' 
on  a  red  field.  The  raguled  cross  in  heraldry 
is  described  as  "trunked"  or  having  many  cuts, 
resembling  two  ragged  staffs  in  the  shape  of  a 
cross.  The  Spanish  Bourbons  used  it  as  their 
insignia ;  hence  it  appeared  on  the  flag  of 
Ostend  (1143),  a  vSpanish  possession. 

The  New  England  ensign  (1147),  with  the 
pine  tree  in  the  first  quarter  of  the  St.  George's 
cross,  was  the  first  distinctively  American  flag 
of  the  American  colonies.  It  should  be  re- 
membered that  this  is  an  ensign  and  was  used 
by  vessels  only  (see  also  362-364,  379-390). 
The  national  flag  of  the  colonies  was  that  of 
the  mother  country,  the  union  flag  (361). 

The  French  galley  standard  (1148)  was  of 
red  with  numerous  fleurs  dc  lys  in  gold.  In 
the  center  were  the  arms  of  France.  Beau- 
mont recites  that  "the  arms  of  France  in  the 
days  of  Pharamond  and  his  three  successors 
were  gules  (red)  three  crowns  or  (gold), 
Clovis  the  Great  altered  them  to  azure  (blue) 


401 


strewn  with  flower-de-luces  or,  and  Charles  VI, 
who  came  to  the  crown  in  1380,  reduced  the 
lihes  in  his  coat-of-arms  to  three." 

White  became  the  national  color  of  France 
during  the  Hundred  Years  War.  Later  the 
Huguenot  party  adopted  the  white  flag,  and 
when  Henry  III,  himself  a  Protestant,  came 
to  the  throne,  in  1574,  it  became  the  royal  en- 
sign. In  the  following  reign  (Henry  IV)  it 
became  the  symbol  of  the  French  Bourbons. 
Thus  the  French  ensign  (1149),  a  simple  white 
banner,  came  to  be  the  basis  of  many  of  the 
French  flags  (see  1150,  1151.  ii57,  "58.  ii59- 
1 160,  and  1 161).  The  ensign  (1149)  ^vas  the 
flag  under  which  Cartier  sailed  on  his  voyage 
of  exploration  to  Canada,  and  the  emblem 
which  floated  from  the  flagship  of  Admiral  De 
Grasse,  whose  victory  off  Yorktown  was  a 
most  important  factor  contributing  to  the  suc- 
cess of  the  American  Revolutionary  War  (see 
422).  Joan  of  Arc  bore  a  white  flag  with  gold 
embellishments  at  the  Battle  of  Orleans. 

The  French  cornet  (1159)  is  distinctive  only 
in  its  swallow-tail  shape;  in  modern  signaling 
it  is  usually  called  a  burgee. 

The  blue  crosses  in  the  banners  of  Province 
(Provence)  (1150),  of  Bretagny  (Brittany) 
(1151),  and  Normandy  (1158),  and  the  blue 
stripes  of  Picardy  (1161)  recall  the  fact  that 
from  earliest  recorded  times  until  the  scat  of 
French  Government  was  removed  to  Paris 
(when  the  red  of  that  city's  patron,  St.  Denis, 
was  adopted)  blue  was  a  favorite  color  of  the 
Franks.  It  was  under  the  plain  blue  flag 
known  as  "Chape  de  St.  Martin"  that  Clovis 
won  his  great  victory  over  Alaric  in  507,  and 
Charlemagne  bore  it  at  Narbonne.  This  was 
supposed  to  be  the  original  cloak  which  St. 
Martin,  while  stationed  at  Amiens,  divided 
with  a  beggar;  the  following  night  he  had  a 
vision  of  Christ  making  known  to  his  angels 
this  act  of  charity   (see  also  743)- 

Marseilles  had  a  white  ensign  of  its  own. 
with  a  white  cross  on  a  blue  square  in  the  first 
quarter  (1160). 

The  Zealand  colors  (1152)  are,  naturally, 
those  of  Holland.  On  the  white  bar  is  the 
distinctive  feature,  the  red  lion  of  the  Zealand 
(Zeeland)  coat-of-arms.  In  the  same  manner 
the  flag  of  Middleburgh  (1156),  the  capital  of 
Zeeland,  had  the  colors  of  Holland,  with  its 
own  gold  tower  in  the  white  band. 

The  Hanseatic  League,  the  famous  federa- 
tion of  North  German  towns  which  controlled 
the  commerce  of  northern  Europe  during  tlie 
Middle  ages,  had  for  its  colors  red  and  white. 
two  of  the  three  colors  which  survive  in  the 
flag  of  modern  Germany  (996).  The  chief  city 
of  the  federation  was  Lubeck  (1153).  Ham- 
burg, also  an  important  city  of  the  league. 
bore  a  red  flag  with  a  white  tower  (1154), 
while  Bremen's  emblem  (1166)  was  a  red  and 
white  chess-board.  Rostock,  not  content  with 
the  league's  red  and  white,  added  blue  (1167), 
thereby  giving  her  citizens  the  same  occasion 
as  the  Russians  for  complaining  that  they  ap- 
peared like  "Dutchmen  in  distress"  (see  note 
on  the   flag  of  the  Tsar   of   Moscovy — 1142). 

Dantzick  (Dantzic)  employed  the  league's 
red,  but  placed  upon  that  field  three  gold 
crowns,  arranged  vertically   (1165). 


The  Alunich  flag  (1164)  had  an  unfortunate 
color  combination,  the  yellow  frequently  fad- 
ing out,  leaving  the  banner  a  French  white 
(1149). 

Lunenburgh  (Luneburg)  was  one  of  the 
most  important  towns  of  the  Hanseatic  League. 
Its  flag  (1174)  included  the  red  held  common 
to  Hamburg  and  Dantzic,  but  with  a  winged 
Pegasus  in  gold  as  the  distinctive  feature. 

The  flag  of  Heyligeland  (Heligoland)  (1155) 
is  of  especial  interest  at  this  time  on  account 
of  the  tremendously  important  role  which  the 
scraps  of  land  (it  was  one  island  up  to  1720,  ' 
when  a  violent  eruption  of  the  sea  severed  a 
neck  of  sand  and  made  two  islets  of  it)  are 
playing  in  the  present  war  as  an  impregnable 
naval  and  submarine  base  for  Germany.  Heli- 
goland was  a  fief  of  the  dukes  of  Schleswig- 
Holstein  in  1705,  but  the  free  city  of  Hamburg 
frequently  held  it  in  pawn  for  loans  advanced 
to  the  dukes.  In  1807  England  obtained  it 
from  Denmark,  and  27  years  ago  made  the 
great  mistake  of  ceding  it  to  Germany. 

The  Swedish  man-of-war  ensign  (1162)  and 
Swedish  merchant  flag  (1163)  200  years  ago 
were  virtually  the  same  as  today  (826  and 
827),  with  the  exception  that  the  blue  in  the 
modern  standards  is  of  a  much  lighter  shade. 

The  Genoa  ensign  (1168)  is  identical  with 
the  St.  George's  jack  (1127). 

THE    MALTESE   CROSS 

Few  flags  of  history  can  rival  in  romantic 
interest  the  red  banner  with  its  eight-pointed 
white  cross  (1169),  emblem  of  the  island  of 
Malta.  The  eight  points  of  this  famous  Mal- 
tese cross  are  supposed  to  represent  the  eight 
Beatitudes.  In  their  monasteries  the  Knights 
of  Malta  wore  black  habits  with  Maltese 
crosses  over  their  hearts.  In  war  their  coat- 
of-arms  was  crimson  with  the  white  Maltese 
cross,  like  the  flag. 

The  flag  of  Jerusalem  (1170)  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  eighteenth  century  contained  the 
same  five  crosses  which  the  Franciscan  monk 
pictured  in  1350  (see  1067),  save  that  the  cen- 
tral cross  at  the  later  period  quartered  the 
flag,  and  the  "Croisettes,"  as  they  are  called  in 
French,  occtipied  the  four  quarters. 

Tuhen  (Thuin,  Belgium)  was  one  of  several 
cities  of  the  low  countries  whose  device  at  the 
beginning  of  the  eighteenth  century  was  a 
white  swan  (1171). 

The  Danish  man-of-war  (11 72)  and  mer- 
chant flags  (1173)  are  the  oldest  national  em- 
blems now  in  use,  their  history  dating  back  to 
the  year  1219,  when  Waldemar  is  supposed  to 
have  seen  a  cross  in  the  sky  while  leading  his 
troops  against  the  Livonian  pagans.  The  flag 
is  known  as  the  Dannebrog  (Strength  of  Den- 
mark). On  the  time-stained  walls  of  the  medi- 
eval church  on  the  island  of  Heligoland  there 
is  still  to  be  seen  a  painted  Dannebrog. 

The  city  and  district  of  Surat.  the  green  flag 
of  whose  Grand  Mogul  (1175)  was  distin- 
guished by  two  gold  scimitars,  was  the  site  of 
the  first  factory  (trading  post)  established  by 
England  in  India,  a  seed  which  has  developed 
into  a  great  Eastern  Empire. 

Bengal's  Grand  Mogul  bore  a  white  flag  with 
a   red   scimitar   (1176)   two  centuries   ago.      It 


402 


was  at  this  time  tliat  the  East  India  Company 
purchased  from  the  great  grandson  of  Shah 
Jahan  (builder  of  the  Taj  Mahal)  the  group 
of  Bengal  villages  which  grew  into  the  city  of 
Calcutta. 

Now  an  unimportant  fishers'  town,  Enchysen 
(Enkhuizen)  once  well  deserved  the  right  to 
have  a  flag  of  its  own  (1177).  Long  ago  it 
harbored  the  fleets  of  Charles  V  and  Philip  II 
of  Spain,  when  their  word  was  law  in  all  the 
low  countries.  Its  banner  preserved  the  yellow 
and  red  of  Aragon. 

The  flag  of  Legorne  (Leghorn)  (1178)  con- 
tains the  five  red  roundels  (little  circles)  pe- 
culiar to  the  arms  of  the  Great  Duke  of  Tus- 
cany, who  derived  a  large  share  of  his  reve- 
nues from  this  seaport. 

The  winged  lion  of  St.  Mark  (1179)  is  as 
familiar  to  students  of  flags  as  the  eagles  of 
the  Roman  Empire  and  the  dragon  of  St. 
George  in  British  heraldry.  It  is  placed  on  the 
Venetian  red  flag  (1141)  in  honor  of  the 
patron  saint  of  the  republic.  St.  Mark,  while 
on  a  missionary  journey  to  Italy,  according  to 
a  very  ancient  legend,  was  stranded  on  the 
Rialto  when  it  was  still  an  uninhabited  island. 
Here  the  future  greatness  of  Venice  was  re- 
vealed to  him  in  a  vision.  The  lion  was  the 
commonly  accepted  symbol  of  the  saint  in  all 
early  Christian  art. 

The  Pope's  colours  (1180)  include  the  red 
field  (red  being  the  color  of  the  livery  of  the 
Holy  Father  also)  with  the  white  cross  of  Cal- 
vary and  the  white  lamb,  the  significance  of 
which  are  apparent. 

THE   BAXNER   OF   SAVOY 

The  white  cross  on  the  red  field,  device  of 
the  House  of  Savoy  (1181),  has  played  an  im- 
portant role  in  the  history  of  Europe.  Beau- 
mont gives  this  account  of  its  adoption  by  the 
dukes  of  Savoy :  "This  coat  was  given  to 
Amadeus  the  Great  by  the  Knights  of  Rhodes 
in  1315,  with  these  letters  in  lieu  of  a  motto, 
'F.  E.  R.  T.' — that  is,  'Fortitude  Ejus  Rhodum 
Tenuit'  (His  valor  has  saved  Rhodes)-.  The 
occasion  was  that  Amadeus  V,  surnamed  the 
Great,  forced  Mahomet  II,  Emperor  of  the 
Turks,  to  raise  his  siege  at  that  time  from 
before  the  city  of  Rhodes.  The  said  cross  is 
the  cross  of  St.  John  of  Jerusalem,  whose 
knights  at  that  time  were  owners  of  Rhodes." 

The  Portugal  man-of-war  (1182)  and  mer- 
chant flags  (1183  and  1184)  bore  the  same  dis- 
tinguishing features — five  shields  with  the  five 
circles  representing  the  five  wounds  of  Christ, 
the  castles  surrounding  the  inner  shields  and 
the  armillary  sphere,  reminiscent  of  that  na- 
tion's maritime  prowess  in  the  sixteenth  cen- 
tury, 200  years  ago,  as  they  do  now  (see  mod- 
ern flags  791,  792,  and  793). 

The  broad,  deeply  notched  border,  differing 
in  color  from  the  field  of  the  flag,  is  one  of 
the  peculiar  characteristics  of  many  Chinese 
banners  (see  11S5  and  1186).  Tunquin  (Tong- 
king  or  Tonquin)  was  a  place  of  great  interest 


to  geographers  200  years  ago.  It  was  de- 
scribed as  containing  20,000  cities  and  towns, 
"and  many  more  there  would  be,  but  that  many 
of  the  people  choose  to  live  on  the  water  than 
on  the  land;  so  that  the  greatest  part  of  their 
rivers  are  covered  with  boats  which  serve  them 
instead  of  houses."  Silks,  according  to  the 
eighteenth  century  report,  were  worn  in  Ton- 
quin by  rich  and  poor  alike. 

Anchonia's  (Ancona)  red  and  white  stripes 
(1187)  indicate  its  reliance  upon  the  Pope. 
The  province,  with  its  capital  of  the  same 
ni.me  boasting  the  finest  harbor  on  the  south- 
west coast  of  the  Adriatic,  was  a  semi-inde- 
pendent republic  during  the  Middle  Ages. 

Camphen  (Kampen)  was  one  of  the  impor- 
tant members  of  the  Hanseatic  League.  Its 
ensign  (1188)  was  the  simple  red  field  seen  in 
the  Hamburg,  Luneburg,  and  Dantzic  flags, 
but  without  any  coat-of-arms  or  symbol  such 
as  distinguished  the  devices  of  its  sister  cities. 
Today  Kampen  is  a  thriving  little  town  in  Hol- 
land, with  a  population  of  about  20,000.  Its 
days  of  glory  were  in  the  fifteenth  century. 

Its  red  field  charged  with  a  golden  crescent, 
the  flag  of  Tunis  (1189)  was  for  centuries  one 
of  the  most  important  banners  of  the  Moham- 
medan world.  Tunis  rose  in  importance  as 
Carthage  declined.  It  is  still  the  largest  city 
in  North  Africa,  outside  of  Egypt.  It  began 
to  blossom  following  the  Arab  conquest,  and 
became  the  chief  port  for  pilgrims  from  Spain 
on  their  way  to  the  sacred  city  of  Kairowan. 

Between  1350  and  1705  the  flag  of  Tripoly 
(Tripoli)  underwent  a  complete  change.  At 
the  beginning  of  the  eighteenth  century  its 
banner  of  white  and  green  bands  (1190)  was 
floating  over  the  marine  nest  of  the  notorious 
Tripolitan  pirates,  the  scourge  and  terror  of 
the  Mediterranean.  A  century  later  America 
was  to  fight  its  first  foreign  war  against  these 
sea  robbers. 

Algier  (Algiers)  (1191  and  1192)  was  also 
a  haunt  of  Barbary  pirates  during  the  six- 
teenth, seventeenth,  and  eighteenth  centuries. 
The  outlaws  of  this  port  were  not  suppressed 
completely  until  1830,  when  on  the  4th  of  July 
of  that  year  a  French  army  under  General  dc 
Bourmont  effected  the  city's  capture. 

In  the  very  year  that  Columbus  discovered 
America  a  band  of  Andalusian  Moors  built  the 
walls  of  the  town  of  Tituan  (Tetuan)  (1193), 
the  only  open  port  of  Morocco  on  the  Medi- 
terranean Sea.  Sallee  (Salli),  whose  red  flag 
(1194)  is  almost  identical  with  that  of  Tetuan, 
was  once  the  haunt  of  the  Salli  Rovers.  It 
also  had  another  flag  of  unique  design  (1195). 

The  flag  of  Moco  Araba  (Mocha,  Arabia) 
(1196)  was  of  great  importance  two  centuries 
ago,  for  at  that  time  Mocha  was  one  of  the 
greatest  coffee  ports  of  the  world. 

The  Christian  crosses  which  adorned  Con- 
stantinople's flags  (1107  and  1108)  at  the  time 
of  the  visit  of  the  Franciscan  friar  in  1350 
were  long  since  replaced  by  the  crescent  of  the 
Mohammedan  Turk,  as  shown  in  the  flag  of 
1705  (1197). 


403 


THE   CORRECT   DISPLAY   OF  THE   STARS 

AND  STRIPES 


WHILE  there  is  no  federal  law 
in  force  pertaining  to  the  man- 
ner of  displaying,  hanging,  or 
saluting  the  United  States  flag,  or  pre- 
scribing any  ceremonies  that  should  be 
observed,  there  are  many  regulations  and 
usages  of  national  force  bearing  on  the 
subject. 

In  raising  the  flag  it  should  never  be 
rolled  up  and  hoisted  to  the  top  of  the 
staff  before  unfurling.  Instead,  the  fly 
should  be  free  during  the  act  of  hoist- 
ing, which  should  be  done  quickly.  It 
should  be  taken  in  slowly  and  with  dig- 
nity. It  should  not  be  allowed  to  touch 
the  ground  on  shore,  or  the  deck  of  a 
ship,  nor  should  it  be  permitted  to  trail 
in  the  water  or  in  the  dust.  It  should 
not  be  hung  where  it  can  be  contami- 
nated or  soiled  easily,  or  draped  over 
chairs  or  benches  for  seating  purposes, 
and  no  object  or  emblem  of  any  kind 
should  be  placed  upon  it  or  above  it. 

A  common  but  regrettable  practice  at 
public  meetings  is  to  drape  the  flag  like  a 
tablecloth  over  the  speaker's  table  and 
then  to  place  on  the  flag  a  pitcher  of  ice 
water,  flowers,  books,  etc.  Another 
equally  careless  practice,  and,  unfortu- 
nately, quite  common,  is  to  tie  small 
United  States  flags  to  the  bottom  of  a 
stage  curtain ;  when  the  curtain  is  raised 
the  flags  are  lifted  aloft  and  are  effect- 
ively displayed,  but  when  the  curtain  is 
lowered,  so  that  the  stage  scenes  may  be 
shifted,  the  flags  trail  in  the  dust  of  the 
stage  floor. 

The  flag  should  not  be  festooned  over 
doorways  or  arches.  Always  let  the  flag 
hang  straight.  Do  not  tie  it  in  a  bow 
knot.  Wlicre  colors  are  desired  for  dec- 
orative purposes,  use  red,  zi'hite,  and  blue 
hunting. 

The  flag  should  not  be  hoisted  upside 
down,  other  than  as  a  signal  of  distress 
at  sea,  when  it  may,  if  necessary  to  ac- 
centuate the  distress  and  make  it  easily 
recognized  at  a  distance,  be  knotted  in 
the  middle  of  its  length,  forming  what 
is  called  a  "weft." 


International  usage  forbids  the  display 
of  the  flag  of  one  nation  above  that  of 
any  other  with  which  it  is  at  peace.  Such 
an  act  is  considered  an  insult  in  times  of 
peace,  and  is  always  followed  by  a  de- 
mand for  an  explanation  and  apology. 
When  the  flags  of  two  or  more  nations 
are  displayed,  they  should  be  on  separate 
staffs,  or  on  separate  halyards  of  equal 
size  and  on  the  same  level. 

The  flag  should  never  be  raised  or  low- 
ered by  any  mechanical  appliance. 

When  the  national  colors  are  passing 
on  parade,  or  in  review,  the  spectator 
should,  if  walking,  halt,  and  if  sitting, 
arise  and  stand  at  attention  and  uncover. 

When  flags  are  used  in  unveiling  a 
statue  or  monument  they  should  not  be 
allowed  to  fall  to  the  ground,  but  should 
be  carried  aloft  to  wave  out,  forming  a 
distinctive  feature  during  the  remainder 
of  the  ceremony. 

Where  the  national  flag  is  displayed 
with  State  or  other  flags,  it  should  be 
given  the  place  of  honor  on  the  right. 
Its  use  should  be  confined  as  much  as 
possible  to  its  display  upon  the  staff. 
Where  used  as  a  banner,  the  union  should 
fly  to  the  north  in  streets  running  east 
and  west,  and  to  the  east  in  streets 
running  north  and  south. 

Old,  faded,  or  zvorn-oiit  flags  should 
r.ot  be  used  for  banners  or  other  second- 
cry  purposes. 

When  no  longer  fit  for  display,  the  flag 
should  be  destroyed  privately,  preferably 
by  burning  or  other  methods  lacking  the 
suggestion  of  irreverence   or  disrespect. 

Over  only  three  buildings  in  America 
does  the  national  flag  fly  officially  night 
and  day  continuously — over  the  east  and 
west  fronts  of  the  National  Capitol 
and  over  the  adjacent  House  of  Repre- 
sentatives and  Senate  Office  Buildings. 
The  two  emblems  over  the  Capitol 
(storm-flag  size)  are  replaced  every  six 
weeks,  the  wear  and  tear,  due  to  wind 
and  rain,  being  excessive. 

Over  the  Senate  and  House  of  Repre- 
sentative wings  of  the  Capitol  the  flags 


404 


Photograph  ]jy  U.  S.  Xa\  y  1  )i,jiartinent 
SENDING  AND  RECEIVING   SEMAPHORE   MESSAGES   ON   TPIE   SIGNAL   BRIDGE 

Bluejackets  are  never  graduated  in  the  "two  R's"  of  warship  education — "readin'  and 
'ritin'"  with  flags.  The  radio  and  the  wireless  telephone  have  accomplished  marvels  in  facili- 
tating comnumication  between  the  units  of  a  fleets  but  the  semaphore  and  the  wigwag  flag 
still  have  their  place  in  the  service. 


fly  only  while  those  bodies  are  in  session 
and  during  a  recess.  At  adjournment, 
either  at  the  end  of  a  day's  work  or  for 
a  session,  they  are  lowered. 

When  the  Stars  and  Stripes  float  from 
the  flagstaff  of  the  White  House,  from 
sunrise  to  sunset,  it  is  indicative  of  the 
presence  in  Washington  of  the  President. 

An  act  of  Congress  passed  in  1905 
provides  that  a  trade-mark  cannot  be  reg- 
istered which  consists  of  or  comprises 
"the  flag,  the  coat-of-arms,  or  other  in- 
signia of  the  United  States,  or  any  simu- 
lation thereof."  An  act  passed  in  1917 
provides  penalties  for  the  desecration, 
mittilation,  or  improper  use  of  the  flag 
within  the  District  of  Columbia.  The 
Department  of  Justice  has  held  that  any 
alien  enemy  tearing  down,  mutilating, 
abusing,  or  desecrating  the  United  States 
flag  will  be  regarded  as  a  danger  to  the 
public  peace  or  safety  within  the  mean- 
ing of   the   President's   proclamation   of 


April  6,  191 7,  and  will  be  subject  to  sum- 
mary arrest  and  punishment. 

At  every  military  post  or  station  it  is 
the  practice  in  the  army,  each  day  in 
the  year,  to  hoist  the  flag  briskly  at  sun- 
rise, irrespective  of  the  condition  of  the 
weather,  and  to  lower  it  slowly  and  cere- 
monioitsly  at  sunset,  indicating  the  com- 
mencement and  cessation  of  the  activities 
of  the  day.  While  the  flag  is  being  low- 
ered the  band  plays  the  national  anthem, 
which  for  the  army  and  navy  is  the  "Star 
Spangled  Banner."  If  there  is  no  band 
present  the  field  music  sounds  "To  the 
colors."  Ofiicers  and  enlisted  men  out  of 
rank  face  toward  the  flag,  stand  at  atten- 
tion, and  salute.  (For  a  description  of 
army  flags  see  page  307  and  onward.) 

A  military  force  is  said  to  be  accorded 
"the  honors  of  war"  when,  after  a  spe- 
cially honorable  defense,  it  has  surren- 
dered its  post,  and  is  permitted  by  the 
terms  of  capitulation  to  march  out  with 


405 


PliL'togiaijIi  bj'  Brown  Brothers 

INSURING  ACCURACY  IN  A  FACTORY  WIIERi;  GOVERNMENT  FLAGS  ARE   MADE 

The  United  States  Government  uses  thousands  of  flags  annually,  not  only  the  Stars  and 
Stripes  and  the  various  flags  and  pennants  of  its  own  army  and  navy  officers  and  civilian 
officials,  but  the  flags  of  other  countries  as  well.  Every  warship  of  our  navy  carries  43 
foreign  flags,  for  ceremonial  purposes.  The  flag-maker  in  a  government  ensign  factory  must 
test  all  buntings.  Sample  lots  are  soaked  and  washed  with  soap  in  fresh  water  one  day  and 
the  next  in  salt  water.  They  are  then  exposed  to  weather  for  ten  days,  30  hours  of  which 
must  be  sunlight.  The  colors  must  not  fade  or  "run."  The  material  is  also  tested  for  its 
strength.     The  flag/shown  above  is  the  Portugal  ensign   (791). 


colors  flying,  bands  playing,  and  bayonets 
fixed.  It  retains  possession  of  the  field 
artillery,  horses,  arms,  and  baggage.  The 
French,  Russian,  and  other  governments 
require  that  in  every  case  the  commander 
of  the  place  must  not  surrender  until  he 
has  destroyed  all  flags ;  but  this  must  be 
done  before  signing  the  capitulation. 
General  Stoessel  destroyed  all  Russian 
flags  at  Port  Arthur. 

The  Hague  rules  of  land  warfare  for- 
bid the  improper^ use  of  the  flag  of  truce, 
of  a  national  flag,  or  of  the  military  in- 
signia and  uniform  of  the  enemy,  as  well 
as  the  distinctive  badges  of  the  Geneva 
Convention.  In  practice  it  has  been  au- 
thorized to  make  use  of  the  enemy's  flag 
and  uniform  as  a  ruse,  but  not  during  a 
combat.  Before  opening  fire  these  must 
be  discarded.  Whether  the  enemy's  flag 
can  be  displayed  and  his  uniform  worn 


to  eft'ect  an  advance  or  to  withdraw  is 
not  settled. 

NAVY    CEREMONIES    OE    RAISING    AND 
LOWERING  THE  COLORS 

Shore  stations  under  the  jurisdiction 
of  the  Navy  Department  display  the  na- 
tional ensign  from  eight  o'clock  in  the 
morning  to  sunset.  The  same  is  true  of 
ships  at  anchor.  Ships  coming  to  anchor 
or  getting  under  way  before  or  after  the 
regular  hours  hoist  their  colors  if  there 
be  sufficient  light  for  them  to  be  seen. 
Unless  there  are  good  reasons  to  the  con- 
trary, ships  display  their  colors  when  fall- 
ing in  with  other  men-of-war  or  when 
near  land,  particularly  when  passing  or 
approaching  forts,  lighthouses,  or  towns. 

The  ceremonies  aboard  a  ship  in  com- 
mission when  the  ensign  is  raised  and 
lowered  are  most  impressive.     At  morn- 


406 


Photograph  by  Brown  Brothers 

CUTTING  FLAG  STARS  BY  MACHINERY 

Five-pointed  stars  are  used  exclusively  on  our  national  flags  today,  but  in  the  early  days 
of  the  Republic  the  six-pointed  star  frequently  appeared.  Until  1842  the  stars  of  the  Great 
Seal  of  the  United  States  were  six-pointed,  and  they  are  still  to  be  found  on  the  "Liberty" 
side  of  many  of  our  silver  coins. 


ing-  "colors,"  the  band  plays  the  national 
anthem,  at  the  beginning  of  which  the 
ensign  is  started  up  and  hoisted  smartly 
to  the  peak.  All  officers  then  face  the 
ensign  and  salute,  and  the  guard  of  the 
day  and  the  sentries  come  to  present.  If 
there  be  no  band,  the  field  mttsic  sounds 
"to  the  colors."  If  the  ship  happens  to 
be  in  a  foreign  port  the  national  anthem 
of  that  country  is  played  following  the 
raising  of  the  ensign.  Then  follow  the 
national  anthems  of  the  ships  of  war 
present,  in  the  order  of  rank. 

At  sunset  "colors"  the  ensign  is  started 


from  the  peak  at  the  beginning  of  the 
national  anthem  and  is  lowered  slowly 
and  with  dignity.  All  officers  and  en- 
listed men  face  toward  the  colors.  If 
in  uniform,  covered  or  uncovered,  or  in 
civilian  clothes,  uncovered,  they  salute  at 
the  first  note  of  the  anthem,  retaining  the 
jiosition  of  salute  until  the  last  note  of 
the  anthem.  If  not  in  uniform  and  cov- 
ered, they  uncover  at  the  first  note  of 
the  anthem,  holding  the  headdress  oppo- 
site the  left  shoulder,  and  remain  in  that 
position  until  the  last  note  of  the  anthem, 
except   in   inclement   weather,   when   the 


407 


I'llotograph  by  Paul  Thompson 

THE  LIVING  EMBLEM  OE  OUR   NATIONAL  UNION 

On  many  occasions  and  in  many  places  throughout  the  United  States  the  effective  climax 
of  a  civic  pageant  is  the  formation  of  a  mammoth  living  flag  by  school  children  wearing  the 
red,  white,  and  blue.  The  great  em1)lem  of  liberty  shown  above  was  formed  by  the  school 
children  of  Salt  Lake  City. 


headdress  may  be  slightly  raised.  The 
same  marks  of  respect  are  shown  to  the 
national  anthems  of  other  countries.  At 
"colors,"  pulling  boats  passing  near  a 
man-of-war,  of  any  nationality,  lie  on 
their  oars,  and  steamers  stop  their  en- 
gines, the  coxswains  saluting  and  mem- 
bers of  the  crew  outside  the  canopy  stand- 
ing facing  the  colors  and  saluting. 

THE   USAGES   IN   FLAG   SALUTES 

On  board  ships  of  the  navy  it  is  cus- 
tomary   for   officers   and   men   whenever 


reaching  the  quarter-deck,  from  aboard 
boat,  from  a  gangway,  or  from  the  shore, 
to  salute  the  national  ensign.  They  stop 
at  the  top  of  the  gangway,  or  upon  arriv- 
ing at  the  quarter-deck,  face  the  colors 
and  salute.  On  leaving  the  quarter-deck 
the  same  salute  is  given.  This  is  distinct 
from  the  salute  to  the  officer  of  the  deck. 
When  warships  enter  a  port  where 
there  is  a  fort  or  battery  displaying  the 
national  flag^  or  a  commissioned  ship  of 
war,  they  display  at  the  main  the  flag 
of  the  country  in  whose  waters  they  are, 


408 


Photograph  by  Paul  Thompson 
SCHOOIv  CHILDREN   OF   NKW  YORK  OBSERVING  AMERICANIZATION  DAY   IN 

CITY  HALE  PARK 

In  this  wonderful  assemblage,  truly  representative  of  patriotic  Young  America,  there  are, 
perhaps,  children  whose  forebears  have  come  to  our  shores  from  all  of  the  nations  of  the 
earth;  and  it  is  these  children  of  alien  races  who  are  uniting  and  cementing  a  heterogeneous 
people  into  an  indivisible  and  invincible  force  which,  under  the  Stars  and  Stripes,  is  today 
battling  for  the  liberty  of  the  world. 


and  salute  it  with  a  national  salute  of 
twenty-one  guns.  The  ships  of  the 
United  States  Navy  do  not  salute  forts 
and  cities  of  the  United  States,  and  do 
not  fire  salutes  in  honor  of  any  nation, 
or  of  any  official  of  any  nation,  not  form- 
ally recognized  by  this  country.  It  is 
customary  to  fire  salutes  only  between  8 
a.  m.  and  sunset.  They  are  never  fired 
between  sunset  and  sunrise.     During  the 


present  war  salutes  have  been  dispensed 
with  as  between  allied  countries. 

The  United  States  today  requires  that 
no  ship  of  the  navy  shall  lower  her  sails 
or  dip  her  ensign  unless  in  return  for  such 
compliment.  A  dip  is  made  by  quickly 
lowering  the  ensign  and  without  paitse 
quickly  returning  it  to  the  peak. 

A  fiag  or  an  ensign  at  half-mast  is  the 
universal  sign  of  mourning.     Before  be- 


409 


4IO 


--0    W 

2    « 


~  o  f^  ^  5 
>,  -  tn  c  "r;  u 

p  -5  ^  ^  >>  (u 


OJ 


y: 


r^  rt 


c  « 


c3 


>,.t:  w  -o  -^  ^ 
!-  Sr5  c  1^  m 

-^  .2    en  "^    "'^  "^ 
•5    §.2^    " 


O    C     -^ 


<U    IV  ■ 


0^  a^ 

o  S  -       -  - 

^,^2  >  0.  g  n 

^    1J    >    C  r /I  >-  J^ 

o  ji;     .  S  ^  ^ 

■^  "^  ""   a;   oj  13  I" 

.  "tt   O  -^  ~  ■^  « 

^           r«  ^  bfl 

^•^i;  y  o  Q  I, 

re  w  *:  g<  ^  o  g 

^;  -*-*       o  ^  ^  *-^ 

c  -u.S  _  .S  ^  o 

,-n  .n  CO 

rt  5  o  o 

'^   G  <1^  '-^2 

-  c  o 

■"   "5   J:i  1n  .i  ° 

£0         >,  >!?  O  o 

C  °'^I5  jr  -^  *- 

g  I)  o  n 


p^-p  ?:i' 


rt  j-,  >-  c 
tn  n 


o  5  ?^ 

^  >,  o " 

■J^  o  O    ^    w 

G  Ih  r;     O 


o  p  fo 


u 


bc^:- 


tn  j3 


M  G   V.    biC.E'-'^ 
rt   C3    O    rt    i^ 


C 


i-qi; 

rt  jr 

>    u   en  *-*-*    fl) 

C  ^  P'  en    \-    G 

■"    "*   O    ^    -    ^t3 


_  G    en    _ 

VH    <U    C    2    2  ^'    <u 


„,  b  «  ii  c  o  <u 

(D      rH      (U      v3      ^-      ^      ^ 

c  5  y  , ,  o  -::  tz; 
c  ?:  t-  <iJ  E      t-" 

15  rt  ^  -p  -g  ^  t! 

rt  _   0  ii   o   J^'  rt 
C-g   G    C   Oq^    a, 

•^  5;.°-ij  ^  w  « 

Si   C   en   G  j=J-,^ 
^  oj  rt  cr  ■I-'        cj 

C  ^ 


O    G 


0\ 


(U     rt     Vh      O  ' 


411 


4T2 


INSIGNIA  OF  UNIFORMED  FORCES  OF  UNITED  STATES       413 


ing  placed  at  half-mast  the  flag  must  al- 
ways be  raised  to  the  top  of  the  stafl:',  and 
before  it  is  lowered  from  half-mast  it 
must  likewise  be  hoisted  to  the  top. 

WHEX    A    FLEET    EARl'S    FORTH    TO    BATTLE 

At  the  command  "Clear  the  ship  for  ac- 
tion." the  battle  ensigns  are  mastheaded 
and  final  preparations  are  made  for  bat- 
tle, and  under  no  circumstances  is  an  ac- 
tion to  be  commenced  or  a  battle  fought 
without  the  display  of  the  national  en- 
sign. When  an  enemy's  ship  strikes  her 
colors  in  battle,  the  commanding  officer 
of  the  man-of-war  to  whom  she  struck 


is  required  to  continue  the  action  with 
other  ships  of  the  enemy,  but  takes  pos- 
session of  the  surrendered  ship  as  soon 
as  possible. 

Striking  the  flag  is  an  indication  of 
surrender.  The  articles  for  the  govern- 
ment of  the  Navy  of  the  United  States 
require  the  punishment  by  death,  or  such 
other  penalties  as  a  court-martial  may 
adjudge,  of  any  person  in  the  naval  serv- 
ice w^ho  strikes,  or  attempts  to  strike,  the 
flag  to  an  enemy  or  rebel  without  proper 
authority,  or  when  engaged  in  battle 
treacherously  yields  or  pusillanimously 
cries  for  quarter. 


THE   INSIGNIA  OF  THE   UNIFORMED    FORCES 
OF   THE    UNITED    STATES 


Presented  in  the  six  succeeding  pages  are  the 
insignia  of  the  various  1)ranches  of  the  United 
States  Army  and  Navy  and  of  the  organizations 
cooperating  with  them.  By  means  of  these  il- 
lustrations one  may  identify  the  rank  and  arm 
of  the  service  of  the  wearer  of  practically  any 
American  uniform  seen  during  the  period  of 
the  war — information  v.'hich  is  of  especial  value 
at  this  time,  when  the  young  men  of  America 
are  flocking  to  the  colors  and  donning  the  uni- 
form of  our  country  to  help  in  the  titanic  strug- 
gle to  make  the  "World  Safe  for  Democracy." 

By  direction  of  the  Secretaries  of  War  and 
Navy,  officers  and  men  wear  only  the  service 
uniform  for  the  duration  of  the  war,  dispensing 
with  the  handsome  dress  uniforms  which  give 
color  to  elaborate  peace-time  social  functions 
in  all  the  capitals  of  the  world.  Brassbuttons 
have  generally  been  discarded,  and  in  their 
place  in  the  Army  and  Marine  Corps  the  more 
subdued  color  of  bronze  is  in  keeping  with  the 
somlier  olive  drab  of  the  field  uniforms,  reduc- 
ing the  visibility  of  the  forces  to  a  minimum. 

In  the  comparatively  short  time  we  have  been 
at  war  several  important  changes  have  been 
made  and  new  branches  and  officers  created. 
Generals  Pershing  and  Bliss  have  been  raised 
to  the  rank  of  full  general — a  grade  vacant 
since  the  Civil  War ;  and  while  no  Admiral  of 
the  Navy  has  been  appointed  to  succeed  the 
late  Admiral  Dewey,  Admirals  Benson,  Mayo, 
Caperton,  and  Kniglit  have  been  made  full  ad- 
mirals, and  Admirals  Sims  and  Coffman  Vice- 
Admirals — grades  recently  revived  by  act  of 
Congress  in  order  that  our  officers  may  rank 
with  the  men  of  the  Allied  Forces  with  whom 
thev  are  cooperating. 

The  U.  S.  Marine  Corps,  "the  soldiers  of  the 
sea,"  operate,  as  usual,  under  the  general  direc- 
tion of  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy.  The  pri- 
vates of  this  fighting  force  wear  caps  as  a  part 
of  their  field  uniform  while  on  board  ship.  On 
land  they  follow  the  stvle  set  by  the  army  and 
wear  the  field  service  hat,  with  the  difiference, 
however,  that  they  wear  no  colored  cord,  but 


have  their  metal  corps  device  fastened  to  the 
crown.  At  the  front  they,  as  well  as  the  men 
of  the  army,  are  wearing  the  shrapnel  helmet. 

During  times  of  peace  the  U.  S.  Coast  Guard, 
acting  under  the  Treasury  Department,  polices 
the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  seaboards,  and  its  cut- 
ters are  the  foes  of  smugglers  and  other  law- 
breakers. It  also  performs  life-saving  service 
on  these  shores,  enforces  the  sealing  laws  in 
northern  waters,  and  patrols  the  sea  lanes  of 
commerce  for  icebergs  and  derelicts.  In  time 
of  war  the  Coast  Guard  automatically  becomes 
a  branch  of  the  navy. 

The  U.  S.  Public  Health  Service  is  an  es- 
Ijecially  important  organization  in  war  times, 
and  its  men  in  uniform  are  performing  a  valu- 
able service  in  safeguarding  the  health  of  sol- 
diers at  home  by  creating  the  best  sanitary  con- 
ditions in  the  territory  surrounding  the  great 
encampments. 

Many  patriotic  societies  are  cooperating  with 
the  military  forces  to  lessen  the  soldier's  hard- 
ships, and  chief  among  these  is  the  American 
Red  Cross,  which  is  facing  an  enormous  task 
in  caring  for  the  sick  and  wounded,  besides  fur- 
nishing numerous  comforts  for  the  men  in  the 
field.  This  great  organization  is  vastly  in- 
creased in  personnel,  and  a  field  uniform,  with 
appropriate  insignia,  has  been  recently  adopted 
for  its  officials  abroad,  the  essentials  of  which 
are  shown  on  page  419. 

With  the  forces  in  the  field,  both  in  this 
country  and  abroad,  are  hundreds  of  men  who 
are  dispensing  the  hospitality  of  the  Y.  M.  C.  A. 
and  the  Knights  of  Columbus,  and  are  looking 
out  for  the  welfare  of  the  soldiers  in  every 
manner  their  ingenuity  can  devise.  These  men 
are  distinguished  by  insignia  worn  on  semi- 
military  uniforms   (see  page  419). 


Note. — The  Italian  airplane  insignia,  painted 
on  wings  of  machines,  arc  like  the  French,  No. 
240,  on  page  319,  except  that  the  centers  are 
green. 


414 


THE   NATIOxXAL   CxEOGRAPHIC   MAGAZINE 


INFANTRY  . 
CAVALRY   . 
ARTlLLER'i 
MEDAL  OF  HONOR        medical  . 


SERVICE  HAT 

Worn  by  Officers  in  field  and  all  Enlisted  Men. 

GENERAL  OFFICERS ..-,,■..  COLD  CORD 

ALL  OTHER  OFFICERS  _  .  .  ^  .  COLD  AND  BLACK  CORD 

RESERVE  OFFICERS  TRAINING  CAMP  .   ,  RED.  WHITE  AND  BLUE  CORD 


SERVICE  CAP 

.■5,11  Commissioned  Offi. 


LIGHT  BLUE  CORD 
.  YELLOW  CORD 
. SCARLET  CORD 

MAROON  AND  WHITE  CORD 


ENUSTED  MEN 

EMGINEERS.-.  , 
ORDNANCE .  .  , 
SIGN  \L  CORPS 
FIELD  CLERKS 


CAP  DEVICE 
ALL  COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS 


.  SCARLET  AND  WHITE  CORD 
,  BLACK  AND  SCARLET  CORD 
.  ORANGE  AND  \S'H1TE  CORD 
.  BLACK  AND  SILV  F,R  CORD 


QUARTERMASTER  CORPS 


COLONEL 


CAPTAIN 


COLONEL  'COLD) 

iSIL\ERi 

INSIGNIA  OF  RANK  ON  SHOULDER  LOOPS  COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS  OF  THE  U    S.  ARMY 


(A)  REGULARS 


USP 


(B)  RESER\'ES 


GENERAL  STAFF 


JUDGE  ADVOCATE 
GENLS  DEPT. 


(C)  NATIONAL 
ARMY 

n 

ADJUTANT 
GENE'S  DEPT. 


DENTAL  CORPS 

SANPTARY    CORPS        S     .  . 
VETERINARY  CORPS    T.    ^ 


ULHI. 

ORDNANCE 
CORPS 


SIGN.AL  ENGINEER    AIDE  TO  GEN'L       CAVALRY 

CORP^  CORPS  N^mb.-,  ol    bl.rs 


OVERCOAT  SLEEVES 

GENERALS  H.AVE  STARS  OF  RANK 
COLONEL         ...  FIVE  STRIPS  OF  BRAID 

LT.  COLONEL     .    .  FOUR 

MAJOR THREE 


COLLAR  DEVICES  COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS 

A.  B.  C  or  D  11  worn  .n  conjunction  »,th  the  appropt.ale  corps  dorcc 
The  U    S    IS  «orr>  on  each  s.dc  of  collir  and  ihc  corps  device  back  of  il 


MACHINE  GUN 
BATTALION 

COLLAR  DEVICES  COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS 

opposite   side   o(  page) 


SLEE\  E  INSIGNIA  RESERVE   OFFICERS 
TRAINING  XAMPS 


(A)  NATIONAL  (b)  N.\  1  IO,\AL  CO  REGULAR 

ARM^'  GUARD  ARMY 


SIGNAL  CORPS 


DISCIPUNARY 
BARRACKS 

'cgABBi 


WEST  POINT  MIUTARY  ACADEMY  DETACHMENTS 
CAVALRY  ENGINEERS  ARTILLERY' 


SERNTCE 
SCHOOL 


INTERPRETER 


INTELUGENCE 
POUCE 


I  bulton  denoting  i 


COLLAR  INSIGNIA  ENLISTED  MEN,U.  S.  ARMY 


THE  NATIONAL  GEOGRAPHIC  MAGAZINE 


415 


MASTER  GUNNER  MASTER  ENGINEER 

HOSPITAL  SERGEANT  COAST  ARTILLERY 


Ci^lEF  MECHANIC 
FiELD_ARTILLERV 


GUN  COMMANDER  OBSERVER  FIRST  CLASS 

COAST  ARTILLERY  COAST  ARTILLERY 


o 


CHIEF  PLANTER 
COAST  ARTILLERY- 


ooo 


HORSESHOER 


BADGE  for  EXCELLENCE 
IN  TARGET  PRACTICE 


CHEVRONS  AND  SLEEVE  INSIGNIA  OF  NON-COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS  AND  ENLISTED  MEN.U.  S.  ARMY 

Conforming  in  color  to  arm  of  service  (See  hat  cord  colors  opposite  page) 


MILITARY  AVIATOR 
Junior  Military  Aviator  and  Reserve  Military  Aviator  without  Sla 


-^m+w^ 


ENLISTED  MEN 


ENLISTED  AVIAIOK 


ENLISTED  MECHANICIAN 


INSIGNIA  OF  AVIATION  SECTION.  SIGNAL  CORPS.  U.  S.  ARMY 

Note:    Military  Aviators  and  Observers  wear  U.  S.  and  crossed  flags  of  Signal  Corps  on  collar,  and  Enlisted  Men  regular  Signal  Corps  buttons  on  colla 
The  Insignia  of   Military  Aviators  and  Observers  are  embroidered  in  silver  thread  vrtth  gold  U.  S.  and  worn  on  left  breast.  Enlisted  Men  on  sleeve 


41  f) 


THE  NATIONAL  GEOGRAPHIC   MAGAZINE 


MRDAL  OF  HONOR 


StRVICE  UNIFORM  CAP 
ALL  COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS 

Cold  Br»,d  Dt..jA  or,  V.ior  »  shown  for  Flag  Offrctts 
Gold  Bra.d  Ocs.^n  s.milir  lor  Csor';  and  Com'and'.s 
Si£>>r  U»ic<?ri  with  ra.ili  ol  R<ar  Admiral  orCiiplaiaa 

ha.^  strip  ol   pUin  Cold  Braid 
Ll    Coininanders.  L.eatcnan.,   and   F.nsigns   h.vc  no 

Gold  Braid  on  Visor 


COLLAR     Blue  Service  Co 


#»**^A#^ 


ADMIRAL  OF  THE  NAVV 


NAVAL  AVIATORS 

COLD  BAR   PIN    Vt'ORN  ON  L£FT  BREAST 
Naval  A.i.tor,  wear  uniiorm  re.cmbl.nK   M.rire   Corps  field  s 
>.ce  but  with  regulation  cap  and  shoulder  mark,  on  ser.ice  Co 


CAP    DEVICE 

ALL  COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS 


SLEEVE  (Blue  Service  Co 


SHOULDER 

I  Overcoats  ,,r,,l   \\h,t,.  Ser> 


ADMIRAL 
OF  THE  NA\  Y 


VICE  ADMIRAL 


REAR  ADMIRAL 


(i^^^^ 


^^*^^M^ 


VICE  ADMIRAL 


».     ^^^'^ 


REAR   ADMIRAI 


CAP  IV 


COMMANDER 


COMMANDER 


LIEUT.  COMMANDER 


LIEUT.  COMMANDER 


LIEUTENANT 


LIEUTENANl 


LIEUTENANT 
:  Grade 


II 

1 

II 


LIEUTENANT  '  Junior  Grade 


ENSIGN  ENSIGN  ENSIGN 

COLLAR,  SLEEVE  AND  SHOULDER  INSIGNIA  OF  COMMISSIONED  LINE  OFFICERS  OF  THE  U.  S.  NAVY 


SLEEVE 


SLEE\ F 


m 


SHOULDER 


m 


CAP  DE\  ICE  FIRST  CLASS      SECOND  CLASS 

MIDSHIPMEN 


NAVAL  MILITIA 

Inolher  respects  like  resula 
service    except  SiaS  Officers 


MEDICAL  OFFICERS 

Maroon  Velvet 
Belwecn  Stnpcs 


PROFESSORS  OF 
MATHEMATICS 

Olive  Green  Cloth 
Berwf^nSlriDes 


NAVAL 

CONSTRUCTORS 

Dark  Violet  Cloth 
Between  Stripes 


DENTAL  OFFICERS 

Orange  Velvet 
Between  Stripes 


CHAPLAINS 
STAFF  OFFICERS- 
CORPS  DEVICES 

Note:  The  anchor  and  the 
■tar  indicate  Line  Officers  Ir. 
the  collar  insignia  Staff  Offi- 
cers substitute  lor  the  anchor 
the  device  ol  the  corps  to 
which  they  belong  On  the 
shoulder    marks   and      ' 


NAVAL  RESERVE 
FORCE 

Worn  on  collar  in  lieu  of  corpt 
device.    In  other  respects  samr 


THE  NATIONAL  GEOGRAPHIC  MAGAZINE 


417 


WARRANT  officer's  CAP  CAP  DEVICE-WARRANT  OFFICERS  CAP  DEVICE— PETTY  OFFICERS  PETTY  OFFICER'S  CAP 


i^U.S.s.FARRAGUT   1 


UNITED  STATES  NAVY 


U.  S.  NAVAL  RESERVE  FORCE 


NAVAL  MILITIA 


CHIEF  BOATSWAIN 


I 


CHIEF  MACHINIST 


CHIEF  SAILMAKER  CHIEF  PHARMACIST  CHIEF  PAY  CLERK  MATE 

SHOULDER  MARKS— CHIEF  WARRANT  OFFICERS,  U.  S.  NAVY  (For  Warrant  Officers  Omit  Stripe) 


CHItF  BOATSWAIN 
CHIEF  GUNNER 
CHIEF  MACHINIST 


CHIth  CARPENTER 
CHIEF  SAILMAKER 
CHIEF  PHARMACIST 


CARPENTER  SAILMAKER 

PHARMACIST  PAY  CLERK 


INSIGNIA  OF  RANK  ON  SLEEVES  OF  WARRANT  OFFICERS.  U.  S.  NAVY 


m 


BOATSWAIN  GUNNER  MACHINIST 

Chid  Bo.l.'  ..m.  Gunner  .nd  Machini jl-SLIvei  Device.  Cold  Slai 


CARPENTER 


SAILMAKER  PHARMACIST 


in 


PAY  CLERK  MATE 

20  Years  Service-S.lver 

B=...wa,n.  Gunner  and  Maeh,n,..-ColdDev.ce.SnverS,.,  COLLAR    DEVICES    OF    WARRANT    OFFICERS.U.    S.    NAVY  Ch.et  Carpen.er,  Sa,In,aker.  Pra™^7,,faIrpl/cL^'r-Snvlt 

Catpenier.  Sa.lmaker.  Phatmacisl  and  Pay  Clerk-Cold 

MASTER-AT-ARMS  BOATSWAIN'S  MATE    GUNNER'S  MATE       QUARTERMASTER      MACHINIST'S  MATE  ELECTRICIAN  TURRET  CAPTAIN  '"sTEWARd"' BLACKSMITH 

pg  Ra  El  ra  ri  n  Ea  r*g 


PRINTER  PHARMACIST'S  MATE       STOREKEEPER 


DISTINGUISHING  MARKS  ON  SLEEVES  OF  PETTY  OFFICERS    U.S. NAVY 

Those  Marked  X  Also  Worn  by  Enlisted  Men  Not  Petty  Officers 


CHIEf  BOATSWAIN  GUNNER  QUARTERMASTER 

.MASTER-AT-ARMS  FIRST  CLASS  SECOND  CLASS  THIRD  CLASS 

RATING  BADGES.  PETTY  OFFICERS  U.  S.  NAVY 

Used  whh  Aor>roonale  Disl.nBulsh.na  Marks  Shown  Above 


QUARTERMASTER                                             MACHINIST'S  MATE 
DISTINGUISHING  MARKS   PETTI'  OFFICERS 
OF  AVIATION  SERVICE 

\^[^ 

-•iJ 

DISTINGUISHING  MARK.  ENLISTED  MEN.   NAVAL  MILITIA 


418 


THE  NATIONAL  GEOGRAPHIC   MAGAZINE 


U.  S    MARINE  CORPS 
FIELD  SERVICE  HAT 

n  on  Sho.c  w,lh  Field  Service  Umloi 
icers  we»  Cold  >nd  Scmlel  Hat  Cotdl 
Enli.led  Men  wear  no  cord.. 


ADJUTANT  AND  PAYMASTER'S  QUARTERMASTER'S    MARINE  GUNNER 

INSPECTORS  DEPT.  DEPARTMENT  DEPARTMENT  "'^«"^'-  ^-UNNER 

COLLAR  ORNAMENTS  STAFF  AND  WARRANT  OFFICERS 

Staff  Officers  Wear  both  Corps  and  Department  Device 

Warrant  Officers  Wear  Department  Device  Only 


COLONEL  LT    COLONEL  MAIOR  CAPTAIN  FIRST  LIEUT  SECOND  LIEUT  WARRANT  OFFICERS. 

RANK  INSIGNIA  COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS  OF  THE  U.  S.  MARINE  CORPS  ON  OVERCOAT  SLEEVES 


CUN  POINTER 


0 

GUNNERY 
SERGEANT 

fW.lh  Three  Che. 


TRUMPETER 


DRUM  MAJOR 

(Wnh  Three  Chevrons) 


DISTINCTIVE  SLEEVE  MARKS  ENLISTEd'mEn'oF  THE  U    S.  MARINE  CORPS 

Note:    The  U.  S.   Mar.ne  Corps  follows  generally  the  Insignia  o(  the  U   S.   Army,  with  the  exceptions  shown  above 
-  loop  insignia  is  the  same  as  for  similar  rank  in  the  army,  but  besides  being  worn  on  service  coat  is  also  worn  on  overcoat  shoulders. 


COLLAR  I  Blue  Service  Coals) 
CAPTAIN  COMMANDANT 

bENIOR  CAPTAIN  AND  CAPTAIN 


PETT"i'  OFFICERS  CAP  DEVICE 
COMMISSIONED  OFFICER  S  CAP  DEVICE 

UNITED  STATES  COAST  GUARD 

SLEEVE  (  Blue  Service  Coats  I  SHOULDER  iw°,7sl""'ct,„ 


CADET'S  CAP  DEVICE 


CAPTAIN  commandant 


SENIOR  CAPTAIN  AND  CAPTAIN 


SENIOR  CAPTAIN  AND  CAPTAIN 


Two  Bars-F.r.i  Lieu 
One  Bar- Second  Lie 
No  Bar-Third  Lreolc 


One  Slripe— Third  Lieult 


Silver  Le»(-EnEineer-in.Chlet 

Gold  Leal-Caplain 

Two  Bars-First  Lieutenant 

One  Bar-Second  Lieuleniinl 

No  Leal  ot  Bar.-l  hird  Lieutenant 

No  Anchor  Leaves  in  Center— C.d. 


LIEUTENANTS 


Half  Width  Center  Sitipe-C 
Two  Equal  Slripes-First  Lie 
One  and  One-hall  Stripes-: 


__^^    One  Stripe  -Third  Lieuten.nl 
ENGINEER    OFFICERS  No  Stnpes-Cade, 


1  Velvet  Between  Slri 


CONSTRUCTORS 


MARINE  GUNNER 


Cold  Leaf-Senior  Superinl 
Two  Bar.-First  Lieutenant 
One  Bar-Second  Lieutenai 
Anchor  Only-rhirdLieuK 


s  Shown— Senior  Super. 


One  Stripe -Third  Lie 


DISTRICT  SL'PERINTENDENTS 


0m 

,   DIS'K.-   T  SUPERINTENDENTS 


COLLAR  DEVICES  OF 
WARRANT  OFFICERS 
U.  S.  COAST  GUARD 


D  m 


DISTRICT   SUPERINTENDENTS    Creen  Cloth  Between  Stripes 

COLLAR.  SLEEVE  AND  SHOULDER  INSIGNIA  OF  COMiMISSlONED  OFFICERS 
OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  COAST  GUARD 


MASTER  ATARMS 


No   I  SURFMAN 


CARPENTER  SAILMAKER  BLACKSMITH  CO.XSWAIN  WATER  TENDER 

SPECIALTY  MARKS  PETTY  OFFICERS  U.  S.  COAST  GUARD 

(Worn  with  rating  badges  similar  to  those  at  loot  o(  page  417) 


THE  NATIONAL  GEOGRAPHIC   AIAGAZINE 


419 


ua 


COLLAR 
WORN  ON  EACH  SIDE 


COLLAR 
WORN  ON  EACH  SIDE  BACK  OF  U    S 


UNITED  STATES  PUBLIC  HEALTH  SERVICE 


flflAflAAflflA 

SURGEON  ASST.SURG  SENIOR  SURG.  PASSED  ASST.  AS^^nST  fTT^IS?  ^^SSS"  ■■■■  ■^■B 


GENERAL  GENERAL 


''■^Mp;^^^"^-  ASST.  SURG.  PROFESSOR  QUARANTINE  OMP^IN 

SURGEON  .COLD,       INSIGNIA  OF  RANK  ON  SHOULDErToOpI         "''''^™'' 


SURGEON 
GENERAL 


^^^J.S^i'^'^SURi'il^i^I'J^^^..,   ^'sURCFOn'-  ASSISTANT  PROf    H^  G  QUAKANtTnE  mAPLATN 

GENL       aUBG.iM..iJi..».».^.ii..d.h)       SUKCTON^^^  SURGEON  LABORATOR')-         INSPECTOR  CHAPLAIN 


^W  ^P  ^H 


I  I 

PHARMACIST                       PHARMACIST  _.?--^— ^ 

(3d  CLASS)  <2d  CLASS) 

SLEEVE  MARKS  ON  OVERCOATS 


NDTEi  C.chci!  o(  CItrl.' 
and  Pharinacisls  also 


STATION  ENGINEER 


PILOT  MARINE  ENGINEER  FIRST  COOK 

EMPLOYES'  SLEEVE  MARKS  (Maroon  Silk) 


SURGICAL  NURSE 


c  r  n  X  y  ^ 


y>     ^     jS!$^ 


^°°''sPEClAi\Y''MA™s  .M?l?sT         ^'^'^'^^'^■^'  MESSENGER     LAUNDRYMAN       NIGHT  SHIPKEEPER       BOATSWAIN  COXSWAIN 

^  STATES  PUBLIC  HEALTH  SERVICE  SPECIALTY  MARKS  ,Maroo„  Silk) 


+ 

THE  GENEVA  CROSS 


USL 

SHOULDER  LOOP 


**     -i 


SLEEVE  MARKS 
j!'^i°1.9„^J^^'i*t_  . .  ■  2  STARS     COLONEL      .    .  5  BARS  BLUE  CLOTH 


^AD  fMi/i^r-  BRIGADIER  GENERAL    1  STAR       LT.  COLONEL 

CAP  DEVICE  MAJOR 

AMERICAN  RED  CROSS  captain     : 

FIRST  LIEUT. 


WORN  IN  AMERICA  WORN  ABROAD 

SLEEVE  INSIGNIA  Y.  M.  C.  A.  SECRETARIES 


m 


COLLAR  SLEEVE 

KNIGHTS  OF  COLUMBUS  SECRETARIES 


Photograph  by  JSlay  L.  Smith 


MAKERS  01^   THE   FLAG 


Then  conquer  we  must,  when  our  cause  it  is  just, 
And  this  be  our  motto-  "/;;  God  is  our  trust." 
And  tlie  Star  Spangled  Banner  in  triumph  shall  wave 
O'er  the  land  of  the  free  and  the  home  of  the  brave. 


420 


GALLI-CURCI 


el»   Vl-«    $30 


The  Victrola  is  the  emhodiment 
of  all  that  is  best  in  music 

The  excellence  of  any  talking-machine  can 
be  safely  judged  by  the  artists  who  make 
records  for  it. 

Just  as  there  is  but  one  Caruso,  one  Farrar, 
one  Galli-Curci,  one  Gluck,  one  Kreisler, 
one  McCormack,  one  Melba,  one  Paderew- 
ski,  so  there  is  only  one  instrument  able  to 
bring  their  superb  art  into  your  home  with 
absolute  fidelity. 

The  greatest  artists  themselves  have  decided 
that  instrument  is  the  Victrola. 

Any  Victor  dealer  will  gladly  play  for  you  the  exquisite  interprt 
tations  of  the  world's  greatest  artists  who  make  records  exclusively  fo 
the  Victor.  And  if  desired  he  will  demonstrate  the  various  styles  c 
the  Victor  and  Victrola— $10  to  $400.  Ask  to  hear  the  Saenger  Voic 
Culture  Records. 

Victor  Talking  Machine  Co.,  Camden,  N.  J.,  U.  S.  A. 

Berliner  Gramophone  Co.,  Montreal,  Canadian  Distributors 

New  Victor  Records  demonstrated  at 
all  dealers  on  the  1st  of  each  month 


KkElSLF 


Victor  Supremacy 


III.    JIILilllll, .  III.  ..illl. 


'Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you." 


Exterior  of  the  Turbine  Shop  for  the  General  Electric  Company,  Schenectady,  N.  Y. 

Austin  Standard  Buildings 

WE  hold  for  you  today,  in  stock  and  under  contract, 
the  materials  necessary  for  any  building  you  may 
require  that  will  approximate  any  one  or  any  com- 
bination of  our  nine  types  of  Standard  Factory  Buildings. 

Subject  to  prior  sale,  we  can  erect  on  your  property, 
complete,  Standard  Buildings  No.  1,  No.  2  and  No.  3,  in 
30  working-days  from  the  date  of  your  order.  Nos.  4,  5 
and  6  can  be  delivered  in  60  working-days.  Other  types 
in  slightly  longer  time.  We  guarantee  quality,  cost  and 
date  of  completion. 

In  design,  Austin  Standard  Buildings  embody  the  cumulative  effort 
of  forty  years  of  factory  building,  combined  with  suggestions  from  the 
best  engineering  talent  of  Austin  customers  throughout  the  country. 

In  construction,  Austin  Build- 
ings are  the  standard  product  of 
a  Factory  Manufacturing" 
organization,  scheduled  on  a 
real  production  basis. 


Austin  Standard  Buildings  are 
modern,  superbly  daylighted, 
good-looking,  permanent  struc- 
tures, a  real  asset  to  any  plant. 


Croff-section  Austin  Standard  No.  3 


ItUciwT  of  the  Turbine  Shop  for  the  General  Electric  Company,  Schenectady,  N.  Y. 

Delivered    from    Stock 


THIS  is  tlie  longest  building  the  General  Electric 
ever  built  at  one  time  at  Schenectady.  It  is  860 
feet  long,  100  feet  wide,  86,000  square  feet  built 
complete  to  be  equipped  \\  ith  tw  o  10-ton  cranes,  in 
76  working-days  after  the  order  ^^■as  signed,  4  days 
ahead  of  schedule.  Note  that  this  is  a  revised  No.  3 
Austin  Standard.  The  entire  roof  system  is  raised  10 
feet,  and  columns  made  heavier,  to  allow  for  the 
overhead  cranes. 


The  view  above 
is  centered  on  one 
bay,  50  ft.  wide. 
Note  the  clear 
span  and  g-ood 
daylighting.  Only 
one  column  for 
every  2,000  mj. 
ft.  means  a  p;o()cl 
working  floor. 


In  addition  to  the  nine  Austin  Standard 
Factory-Buildings  we  offer  an  efficient, 
comprehensive  service  in  the  design, 
construction  and  equipment  of  individ- 
ual buildings  or  complete  plants. 

Engineering  Department — Embraces  six  geo- 
graphical centers  where  instant  service  is  available. 
Furnishes  preliminary  sketches   without   cost  or 


obligation.  We  will  make  plans  and  specifica- 
tions for  competitive  bids. 

Construction  Department — Supervised  by  men 
who  have  made  conspicuous  successes.  Thor- 
oughly organized,  and  supplied  with  the  most 
recent  labor-saving  equipment. 

Equip>nent  Department — Purchases  and  installs 
heating,  lighting,  plumbing,  power-equipment 
and  production-machinery  as  desired. 


The  Austin  Company 

INDUSTRIAL  BUILDERS 

Cleveland,  Ohio 

Philadelphia         New  York         Pittsburgh         Bridgeport,  Conn.        Jackson,  Mich.         Indianapolis 

Export   Representative:      American  Steel  Export  Co.,  Woolworth  Building,   New  York 


Quality  is  Economy 


The  Murphy  Varnishes 

'^the  I'iirr.ish  that  lasts  longest^' 


They  are  as  brilliant  as  any  —  more  so  than  most. 

They  flow  as  freely  as  any  —  more  so  than  most. 

They  cover  as  much  surface  as  any  —  more  than  most. 

They  are  as  dependable  as  any  —  more  so  than  most. 

And  they  last  the  longest  —  not   as    long   as   any,  even   the 

next  best  —  they  last  the  longest. 

Really  and  truly  the  longest. 


"Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you." 


JOHNSON'S 

Freeze-Proof 

Prevents  Frozen  Radiators 

THE  only  way  you  can  be  positively  sure  that  your  radiator 
won't  freeze  up  is  to  use  a  non-evaporating  anti-freeze  preparation.  You  can' 
never  be  sure  of  Alcohol  or  any  other  product  which  evaporates  with  the  water. 


Does  Not  Evaporate  or  Steam 

Johnson's  Freeze-Proof  docs  not  evaporate 
with  the  water.  One  application  is  sufficient  for 
the  whole  winter  unlessthe  solution  isweakened 
by  leakage  of  the  radiator  or  hose  connections, 
through  the  over-flow  pipe  or  by  boiling  water. 

Economical  and  Easy 

Johnson's  Freeze-Proof  is  the  most  economical 
anti-freeze  compound  on  the  market.  It  is  very 
easy  to  use — simply  dissolve  in  water  and  pour 
into  the  radiator.  One  package  is  sufficient  to 
protect  a  Ford  to  5°  below  zero;  for  large  cars 
use  two  packages  to  protect  to  5°  below  zero,  and 
three  packages  to  protect  to   25°  below  zero. 

Insist  upon  your  dealer  supplying  you  with 
Johnson's  Freeze-Proof.  It  is  readily  pro- 
curable as  practically  all  jobbers  have  it  in 
stock.  Johnson's  Freeze-Proof  is  put  up  in 
packages  containing  6J  lbs.  net  which  retail 
at  SI. 50  each  in  V.  S.  A. 

Write  for  our  Folder  on  Keeping  Your  Car 
Young — it's  Free. 

S.  C.  JOHNSON  &  SON,  Dept.  NGlORacine,  Wis. 


Absolutely  Harmless 

Johnson's  Freeze-Proof  does  not  injure  rubber, 
cloth,  packing  or  metal  of  any  kind.  It  does  nut 
rust  or  corrode  metal.  There  is  less  rust  with 
Johnson 's  Freeze-  Proof  than  thereis  with  water 
alone  or  a  combination  of  water  and  alcohol. 

Raises  the  Boiling  Point  of  Water 

The  boiling  point  of  water  is  212°.  The  boil- 
ing point  of  alcohol  is  131°.  The  boiling  point 
of  Johnson's  Freeze-Proof  and  water  is  from 
225°  to  250°  depending  upon  the  amount  of 
Freeze-Proof  used. 

If  your  dealer  cannot  supply  you,  we  will  fill 
your  order  direct  by  prepaid  Parcel  Post  to 
points  in  U.  S.  A.  East  of  the  Rockies. 


....-__   USE  THIS  COUPON  ■«•««__ 

S.  C.  JOHNSON  &  SON,  DeptNGlO  Racine, Wis. 

I  enclose  $1.50  for  which  please  send  me  prepaid 
one  6J^    lb.   package   of  Johnson's    Fieeze-Proof. 


NAME. 


ADDRESS 

CITY  &  STATE. . 
MY  DEALER  IS. 


"Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you.' 


Leamington  Hotel 
Minneapolis,  Minn. 


Leonard  Construction  Co. 
Co7ihactor5  and  Engineers 


Buildings  Built  for  Permanence  are  Built  of  Concrete 
Permanent  Roads  Can  Be  Built  of  Concrete  Also 

Concrete  has  no  equal  among  building  materials.  Dead  loads  formerly  impossible 
are  carried  on  concrete  beams  and  flooring;  heavy  machinery  is  now  operated  in  top- 
most stories  with  scarcely  noticeable  vibration.   Time  increases  the  strength  of  concrete. 

Our  Highways  Should  be  as  Lasting  as  Our  Buildings 

Billions  are  lost  annually  in  repairing  and  rebuilding  roads  which  heavy  rains  and  the 
severe  conditioris  of  modern  traffic  annually  destroy.  Roads  built  of  concrete  are  moderate 
in  first  cost,  easy  to  build,  and  are  permanetit — ideally  fit  for  any  traffic  at  every  season. 

Write  tudjy  for  Bulletin  No.  13b.      It  contains  facts  of  interest  to  e-jery  taxfaytr. 

PORTLAND  CEMENT  ASSOCIATION 


Offices  at 


ATLANTA 
CHICAGO 
DALLAS 


DENVER 
INDIANAPOLIS 
KANSAS  CITY 


MILWAUKEE 
NEW  YORK 
PITTSBURGH 


SALT  LAKE  CITY 
SAN  FRANCISCO 
SEATTLE 


WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 


"Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you. 


Munitions  of 
Happiness 


for  Christmas 
at  home  or  in  camp 

Old  General  Santa  Claus  is  this  year 
called  upon  to  wage  a  more  strenuous 
campaign  of  kindness  than  ever  before. 
Whitman's  candies  are  his  most  effective 
"ammimition,"'  for  carrj'ing  brightness 
and  pleasure  throughout  the  world,  each 
package  conveying,  in  its  sweetness,  an 
luimistakable  message  of  good  cheer. 

There  will  be  a  shortage  of  really  good 
cliocolates  and  confections,  so  we  sug- 
gest that  you  see  iiozi.'  the  dealer  near 
30U  who  is  your  Whitman  agent,  usually 
the  leading  druggist,  and  arrange  for 
your  own  gifts  at  home  or  abroad. 

\\  c  suggest  those  favorite  standard  packages  : 

THE    SAMPLER,   assorttd    chocolates    and   confections,    one,    two,    three    and    five    dollars    a   box. 

NUTS,    CHOCOLATE    COVERED,    50    cents,    $1.00,    $j.co,    $3.00    a    box. 

PINK    OF   PERFECTION,    chocolates    or    confections,    $i.j5,    ¥2.^,0    and    $6.co    a    box. 

SUPER    EXTRA    CHOCOLATES    or    CONFECTIONS,    in    half    pound    to    five    pound    boxes,    at    90 

cents    a    puund. 

LIBRARY   i)ackaye,   a   de  luxe  chocolate  assortment  with  a  book.     Two  pound   size  ?2.oo. 
SERVICE   CHOCOLATES,    our   new    soldiers'    and    sailors'   assortment    is    a   favorite    gift    to,   or    from, 
a    man    in    tlie    .Service.      Each    box    contains    a    jioiind    of   very    special    chocolates    and    a    book.      Such 
authors  as    Kipling,    DeMaupassant,    Conan    Doyle,     Hugo.       One     dollar     a     box.      Our     agents     will 
attend  to   the   mailing   for   you,   or    we    will   do   so,    on   receipt   of   $1.00   and    parcel   postage. 

Write  for  booklets  of  standard  and  fancy  packages,  or  get  these  from  our  agents,  and 
plan  for 

The   CHEERIEST   CHRISTMAS   POSSIBLE 

Stephen  F.  Whitman  &  Son,   Inc.,   Philadelphia,   U.   S.  A. 

Makers  of  Wlntjiian's  Iiistanfaiicons  Clun-oUitc,  Cocoa  and  Marsliiiialloz^'  JVh'ijy. 

NOTE: — The  prices   given   above   may  be   advanced    slightly  by   dealers   on    tlic   Pacific   Coast   and 
other    distatit    States. 


'Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you." 


*  5EHIND  * 
THE  FLAG 

are  massed  the  mighty  resources 
of  our  naiion.of  v/hich  ihe  flag  is 
a  symbol       •  •  ^ 

Behind  your  Prudeniial  policy 
are  massed  ihe  resources  of  a  great 
company  of  which  your  policy  is  a 
sy m^bol  ■*  ^  ^ 

Founded  on  the  very  principles 
for  which  this  wai*  is  being  waged,the 
affairs  of  the  Prudential  are  demo^ 
ci-aiically  administeied  by  its  policy- 
holdei-s  •  •  • 

In  these  troubled  days  you  can 
look  forward  with  assurance  if  you  have 
behind  jou  the  protection  afforded  by 

^T[^  INSURANCE  COMPANY 
V  OF  AMERICA 

INCOBPORATED    UNDER  THE  LAWS  OF  THE  STATE  OF  HEW  Jf  RSEY 


FoiiestEDryden 


President 


Home  Office 
Newaik,  N.J. 


' '  Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you, ' ' 


Put  Your  Motoring  on  a  War 
Basis  with  the  Franklin  Car 


SOME  people  think  they  can 
solve  the  thrift  question  by 
talking  about  it.  The  war  situa- 
tion is  actual  and  real.  Every 
man  feels  it  is  his  duty  to  help 
the  country,  but  he  tells  you 
w  hat  the  Government  ought  to 
do  instead  of  taking  the  first 
practical  step— meeting  the  plain 
facts  in  the  things  close  at  hand, 
things  he  buys  and  uses  and 
pays  to  maintain. 

Gasoline  and  rubber  are 
prime  necessities  of  War.  Yet 
many  a  car  owner  who  talks 
thrift  is  actually  destroying  /^/v 
prr  cent  more  of  these  commod- 
ities than  his  motoring  should 
require. 

War    Time  Activity  De- 
mands Economy  in  Mo- 
tor Car  Operation 

Ask  the  man  who  gets  eight, 
ten,  or  twelve  miles  to  the  gal- 
lon of  gasoline  and  five  or  six 
thousand  miles  to  the  set  of 
tires.  He  probably  has  a  feel- 
ing—almost the  conviction  — 
that  he  can  do  better  with  the 
Franklin,  but  it  is  easier  to 
close  his  eyes  to  the  facts  and 
wonder  whether  the  Franklin's 
record  for  gasoline  and  tire  sav- 
ing is  really  and  actually  true. 

He  does  not  investigate;  he 
takes  refuge  in  general  doubt. 

Another  way  he  has  of  side- 
stepping the  issue  is  to  argue 
that  in  these  daj'S  it  is  better 
economy  to  hang  oa  to  his  old 
car.  He  knows  how  wasteful 
it  is  to  run,  yet  he  overlooks 
the  fact  that  the  Franklin  sav- 
ing in  gasoline,  tires,  and  oil 
would  more  than  carry  his  in- 
vestment in  a  Frank!in  Car. 


Perhaps  he  says  he  will  meet 
conditions  by  using  his  earless. 
He  forgets  that  while  the  aver- 
age car  is  standing  idle  its  de- 
preciation offsets  any  reduction 
in  running  expense  he  could 
make. 

He  ought  to  see  that  it  is 
true  conservation  for  him  to 
put  his  motoring  on  a  War 
basis  noiu ;  clean  up  his  old 
car  proposition;  take  a  fresh 
start  and  get  an  automobile  that 
actually  fits  conditions  as  they 
are  today. 

War  time  thrift  and  economy 
are  possible  to  every  motorist 
without  reducing  his  mileage  or 
curtailing  the  use  of  his  car. 
War  time  activity  makes  this 
fact  of  vital  interest.  Thou- 
sands of  men  are  finding  in- 
creased demands  upon  their 
time  and  more  work  for  their 
automobile. 

Franklin  Holds    World's 

Records  for  Thrift  and 

Efficiency 

The  Thrift  and  Efficiency 
Standards  of  the  Franklin  Car 
are  matters  of  public  record. 

On  May  1,  1914,  94  Frank- 
lin cars  in  all  parts  of  the  coun- 
try averaged  32.  8  miles  to  the 
gallon  of  gasoline. 

On  May  1,1915, 137  Frank- 
lin Cars  averaged  32. 1  miles  to 
the  gallon. 

On  July  13,  1917,  179 
Franklin  Cars  established  the 
remarkable  average  of  40.3 
miles  to  the  single  gallon  of  gasoline. 

All  records  under  Standard 
Efficiency  Test  Rules. 


In  the  Yale  University  Fuel 
Economy  Test,  Professor 
Lockwood  and  Arthur  B. 
Browne,  M.  E. ,  established 
the  fact  that  the  Franklin  Car 
uses  less  gasoline  per  mile  than 
any  other  car  with  six  or  more 
cylinders. 

On  November  17,  1915, 
a  Frankhn  Car  covered  104b 
miles  on  a  single  gallon  of 
oil — a  run  from  New  York  to 
Chicago. 

Right  Now  Is  the  Time  for 
All  Motorists  to  Inves- 
tigate the  Franklin 

Franklin  Economy  and 
Efficiency,  as  demonstrated  by 
these  records  of  low  gasoline 
consumption,  continue 
throughout  the  car.  Franklin 
owners'  individual  tnr  mileage 
reports,  for  instance,  over  a 
period  of  five  years,  give  a 
national  average  of  10,203 
miles  to  the  set. 

The  value  oj  the  Franklin 
Car  as  an  investment  is  clearly 
shown  every  time  you  find  a 
used  Franklin  for  sale.  It 
brings  a  202^  higher  price  than 
any  other  fine  car  in  propor- 
tion to  its  first  cost  and  the  use 
it  had.  The  time  is  close  at 
hand  when  the  motorist  must 
choose  between  a  restricted  use 
of  his  car  or  meeting  conditions 
in  a  constructive  way  with  the 
economical  Franklin. 

Pounds 

Tourinii  Car     .      .     .  2280  $2050. 

Cal>nolet     ....  2485    2850. 

Toivn  Car        .      .     .  2610 

Rintal>ont      ....  2160 

Sedan 2610 

Limousine    ....  2620 


Four-passeni^cr  Roadster  2280 
Brougham    ....     2575 


3200. 
2000. 
2950. 
3200. 
2050. 
2900. 


All  Prices  F.  O.  B.  Syracuse 


FRANKLIN  AUTOMOBILE   COMPANY,   SYRACUSE,   N.  Y.,   U.  S.  A. 


/jd    "" 


Will  his  arches 
stand  the  strain? 

Persons  unaccustomed  to  being  on  their  feet  all  day  sutler  from 
unusual  strain  on  the  arches.  Too  much  strain  will  break  them 
down.     Whether  you  are  a  soldier  or  not 

If  you  have  aching  feet  or  any  foot  trouble 

something  is  wrong;  and  it  will  pay  you  to  give  the  matter  attention 
now.  Most  foot  troubles  are  caused  by  one  or  more  bones  being  ovit  of 
normal  position.  Restore  them  to  normal  and  the  troul)le  will  disap- 
pear. 


v*ci«s. 


Adjustable  Foot  Appliances — give  instant  foot  relief 

They  support  the  misplaced  bones  and  gradually  and  gently  restore  them 
to  their  proper  position.  This  is  done  with  soft  inserts,  in  overlapping 
pockets,  which  permit  unlimited  adjustments.  They  contain  no  metal — 
need  no  breaking  in — are  soft,  line  leather,  flexible,  and  featherlight. 
By  this  simple  means  fallen  arches  are  restored,  callouses  disappear,  and 
run-over  heels  are  prevented. 

At  shoe  stoves  where  Wizards  are  sold,  there  usually  is  an  expert  who  has  taken  a 
tliorough  course  in  the  anatomy  of  the  foot,  which  enables  him  to  fit  Wizards  to 
relieve  most  foot  troubles.  Knowledge  of  the  foot  also  enables  him  to  give  better 
service  in  properly  fitting  shoes.  Look  for  stores  where  Wizards  are  sold  and  you 
will  find  real  foot  comfort. 

"Orthapraxy  of  the  Foot,"  a  treatise  on  foot  troubles,  will  be 
helpful  to  you.     \\'rite  for  free  copy. 

WIZARD  FOOT  APPLIANCE  CO.,  1518  Locust  Street,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 


"Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you. 


Courier  of  Soldier  and  Civilian 


Our  troops  are  novs^  on  the  firing 
line  in  France.  While  at  home  every 
instrumentality  of  our  government 
and  private  industry  is  being  urged 
at  top  speed  to  insure  victory.  The 
telephone  is  in  universal  demand  as 
courier,  bringing  to  the  front  men 
and  the  materials  of  war. 

From  the  farms  the  telephone 
courier  brings  foodstuffs;  from  the 
mines  the  telephone  courier  calls  forth 
metals;  from  the  factories  this  courier 
gathers  manufactured  products.  The 
telephone  courier  leads  troop  and 
supply  trains  to  the  front;  summons 
fighting  flotillas  and    transports;   and. 


in  fact,  leads  practically  every  contrib- 
uting unit  of  supply  to  the  firing  line. 

At  such  a  time,  when  the  govern- 
ment is  straining  at  its  task  and  every 
industry  is  loyally  contributing  its 
energy,  this  national  courier  is  con- 
stantly being  used  to  call  up  the 
reserves.  It  is  at  the  base  of  every 
contributing  activity. 

The  right  of  way  must  be  given  to 
the  military  for  the  direction  of  troops 
and  to  the  government  for  the  mar- 
shaling of  endless  supplies.  To  do 
this,  and  also  make  the  telephone 
serve  all  other  needs,  both  patriotic 
and  private,  all  must  economize. 


American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company 
And   Associated    Companies 

One  Policy  One  System  Universal  Service 


'Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you." 


Is  This  Your  Problem? 


O 


N  the  one  hand,  soaring 
prices  of  rent,  materials, 
and  labor;  on  the  other,  your 
absolute  need  of  a  real  home 
of  your  own,  amid  surround- 
ings  you  have  chosen. 

The  answer?  The  Bossert  Method, 
Bossert  Individuality,  Bossert  Econ- 
omy, ready  to  give  you  that  very  home, 
when  and  where  you  w^ant  it. 


Bossert  Houses 


afford  the  logical  answer  to   problems  of  rent,  middlemen,  con- 
tractors, and  dealers. 

Your  range  of  selection  is  wide.  Bossert  construction  is  used 
in  residences  costing  upw^ard  of  $15,000.  It  may  be  that  the 
beautiful  Bossert  house  shown  here,  a  small  but  permanent 
home,  with  the  comforts  of  an  apartment,  will  meet  your  needs. 

Its   price   is    $1265    F.    O.    B.  Brooklyn.      Or    there    is    the 
charming  Pocono  bungalov/  at  $575,  an  ideal   retreat  for  lovers 
of  the  out-of-doors. 
Send  1 8  csnts  today  for  complete  catalog  showing  Bossert  details  of  construction. 

LOUIS  BOSSERT  &  SONS,  Inc. 

1313  GRAND  STREET  BROOKLYN,  N.  Y 


Piif  up  ihiscamp  out  relieve  the  ivoods  arpjireen 
1  111'  Imndrcd  and  seven 'v-fii'e  dollars  is  a  small 
in: t  stinrnt  for  health  and  contentment.  Price, 
,s^-;.-  /     ".  P..  Bronklyu. 


Boston 
Garter 


7^^<^^ 


/       Double  Grips ' 
35c.  &  50c. 


Highly  Nickeled 


For  your  safety,  security  and  comfort,  garter 
fittings  of  metal  are  most  essential.  In  the 
"Boston"  these  parts  are  highly  nickeled,  have 
smooth,  rounded  corners  and  edges  and  are  so 
protected  that  they  do  not  come  in  contact 
with  the  skin.  You'll  like  the  "feel  "  of  the 
smoothly  finished  metal  fittings  —  they  are 
stout,   strong   and   extremely   light. 

GEORGE  FROST  CO.,  MAKERS,  BOSTON 


David  Davidson  Platinums 

Artistically  Hand-Colored 

— viviilly  portray  a  host  of  subjects  in  natural  colors. 
Coloniai,  patriotic  and  historic  scenes,  woodlands,  moun- 
tains, dales,  and  winding  streams  are  a  few  of  the  cliarm- 
ing  representations.  The  adaptability  of  these  pictures 
for  home  adornment  and  for  gifts  is  apparent.  They  are 
so  harmonious  and  expressive. 

At  Art  Shops  and  Department  Stores 
Write  for  82-page    Booklet     (200    illustrations— an 
art  magazine  in   itself)  and   one   of  these   2'l*» 
Specimen  Prints  (state  which  one)  postpaid  *«"V. 

DAVID  DAVIDSON  STUDIOS 
Whitmarsh   and  Updike   Streets 

Providence,  R.  1.  No.  1U52 

27 


"Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you." 


GRATON&.  KNIGHT 

Standardized  Series 

LEATHER  BELTING 

Tanned  by  us  for  belttng  use 


GRATQN 


Common  Sense  in  the  Standardization  of  Belting 


You  have  standardized  your  signature. 

You  buy  standardized  tools,  standard 
printing  paper  and  a  hundred  other 
standardized  things,  instead  of  having 
them  made  to  order.  It  is  safer  for 
you  —  easier  and  more  economical. 

Why  not  standardize  your  belting } 

Consider  what  standardization  has 
done  for  your  own  product;  for  other 
products  you  use. 

Translate  these  advantages  into  terms 
of  belting. 

Analyze  belt  installations.  You  find 
the  requirements  of  power  transmis- 
sion fall  into  a  small  number  of  sharply 
defined  classes — about  a  dozen  if  you 
define  them  scientifically. 


Standardized  Belting  offers  you  a 
standard  belt  that  is  exactly  suited  to 
each  one  of  these  classes.  You  adopt 
the  one  that  is  fitted  to  the  needs  of 
your  own  work.  That  is  standardiza- 
tion— just  plain  common  sense  applied 
to  power  transmission. 

There  are  Graton  &  Knight  Heart, 
GraKnight,  GraKnight  Dynamo, 
Spartan,  Neptune  and  other  Standard 
Brands — all  standardized  on  the  basis 
of  work  to  be  done  and  conditions  to 
be  met. 

Standardize  your  belts.  Consult  our 
representatives.  Submit  your  power 
transmission  problems  to  our  mechan- 
ical laboratory  —  get  expert  advice  on 
the  standardization  of  belts. 


Write  for  description  of  Graton  &  Knight  Standardized  Series  of  Leather 
Belts,  with  full  information  about  Standardization  as  applied  to  Belting. 

The  Graton  &  Knight  Mfg.  Company 

Leather  Tanners,  Makers  of  Leather  Belting, 
Lace  Leather ,  Packings  and  Specialtiss 

Worcester,  Mass.,  U.  S.  A. 

Branchesand  Distributors  in  Principal  Cities 


58-tn.  three-ply  Graton  &  Knight 
Spartan  Belt  on  Finishing  Steel 
MM  Drive  in  plant  of  Upson  Nut 
Company,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 


"Mention  the  Geographic— It  identifies  you." 


J^-  __, 


iS?"^ 


i^"  "AB^Ka^SirJ* 


■^jSife. 


•^ 


''AMERICA'S  FIiYEST  CABINET   IVOOD" 

For  a  few  hundred  dollars  you  may  add  a  few  thousand  dollars  in 
the  sales  value  of  your  residence,  if  you  make  a  liberal  use  of  Red 
Gum,  "America's  Finest  Cabinet  Wood, "  for  trim,  panelling,  wains- 
coating,  and  timbered  ceilings.  With  Red  Gum  trim  artistically  used 
you  can  give  to  your  own  new  home  much  of  the  charm  of  the  wonderful  residences 
of  two  hundred  years  ago.  The  wise  man  in  this  practical  and  unpoetic  generation 
is  he  who,  when  building,  not  only  produces  an  architectural  atmosphere  pleasing  to 
himself  and  his  family  but  who,  at  the  same  time,  has  his  weather-eye  open  for  the 
point  of  view  of  the  unknown  man  to  whom  he  may  sometime  want  to  sell  the  house. 

Fine  interior  woodwork  (Red  Gum  Woodwork)  is  just  so  much  sales  insurance. 

It  puts  your  house  in  "Class  A"  of  general  desirability— at  very  small  expense. 

Red  Gum  costs  less  than  any  of  the  other  recognized  cabinet  woods— improves 
with  age    and   is   easily  kept  in  beautiful  condition.     Its  finishes  are  manifold. 

Write  for  the  Red  Gum  literature.  Write  for  Red  Gum  samples.  Write,  anyhow. 
GUM  LUMBER  MANUFACTURERS  ASS0CIATI0N,1311  Bank  of  Commerce  BIdg.,  Memphis,  Tenn. 


-nr^?8fe. 


HOLOPMANE 

SYSTEM  OF  ILLUMINATIOJL 

g  Better  Light  at  Lowered  Cost  H 

=  The  highest  lighting    Efficiency  is  now  ^ 

^§  imperative  in  factory,  office,  store,  and  else-  ^= 

^J  where,  so  that  men  mav  work  at  their  best.  ^= 

^=  Moreover,  the  present  fuel  shortage  demands  ^= 

^=  Economy  in  lighting.  == 

^=  Millions    of    Holophane    units  are   giving  ^g 

=  better  light  and  saving  coal  in  ^ 

^=  United  States           England                 Europe  ^M 

^i  South  America       South  Africa        China  ^g 

^B  Japan                           India                       Australia  ^= 

^=  Scientifically  designed  to  eliminate  current  ^| 

=  waste.  Adapted  to  every  type  of  installation.  ^= 

g  What  Are   Your-  Lighting  Problems?  = 

^=  Submit  them  to  us  and  our  Engineering  ^= 

^s  Department  will  make  recommendations  to  ^= 

^=  meet    your    specific    requirements.       Write  = 

^M  TODAY,  describing  conditions.  ^M 

M  HOLOPHANE  GLASS  CO.,  Inc.  | 

S  Dept.  J-23  ^ 

=  340  Madison  Avenue,  New  York  = 


THE  PROGRESSIVE  RAIL  "'*'«s^^  WAY  OF  THE  SOUTH 
MOST  ATTRACTIVE  ROUTE  TO 


FLORIDA 


CUBA 
GEORGIA 

Pinehurst  Southern  Pines 

Camden,  Columbia,  Savannah 
Atlanta,  Birmingham,  U.  S. 
Military  Camps  South 

4       STEEL  TRAINS 
SOUTH,  INCLUDING 

THE  FLAMINGO 

One   night  out  to  Tampa,  St.  Petersburg,  Belleair, 

Palm     Beach,     Ormond,     Daytona,    St.    .Augustine 

-Additional  train  commencing  Jan.  7. 

The  all  Pullman,  all  steel 

SEABOARD    Florida  Limited 


Leave  New  York     .       .  6.20  P.M. 

■■    W.  Philadelphia  8.48  P.  M. 

"     Baltimore           .  11.15  P.  M. 

■■    Washington         .  12.30  Night 


Arrive  at  Palm  Beach  .  6.30  A.  M- 

"     Miami      .     .  .  9.00  A.  M- 

"     Belleair    .     .  .  7.10  A.  M- 

St.  Petersburg  .  7.45  A.  M. 


(sleepers  at  Wasliington  ready  10  P.  M.) 
One  day  and  two  nights  en  route  ;  niornine;  train.s 
from  Boston  and  Buffalo  and  afternoon  trains  from 
Pittsburgh  connect. 

Cet  our  Re.sort,  Hotel.  Golf,  and  Sports  Guide  at 
Xorthern  offices— Bo.ston,  Buffalo,  Philadelphia, 
Baltimore,  Washington,  or 

W.  E.  CONKLYN,  Gen.  Enst.  Passenger  Agent, 
1184  Broadway,  New  York 


'Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you." 


The  maker's  name  tells  who  made 
the  lamp;  the  mark  MAZDA  tells 
what  standards  of  excellence  gov- 
erned its  makmg       ::       ::       ::       ;; 


'Not  the  name  of  a  thing, 
but  the  mark  of  a  service' 


The  Meaning  of  MAZDA 


MAZDA  is  the  trademark  of  a  world-wide  service  to  certain 
lamp  manufacturers,  lis  purpose  is  to  collect  and  select  scien- 
tilir-  and  practical  information  concerning  progress  and  de- 
velopments in  the  art  of  incandescent  lamp  manufacturing 
and  to  distribute  this  information  to  the  companies  entitled 
to  receive  this  Service.  MAZDA  Service  is  centered  in  the 
Hcriearch  Laboratories  of  the  General  f^lectric  Company  at 
ScUencttady,  New  York.  The  mark  MAZDA  can  appear  only 
on  lamps  which  meet  the  standards  of  MAZDA  Service.  It  is 
thus  an  assurance  of  quality.  This  trademark  is  the  property 
of  the  General  Electric  Company, 


RESEARCH    LABORATORIES    OF 
GENERAL   ELECTRIC   COMPANY 


'Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you." 


EGYPTIAN 

DEITIES 

91&  Utmost  in  Cigarettes 

TImii  EndorCorkTi^ 

ieoj^le  ojcumx,  refinemefil' 

and  educatbn  iiivanabla 

TREFERDeiUesto 

emu  otlwrciaardte. 


"Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you." 


ON  the  Battlefield— In  the  Preservation  of  Law 
and  Order  — The  Protection  of  Home  and 
Country— Whenever  and  wherever  armies  or  in- 
dividuals have  had  to  enforce  right  with  might 
-COLT'S  FIREARMS  have  been  creating,  building 
and  maintaining  a  reputation  for  merit,  efficiency  and 
reliability  that  has  resulted  in  a  position  of  unquestioned 
superiority. 

You  make  no  mistake  when  you  follow  the  Government's 
example  and  adopt  COLT'S  for  YOUR  Firearm  needs 

CATALOG     NO.      49     MAILED     FREE     ON     REQUEST 

COLT'S   PATENT   FIREARMS   MFG.    CO. 

HARTFORD,  CONN. 


'Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you." 


GEORGIAN   boys:   CAUCASUS 


NEW 

FOURTH 

SERIES 


Scenes  from  Every  Land 

2CJ  Full-pai^e  Illustrations,  24  Pages  in  Matchless  Four  Colors 
20,000  Words  of  Descripti-z-e  Text 


By  GILBERT  H.  GROSVENOR,  Editor  National  Geographic  Magazine 

HIS,  the  fourth  volume  in  the  National  Geographic  Society's  "Scenes" 
^  series,  even  surpasses  in  beauty  and  in  fascinating  interest  its  prede- 
cessors, which  have  proved  so  popular  that  the  first  two  series  are  en- 
tirely exhausted  and  cannot  be  had  at  any  price,  while  only  a  very  few 
copies  remain  of  the  third.  To  insure  your  copy  of  the  NEW  series,  orders 
should  be  sent  at  once  to  the  Washington  headquarters  of  the  Society. 
There  is  no  other  book  in  the  world  like  "Scenes  from  Every  Land." 
It  occupies  a  unique  place  in  the  literature  of  the  universal  language — the  language  of 
pictures.  From  the  Society's  great  picture  treasure-house,  constantly  enriched  by  the 
tribute  of  explorers,  artists,  scientists,  lovers  of  nature  and  of  mankind  in  every  quarter 
of  the  globe,  the  Editor  has  selected  more  than  200  gems  of  photography — pictures  which 
tell  their  own  absorbing  story  of  strange  peoples,  odd  customs,  the  history  of  ancient 
civilizations  written  in  the  massive  ruins  of  their  temples,  palaces,  and  amphitheaters, 
the  master  achievements  of  modern  canal-,  bridge-,  and  city-builders,  and  the  inspiring 
manifestations  of  the  handiwork  of  Nature,  wrought  in  mist-crowned  mountains,  shim- 
mering waterfalls,  flaming  volcanoes,  and  landscapes  alight  with  the  glow-  of  myriad 
multihued  flowers. 

It  is  possible  to  publish  this  volume,  with  24  pages  in  full  colors,  for  the  members  of 
the  National  Geographic  Society  at  a  nominal  price,  owing  to  the  fact  that  most  of  the 
illustrations  have  appeared  previously  in  the  National  Geographic  Magazine  and  the 
expense  of  engraving  both  the  color  and  the  black-and-white  plates  has  already  been 
borne.  No  picture  in  the  Fourth  Series,  however,  has  been  published  in  any  of  the  earlier 
series. 

"Scenes  fcom  Every  Land"  is  the  ideal  Christmas  gift  for  young  and  old.  We  will 
receive  orders  now  for  copies  to  be  mailed  just  before  the  holidays  with  your  card. 


CUT   ON    THIS    LINE 

Dept.  H,  National  Geographic  Society,  ,   1917. 

i6th  and  M  Streets,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Please  send copies  of  the  Fourth  Series  "Scenes  from  Every  Land,"  bound  in 

for  which  I  enclose  herewith dollars.  Ready  for  Delivery  December  First. 

If  several  copies  are  desired,  write  names  and  addresses  and  send  with  Name 

your  card.     To  arrive  before  Xmas. 

Street  Address 

Bound  in  Royal  Buckram,  postpaid  in  U.  S.,  S1.25 

Bound  in  Full  Leather,  postpaid,  S2.00  (De  Luxe  Edition)    lii  l~    City  and   State 


Salt  Mackerel 


Direct  from  the 
Fishing  Boats  to  You 


Your  pail  is  ready— fat,  meaty,  juicy  mack-      J^^        Z  P      \. 
erel—send  no  money— try  the  fish  first.  <^Y>1iiyi'Vf^  O,  ^a^yu; 

President. 
Fall  Mackerel,  Fat  and  Tender 


It's  thirty-three  years,  come  next  September, 
since  I  began  supplying  the  choicest  of 
(iloucester's  famous  mackerel  direct  to  the 
homes  of  families  throughout  the  country. 

Our  Own   Home  Kind 

People  here  in  Gloucester,  the  leading  fish  port  of 
America,  laughed  at  me  when  I  began  to  sell  mack- 
erel by  mail.  They  didn't  realize  how  hard  it  is 
for  other  people  to  get  good  fish.  But  I  did.  So  I 
decided  to  make  it  easy  for  everybody,  everywhere, 
to  have  full-flavored,  wholesome 
fish,  the  kind  we  pick  for  our  own 
eating  here  at  Gloucester.  65,000 
families  are  buying  from  us  today. 


Such  a  Good  Breakfast ! 


Fishmen  for  Generations 

You  see,  I  know  fish.  My  folks, 
'way  back,  have  always  been  fish- 
men.  They  helped  found  Glouces- 
ter in  1623.  My  boyhood  days 
were  spent  aboard  fishing  boats. 
Catching  fish,  knowing  the 
choicest  and  picking  'em  out,  clean- 
ing   and    curing    them    the    right    

way,   has  been  my  life's  job. 

Thirty  Years'  Development 

Today  our  business  is  housed  in  a  modern  four-story 
concrete  building,  with  20,000  square  feet  of  floor 
space,  fitted  with  the  most  improved  and  sanitary 
equipment  for  cleaning  and  packing  fish.  Standing 
at  the  water's  edge,  the  fishermen's  catches  are  brought 
right  into  the  building.  They  go  to  your  table  with 
"the  tang  of  the  sea"  in  them. 


A  fat,  tender,  juicy  Davis'  Mack- 
erel broiled  to  a  sizzling  brown; 
some  butter,  a  sprinkling  of  pep- 
per, a  touch  of  lemon,  if  you 
wish — how  .good  it  smells,  how 
tempting  it  looks,  how  it  tickles 
the  palate,  and,  oh,  how  it  satis- 
fies— the  favorite  breakfast  dish 
of  thousands. 


Most  of  the  fish  your  dealer  can  buy  are  Spring  fish — 
thin,  dry,  and  tasteless.  What  I've  selected  for  you 
are  Fall  fish,  juicy  and  fat,  with  the  true  salty-sea 
mackerel  flavor.  We  clean  and  wash  them  before 
weighing.  You  pay  only  for  net  weight.  No  heads 
and  no  tails.  Just  the  white, thick, meaty  portions — 
the  parts  that  make  the  most  delicious  meal  imagina- 
ble. You  probably  have  never  tasted  salt  mackerel 
as  good  as  mine. 

Send  No  Cash— Try  the  Mackerel  First 

I  want  you  to  know  before  you  pay 
that  my  fish  will  please  you.  If 
there  is  .any  possibility  of  a  risk,  I 
want  it  to  be  at  my  expense.  Just 
mail  the  coupon  today,  and  I'll 
ship  at  once  a  pail  of  my  mackerel 
containing  10  fish,  each  fish  suffi- 
cient for  3  or  4  people,  all  charges 
prepaid,  so  that  your  family  can 
have  a  real  Gloucester  treat  Sun- 
day morning. 

Then,  if  my  mackerel  are  not 
better  than  any  you  have  ever 
tasted,  send  back  the  rest  at  my 
expense. 
If  you  are  pleased  with  them — and  I'm  sure  you  will 
be — send  me  $3.90,  and  at  the  same  time  ask  for  "De- 
scriptive List  of  Davis'  Fish,"  sold  only  direct,  never 
to  dealers. 

Remember:  Meat,  flour,  potatoes,  everything  has  gone 
'way  up  in  price.      In   comparison,   Davis'   mack-         ^ 
erel  is  low.      An  economical   food — so  good  to         y 
eat,   so  nutritious!        The   "Sea    Food   Cook         ^ 
Book"    that    goes    with    the    fish    will    tell  „.«!( 

you  just  how  to  prepare  them.  y^     nauirrn 

Mail    the    coupon    now    with    your  /  """^  ''"• 

business     card,     letter-head,     or  / 

reference.  / 

/  M'itho 

Frank    £.    Davis  /         charges  prep.ikl,  a  pail  of 

Cy         Davis 'Mackerel-to  contain  TEN 
/-vfYlTiariV  ^  fish,  each  fish  sufficient  for  3  or4 

\^tlipca.lljr  /        people.  I  agree  to  remit  J3.90  in  ten 

297  Central  Wharf      /        '''""  "  '^'"^"  "'"  '^'"' 


297  Central  Wharf 
Gloucester,  Mass. 

olihgation 


Gloucester 
Mass.  / 

y 

/  State.. 


/ 


Xai 


Street . 


"Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you." 


KNOBS   FOR    KNITTERS 


'There's  much  to  be  knit 
To  keep  our  boys  fit ; 
And  Uncle  Sam  says 
We  must  all  do  our  bit." 


No.  1771 


Jo  ■  Fit   or^-c  vac  •  !^\tAiki    aprcx. 
i\f\tX  ■  dur^^  kj  ■  keep  ptsAls 


PROTECTORS  FOR 
KNITTING  NEEDLES 


KEEP  YOUR  KNiniNG  KIT  0.  K.  with  these  quaint,  gaily  liand-p.iinted  wooden 
knobs  on  elastic.  They  hold  the  knitting  needles  "  between  times  "  and 
prittect  the  points.  Postpaid  in  gift  package,  complete,  60c.  ;  two 
packages  for  51.00. 

BLOW,  BUBBLES,  BLOW !  « — »■  IP  1  I  J  Jt 
These  bubble  pipes  | 
never  fail  to  entertain 
children  of  all  ages. 
One  end  of  each  lube 
bears  a  covering  of 
soap  that's  just  right 
for  "ballooning"  bub- 
bles and  the  two  holes 
in  the  side  make  won- 
drous chains  and 
other  combinations 
possible.  The  bubble 
party  with  a  box  or 
two  of  tliese  pipes  is 
sure  to  be  lively, easily 

managed,  and  health-       ^-^  "" 

ful.  Six  blowers  in  a  pretty  box,  with  directions,  postpaid,  for  20c.,  or  3 
packages  for  50c. 

SELECTING  CHRISTMAS  GIFTS  this  year  will  offer  new  problems  Christmas 
Day  1917  will  be  different— gifts  that  carry  to  and  from  the  loved  ones  at 
home  and  ai^road  messages  of  tender  affection.  Use  the  Pohlson  Gift 
Guide,  72-page  Catalog.  It  offers  for  your  selection  and  immediate 
delivery  numerous  gifts,  mailable  and  delightful.  Catalog  alone,  6c.,  but 
sent  free  with  any  order. 

THE  POHLSON  GIFT  SHOP,  Dept.  G.  M.,  Pawtucket,  R,  I. 


We  hciue  ouv  Tun 
Without  any  tttss 

I  he  pipM  orPari 
noife  nolhinqcn  us 


'BEAUTIFUL     BIRCH     FOR     BEAUTIFUL     irOODTrORK'' 


Brierdiff  Manor— on  the  Hudson.    Home  of  W.  W. 
Fuller,  Esquire.    Interior  trim  of  "Beautiful  hircti." 

^^  Chief  aition^  the 

bifCll^  charms    of    a 


charming  home 


— this  charming  home — is  its  interior  trim  of  "Beautiful 
birch — the  Natural  Trim  for  the  American  Home." 

Your  home  may  easily  mid  economically  be  made  just 
as  charming  by  the  use  of  bifctl,  which,  for  trim,  doors, 
floors  and  furniture  is  of  extraordinary  beauty.  And  it  is 
not  high  in  price. 

birch,  whether  used  solid  or  as  veneer,  is  extremely 
hard,  and  so,  practically  "mar-proof" — sanitary  and  adapt- 
able to  a  fereat  variety  of  finishes,  including  white  enamel 
— for  which  it  is  ideal. 

A  /lard  hardwood — which  stands  up  to  hard  sei^ce  ^vith- 
out  showing  any  ill  effects — 

birch  feives  more  for  less. 

We  want  to  send  you  some  tan^Jhle  proofs  in  the 
shape  of  a  set  of  little  panels  of  "Beautifulbirctt," 
showing  different  finishes.  We'll  send  our  hook 
about  birch,  too. 

NORTHERN   HEMLOCK  &  HARDWOOD 
MANUFACTURERS'  ASSOCIATION 


214  F.  R,  A,  Building 


Oshkosh,  Wisconsin 


RECOMMENDATION  FOR  MEMBERSHIP 


in  the 


National  Geographic  Society 

The  Membership  Fee  Includes  Subscription  to  the  National  Geographic  Magazine 

DUES:  Annual  membership  in  U.  S.,  $2.00;  annual  membership  abroad,  $3.00;  Canada,  $2.50;  life  membership, 
$50.  Please  make  remittances  payable  to  National  Geographic  Society,  and  if  at  a  distance  remit  by  N.  Y.  draft, 
postal  or  express  order. 

Please  detach  and  fill  in  blank  below  and  send  to  the  Secretary 


191 


'^o  the  Secretary,  National  Geographic  Society, 

Sixteenth  and  At  Streets  Northwest, 

Washington,  D.  C.  : 
I  nominate 


Jddr 


for  membership  in  the  Society. 


(Write  your  addr 


will  improve  most  complexions 


RESINOL  Soap  is  not  only  unusually  pure,  cleansing,  and  softening,  but  its 
-  regular  use  helps  nature  give  to  the  skin  and  hair  that  beauty  of  perfect 
health  which  it  is  impossible  to  imitate.  Tendency  to  pimples  is  lessened,  redness 
and  roughness  disappear,  and  in  a  very  short  time  the  complexion  usually  becomes 
clear,  fresh,  and  velvety. 


The  soothing,  restoring  influence  that  makes 
this  possible  is  the  Resino I  which  this  soap  con- 
tains and  which  physicians  prescribe  widely, 
in  Rcsinol  Ointment,  for  the  care  of  skin  and 
scalp  troubles. 


If  the  skin  is  iu  bad  roiidition  tlirougli  neglect  or 
an  unwise  use  of  cosmetics,  use  a  little  Resinol  Oint- 
ment at  first.  Resinol  Soap  and  Ointment  are  sold 
by  all  druggists  and  dealers  in  toilet  goods  through- 
out the  United  States  and  Canada. 

lis  extreme  purity,  its  freedom  from  alkali,  and  its 
gentle  medication  adapt  Resinol  Soap  peculiarly  to 
the  care  of  the  hair  and  of  a  baby's  skin. 


'Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you.' 


i. 


Flood  your  factory  or 
store  with  light 

Reflect  every  ray  of  both  natural  and 
artificial  light. 

Increase  your  daylight  \9''c  to  36%, 
Reduce  your  lighting  bills. 

Rice's  Mill  White 

(Barreled  Sunlight) 

Has  done  this  for  4,000  factory  owners. 
Let  it  increase  your  production  at  the 
same  labor  cost. 

Barreled  Sunlight  remains  white  long 
after  other  paints  have  turned  yellov*?. 
its  tile-like  surface  w^ill  not  crack  or 
scale,  despite  mill  vibrations.  It  can  be 
v/ashed  clean  v/hen  other  paints  need 
re-coating. 

Watch  your  employees  respond  to  surroundings 
made  bright  and  sanitary  with  Barreled  Sunlight. 

Sold  in  barrels,  also  in  cans ;  made  in  Gloss,  Egg 
Shell  and  Flat. 

You  will   be  protected  by  the  Rice  Guarantee. 

Write  for  free  booklet,  "More  Light." 

U.  S.  Gutta  Percha  Paint  Co. 

35  Dudley  Street     Providence,  R.  I. 


i\\\\\\\\\\vvvvvvm.^^^^^^^ 


WAR 

DECLARED 

ON  RATS 

BY 

U.  S.  GOV'T 

The  government  at  Washington  is  preparing  a 
campaign  that  should  be  effective  in  killing  the  rats 
tliat  are  so  destructive  both  to  lives  and  property. 
A  conservative  estimate  places  the  loss  of  foodstuffs 
from  rats  at  over  two  hundred  million  dollars  an- 
nually, and  in  the  present  scarcity  of  food  this  loss 
must  be  prevented.  The  most  efficient  way  to  "Kill 
the  Rat"  is  by  the  use  of  Stearns'  Paste,  and  thou- 
sands of  dollars'  worth  have  been  bought  by  the 
government.  Every  housekeeper  troubled  with  rats, 
mice,  roaches,  or  waterbugs  should  buy  a  small  box 
of  this  reliable  exterminator  and  stop  further  loss 
of  food  in  her  home. 


29  TIMES 
STRONGER 
THAN  PLAIN 
STEEL 


Witt's  Can  and  Pail  are  made  of  heavy, 
deeply  corrugated  steel — 29  times  stronger 
than  plain  steel.  They  are  dent-proof.  A 
special  galvanizing  process  makes  them  rust- 
proof. They  outlast  two  ordinary  cans.  Spe- 
cial lids  that  fit  air-tight  make  Witt's  Can  and 
Pail  absolutely  sanitary.  They  are  sealed  tight 
as  a  vault.  Odors  and  gar- 
bage are  kept  in  ;  flies  and  dogs  kept 
out.  Buy  Witt's  for  your  home.  It 
saves  you  money.  Write  for  booklet 
and  name  of  your  nearest  W  itt  dealer. 

THE  WITT  CORNICE  CO. 
Dept.   B-3,   Cincinnati,   Ohio 

Looi  /or  the  Yellow  Label 


^ 


WITTS 

CAN  & 
PAIL 


Witts 


Genealogical  Record  Office 

For  the  Collection  and  Preservation  of 
Records  Pertaining  to  Long  Life 

1601  Thirty-fifth  St.,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Alexander  Graham  Bell,  Director 

Long-lived  families  constitute  the  superior  stock  of 
the  population,  and  the  Genealogical  Record  Office  be- 
lieves that  it  is  of  tlie  greatest  importance  that  au- 
thentic records  of  them  should  be  preserved. 

We  should  therefore  be  deeply  indebted  to  any  one 
who  would  cut  out  this  card  and  send  it  to  any  one 
who  has  reached  the  age  of  90  or  over,  to  be  filled  out 
and  returned  to  the  address  given  below. 


ADDRESS - 

IS    REPORTED  TO  BE    LIVING  OR   (iF  NO   LONGER    LIVING) 


TO  HAVE   DIED 

AGED YEARS. 

DATE  OF  BIRTH 

NAME    AND    ADDRESS    OF    INFORMANT 


GENEALOGICAL  RECORD  OFFICE 

I^oriSE  E.  Lacev,  Secmtary 
1601  Thirty-fifth  Street,  Washington,  D.  C. 


'Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  yon," 


^asedon  tHe  Science  of6ptics-=^ 


invention  supplants  dangerous  glare  with  dif- 
fused even  light  that  serves  while  it  saves  the 
eyes. 

Man's  effort  for  thousands  of  years  to  get  more 
and  sharper  light 
culminated  in 
electricity.  H  e 
overshot  his 
mark  in  produc- 
ing a  direct  glare 
of  an  intensity 
dangerous  to  the 


BRaSCQLiTE 


eye,  yet  an  imperfect  luminant  because  of  its 
uneven  distribution.  Glare  in  one  spot  means 
gloom  in  another. 

The  same  science  of  optics  which  revealed  the 
destructive  effect  of  the  modern  lighting  evil 
has  also  supplied  the  corrective  and  the  cure — - 
in  Brascolites. 

Following  optical  principles,  the  makers  of  Bras- 
colites have  adjusted  and  adapted  electric  light 
to  the  service  and  the  protection  of  the  eye.    By 


reflection  and  diffusion,  Brascolites  evenly  por- 
tion a  soft,  wholesome,  white  light  to  every 
quarter  of  a  widened  area  of  illumination. 

Accurate  calculation  and  uniform  distribution 

of  proper  light- 
ing units  means 
not  only  economy 
of  eye-health,  but 
economy  of  cur- 
rent. The  u  t- 
most  and  widest 
use  made  of  light 

units  without  waste  cuts  down  cost.     Brascolite 

saving  is  measured  in  the  meter. 

Brascolites  are  built  in  a  wide  range  of  design, 
adapted  for  special  uses  in  the  home,  in  offices, 
stores,  hotels,  theaters,  railway  stations,  restau- 
rants, libraries,  clubs,  schools,  and  everywhere 
else  that  good  light  is  necessary. 

On  request  we  will  send  you  a  portfolio  of 
photographs  showing  the  variety  and  character 
of  installations  now  in  general  use. 


lUnX^kJCAJMAadLHUUHi 


In  the  specialized  field  of  industrial 
illumination  scientific  study  and  in- 
ventive genius  have  produced  In- 
dustrolite.  This  fixture  combines 
wide  distributive  service  with  per- 
fect eye-protection — low  cost  and 
low  depreciation.  It  is  an  even  effi- 
ciency fixture,  sanitary  and  easy  to 
clean ;  calculated  both  to  increase 
safety,  production,  and  quality  of 
workmanship,  and  to  decrease  mis- 


takes, accidents,  and  costs.  Spread- 
ing a  uniform  light  over  a  broad 
working  area,  Industrolite  is  the 
ultimate  solution  of  the  factory 
lighting  problem. 

The  services  of  our  engineering 
department  are  at  your  call  for  con- 
sultation and  expert  calculation  of 
your  lighting  requirements. 
Them  is  a  Brascolite  dealer  in  every 
city  to  make  demonstrations. 


LUMINOUS  UNIT  COMPANY 

St.  Louis,  U.  S.  A. 

New  York,  30  Church  Street;  San  Francisco,  639  Market  Street;  Chicago,  19  South  Fifth  Avenue;  Phila- 
delphia, 1007  Land  Title  Building;  Boston,  Old  South  Building;  San  Francisco,  13^  Ivick  Building.  Canadian 
Distributors:    Northern    Electric    Co.,    Ltd. 


'Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you." 


Quaint  and  curious— the 
kind    you    cannot   get 
elsewhere — for  men, 
women  and  children; 
are  beautifully  illus- 
trated (many  in  actual 
col    ioy   and  accurately  de 
scribed  in  this  fascinating   "Book 
of  a  Thousand  Gifts,"  which  is  mailed  postpaid 
on  request.      Address  Dept.   10(1. 

Vantine's  Gift  Suggestions 

•         I   1   ■  uiE'l  of  the  following,  witli  Vantine's  assurance 

1.1  jn  or   'i    i>r..nipt  rt  t  1  i.l.if  thepurchaseprice.     A  copy 
o,  Mur  catalo?  «  ill     i   i        i  \our  order. 


No.  18195N— Men's  or  women's  imported  Japanese  slippers  of 
genuine  monkey  skin,  white  or  spotted  rabbit,  and  marten  ;  fur 
lined  ;  strong,  one-piece  leather  sole  ;  warm,  comfortable  slippers 
for  indoor  wear,  or  when  ordered  in  larger  sizes  may  be  used  as 
overshoes  to  keep  the  feet  warm  when  motoring  in  cold  weather, 
(fn  ordering,  state  size  of  shoes  or  overshoes  worn  and  fur  desired  I 
Price,  prepaid,  S4.75. 


No.  15247N— Cylindrical- 
shaped  (Jricntal  box, artis- 
tically decorated,  contain- 
ing 3  triangular-shaped 
glass-stoppered  bottles  of 
?'s  fragrant  Ori- 
nerfumery,  each 
odor  different.  Price,  pre- 
paid, $1. 


No.  7933N — Japanese  inlaid  wood 
cigarette,  cigar,  or  trinket  box,  with 
pretty  design,  inlaid  with  colored 
woods.  Box  can  only  be  opened  by 
pressing  secret  slide  on  side.  Size, 
2 "-2  x5xS  inches.     Price,  prepaid,  SI. 


No.  19272N-Japane 
marble  ash-receiver 
pen-tray— size,  2H  inch 
iiigh  by  6^2  inches 
diameter  —  of  mottle 
green  marble,  with  re 
istic  bronze  tiger  on  ri 
Price,  prepaid,  SB. 50. 


No.  9966N— Japanese  foot-warmer  for 
keeping  the  feet  warm  when  motoring, 
etc.,  in  cold  weather  ;  ideal  for  warm- 
ing tents  and  may  be  used  in  trenches; 
made  of  heavy  reinforced  tin  covered 
with  velvet;  burnsa  blazeless,  smoke- 
less, odorless  fuel,  one  tube  of  which 
willburn'from  6  to  10  hours.  Price, 
prepaid, including25  fuel  tubes. SI. 75. 


No.  7922N — Wooden  tield  gun  and  ammunition  (one  ot  over  ir 
different  toys,  shown  in  our  new  catalog  I.  By  pulling  chain,  gun  fire 
•  •  a  wooden  "shell."  at  the  end  of  which  is  fastened  a  paper  ca 
^  which  explodes,  causing  smoke  to  issue  from  the  gun.     Absolutelv 


i 


harmless.     Five  shells  and  liberal  supply 
Price,  complete,  prepaid,  SI  .25. 


ii  caps  with  each  gun. 


-AA  VAI^TIMEOCO-inc- 

Importers  of  "  Things  Orienlal"  exclusively 
Fifth   Avenue   and   39th  Street.   New   York 


ii-^i-^s^:^: 


i^u 


•  • 

II 

ii 

«  • 

ft 

ti 

d 
It' 
\i 

•  • 

V 

•  • 

\\ 
il 

•  • 

If 
if 

•  • 

•  « 

II 


*    THE  AUTHORIZED  SERVICE  FLAG    ^ 


FLAG 


$2 


PIN 

^J-lox  11-32  incli 

50  CENTS 


SHOULD  BE  FLOWN  FROM  EVERY  HOME 


Uo  as  Col.  Roosevelt  does  at  Oyster  Bay— fly  the  "  Badge  of  Honor" 
from  your  home,  teUing  all  the  world  that  some  one  from  your  family  is 
serving  the  country  in  army,  navv.  marines,  or  other  service.  This  is 
the  original  flag  so  crudely  imitated.  Approved  by  War  Secretary 
Baker.  Bill  in  Congress  to  make  it  official  emblem.  Fast-color,  strong 
wool  bunting,  36x24  inches;  red  border,  white  field;  one  large  blue  star 
for  every  man  in  service;  sewed  throughout,  not  printed.  Sent  postpaid 
forS2— 1  to  5  stars.  (  Larger  sizes  for  clubs,  churches,  business  houses, 
etc..  made  to  order.)  SERVICE  FLAG  PINS  to  wear  in  lapel  or  waist.  14k.  gr  Id 
plate  and  enamel,  1  to  3  stars,  pin  or  screw  back,  high-grade  quality, 
50  cents;  sterhng  silver.  SI;  sohd  gold,  $2. 

"^The  United  Service  Flag  Co.,  1255  Schofield  BIdg.,  Cleveland,  O.if 


HOME  GUARD  ARMY 
BARGAINS 

20,000  Riiies  |200  Machine  Guns 

5.000  Revolvers      100  B/L  Field  Cannon 
5,000,000  Cartridges  j50  B/L  Navy  Cannons 
300,0(JO  Equipments  15  Revolving  Cannons 
40.000  Knapsacks    50.000  Explosive  Shell: 
2. 500  Tents  |25,000  Uniforms  (Blue) 

We  have  supplied  from  our  largest  in  the 
world  stock  of  army  auction  goods,  the  U.  S. 
Government  and  many  states  end  cities  wit! 
obsolete  serviceable  rifles  and  equipments,  some  of  whicl 
were  sold  to  us  just  prior  to  the  U.  S.  Declaration  of  War. 
High  Army  Officers  say:  "Bannerman's  stock  is  « 
Godsend  to  us," 

Six  hours  after  receipt  of  order  from  state  of  Massa^ 
chnseHs  4,000  rifles  and  6,000  equipments  were  en  route 
Gov't  auction  sale  terms,  cash  virith  order.    Examinatior 
and  testing  at  our  arsenals.     Immediate  deliveries. 
Large  Illustrated  428pp.  encyclopedia  catalog,  mailed  50c 

Francis  Bannerman,  501  Broadway,  N.  Y. 


$5 


by 


.00 
mail. 


Made  of  thick 
furred  glossy  black 
dog  skins 


Above  ate  lineci  with  lamb  skins.  Price  with  mohair  fleece 
linings,  $4.30.  Any  buyer  not  entirely  satisfied  may  return  them 
before  soiling  and  have  his  money.  Our  illustrated  catalog  gives 
measure  directions  and  a  whole  lot  of  other  information  about 
custom  tanning  of  hides  and  skins  with  hair  or  fur  on;  coat,  robe, 
and  rug  making;  taxidermy  and  head  mounting  ;  also  prices  of  fur 
goods  and  big  mounted  game  heads  we  sell. 

THE  CROSBY  FRISIAN  FUR  COMPANY, 
Rochester,  N.  Y. 


JUDD  &  DETWEILER,  Inc. 
Master  Printers 

420-422  Eleventh  Street  N.W. 
WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 


"Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you. 


L^^GEAKMS 
'MPOIATION 

Utica,  Nfzu  York 


Undefl 
Seventeen  Flags 

the  Lewis  Machine  Gun 
is  fighting.  Approximately 
100,000  are  employed  in  the 
Armies  and  Air  Service  of  the 
Entente  Allies  at  the  present 
time,  with  a  steady  stream  of 
further  production  for  new  fight- 
ing units  and  replacements. 

Essentially  an  American  inven- 
tion, produced  first  in  America, 
the  Lewis  Machine  Gun 
constitutes  one  of  America's 
most  important  contributions 
to  the  Cause  of  Democracy. 


"Mention  the  Geographic— It  identiftes  you." 


Get  YOUR  Soldier  a 
anitaV 

SAMMY  KirA 


s 


Just  the  thing  for  your  Soldier  Boy 

So  convenient  it  lits  in  the  pocket.  A  gift  that 
is  "different"' — a  real  necessity.  Built  for  serv- 
ice— compact,  clean,  neat,  lasts  for  years. 

SanitaV 
BRUSHESA 

Can  be  washed,  boiled,  and  sterilized  as  often  as  you 
wish.  No  wood  to  warp.  Water  runs  through  open  metal 
back.      Bristles   don't   soften   or   rot. 

The  Sanitax  Sammy  Kit  contains  2  Sanitax  brushes, 
comb,  double  metal  mirror,  in  khaki  case — compact,  clean, 
neat.  Just  the  thing  for  the  boys  at  the  front.  Equally 
good  for  travelers  and  campers.  Price,  $3-5°  complete. 
See  them  at  your  dealer's  or  write. 

If  your  dealer  cannot  supply  you  we  will  ship  direct  on 
receipt  of  price.     Get  one  todaj-. 

Xothing   approaching   the   qualit>-,    sanitary    construction, 
and   utility  of  the   Sanitax   Sammy    Kit. 
SANITAX  BRUSH  CO.,  2339  Wabash  Avenue,  Chicago,  111. 


Make 
This 
Test  In 
Your  Own  Home 

The  Acoasticon  wil!  ='jrely  make  you  hear  because  it  haa 
EQcceeded  with  over  300,000  delighted  patrons  of  ours  who 
were  so  troubled. 

Yoa  do  not  know  this,  however,  and  we  are  confident 
enoQgh  to  want  everyone  to  knoiv  before  he  spends  a  cent. 

Everyone  knows  that  deafness  is  progressive — ard  unless 
the  ears  are  stirred  to  activity  they  prow  steadily  worse; 
thousands  write  us  the  Acousticon  enables  them  to  hear  per- 
fectly and  has  permanently  improved  their  hearing. 

Therefore  we  ask  that  you  write  us, saying:  '"lam  hard  of 
hearing  and  will  try  the  Acousticon"— That's  all.  We  will 
send  you,  delivery  charges  paid,  the 

Acousticon  For 

Ten  Days'    FREE   TRIAL 

No  Deposit — No  Elxpense 

An  we  ask  is  that  you  give  it  a  fair  trial  in  your  own  home 
and  among  familiar  Eurroundinps.  Then  there  can  be  no 
doubt  of  whether  it  improves  your  hearing. 

If  it  does  not  do  so.  we  want  it  back  without  a  cent  of  ex- 
pense to  you  for  the  trial,  because  we  know  it  is  good  busi' 
ne=s  policy  to  have  none  but  satisfied  and  enthusiastic 
customer?— That's  the  only  kind  we  now  have.  Write  for 
your  FREE  TRIAL  today. 

GENERAL  ACOUSTIC  CO..  1311  Candler  Bldg.,N.  Y. 
Canadian  Address,  621  New  Birks  Bldg.,  Montreal 


THE  ARENDS  PERMANENT  BINDING  CASES 

For   The  National  Geographic  Magazine 

In  former  advertisements  cases  were  described  as  "half  leather;  price.  $1.00. 
and  full  black  cloth.  75  cents.     Binder  services  required." 

NEW  AUTOMATIC  CASES 

identical  in  appearance  to  illustration  shown  here.  No  metal  parts ;  every 
number  can  be  put  in  case.  You,  jour  wife,  or  child  can  do  it  in  a  moment. 
Directions  with  every  binding  case.  Half  leather,  black  cloth,  side  ornaments 
in  red.     Price,  Si  and  75  cents  each. 


Write  for 
Full  Information 


THEO.  ARENDS 


897  TOWNSEND  AVENUE,  DETROIT,  MICH. 


SaVo  air  moistener 


FILL  WITH   WATER,  HANG    ON    BACK 
^    OF    ANY    RADIATOR    OUT    OF    SIGHT 

Converts  'iry  _indoor  air  into  a  moist. 
wholesome,  healthful  atmosphere. 
'^aMC^  Health.  Furniture.  Pianos  a.nHv.-'hoXft 
family  from  Colds.     Write  for  Free  Booklet. 

SaVo   Manufacturing  Company 

315Ne.  Y:-l(  L  'e  Ej 'i/i?  C-  -.-,3'..  V  ■':  ■ 


SaVo  FLOWER  AND  PLANT  BOX 

Self-Watering  and  Sub-Irrigating.   For  Windows,  Porches 
<i     c  ,_  .  u  ^n*!  Sun  Parlors 

'.^ -^.■' Jl' j.^.'','-t   . - ^J':-'         Leak-proof     and     rust- 


^^^^^^-^•^^^'S^^^->i:%-    Vrooi.      You   can    move 
U^   I.  ;.^~!l'  f"^—  ^        -":'T      Savo   Boxes  indoors   or 

gf' *,, /*/(-,<"; -'"''i  *  .  out  and   have   beautiful 


Flowers  and  Plants  the 
year  around.    Write  for 
Free  Catalog. 
The  All  Year  Round  Garden 
SAVO   MFG.  CO.,  315   N.  Y.  Life   Bldg.,  Chicaso,  Illinois 


'Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you." 


DENBY 

MOTOR  TRUCKS 


i|iiiiiiriiriiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiijiiiiijiMiiiitiiiiiiiiiiniiiiniiniiininiiiii::iiiiiiiiiiiii!: 


Fine  Office  Equipment 
Isn't  Always  Expensive 

T;ikf  "V  aiul  E,"  for  exainple:  You  pay  no 
nidie  for  "V  and  E"  Filing  Devices  -wit/i 
sNsteni  service  tlian  for  equipnient  of  inferior 
iiuality  witli  no  ser\ice  at  all.      That   is  wliy  so 

many  conaTiis— bit'  aiul  small,  ol.l  aiul  youns  — usf  "  Y  aiul  K'" 
I'xclushfly,  with  absolute  satisfaction. 

Ask   us  about  tlir  cnuipmrnt  wliicli  interests  you:    Efficiency 

Desks.   Wno.l  an.l   Steel   I'iliui:  (.'abiiiets.  Safes,  Steel  SlielvinK, 

Vertical    anii    Shannon    Filing 

Systems.  Car.l  Reconls  for  .iny 

,   ,  r,  p.  n    business.  Blueprint  Files.  M.a- 

L:,;ji'>^ll^    chine  l.e,lser  l^iuipinrnt.Trans- 

fer  Cases,  etc.— /,(W /"•/'"■'>• 


■4lre.§a 


I    1042  St.  Paul  St.,  Rochester,  N.  Y.     | 

=  Bronchi's  or  Auenl.-)  Elsewhere  I 

^iiniiMiiininiuniinniinii iiiiiii iniininiiiniiiniii i niniiiininiiii ii innin 


The  Most  Complete  Map 
of  the  Western  Front 

This  photograph  is  a  reproduction  of  onlj' 
a  section  of  the  most  complete  single  map 
of  the  ^^'estern  Front  ever  published.  It  is  28  x  36 
inches  in  size,  but  folds  into  a  convenient  cover 
5/2x7*2  inches,  just  right  to  be  carried  conve- 
niently in  the  pocket  for  frequent  consultation. 

The  scale  of  the  map  is  IJ  miles  to  the  inch.  It 
extends  west  to  Ashford,  England;  north  to 
Antwerp,  Belgium;  east  to  Frankfort,  Germany; 
and  south  to  Orleans,  France.  It  shows  for  com- 
parison the  battle  line  of  1914,  when  the  Germans 
were  almost  at  the  gates  of  Paris.  The  ground 
gained  by  the  Allies,  therefore,  may  be  plainly  seen. 

Over  7,000  Places  Shown  and  Indexed 

On  this  map  there  are  shown  more  than  7.0U0  places.  In  addition, 
it  fives  all  woods,  fortresses,  fortified  towns,  naval  arsenals,  forts, 
redoubts,  batteries,  aircraft  depots,  wireless  stations,  and  railways. 
The  forests  and  woods  are  indicated  in  green.  Over  90 !f  of  all  other 
war  maps  show  less  than  500  places! 

Xoihins  is  more  unsatisf.ictory  than  searching  all  over  a  map    for 
a  small  place  that  may  or  may  not  appear  upon  it.     This  loss  of  time  y 
and  patience  is  now  at  an  end.  for  the  inilex  which  is  bound  in  with    ^ 
this  map  enables  one  to  locate  instantly  any  one  of  the  7.000    yf 
places  mentioned.  / 

No  Money  in  Advance  !        y     NeUon 

E.  I .    i""  I  y      Doubleday, 

xamine  it  hree!  /   Oepi.  26io, 

The  Ere.it  value  of  this  map  is  so  apparent  /  Oysler  Bay,  N.I. 
that  a  copy  will  be  sent  on  appro>-al  without     /  I'Uisc   semi   mo 

a  penny  in  advance.  If.  after  examining  y  the  Large  SciU-  War 
this  map.  vou  decide  to  keep  it.  send  /  Mapof  the  Western  Front 
only  51.00  for  the  plain.  -  52  00  /^  ^^ -appn..!.^  Hit  sn,.s  n... 
for  the  cloth-backed  map.  II  not  ,'  ,,j  ^^  .  o,hcr«ise  will  return  it. 
delighted   with    the    map   and     / 

index,  return  them  and  you     •   Name 

will  owe  nolhini;.  / 

Just  Mail  tho  Coupon,  or  Write      '     Address 

.1  Letter  Nowl  Address  Nelson    /  ,  ,  .    i         i  .i.  ^,.1.. 


of  K'.lXi.il  it  suits 


vrite  "  Ves  "  her 


'Mention  tho  Geograplilc— It  identifies  you." 


Thb  First  Oii  icial  Salute  to  the  Stars  and  Stripes  on  French  Soil 

Flags  of  the  World 

By  Lieutenant-Commander  BYRON  McCANDLESS  and  GILBERT  H.  GROSVENOR 

A  HANDSOMELY  BOUND  VOLUME  of  150  pages,  Containing  1,200  flags,  past  and  present,  in  their 
full  colors,  300  illustrations  in  black  and  white,  the  complete  insignia  of  the  uniformed 
forces  of  the  United  States,  the  international  flags  in  use  on  land  and  sea,  together  with  an 
epitomized  history  of  each  flag,  and  an  authoritative  story  of  the  evolution  and  history  of  the 
"Star  Spangled  Banner." 

In  all  the  chronicles  of  civilization  there  was  never  a  time  when  so  many  flags  waved  over  armed  forces 
in  the  field  as  today.  Three-fourths  of  the  banners  of  the  world  are  now  moving  men  to  deeds  of  devotion 
unparalleled  in  history.  Above  all,  to  us,  our  own  beautiful  bannei  has  now  taken  its  place  on  the  crest  of 
the  wave  of  the  titanic  struggle  to  make  the  world  safe  to  live  in,  and  it  has  become  a  necessary  part  of  our 
education   to   know   about    flags. 

With  its  wonderful  illustrations;  with  its  first  publication  of  the  flags  of  the  forty-eight  States  of  the 
tfnited  States,  based  on  original  research;  with  its  descriptions  of  the  uses  of  all  the  flags  of  all  nations; 
with  its  wealth  of  historical  data  relating  to  the  evolution  of  flags,  this  volume  is  the  most  exhaustive,  and 
yet  the  most  entertaining,  work  of  its  kind  in  existence. 

The  Federal  Government  put  all  of  its  resources  at  the  command  of  the  National  Geographic  Society  in 
order  to  insure  the  correct  reproduction  of  every  military  flag,  past  and  present,  in  its  proper  design  and 
colorin'g.  The  same  cooperation  was  given  by  the  Embassies  and  Legations  of  all  the  friendly  countries  repre- 
sented. No  comidete  collection  of  Pan  American  flags  hitherto  published  has  been  correct,  and  the  same  is 
true  of  Asiatic  flags.  No  other  publication  has  ^hown  all  our  State  flags  or  embodied  all  the  changes  that  have 
been   made   in   them   during   the   past   decade. 

This  flag  book  is  as  authoritative  as  an  official  report,  as  delightful  as  fine  fiction,  and  as  beautifully 
illustrated  as  a  gem  of  the  jirinting  art  can  be.  It  has  a  place  in  every  home  and  is  a  gift  par  excellence  for 
youth   and   age,   men   and   women.      The    Flag   Number   bound   in    permanent    form   for   your   library. 

Cloth,    $1.00     Full   Leather,    $2.00.      Postpaid. 

Obtainable  only  from  our  'U'ashington  Headquarters.      Ready   December   t. 

■^-^ CUT    ON     THIS     LINE 

Dept.  H,  National  Geographic  Society, 

16th  and  M  Streets,  Washington,  D.  C.  

Please  send copies  of  "  FLAGS  OF  THE  WORLD,"    bound   in 

which  I  enclose  herewith dollars.     (Copies  ready  December  1  : 

Name 


_,  for 


If    several    copies    are    desired,    write    names    and    ar 
dresses  and   send   with  your   card. 

Street  Address 
Bound  m  Royal  Buckram,  postpa-d.  Sl.OO. 
Bound  in  Full  Leather,  postpaid,  $2.U0  (  De  Luxe  Kdition).  City  and  Sf.ite„ 


IN  THE 

AmsTacan  AmbMlance  Hospital 
NsuiEy,  Paris,  pTaince 


EAGER  to  contribute  their  share  in  miti- 
gating the  suffering  which  will  be  the 
lot  of  man}-  of  our  boys  who  are  now 
or  who  soon  will  be  in  France  fighting  the 
battle  of  civilization  for  those  who  must 
remain  at  home,  members  of  the  National 
Geographic  Society  are  subscribing  to  the 
fund  for  the  establishment  of  a 

National  Geograplbic 
Society  Ward 

in    the    American    Ambulance    Hospital    at 
Xeuilh',  in  the  environs  of  Paris. 

A  host  of  members  of  the  National  Geo- 
graphic Society  or  their  sons  have  them- 
selves enlisted  in  the  armed  service  of  our 
country,  and  it  is  comforting  to  picture  the 
feeling  of  gratitude  which  they  will  experi- 
ence if,  in  the  hazard  of  war,  they  are 
brought  into  a  completely  equipped  Ward 
of  this  wonderful  American  institution 
which  has  been  doing  such  noteworthy  work 
for  stricken  France  since  the  first  days  of 
the  great  struggle. 

The  American  Hospital  at  Neuilly  is 
housed  in  a  splendid  four-story  structure 
Ijuilt  around  the  sides  of  a  beautiful  court. 
It  accommodates  daily  in  the  main  building 
and  auxiliary  hospitals  1,500  patients.  The 
average  number  of  patients  in  the  main  in- 
stitution is  454  a  day. 

Subscriptions  in  any  amount  sent  to  the 
National  Geographic  Society  for  the  Geo- 
graphic Ward  will  be  wisely  expended, 
without  one  dollar  of  overhead  expense. 
Each  contributor  may  feel  secure  in  the 
knowledge  that  every  penny  given  will  al- 
leviate the  suffering,  add  to  the  comfort,  or 
assist  in  the  restoration  to  health  of  some 
American  soldier  who  has  risked  life  and 
limb  in  the  cause  of  his  countrv. 


THE  NEED    IS   INEVITABLE! 
SUBSCRIBE   NOW!! 

Send   all    remittances  to 

Gilbert   H.   Grosvenor,   Chairman, 
National    Geographic   Society, 

1 6th  and  M  Sts.,  Washington,  D.  C. 


ALL     TYPE     STYLES 
All       Lan^ua^es 
especially    represented 

i  n    one    MULTIPLEX 

Change        Type       in      a      Second 

A    Machine   with   a   Purpose 

Typewriters  are  too  frequently  general- 
ized.    Most  are  sold  by  sales  argument. 

Preeminently  the  machine  with  a  PURPOSE  is  the 

MULTIPLEX 


HAMMOND 


It  is  distinctively  for  the 
individual  writer,  and  its 
product  has  highest  indi- 
viduality. 

Automiatic 
Type  Impression 
and  Perfect 
Alignment 


Its  Particular  PURPOSE  is  to  Supply  the  Need  for  an  INTER- 
CHANGEABLE TYPE  SYSTEM 

For  unusually  attractive  type  pages 
To  use  on  one  Machine  every  known  variety  of  COMMERCIAL  type  sets 
All  varieties  which  are  applicable  to  PROFESSIONAL  uses 
Varieties  which  make  for  better  manuscripts  for  AUTHORS 

ALL  OF  THE  WORLD'S  LANGUAGES 

Only  an  Instant — and  a  Change  of  Type  Sets 

Two  Type  Sets  on  Every  Machine,  Either  Available  at  Once 

"JUST  TURN  THE  KNOB" 


If  you  are 


A  Business  Executive 
A  Professional  Writer 
A  Private  Secretary 
A  College  Professor 
A  Clergyman 
A  Student 


A  Linguist 

A  Mathematician 

A  Chemist 

A  Surgeon  or  Doctor 

A  Technical  Engineer 

A  Lecturer 


your  requirements  for  a  writing  machine  can  be  best  met  by  a 
MULTIPLEX  HAMMOND, 


Inquire  of 


ire  ot  us — w 


hy. 


NEW 

PORTABLE  CONDENSED 

For  those  who  travel — 
Home  and  Library 

1 1   pounds.     Full    capacity.     U 
limited   width  of  paper 


Factory  Rebuilt  Machines  at  a  wide  range  of  prices. 

Monthly  Payments.     Discounts  for  cash. 

Catalogue  gladly  sent  for  the  asking. 


THE  HAMMOND  TYPEWRITER  CO. 

637  East  69th  Street,  at  East  River,  New  York  City, 
New  York. 

Please  send  literature — without  obligations 

Name    

Address  

Occupation  637 


"Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you." 


#  ^ 


■^    5 


1 


•In 


Upon  snow-white  mountain-sides 
^rows  Silver  Grain  Spruce. 
From  it,  musical  artisans  cams     > 


[Jhe  Sca  irSb  iguigcJh  roat 


ilver  Grain  Spruce 

—the  Master  Music'VJQood 

Those  century-old  violins  -whose  mellov/,  pure 
strains  enchant  the  music-lover,  were  fashioned 
from  Silver  Grain  Spruce.  Old  masters  knew  no 
wood  so  delicately  vibrant,  so  sweetly  sensitive  to 
the  sweep  of  their  Lows.  Today  this  chosen 
music- wood  aw^akens  those  same  exquisite  melodies 
within  the  "Singing  Throat"  of 


$110 
to 
$215 


mmmmmami^m 


$265 
to 
$320 


WitK  a  deep,  mellow  resonance 
as  bewitching  as  the  time  hal- 
lowed tone  of  the  Strad,  it  satisfies 
your  cravings  for  the  stored-up 
treasures  of  the  musical  realm. 

Starr  Phonographs  are  the  creation 
of  world-known  musical  workshops 
where,  for  a  half-century,  fine  musi- 
cal instruments  have  found  incep- 
tion. They  beautifully  play  Starr 
and  ALL  other  records.  "The 
Difference  is  in  the  Tone  —  and 
Why,"  with  address  of  nearest 
store,  mailed  on  request. 

There  are  eleven  Starr  styles, 
handsome  in  form  and  finish, 
$55  to  $320 


The  STARR  Piano  Co.,  Richmond,  Indiana 

Branch  Stores,  Distributors  and  Dealers  almost  Everywhere 

Makers,  also,  of  Starr,  Richmond,  Trayser  and  Remington  Grand, 

Upright  and  Player  Pianos 

THE  CANADIAN  PHONOGRAPH  SUPPLY  CO.,  Ltd.,  Distributors 

London,  Ontario,  Canada 

New  Starr  Records  on  sale  the  15th  of  each  month 


L^ 


"Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you." 


Your  Heirs- 


How   To  Safeguard   Their    Interests 

CAN  you  feel  sure  that  the  individual  \7vhom  you 
might  name  as  executor  and  trustee  of  your  estate 
would  live  long  enough  and  have  the  ability  as  well  as 
the  desire  to  carry  out  the  provisions  of  your  will,  and 
fully  safeguard  the  interests  of  your  heirs  ? 


Are  you  sure  that  his  experience 
is  broad  enough  and  his  informa- 
tion reliable  enough  to  enable  him 
to  judge  wisely  the  value  of  invest- 
ments ?  Or  granting  those  qualifi- 
cations, is  it  certain  that  his  health 
and  his  own  personal  affairs  w^ould 
permit  him  to  give  to  your  business 
the  attention  it  should  have  ? 

The  existence  of  the  Bankers  Trust 
Company  is  continuous;  its  knowl- 
edge of  the  investment  market  is 
intimate  and  accurate ;  its  first  duty 
is  the  faithful  execution  of  trusts. 
As  your  executor  and  trustee  this 
Company  will  afford  complete  safe- 
ty for  the  interests  of  your  heirs. 


'fEC°;    rr 

ff  ro  n"  ■""  '''' 
fcClsFl""'' 

REi  pn  FH  c^ 
pnrp  E"  f  " 
no  IP  CO  PC 

OS  m  cs  OB  '■■ 
,,_»inii  m  "^^  cj 

"'^ -^ 


'K  V"/' 


'?  '7i 


i^ 


Bankers  Trust  Building 


Bankers  Trust  Company 


Resources,  over  $330,000,000 


16  Wall  Street 
at  Nassau 


NEW  YORK  CITY 


Fifth   Avenue 
at  42nd  Street 


'Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you." 


li 


I 


M. 


t: 


Ji 


=^«S*JCiE 


fap" 


The  new  Packard  Landaulet,  seven  passengers 

Within  lies  beauty 


Buried  in  the  rough  block  of 
marble  lies  all  the  wonder  of  the 
finished  statue. 

Who — who  will  reveal  it? 

The  unskilled  sculptor  will  get 
only  indifferent  results.  But  the 
master  with  his  adroit  chisel  will 
bring  forth  beauty. 

The  worth  of  the  work  de- 
pends upon  the  worker's  skill. 

Now,  an  automobile  is  just 
raw  material,  plus  man's  labor. 

Would  you  rather  have  that 
material  converted  into  an  auto- 


mobile for  you  by  indifferent 
workers — or  by  Packard,  builder 
of  more  high  grade  motor  car- 
riages than  any  other  maker? 

By  Packard — creator  of  a 
world  masterpiece  in  this  new 
Twin  Six! 

Skilled  brains  and  hands  have 
formed  this  thing  of  beauty. 

And  the  same  persistency 
which  has  made  the  Packard  a 
great  and  beautiful  car,  brings 
the  highest  measure  of  value  to 
the  purchaser. 


Seventeen  distinctive  styles  in  open  and  enclosed  cars  in  the  Third  Series  Twin  Six— 3-25  and  3-35 

A  s  k  ^    the        man        who       o  iv  n  s        one 
Packard  Motor  Car  Company,  Detroit 


TWIN 


6 


"Mention  the  Geographic — It  identifies  you."